Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2020

Registration No. 333-235928

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT No. 1

to

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Atotech Limited

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Not Applicable

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

Bailiwick of Jersey   2890   Not applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

William Street, West Bromwich

West Midlands, B70 0BG

United Kingdom

+44 (0) 121 606 7777

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Alpha US Bidco, Inc.

c/o The Corporation Trust Company

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

+1 803 817 3500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Patrick H. Shannon

Jason M. Licht

Latham & Watkins LLP

555 Eleventh Street, NW

Washington, D.C. 20004

(202) 637-2200

 

Rod Miller

Benjamin J. Miles
Milbank LLP

55 Hudson Yards

New York, New York 10001

(212) 530-5000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of Securities to be registered   Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price(a)(b)
 

Amount of

registration fee(c)

  Common shares, $0.10 par value per share

 

$100,000,000.00

 

$12,980.00

 

 

 

(a)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(b)   Includes additional common shares that may be purchased by the underwriters.
(c)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price. Previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling shareholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED                  , 2020

PROSPECTUS

             Common Shares

 

 

LOGO

Atotech Limited

Common Shares

 

 

This is Atotech Limited’s initial public offering. Atotech Limited is offering              common shares in this offering.

We expect the public offering price to be between $             and $             per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common shares. We have been approved for listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ATC.”

 

 

Investing in the common shares involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 26 of this prospectus.

Upon completion of this offering and the conversion of 929,369,619 preferred shares (representing all issued and outstanding preferred shares, prior to giving effect to the related Preferred Conversion described elsewhere in this Prospectus) to common shares, the common shares beneficially owned by The Carlyle Group Inc. and its affiliates will represent approximately                                         % of the total voting power of our outstanding common shares. See “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Reorganization.” Accordingly, we expect to be a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

We are a “foreign private issuer” under the applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements. See “Management—Foreign Private Issuer Exemption.”

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                  $              

Underwriters’ discounts and commissions(1)

   $                  $              

Proceeds, before expenses, to Atotech Limited

   $                  $              

 

(1)   We refer you to “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The selling shareholders named in this prospectus have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              common shares from the selling shareholders at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders named in this offering include affiliates of The Carlyle Group Inc.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about                 , 2020 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

 

 

Citigroup   Credit Suisse
BofA Securities   J.P. Morgan

 

 

 

Barclays   Deutsche Bank Securities   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets
UBS Investment Bank   Baird   BMO Capital Markets   HSBC

 

 

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

Co-Manager

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2020.


Table of Contents

LOGO

A Global Leader in Surface Finishing Solutions HOUSING SMARTPHONES CHIP IC SUBSTRATE AUTOMOTIVE CHROME NICKEL COPPER PLASTIC


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     26  

Forward-Looking Statements

     62  

Use of Proceeds

     64  

Dividend Policy

     65  

Capitalization

     66  

Dilution

     67  

Selected Historical Financial Information

     68  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     70  

Our Industry and End-Markets

     93  

Business

     98  

Management

     119  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     135  

Principal and Selling Shareholders

     137  

Description of Capital Stock

     140  

Common Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     151  

Taxation

     153  

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     163  

Underwriting

     164  

Expenses Related to the Offering

     171  

Validity of Common Shares

     172  

Experts

     172  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     172  

Index to Audited Financial Statements

     F-2  

 

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction other than the United States where action for that purpose is required. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of our common shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

We are incorporated in the Bailiwick of Jersey, and many of our outstanding voting securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, we are currently eligible for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any related free-writing prospectus we prepare or authorize and you should only rely on such information. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to give you any other information, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for any other information that others may give you. The selling shareholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sales of our common shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows may have changed since such date.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, figures shown as totals in certain tables may not be the arithmetic

 

i


Table of Contents

aggregation of the figures that precede them, and figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

On October 6, 2016, Alpha 3 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with its corporate seat in De Meern and registered with the Dutch chamber of commerce under number 66940532 (“Opco”) entered into the share purchase agreement with Total Holdings Europe, a French société par actions simplifiée and Total Gestion USA, a French société à responsabilité limitée (collectively, “TOTAL”) pursuant to which Atotech UK Topco Limited indirectly acquired all the outstanding equity interests of Atotech B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands (“Predecessor”) on January 31, 2017 (the “Acquisition”). In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into (a) a senior secured first lien term loan facility (the “term loan facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,400.0 million and (b) a senior secured first lien multi-currency revolving credit facility with commitments, when taken together, of $250.0 million (the “revolving credit facility” and, together with the term loan facility, the “senior secured credit facilities”). The Acquisition was funded in part by (i) proceeds from borrowings under the term loan facility and (ii) proceeds totaling $425.0 million from the issuance of the 6.250% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “Opco Notes”) issued by Opco and Alpha US Bidco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on January 31, 2017. The consummation of the Acquisition, the borrowing of $1,400.0 million under our senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of the Opco Notes are referred to herein as the “Acquisition Transactions.”

Following the consummation of the Acquisition, $500.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the term loan facility was redenominated from U.S. dollars to RMB (the “RMB Term Loan Facility”) with the balance remaining denominated in U.S. dollars (the “USD Term Loan Facility” and, together with the RMB Term Loan Facility, the “term loan facilities”). On May 30, 2018, Opco entered into an amendment to the senior secured credit facilities to borrow $200.0 million under the USD Term Loan Facility in incremental Term B-1 loans (the “Incremental Borrowings”), and Alpha 2 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with its corporate seat in De Meern and registered with the Dutch chamber of commerce under number 66937442 (“Holdco”), and the direct owner of the outstanding equity interests of Opco, issued $300.0 million of 8.75%/9.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes at an issue price of 99.010% (the “Holdco Notes” and, together with the Incremental Borrowings, the “2018 Recapitalization Borrowings”). Proceeds from the 2018 Recapitalization Borrowings were distributed to Atotech UK Topco Limited and used by it to pay accrued interest on, and redeem certain of, its preferred shares (such distribution, together with the 2018 Recapitalization Borrowings, the “2018 Recapitalization Transactions”).

Atotech Limited, the registrant, is a Bailiwick of Jersey company incorporated on December 12, 2018 for purposes of becoming the new holding company of Holdco and its subsidiaries. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, Atotech Limited had no operations, assets, or liabilities. In connection with the consummation of the offering and prior to effectiveness of the Registration Statement, we will undertake the following transactions (collectively, the “Reorganization Transactions,” together with the offering and the conversion of the preferred shares discussed below, the “Transactions”):

 

   

The Carlyle Group Inc. and its affiliates (“Carlyle”) and all other shareholders of Atotech UK Topco Limited will contribute all outstanding equity interests of Atotech UK Topco Limited to Atotech Limited in exchange for an equal number of common shares and preferred shares of Atotech Limited; and

 

   

Atotech Limited will consummate a             -to-1 share split.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Following the consummation of the offering, Atotech UK Topco Limited will be dissolved and Atotech Limited will directly own all outstanding equity interests of Holdco and will indirectly own all outstanding equity interests of Holdco’s operating subsidiaries, including Opco. Substantially concurrently with the consummation of the offering, all outstanding preferred shares of Atotech Limited will be converted to common shares with all accrued interest on the preferred shares capitalized and paid out as additional preferred shares substantially concurrently with the reduction in number of preferred shares to an amount that will allow for a one-for-one exchange of preferred shares for common shares based on the initial public offering price per common share (collectively, the Preferred Conversion).

The number of common shares issued per preferred share will be based on the initial public offering price per common share as well as the date on which the public offering price per common share is determined. Changes in the initial public offering price from $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) or a change in the date on which the public offering price per common share is determined from the assumed date of                 , 2020 will affect the number of preferred shares available for conversion into common shares and will result in a corresponding change to the number of common shares outstanding after the completion of this offering. Each day by which the actual pricing date precedes or follows the assumed pricing date of                 , 2020, will result in the issuance of              fewer or additional common shares, respectively. The effect of changes in the initial public offering price per common share is presented in the following table:

 

Public offering

price (with assumed pricing

date of                 , 2020)

   Total common shares

outstanding after this
offering

 

$            

  

 


                


 

$            

  

 


                


 

$            *

  

 


                


 

$            

  

 


                


 

$            

  

 


                


 

*  The midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

   

On January 17, 2020 Atotech Limited completed the initial stages of the Reorganization Transactions by issuing common shares and preferred shares to the holders of an equivalent number of common shares and preferred shares of Atotech UK Topco Limited in exchange for all outstanding common shares and preferred shares of Atotech UK Topco Limited. As a result, Atotech Limited has succeeded to the business and operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited. Prior to January 17, 2020, Atotech Limited had no operations and no material assets or liabilities. Accordingly, the financial statements of Atotech Limited for periods presented in this Prospectus are not meaningful to an understanding of our business and are not included in this prospectus. However, the financial statements of Predecessor have been included for periods prior to the Acquisition and the financial statements of Atotech UK Topco Limited (“Successor”) have been included for periods following the Acquisition.

We have omitted selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, as such financial data was audited by KPMG Audit, a department of KPMG S.A. (France), on a basis that is not consistent with the financial statements audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (Germany) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019, and cannot be provided on a consistent basis without unreasonable effort and expense.

 

iii


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes market, economic, and industry data (including compound annual growth rate forecasts for our markets based on expected total expenditures made by customers in such markets) as well as certain statistics and information relating to our business, markets, and other industry data, which we obtained or extrapolated from industry publications, generated through internal estimates, our review and analysis of market conditions, surveys, customer feedback, and reports provided by various statistics providers, market research organizations, and others, including the IMF, Forbes, and The Boston Consulting Group. Industry publications and other third-party surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. While we believe that such data is reliable, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified such data and cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness thereof. Additionally, we cannot assure you that any of the assumptions underlying these statements are accurate or correctly reflect our position in the industry, and not all of our internal estimates have been verified by any independent sources, including the underwriters. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that a third-party using different methods to assemble, analyze, or compute market data would obtain the same results. There is no precise definition for what constitutes the Electronics (“EL”) and General Metal Finishing (“GMF”) plating chemistry markets. We have defined the markets in this prospectus consistent with the presentation we use for our internal segment reporting purposes. However, third-party reports may define the EL and GMF chemistry markets differently and our competitors may do the same. The compound annual growth rates (“CAGR”) included in this prospectus related to our markets reflect the rate of increase or decrease required for a number to vary from its value at the beginning of each applicable period to its value at the end of each applicable period, assuming the increase or decrease occurred steadily and was compounded over the referenced time period. With respect to forecasts related to market growth in the EL and GMF plating chemistry markets and the EL and GMF equipment markets, these compound annual growth rates incorporate a number of assumptions and estimates with respect to the ultimate end-markets that utilize plating chemistry products as well as other macroeconomic factors. These assumptions and estimates may prove to be incorrect and, as a result, our CAGR forecasts included in this prospectus may not prove to be accurate. Most market position or market share, statistical, industry, or other market information presented in this prospectus is based on information or data for the year ended December 31, 2018 (including revenues for fiscal 2018) and for the year ended December 31, 2019. Management believes such information presented represents the most recent data available to us. We do not intend, and do not assume any obligations, to update industry or market data set forth in this prospectus. Finally, behavior, preferences, and trends in the marketplace tend to change. As a result, investors and prospective investors should be aware that data in this prospectus and estimates based on such data may not be reliable indicators of future results.

References to “market share,” “market position,” and “market leader” are based on global revenues in the referenced market, and unless otherwise specified herein, are based on certain of the materials referenced above. When we discuss our EL plating chemistry market, we refer to the $2.4 billion wet chemicals market that we currently target within the broader $23 billion global surface treatment market, which consists of electroplating and non-electroplating chemicals. When we discuss our GMF plating chemistry market, we refer to the $2.1 billion wet chemicals market that we currently target within the broader $23 billion global surface treatment market. When we refer to our EL equipment market, we refer to the market for PCB plating equipment. When we refer to our GMF equipment market, we refer to the market for GMF plating equipment.

The website URLs included in this prospectus are for inactive textual reference only. The information on the referenced websites is not incorporated herein and does not form a part of this prospectus.

TRADEMARKS

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks, or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. In addition, we have trademark and service mark rights to our names, logos, and website names and addresses. Other trademarks, service marks, and trade names appearing in this prospectus are

 

iv


Table of Contents

the property of their respective owners. The trademarks and service marks we own or have the right to use include, among others, Atotech, Adhemax, BluCr, BondFilm, DynaChrome, DynaPlus, Inpulse, Multiplate, Neoganth, Printoganth, Stannatech, TriChrome, Uniplate, Zinni, and Zintek. Solely for convenience, in some cases, the trademarks, service marks, and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the applicable ® and symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to these trademarks, service marks, and trade names. Other trademarks and service marks referenced in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners.

 

v


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth under “Risk Factors,” “Selected Historical Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our unaudited and audited financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making your investment decision. The information contained in this prospectus assumes (i) the Transactions have been consummated and (ii) the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional shares. References to the financial measures “EBITDA” and “Adjusted EBITDA” refer to financial measures that do not comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). For information about how we calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, see Note 4 to the table under the heading “—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.”

References in this prospectus to “Atotech,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “its,” and the “Company” refer to the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions.

Our Company

We are the leading global provider of specialty electroplating solutions delivering chemistry, equipment, and service for high-growth technology applications. We are #1 in the global electronics (“EL”) plating chemistry market, #1 in the global general metal finishing (“GMF”) plating chemistry market, and the #1 global manufacturer of horizontal plating equipment for printed circuit board (“PCB”) production. Our solutions are used in a wide variety of attractive end-markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, computing and consumer electronics, automotive electronics, and automotive surface finishing, as well as in numerous industrial and consumer applications such as heavy machinery and household appliances. We benefit from various secular growth trends such as digitalization, increasing data volumes and processing speed requirements, the growth of the consumer class in emerging markets, increasing environmental regulations, and rising product quality and durability standards. We expect these trends to not only increase demand for our customers’ end-products that use our plating chemistry, but also increase the amount and value of plating chemistry used in each end-product, allowing our growth to outpace underlying end-market volume growth.

We are the only major company in our industry that provides both chemistry and equipment, which we sell through both our EL and GMF segments. Our comprehensive systems and solutions approach leverages our unique offering of chemistry, equipment, and service. We believe this business model creates a sustainable competitive advantage that helps us achieve deep customer intimacy and allows us to continue to grow our market share and capitalize on positive market growth trends. This approach is supported by our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers, which allow us to provide local service around the world and to respond in real-time to customer needs. The combination of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, expansive global manufacturing and sales footprint, customer-driven investments in research and development (“R&D”), and superior technical expertise makes us an ideal electroplating and surface finishing solutions partner for our diverse customer base. This drives long-lasting relationships and an industry-leading financial profile, with fiscal 2019 EL and GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA margins of 35.4% and 27.4%, respectively.

Our solutions are mission-critical for the PCB, semiconductor (“SC”), and surface finishing industries, but typically account for less than 1% of total end-product cost. Our customers rely on these solutions to increase processing speeds, further miniaturize devices, transform product appearance, and increase product durability. Our direct customers are among the most important suppliers to the world’s leading original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) in our key end-markets. In order to satisfy demanding OEM specifications, we often

 

1


Table of Contents

partner with OEMs and our direct customers to develop comprehensive solutions that embed, or “design-in” our offerings. The “designed-in” nature of our solutions and the associated testing and certification processes, which can last up to five years, lead to high switching costs for our direct customers and OEMs. Our solutions create significant value for our customers by consistently and reliably enabling superior product performance. Our ability to consistently deliver a compelling customer value proposition has led to long-standing customer relationships, with an average relationship length of 24 years among our top 25 customers, and underpins our sustainable competitive advantage.

Our business is defined by an unwavering commitment to R&D with a focus on high-growth applications, close customer collaboration, and market-led innovation. We believe that we consistently invest more in R&D than our competitors with our fiscal 2019 R&D expense representing 4.3% of revenue for the same period. This investment includes over 500 R&D employees worldwide. Approximately 90% of our annual R&D investments support our existing customers’ product improvement and short-term R&D needs. This close collaboration enables us to pioneer new high-value solutions with reduced commercial risk, while the remainder of our R&D investment is focused on developing next-generation technologies, often in partnership with leading OEMs, customers, and universities. Our historical and continued investment in R&D allows us to solve complex technical problems associated with cutting-edge product innovations, such as organic light-emitting diode (“OLED”) displays, flexible screens, and advanced driver-assistance systems (“ADAS”).

Our well-invested global footprint is comprised of our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers, 15 chemistry production facilities, and two equipment production facilities. We believe we have the largest EL and GMF plating presence in Asia, with seven production facilities and nine technology centers, a distinct and crucial element of our business that enables us to capture growth throughout this key region. We serve customers locally in over 40 countries with approximately 4,000 employees, of whom 1,900 are directly engaged in customer support, leveraging their technical expertise in sales, marketing and service to enhance our customers’ operations, improve existing practices, and enable the rapid commercialization of new products. Of these approximately 1,900 technical experts, several hundred work directly with our customers at their facilities. Our scale and strong local presence are key competitive differentiators, allowing us to leverage our technology portfolio to address our customers’ current and future requirements, while simultaneously providing localized, high-touch customer service.

We sell our chemistry and equipment to a diverse mix of customers who are typically manufacturers serving global markets, ultimately mitigating our exposure to any individual geography. For fiscal 2019, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 26% of our total chemistry revenue.

 

Revenues By End-Market(1)     Revenues By Geography(1)       End User Demand by Geography(3) 

 

 

LOGO

   

LOGO

    

    

  

LOGO

    

 

LOGO

    

 

(1)   Represents 2019 chemistry revenues.
(2)   Includes over 20 additional end-markets that utilize our offerings, including medical & industrial, energy, decorative hardware, and others.

 

2


Table of Contents
(3)   End user demand by geography represents the estimated geographic breakdown of our 2018 revenues by ultimate end users of products with our chemistry.

During fiscal 2019, we generated revenues, consolidated net income, and Adjusted EBITDA of $1,187.8 million, $7.6 million, and $380.1 million, respectively, representing a 32.0% Adjusted EBITDA margin. As of December 31, 2019, we had cash of $302.7 million and outstanding indebtedness of $2,169.8 million (excluding short-term and long-term deferred financing costs and $75.1 million of lease liabilities), which may limit the availability of financial resources to pursue our growth initiatives.

Our Business Segments

Our business operates in two business segments, Electronics and General Metal Finishing, with both offering chemistry, equipment, and service globally.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)   See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.”
(2)   Other end-markets include aerospace & military, medical & industrial, decorative hardware, and others.

Although these segments each have distinct end-markets and customers, they both benefit from our centralized functions and global scale. In addition, we leverage our significant R&D spend and resulting innovations, as well as our shared technology centers and production facilities, to benefit from technologies, innovations, best practices, and other key learnings across our product portfolio and segments. This R&D coordination, along with our centralized functions, results in better commercial focus and increased productivity and profitability.

 

   

Electronics Segment: Our comprehensive systems and solutions approach provides chemistry, equipment, and service, which are integral to manufacturing PCBs, SCs and connectors. We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market, with a market share of approximately 24% based on our fiscal 2018 EL plating chemistry revenue. We are also the #1 global manufacturer of horizontal plating equipment for PCB production. Our expansive footprint allows us to serve the global electronics supply chain, as demonstrated by our longstanding relationships with 28 of the top 30 global PCB manufacturers. We believe the combination of our chemistry and equipment provides our customers with enhanced

 

3


Table of Contents
 

production yields, higher-quality results, and improved manufacturing efficiency. In addition, our services and solutions facilitate and enable end-product innovation, such as flexible screens, higher processing speeds, and further device miniaturization. As a result of this systems approach, we have increased the proportion of our PCB chemistry sold for use in our proprietary EL equipment from approximately 51% to 56% during the period from 2010 to 2019. We believe that this trend increases our value to our customers, grows our share of more profitable “cutting edge” and complex applications, and enhances our competitive advantage.

EL segment demand is expected to be driven by various secular trends, including the build-out of 5G infrastructure, digitalization and exponentially increasing data volumes and processing speed requirements associated with increasing electronics content in cars, the adoption of next-generation mobile devices, the adoption of big data-related analytics and cloud computing, and the “Internet of Things” (“IoT”). The worldwide annual creation of data associated with many of these trends is expected to increase from less than 33 trillion gigabytes in 2018 to more than 175 trillion gigabytes in 2025. We believe we will continue to gain market share as a result of our portfolio’s focus on attractive growth segments of the EL plating chemistry market that involve technologically advanced production processes. These high-value technology segments include complex applications such as High Density Interconnectors (“HDIs”), Integrated Circuit (“IC”) substrates, and flex or rigid-flex PCBs to facilitate ongoing technological innovations.

EL Applications in High-end Smartphone

 

 

LOGO

 

   

General Metal Finishing Segment: We supply chemistry, equipment, and service as a comprehensive process solution for functional and decorative surface finishing applications across a diverse set of end-markets, including automotive, heavy machinery, household appliances, fixtures, and construction. We are #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, with a market share of approximately 22% based on our fiscal 2018 GMF plating chemistry revenue, supplying specialty-plating chemistry to approximately 7,000 customer sites globally. We are also one of the market leaders in GMF plating equipment. Our comprehensive systems and solutions generally add the most value for our larger GMF customers who have complex technical requirements. For our other customers, who are often smaller, we

 

4


Table of Contents
 

provide value by being a one-stop shop for all their plating needs, supplying chemistry, auxiliary equipment, and high-touch local service. Our solutions not only transform the aesthetics of plastics and metals to create a higher value appearance, but also improve corrosion- and wear-resistance and environmental sustainability. We believe our comprehensive approach strengthens our ability to win business, providing our customers with enhanced production yields, higher quality results, and improved end-product performance, while reducing their manufacturing and warranty costs. For high-end applications where our combined chemistry and equipment solution provides the greatest value, we have increased the proportion of our chemistry sold for use in our GMF equipment. For example, for our DynaChrome offering, we have increased the proportion of chemistry sold for use in our equipment from approximately 8% to 22% during the period from 2010 to 2019. We believe that by growing our chemistry sales for use in our equipment, we are able to increase our customer intimacy and competitive differentiation.

GMF segment demand is expected to be driven by increased automotive production and further penetration of our products in automotive and construction applications, as well as demand for household appliances and fixtures. We expect the growth of the consumer class in emerging markets will drive demand growth for our products in such markets in-excess of developed markets. For example, consumer purchases in China and India are expected to grow from approximately $6.1 trillion in 2015 to approximately $25.0 trillion in 2030. Growth is also expected to be bolstered by increased chemistry penetration due to trends towards increasing quality requirements, premiumization, environmental regulations, and lightweighting. We believe we will continue to gain market share as a result of our positioning in environmentally sustainable solutions, product quality, R&D leadership, and customer proximity.

GMF Applications in Automotive

 

 

LOGO

Transformational Initiatives

Since the Acquisition, we have made significant investments designed to maximize the benefits of being a standalone company, positioning the business for current and future commercial success. Although additional

 

5


Table of Contents

opportunities remain, to date, we have implemented several initiatives, which are unlocking significant value, including:

 

   

Enhanced Senior Leadership Team: We have augmented our existing long-term business leaders, technical experts, and customer relationship managers with additional world-class managers to lead our organizational realignment and increase focus on commercial excellence and our customers. To accomplish this transition, we have hired a new Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operations Officer, Vice President of R&D, Vice President and Group General Counsel, and Vice President of Human Resources.

 

   

Globalized Management Structure: We have reorganized the business from a decentralized, locally-focused structure, to a centralized, global/regional structure organized around our two segments. This has allowed us to build strong centralized and regional functional teams, ensuring best practices are implemented across all regions. Within each segment, we have redesigned our management structure to expand the accountability of business unit leaders to include full P&L responsibility.

 

   

Customer-Focused Approach: We have realigned our sales, service, marketing, and R&D functions to be more coordinated, effectively anticipate and meet the demands of our customers, and increase sales force efficiency. As part of this initiative, we identified global key accounts for which we assign dedicated managers to provide a single point of contact to more effectively serve these customers.

 

   

Optimized R&D: We have focused on increasing R&D productivity by improving our stage-gate processes to ensure more efficient use of resources and enable faster introduction of new products. Additionally, we are further improving the cost-efficiency of our R&D process by relocating certain standardized R&D activities to lower cost geographies.

 

   

Operational Improvements: We have introduced a culture of continuous cost management, launching several efficiency initiatives, including lean manufacturing and optimization of our procurement spend. We anticipate new opportunities, along with our existing value-creation program, will generate cost savings, which are expected to more than offset inflation in our underlying costs.

 

   

Aligned Incentives: We have developed a performance-based compensation structure that closely aligns individual incentives with our overall strategic and financial objectives.

Collectively, these initiatives helped grow our revenues from $1,124.2 million to $1,187.8 million from fiscal 2016 to fiscal 2019. Adjusted EBITDA grew from $309.4 million to $380.1 million, while Adjusted EBITDA margin improved by 450 basis points during this same period. We expect to realize additional benefits from these initiatives going forward.

Our Competitive Strengths

Global market leader in well-structured markets with positive long-term secular growth trends

We are the global market leader in both of our primary markets—#1 in EL plating chemistry with a 24% market share and #1 in GMF plating chemistry with a 22% market share. Each market is well structured, with the three largest players in the EL and GMF plating chemistry markets representing a combined 64% and 48% market share, respectively. We are a recognized leader in plating processes for applications such as HDI for smartphones, IC substrates, decorative coatings (“DECO”), plating on plastics (“POP”), as well as functional chrome plating and have long-standing relationships with our customers.

We expect our market leadership will allow us to leverage and capitalize on favorable secular trends in the EL and GMF plating chemistry markets, which are forecast to grow at compound annual growth rates of approximately 3.6% and 2.8%, respectively, from 2019 through 2023. Within the EL plating chemistry market,

 

6


Table of Contents

growth is expected to be driven by expanding communications infrastructure (ongoing 5G network build-out), increasing device complexity (HDI and flex or rigid-flex PCBs), digitalization (IoT), adoption of big data-related analytics and cloud computing, increasing automotive electronics content and vehicle electrification as well as autonomous driving. We also expect demand for our chemistry products to be driven by increased chemistry penetration per device. As technological innovation creates devices with greater computing power, speed, and capabilities, while simultaneously shrinking the product size, more advanced plating chemistry solutions are needed to address growing device complexity. This complexity, coupled with increasing OEM technical specifications, is driving greater PCB density and an increasing number of PCB layers per device. More complex plating chemistries and processes can enable increased speed and further device miniaturization by reducing the distance and line size connecting components, reducing latencies between components, and increasing PCB line density. See illustrative example below:

 

 

LOGO

Within the GMF plating chemistry market, growth is expected to be driven by evolving consumption patterns of a growing consumer class in emerging markets, increasing automotive production, vehicle lightweighting, increased warranty requirements, product premiumization, and stricter environmental regulations. However, we can make no assurances that our assumptions about market growth will be correct. Historically, we have been able to increase our market share and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to do so in the future as a result of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, strong customer integration, innovative R&D, and global footprint.

Comprehensive systems and solutions approach drives sustainable competitive advantage and unmatched customer intimacy

We offer a differentiated systems- and solutions-based approach that combines chemistry, equipment, and service across both of our segments.

 

   

Chemistry: Our chemistry solutions are designed to address the specific process needs of our customers, reflecting iterative collaboration with OEMs and direct customers alike to solve for complex technological requirements such as further device miniaturization and increasing processing speeds through greater conductor line sophistication. We design these proprietary processes in close collaboration with our customers and OEMs, making our chemistry difficult to substitute and fostering deep and lasting customer relationships.

 

   

Equipment: We believe that utilizing our equipment in connection with our tailored chemistry provides our customers with significant value. Our more than 1,000 installed systems help many of our customers

 

7


Table of Contents
 

engage in more complex plating processes that demand our higher value-added chemistry and provide another point of customer contact, further driving customer integration. Once installed, our equipment is a source of recurring revenue and an important growth driver for our chemistry, spare parts/wear parts, service, line upgrades, retrofits, and technical support. In addition, the installation of our equipment tends to drive increased customer intimacy and create higher switching costs for our customers. We believe this approach is a key driver of our growth and customer loyalty, delivering enhanced production yields, higher-quality results, and improved end-product performance to our customers, while improving manufacturing efficiency. From 2010 to 2019, we have increased the percentage of our chemistry sold for use in our EL equipment from approximately 51% to 56%. For chemistry sold for use in our GMF DynaChrome equipment, which is used in high-value GMF applications, the percentage has increased from approximately 8% to 22%.

 

   

Service: We also provide world-class service to our customers. This service includes on-site support and training, embedded employees engaged in manufacturing process oversight, and the benefits of a global network of 17 technology centers. Our facilities are strategically located in close proximity to key customers to facilitate application development, testing, analytical measurements, chemical and physical characterization, technical support, and training. Approximately 1,900 employees worldwide are dedicated to customer support, with several hundred working on-site at our customers’ manufacturing facilities. Our regional and global product teams support our front-line staff and our customers with their deep product expertise to help ensure that optimal results are achieved through utilization of our chemistry and equipment, furthering our customer intimacy. In addition, our several hundred on-site personnel provide crucial feedback regarding upcoming customer needs to our R&D team, further enabling us to be a first mover on new technologies and to increase our portion of sales to those customers.

Our comprehensive systems and solutions approach is supported by our dedicated sales force and local presence and reflects our holistic view of the electroplating process. This combination allows us to respond in real-time to technological challenges, helping to develop solutions alongside our customers as we support them in their need to address constantly changing market dynamics. Our close customer relationships, with sales to 28 of the top 30 PCB manufacturers and joint development projects with 13 of these manufacturers, have allowed us to develop solutions alongside our customers. This collaboration helps our customers innovate and reduce their time-to-market, while allowing us to be the market leader on the newest high-tech and value-added solutions, which underpins our industry-leading financial profile.

Market leading R&D investment and technological innovation

We are a global technology leader in the electroplating chemistry market due to our market-leading R&D and track record of innovation. We believe our $178.1 million in R&D investment during the three years ended December 31, 2019, with fiscal 2019 expense representing 4.3% of total revenue, significantly exceeds that of our competition. For fiscal 2018, we estimate our R&D spend represented approximately 34% of the combined R&D spend of all plating chemical companies and 51% of the combined R&D spend of the four largest plating chemical companies by market share. As a result, we believe we have developed one of the most advanced R&D organizations in our industry, evidenced by our over 500 R&D professionals worldwide, 1,500 patents, 3,500 registered trademarks, 500 pending patent applications, and more than 100 employees with Ph.D.s. This central R&D function is bolstered by our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers staffed by approximately 200 professionals, providing local support to our customers through testing, analysis, and pilot production. While we can provide no assurance that our investment in R&D will continue to provide competitive advantages, we believe we are well-equipped to continue our technological leadership to meet the future product needs of our customers and OEMs.

Our investments in R&D have allowed us to solve complex technical problems associated with cutting-edge end-product innovations such as OLED displays, flexible screens, ADAS, and the build-out of 5G infrastructure.

 

8


Table of Contents

We believe we are particularly well-positioned to capitalize on future transformative technologies, including artificial intelligence, next-generation devices enabled by 5G, continuing developments in ADAS, and complex composite anti-corrosion coatings. We also have the capability to develop and produce unique chemistry in-house, which we use to produce custom additives differentiating our chemistry from that of our competitors. As part of our investment in future technologies, we have invested heavily in environmentally sustainable solutions. For example, we were the first company to introduce the trivalent chromium hard chrome plating process, allowing our customers to phase out hexavalent chromium (“Chrome VI”). Our investments in these areas and the products we develop allow our customers to drive higher value product sales, reduce waste, and maximize operating efficiency in the face of evolving consumer demands and more stringent regulatory regimes. We expect the benefits associated with our R&D platform will persist as we continue to enhance our R&D productivity and focus on customer-driven innovation. We believe this sustainable competitive advantage will allow us to increase our market share going forward.

Mission-critical nature of our solutions drives customer stickiness

Our solutions are vital to our direct customers’ product performance and enable end-product innovation, while typically accounting for less than 1% of total end-product cost. OEMs and our direct customers generally demand the highest quality and performance specifications in plated components, which they generally verify through extensive testing and certification processes that can last up to five years. The long OEM testing and certification process reduces the likelihood that our customers will switch suppliers once our chemistry has been approved. Consequently, we have a close relationship with many OEMs and partner with them during the product development process to ensure that our solutions are certified. Our customer stickiness is evidenced by an average relationship length of 24 years among our top 25 customers. Further, our deep collaboration with OEMs provides greater customer insight, driving development of new products and processes to capture incremental growth from new end-product innovations.

Diverse revenue base by end-market, customer, and geography

The diverse nature of our global operations limits our financial exposure to any single end-market, customer, or region. For fiscal 2019, we generated approximately 11% of our chemistry revenues in the Americas, 18% in Europe, 38% in China, 10% in Taiwan, and 23% in the rest of Asia. The majority of our chemistry revenues are generated by sales to manufacturers in Asia that serve global end-markets with the estimated geographic breakdown of our revenues by ultimate end users of products with our chemistry across the Americas, Europe, China, Taiwan, and the rest of Asia representing approximately 27%, 29%, 25%, 2%, and 16% of our fiscal 2018 chemistry revenues, respectively. Additionally, our customers are located in over 40 countries, with no single customer representing more than approximately 6% of our chemistry revenue for fiscal 2019 and with our top ten customers representing approximately 26% of chemistry revenue for fiscal 2019. This diversified base includes customers serving a broad variety of end-markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, automotive electronics, and consumer electronics for our EL offerings and automotive surface finishing, heavy machinery, household appliances, fixtures, and construction for our GMF offerings.

Compelling financial profile with consistently strong margins and cash flow

We have an attractive financial profile highlighted by our strong and stable margins. Our EL and GMF segments generated Segment Adjusted EBITDA margins of 35.4% and 27.4%, respectively, for fiscal 2019. We have implemented numerous initiatives that have reduced our fixed and variable costs and improved working capital productivity. We expect that these initiatives will generate additional cost savings and cash flows as many have only recently begun to contribute to our financial results, although we cannot make any assurances

 

9


Table of Contents

regarding the amount or timing of additional cost savings and cash flows these initiatives may generate.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Successor Pro Forma results.

Our track record of operating profitability and low capital intensity, including maintenance capital expenditures of approximately 1% of revenues over the past three years, has allowed us to consistently generate strong cash flows. Our global footprint and operational flexibility allow us to be more nimble and shift production to meet our customers’ needs. Our efficient and well-invested asset base supports our ability to meet demand growth and innovation requirements with limited capital expenditures.

Experienced management team and strong equity sponsor

Our company is led by a highly experienced and talented management team with an average tenure in the specialty chemicals industry of more than 19 years. Our management team, led by Chief Executive Officer Geoff Wild, is strategically positioned around the globe and is focused on improving company performance by consistently driving commercial and operational excellence. Mr. Wild has over 39 years of industry experience and previously served as Chief Executive Officer of AZ Electronic Materials, a former Carlyle portfolio company, where he was instrumental in the IPO process, successfully driving a total shareholder return of 68% from IPO in October 2010 to Merck KGaA’s acquisition of the business in May 2014. Our Chief Financial Officer Peter Frauenknecht has over 34 years of experience in global industrial manufacturing businesses, serving as Chief Financial Officer and member of the Executive Board at Constantia Flexibles, a leading, global flexible packaging company, where he was instrumental in driving efficiency gains, integrating acquisitions, supporting revenue growth from €1.6 billion in 2013 to €1.9 billion in 2015, managing capital markets transactions, and improving profitability. Our sponsor, Carlyle, is a leading global alternative asset management firm with extensive experience in successfully completing corporate carve-out transactions in the industrial sector and a track record of successful IPOs and transitioning companies from private to public.

Our Business Strategies

Increase penetration of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach

We believe our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, which includes selling chemistry, equipment, and service, is the best way to maximize our all-in value to customers. We have realigned our resources to better implement this market- and solutions-based approach, including by embedding our equipment business within our EL and GMF segments. As applications become more complex, we believe the efficiency and value proposition of our systems-based solution will become more evident, which we intend to capitalize on to drive market share gains. We intend to expand this systems-based approach to new customers, as well as

 

10


Table of Contents

existing customers, who currently only use our chemistry, through our marketing efforts and a continued focus on the customer value proposition. We are expanding our equipment manufacturing in China to lower production costs, growing our addressable market opportunities and penetration with local Chinese customers and other Asian customers. In addition, we continue to invest in technologies to further broaden our portfolio and enable us to increase the penetration of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach. Most recently, we invested in vertical conveyorized plating (“VCP”) technology, which substantially increases our addressable market for plating equipment, and in turn provides us the opportunity to pull through more of our chemistry. We intend to leverage our broad network of technology centers, production facilities, and regional support teams to locally serve our global customer base and facilitate further integration into our customers’ operations as we help optimize their production efficiency and quality. We believe the continued proliferation of our comprehensive systems and solutions will drive better informed R&D decisions, increasing the value of our approach to our customers.

Leverage market leadership in existing technologies to expand to new applications and geographies

Over our 150-year history, we have cultivated a strong platform of innovative and high-tech solutions, resulting in #1 global market shares in EL plating and GMF plating chemistry. We intend to continue to leverage our scale, relationships, and existing solutions to expand our penetration into new applications in high-growth market segments and geographies.

In the EL plating chemistry market, we are focused on leveraging our expertise and technology leadership in high-density electronics for smartphones to capture incremental demand for new applications such as PCBs for the 5G infrastructure build-out and increase in automotive electronic content per vehicle. For example, our market leading expertise in interconnects for high-density PCBs can be leveraged to address high-growth automotive electronic applications, such as light detection and ranging (“LIDAR”) and radio detection and ranging (“RADAR”) applications. In addition to our expertise, our strong relationships with automotive OEMs and PCB and SC manufacturers position us to capitalize on these growth opportunities. From a geographic perspective, we expect our clients in the global electronics supply chain to continue to move their production supply chains to lower-cost regions. We continue to adapt to this shift by replicating our successful China market entry strategy in these target countries by building up local sales force teams, technical support, and leveraging coordinated key account management.

In the GMF plating chemistry market, we are seeking to expand our market share in high-growth applications. We are applying our existing corrosion protection technologies to satisfy increasing durability requirements in applications such as fasteners and brake systems. The trend towards automotive lightweighting also provides incremental opportunities to deploy our technologies to capture a greater share of plating content per vehicle. In particular, as electric vehicles (“EVs”) require lighter-weight materials to improve battery range, we believe we can also use our DECO and POP solutions to capture incremental demand. From a geographic perspective, we are targeting select OEMs in North America to obtain certifications for products that we have already successfully introduced to Europe- and Asia-based OEMs.

Capitalize on attractive secular growth trends through R&D and continued technology leadership

We believe our substantial prior and future investments in R&D, our strong product pipeline, and our long-standing relationships with most leading OEMs will allow us to continue to be the leader in technological innovation. For example, the number of patents and pending patent applications related to our offerings increased from 1,138 in fiscal 2005 to 2,260 in fiscal 2019. We believe expanding our already strong position at the cutting edge of new chemistry, equipment, and service will allow us to continue to benefit from secular growth trends that are driving new and complex applications. Our strong customer intimacy and customer-driven innovation

 

11


Table of Contents

through our systems and solutions approach helps provide early insight into customer trends, allowing us to invest intelligently in disruptive, next-generation innovations. We will continue to address the needs of our customers by complementing our existing technology portfolio, both through organic R&D and through strategic bolt-on acquisitions of new technologies where possible.

In the GMF plating chemistry market, we see the largest growth potential in innovative sustainable solutions for the automotive industry. We believe we are currently at the forefront of sustainable technological innovation. For example, our DynaChrome offering utilizes 70% less water and 42% less energy versus standard vertical plating lines, and we were the first company to offer the trivalent chromium hard chrome plating process, which is an environmentally safer alternative to Chrome VI plating. Furthermore, we believe that the increasing requirements on vehicle life will drive demand for higher performing, more efficient and more environmentally friendly surface finishing solutions. Increasing environmental awareness, in combination with our sustainable solutions for Paint Support Technologies, allows us to serve markets that were previously difficult to access. In addition, we are a leading supplier of auxiliary equipment which helps reduce wastewater and extend chemistry bath life, reducing costs, improving quality, and diminishing the overall environmental impact of our customers’ plating operations. We continue to bolster our sustainable solutions and are well-positioned to support our customers’ efforts to adapt to increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations for their manufacturing processes.

In the EL plating chemistry market, we believe that we are particularly well-positioned to capture growth from the introduction of 5G networks and IoT, driving volumes and enabling a new wave of technological innovation, including the next generation of automotive electronics and high-frequency electronic devices. These new electronic devices are expected to include significantly more sophisticated and compact electronic components and circuitry, which we expect will drive demand for our new high-end plating chemical products, as evidenced by the evolution of PCBs in smartphones. The increase in speed, power, and corresponding battery size, reduce the available space for PCBs in mobile and other devices. Miniaturization requires greater line density and the layering of PCBs, both of which require more complex chemistry plating solutions.

Execute on operational improvement opportunities to drive earnings growth, expand margins, and increase cash flow

In addition to our growing topline, our financial performance has also benefited from capitalizing on operational improvement initiatives and we believe there are still significant value-creation opportunities available to us going forward. We anticipate these new opportunities, along with our existing value-creation program, will generate cost savings, which are expected to more than offset inflation in our underlying costs. Key initiatives that we expect to contribute to these cost savings include leveraging the strength of our centralized business unit structure to increase commercial focus in the local regions, optimizing our purchasing function, increasing coordination in our operations, and reducing general and administrative costs. In addition, we continue to implement a more effective R&D portfolio review process, and to relocate certain standardized R&D, back-office, and equipment manufacturing activities to lower cost geographies. We expect these initiatives to help improve margins going forward, reinforced by the implementation of management incentive programs tied to the initiatives’ performance.

Our Industry and End-Markets

We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market and #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, with the top three players in each market collectively holding a significant portion of those markets. The remaining share of each market is generally held by small, local suppliers focused on specific technologies or geographies. Within our EL segment, we currently focus on a $2.4 billion portion of the broader $23 billion

 

12


Table of Contents

surface treatment market. Within our GMF segment, we currently focus on a $2.1 billion portion of the broader $23 billion surface treatment market.

We expect our markets to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3.2% from 2019 to 2023 driven by various secular growth trends such as digitalization, further device miniaturization, increased data volumes and processing speed requirements, the growth of the consumer class in emerging markets, increasing environmental regulations, and rising product quality and durability standards. We believe our unique business model, characterized by consistent and significant investment in R&D, a focus on high-tech growth applications, customer intimacy and integration, and chemistry-equipment solutions approach, positions us to continue to increase our market share. Over time, we expect our innovation, organic growth strategy, and potential bolt-on M&A will expand our market opportunity.

EL Industry and Trends

The EL plating chemistry market is a $2.4 billion industry and is expected to grow at a 3.6% CAGR from 2019 to 2023. We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market with a 24% market share. EL plating chemistry is used in electronic applications such as PCBs embedded in smartphones, automotive electronics, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, and consumer electronics.

The EL market benefits from broad digitalization and proliferation of PCBs and SCs, driven by prominent secular trends, including:

 

   

5G Infrastructure: The rollout of 5G wireless infrastructure is expected to require approximately twice the number of high-frequency base stations compared to those needed for 4G in order to support the higher data traffic volumes, speeds, and frequency capabilities. This increased infrastructure need will drive incremental demand for advanced PCBs and SCs. 5G is also expected to enable new applications that consume larger amounts of data, at higher speeds, and on higher frequencies, which is expected to increase the requirements for plating technology in devices transmitting, receiving, and processing such data.

 

   

Next-Generation Smartphones: The smartphone market is a highly innovation-intensive market characterized by constant technological advancements such as OLED displays, flexible screens, additional sensing features, and increased processing speeds. In addition, the new generation of smartphones will be 5G compatible. These advancements, along with increased battery life, require constant PCB miniaturization and greater line density, which drive demand for advanced plating solutions, such as modified semi-additive processes (“mSAPs”), to meet technical requirements.

 

   

Increasing Electronics Content in Automotive: The automotive industry is undergoing a fundamental and transformational change with an evolution towards electrification of powertrains (EVs and hybrid electric vehicles (“HEVs”)) and ADAS/autonomous vehicles. These trends will drive increasing volumes and electronic content per vehicle, with the electronic content cost as a percentage of total automotive manufacturing costs projected to be over 40% in 2030, creating significant additional demand for higher value PCBs and SCs.

 

   

Cloud Computing Infrastructure Growth: Adoption of big data-related analytics is expected to drive increased need for cloud computing infrastructure for data storage and IoT devices for data creation. There is significant industry investment in this area, with approximately 60 million servers estimated to be shipped globally from 2018 to 2022, compared to 44 million shipped globally from 2014 to 2018. Additionally, utilizing this data will call for increases in processing speed. Together, these factors are expected to drive adoption of, and demand for, advanced PCBs and SCs.

 

   

Adoption of Consumer and Industrial “Internet of Things” Devices: The growth of IoT results in increasing proliferation of connected sensors and devices in various consumer electronics (“smart”

 

13


Table of Contents
 

homes) and industrial (machine learning) applications. By 2022, there are expected to be 15.8 billion connected IoT devices, compared to 5.3 billion in 2018. As the capability of IoT devices increases, so will demand, driving higher volumes, device miniaturization, and state-of-the-art PCBs, HDIs, and SCs.

We are well-positioned to take advantage of these trends and the resulting complexity given our advanced chemistry capabilities, equipment integration, and reputation for quality and high-touch customer service.

GMF Industry and Trends

The GMF plating chemistry market is a $2.1 billion industry and is expected to grow at a 2.8% CAGR from 2019 to 2023. We are #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, with a 22% market share. GMF plating chemistry is predominantly used in automotive surface finishing and other industrial applications such as heavy machinery, household appliances, fixtures, and construction.

The GMF market benefits from growing industrial- and consumer-driven demand, driven by prominent secular trends, including:

 

   

Increasing Quality Requirements: The trend towards improving product quality to meet longer warranty standards requires greater useful lives of parts and components, driving demand for high-performance GMF plating processes. These processes increase wear- and corrosion-resistance of our customers’ end-products.

 

   

Premiumization: The growth of the consumer class in emerging markets such as China and India has led to increased demand for light and premium vehicles, household appliances, and heavy machinery. This increased “premiumization” of products and demand for new products has led to more and higher-value chrome surfaces (e.g., satin finishes) and growing per-unit plating content. Consumer purchases in China and India are expected to grow from approximately $6.1 trillion in 2015 to approximately $25.0 trillion in 2030 and, as purchasing power in these markets continues to rise, these demand patterns should continue driving increased volumes of our products.

 

   

Increasing Environmental Regulation: New environmental requirements regulating specific substances used in certain chemical processes, water and waste disposal, and tightening emissions standards, such as Euro 6d-TEMP and China 6 among other measures, have led OEMs and our customers to emphasize sustainable products and systems. These new regulations are expected to increase demand for our market-leading environmentally sustainable solutions and technology.

 

   

Lightweighting: Increasingly stringent emissions standards, environmental regulations, and an emphasis on range for EVs and HEVs have increased demand for automotive weight-efficiency. This increase in lightweighting drives demand for GMF plating applications, particularly our POP and DECO products, which can enable substitution of metal for plastics with metallic finishes. Lightweighting also leads to new innovations because, as new lighter-weight materials are utilized, they will require tailored chemistry solutions to address new challenges, such as advanced corrosion protection requirements.

We are well-positioned to take advantage of these trends and the resulting complexity given our advanced chemistry capabilities, equipment integration, and reputation for quality and high-touch customer service.

Equipment Industry and Trends

In addition to the chemistry markets, we also compete within the equipment markets for EL and GMF plating chemistry applications where we have the #1 global market share in EL horizontal plating equipment and are one of the market leaders in GMF plating equipment. We have also recently invested in VCP technology, which substantially increases our addressable market for plating equipment and will provide us with the

 

14


Table of Contents

opportunity to increase our market share and chemistry sales. We view our equipment offering as critical in supporting our chemistry sales, as well as in providing our comprehensive systems and solutions approach. We expect the equipment market to benefit from the same drivers as the underlying chemical markets. Consequently, we estimate the value of the EL equipment market to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3.6% from 2019 to 2023 and we expect the GMF equipment market to grow at a CAGR of approximately 2.8% from 2019 to 2023. As equipment represents a substantial upfront investment for our customers, procurement decisions for equipment products typically follow the characteristics of the capital and technological investment cycles. Once installed, our equipment is a source of recurring revenue and an important growth driver for our chemistry, spare parts/wear parts, service, line upgrades, retrofits, and technical support.

Risks Related to our Business

Investing in our common shares involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common shares. As described under “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus, there are several risks related to our business and our ability to leverage our strengths and execute our strategies described elsewhere in this prospectus. Among these important risks are risks associated with the following:

 

   

uncertainty, downturns, and changes in our target markets;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

reduced market acceptance and inability to keep pace with evolving technology and trends;

 

   

loss of customers;

 

   

the impact that our substantial indebtedness may have on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects;

 

   

increases in costs or reductions in the supplies of raw materials that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

our ability to provide products and services in light of changing environmental, health and safety, product liability, financial, and other legislation and regulation;

 

   

our failure to compete successfully in product development;

 

   

our ability to successfully execute our growth initiatives, business strategies, and operating plans, and to leverage our strengths;

 

   

whether the secular trends we expect to drive growth in our business materialize to the degree we expect them to, or at all;

 

   

material costs relating to environmental and health and safety requirements or liabilities;

 

   

underfunded defined benefit pension plans;

 

   

risk that the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures;

 

   

failure to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions;

 

   

tariffs, border adjustment taxes, or other adverse trade restrictions and impacts on our customers’ value chains;

 

   

the impact of the recent COVID-19 outbreak or other similar outbreaks;

 

   

political, economic, and legal uncertainties in China, the Chinese government’s control of currency conversion and expatriation of funds, and the Chinese government’s policy on foreign investment in China;

 

15


Table of Contents
   

regulations around the production and use of chemical substances that affect our products;

 

   

United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union;

 

   

weak intellectual property rights in jurisdictions outside the United States;

 

   

intellectual property infringement and product liability claims;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited;

 

   

risks related to our derivative instruments;

 

   

ability to attract, motivate, and retain senior management and qualified employees;

 

   

increased risks to our global operations including, but not limited to, political instability, acts of terrorism, taxation, and unexpected regulatory and economic sanctions changes, among other things;

 

   

natural disasters that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

the inherently hazardous nature of chemical manufacturing that could result in accidents that disrupt our operations and expose us to losses or liabilities;

 

   

damage to our brand reputation;

 

   

the amount of the costs, fees, expenses, and charges related to this offering and the related costs of being a public company;

 

   

Carlyle’s ability to control our common shares;

 

   

any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing;

 

   

other factors disclosed in this prospectus; and

 

   

other factors beyond our control.

 

16


Table of Contents

Organizational Structure

The following chart summarizes our simplified corporate structure and principal indebtedness after giving effect to the Transactions. This chart is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not represent all legal entities affiliated with, or all obligations of, the Company:

 

LOGO

Our Sponsor

Our principal shareholders are certain investment funds affiliated with Carlyle.

Founded in 1987, Carlyle is a global investment firm with $224 billion of assets under management as of December 31, 2019. Carlyle invests across four segments – Corporate Private Equity, Real Assets, Global Credit and Investment Solutions – in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, the Middle East, North America and South America. Carlyle has expertise in various industries, including: technology and business services, media and telecommunications, aerospace, defense and government services, consumer and retail, energy and power, financial services, healthcare, industrial, real estate, and transportation. Carlyle employs more than 1,775 people in 32 offices across six continents. Carlyle has significant experience completing corporate carve-out transactions and transitioning them to successful public companies including Axalta Coatings Systems (formerly known as DuPont Performance Coatings) from E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, AZ Electronic Materials from Clariant, the Hertz Corporation from Ford, and Allison Transmission, Inc. from General Motors.

 

17


Table of Contents

Company Information

Atotech Limited was incorporated on December 12, 2018 for purposes of becoming the new holding company of Holdco and its subsidiaries.

The headquarters for the Atotech business is located at Erasmusstrasse 20, 10553 Berlin, Germany. The Atotech telephone number is +49 30 349 85 0 and website is www.atotech.com. Information on, or accessible through, such website is not part of this prospectus, nor is such content incorporated by reference herein. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus when making a decision as to whether to invest in the common shares.

Corporate Reorganization

Atotech Limited, the registrant, is a Bailiwick of Jersey company incorporated on December 12, 2018 for purposes of becoming the new holding company of Holdco and its subsidiaries. For the year ended December 31, 2019, Atotech Limited had no operations, assets, or liabilities. In connection with the consummation of the offering and prior to effectiveness of the Registration Statement, we have undertaken or will undertake the following Reorganization Transactions:

 

   

Carlyle and all other shareholders of Atotech UK Topco Limited previously contributed all outstanding equity interests of Atotech UK Topco Limited to Atotech Limited in exchange for an equal number of common shares and preferred shares of Atotech Limited; and

 

   

Atotech Limited will consummate a             -to-1 share split.

Following the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions, Atotech Limited will indirectly own all outstanding equity interests of Holdco and all the Company’s operating subsidiaries, including Opco. Substantially concurrently with the consummation of the offering, Atotech Limited will consummate the Preferred Conversion.

The number of common shares issued per preferred share will be based on the initial public offering price per common share as well as the date on which the public offering price per common share is determined. Changes in the initial public offering price from $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) or a change in the date on which the public offering price per common share is determined from the assumed date of                     , 2020 will affect the number of common shares into which each preferred share will convert and will result in a corresponding change to the number of common shares outstanding after the completion of this offering. Each day by which the actual pricing date precedes or follows the assumed pricing date of             , 2020, will result in the issuance of              fewer or additional common shares, respectively. The effect of changes in the initial public offering price per common share is presented in the following table:

 

Public offering

price (with assumed

pricing date of                     , 2020)

   Total common shares
outstanding after this
offering
 

$            

  
 

                

 

$            

  

 


                


 

$            *

  

 


                


 

$            

  

 


                


 

$            

  

 


                


 

*  The midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

   

Following the consummation of the offering, Atotech UK Topco Limited will be dissolved and Atotech Limited will directly own all outstanding equity interests of Holdco.

 

18


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common shares offered by us

             common shares

Common shares outstanding after this offering

             common shares, assuming the conversion of each preferred share of Atotech Limited into              common shares (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and an initial public offering date of                 , 2020). See “Basis of Presentation.”

 

Option to purchase additional common shares

The selling shareholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional              common shares at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million, assuming the common shares are offered at $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for the redemption of our outstanding Holdco Notes and to pay related fees and expenses. Any excess proceeds will be used for the repayment of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling shareholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Proposed stock exchange symbol

“ATC”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common shares.

The number of common shares to be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on common shares outstanding as of                 , 2020, and assumes the conversion of each preferred share of Atotech Limited into approximately              common shares (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and an initial public offering date of                 , 2020), and which excludes:

 

   

             common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share;

 

   

the number of common shares reserved for issuance under our 2020 Incentive Award Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering, which we expect will equal an aggregate of 9.2% of our common shares (as determined immediately following the closing of this offering, such amount inclusive of the              outstanding options referenced above); and

 

   

the number of common shares reserved for issuance under our Employee Share Purchase Plan, which we plan to adopt in connection with this offering, which we expect will equal an aggregate of 2.0% of our common shares (as determined immediately following the closing of this offering).

 

19


Table of Contents

Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

no exercise of the option to purchase additional common shares by the underwriters;

 

   

an initial offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus;

 

   

the consummation of the Reorganization Transactions;

 

   

assuming the conversion of each preferred share of Atotech Limited into approximately              common shares (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and an initial public offering date of                 , 2020). See “Basis of Presentation.”

 

20


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth our summary historical and pro forma financial information for the following reporting periods:

 

   

The year ended December 31, 2016 and the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, which reflect the results of operations of Atotech B.V. (“Predecessor”).

 

   

The years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019, which reflect the results of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited (“Successor”) and includes the effects of acquisition accounting and the financing of the Acquisition in each case commencing on January 31, 2017. From December 20, 2016 (inception) through January 31, 2017, Atotech UK Topco Limited had no operations or activity.

 

   

The pro forma year ended December 31, 2017, which reflects the historical results of operations of Atotech B.V. for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 and Atotech UK Topco Limited for the year ended December 31, 2017, as adjusted for the effects of the Acquisition and the consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Basis of Presentation—Pro Forma Financial Information.”

The historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019, the historical financial data for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, and the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019 presented below were derived from our audited financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 presented below has been derived from the financial statements of Predecessor and Successor, respectively, not included in this prospectus. See “Basis of Presentation.”

Our historical financial data is not necessarily indicative of our future performance and does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as an independent publicly traded company during the periods shown.

The unaudited pro forma financial data presented below was derived from the audited financial statements and the related notes thereto of the Predecessor and Successor included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma statements of operations data are presented for the year ended December 31, 2017 assuming that the Acquisition was completed on January 1, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma information set forth below is based upon available information and assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma information is for illustrative and informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of what our financial condition or results of operations would have been had the above transactions occurred on the dates indicated. The unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered representative of our future financial condition or results of operations. You should read the information contained in this table in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Information,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the audited financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

21


Table of Contents
    Predecessor     Successor     Successor
Pro Forma
    Successor  

($ in millions, except for share data)

  Year ended
December 31,
2016
    January 1
through
January 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2017(1)
    Year ended
December 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 

Statement of Operations Data:

               

EL Segment revenues

  $ 593.0     $ 45.8     $ 603.0     $ 648.8     $ 669.4     $ 682.9  

GMF Segment revenues

    531.2       45.5       490.6       536.1       543.4       504.9  

Revenues

    1,124.2       91.3       1,093.6       1,184.9       1,212.8       1,187.8  

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization

    (470.4     (40.7     (513.7     (500.4     (504.2     (488.2

Depreciation and amortization

    (51.9     (4.0     (141.1     (153.7     (171.6     (170.1

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    (266.4     (19.8     (250.7     (270.5     (295.6     (277.1

Research and development expenses

    (79.1     (6.3     (62.6     (68.9     (58.0     (51.2

Restructuring expenses

    (5.3     (0.4     (10.8     (11.2     (14.8     (13.4

Operating profit

    251.1       20.1       114.7       180.2       168.6       187.8  

Interest expense

    (4.5     (0.1     (94.1     (102.7     (134.7     (148.9

Other income (expense), net

    (9.3     (0.8     (23.7     (24.5     (5.2     23.5  

Acquisition related expenses

    —         —         (67.0     —         —        
—  
 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    237.3       19.2       (70.1     53.0       28.7       62.4  

Income tax expense

    (64.3     (6.0     (16.7     (45.5     (52.4     (54.8

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ 173.0     $ 13.2     $ (86.8   $ 7.5     $ (23.7   $ 7.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data

               

Earnings (loss) per common share:

               

Basic

              $ (8.44    
$    (5.96

    $    (4.27

Diluted

              $ (8.44    
$    (5.96

   
$    (4.27

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

                26,154,998       26,154,998  

Diluted

                26,154,998       26,154,998  

As Adjusted Per share data(2)

               

Earnings (loss) per common share:

               

Basic

                $                 $            

Diluted

                $                 $            

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

             
 

        

 
 
 

        

 

Diluted

                                         
   

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

               

Non-current assets

  $ 446.3         $ 3,279.5       $ 3,024.1     $ 3,018.9  

Current assets:

               

Inventories, net

    105.3           112.8         121.5       124.7  

Trade and other receivables, net

    259.8           297.2         278.8       282.9  

Current tax assets

    22.6           22.5         23.7       34.2  

Cash and cash equivalents

    332.5           325.8         386.2       302.7  

Other financial assets

    —             —           1.6       2.5  

Total current assets

    720.2           758.3         811.8       747.0  

Total assets

    1,166.5           4,037.8         3,835.9       3,765.8  

Total liabilities

    517.6           2,725.8         3,131.2       3,093.3  

Total shareholders’ equity

    648.9           1,312.0         704.7       672.5  
   

Cash Flow Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

  $ 229.6     $ (8.7   $ 107.2       $ 166.7     $ 134.8  

Investing activities

    (83.2     (3.3     (2,736.3       (53.9     (70.3

Financing activities

    (199.0     (140.3     2,933.6         (37.7     (144.6
   

Other Financial and Operating Data:

               

Capital expenditures(3)

  $ 84.0     $ 3.6     $ 47.8       $ 56.6     $ 75.7  

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ 309.4     $ 26.6     $ 337.7     $ 364.3     $ 391.7     $
380.1
 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(5)

    27.5     29.1     30.9     30.7     32.3     32.0

R&D expense as a percentage of revenues(6)

    7.0     6.9     5.7     5.8     4.8     4.3

 

(1)   Reflects 11 months of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited following the Acquisition.
(2)   All as adjusted share and per share information has been adjusted to (i) reflect the             -for-1 share split, consummated prior to effectiveness of the Registration Statement and (ii) reflect the conversion of each preferred share of Atotech Limited into approximately              common shares (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and an initial public offering date of             , 2020). See “Basis of Presentation.

 

22


Table of Contents
(3)   Represents cash used in the acquisition of “intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment” as reflected in the relevant statement of cash flows.
(4)   To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with IFRS, we use the following additional non-IFRS financial measures to clarify and enhance our understanding of past performance: EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. We believe that the presentation of these financial measures enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance and allows investors to better assess our operating performance from period-to-period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business and including certain items that reflect current and future operating performance. We use certain of these financial measures for business planning purposes and for measuring our performance relative to that of our competitors. We utilize Adjusted EBITDA as the primary measure of consolidated financial performance.

 

     EBITDA consists of consolidated net income (loss) before interest expense, net, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA adjusted for (i) non-operating income or expense, (ii) the impact of certain non-cash, or other items that are included in net income and EBITDA that we do not consider indicative of our ongoing operating performance, and (iii) adjustments to reflect the adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases.”

 

     We believe these financial measures are commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance and that of our competitors. However, our use of the terms EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin may vary from that of others in our industry. These financial measures should not be considered as alternatives to operating profit, operating profit margin, consolidated net income (loss), earnings per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with IFRS as measures of operating performance.

 

     EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin have important limitations as analytical tools and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin:

 

   

do not reflect the significant interest expense on our debt, including the senior secured credit facilities, the Opco Notes, and Holdco Notes;

 

   

eliminate the impact of income taxes on our results of operations;

 

   

contain estimates of what the impact of adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases” in periods prior to our adoption of it on January 1, 2019 would have been;

 

   

exclude depreciation and amortization, which are non-cash charges, and assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect any expenditures for such replacements; and

 

   

may be calculated differently by other companies, which limits their usefulness as comparative measures.

 

     We compensate for these limitations by using EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin along with other comparative tools, together with IFRS measurements, to assist in the evaluation of operating performance. Such IFRS measurements include operating profit, operating profit margin, net income (loss), earnings per share, and other performance measures.

 

     In evaluating these financial measures, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in this presentation. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA margin should also not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items.

 

23


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles consolidated net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Successor
Pro Forma
    Successor  

($ in millions)

  Year ended
December 31,
2016
    January 1
through
January 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2017(a)
    Year ended
December 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ 173.0     $ 13.2     $ (86.8   $ 7.5     $ (23.7   $ 7.6  

Interest expense, net

    1.3       —         93.3       101.8       133.3       148.1  

Income taxes

    64.3       6.0       16.7       45.5       52.4       54.8  

Depreciation and amortization (excluding impairment charges)

    50.0       4.0       138.4       151.0       161.7       165.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

    288.6       23.2       161.6       305.8       323.7       375.9  

Non-cash adjustments(b)

    3.9       —         14.6       14.6       16.9       (10.2

Gain on disposal of fixed asset(c)

    —         —         —         —         —         (6.1

Foreign exchange loss, net(d)

    3.0       1.7       7.0       8.7       (0.2     (2.4

Restructuring(e)

    5.3       0.4       10.8       11.2       14.8       13.4  

Eliminated product categories(f)

    (6.8     (0.2     (1.0     (1.2     (0.1     —    

Transaction related costs(g)

    —         —         126.2       5.2       16.4       7.1  

Management fee(h)

    —         —         2.0       2.0       2.2       2.4  

Adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases”(i)

    15.4       1.5       16.5       18.0       18.0    

 

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 309.4     $ 26.6     $ 337.7     $ 364.3     $ 391.7     $ 380.1  

 

  (a)   Reflects 11 months of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited following the Acquisition.
  (b)   Eliminates the non-cash impact of (1) share-based compensation, (2) losses on the sale of fixed assets, (3) impairment charges, and (4) mark-to-market adjustments related to our foreign currency derivatives entered into in connection with certain redenomination transactions not linked to underlying individual transactions and bifurcated embedded derivatives related to certain redemption features of the Opco Notes and Holdco Notes. The dollar value of these non-cash adjustments for each period presented above is set forth below:

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Successor
Pro Forma
    Successor  

($ in millions)

  Year ended
December 31,
2016
    January 1
through
January 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2017(a)
    Year ended
December 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 

Share-based compensation

  $ 1.9     $ —       $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $ 0.1     $ 0.2  

Losses on the sale of fixed assets

    —         —         1.1       1.1       0.7       0.9  

Impairment charges

    1.9       —         2.7       2.7       10.4       4.7  

Mark-to-market adjustments

    —         —         10.7       10.7       5.7       (16.0)  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash adjustments

  $ 3.9     $ —       $ 14.6     $ 14.6     $ 16.9     $ (10.2)  

 

  (c)   Eliminates the cash impact of gains on the sale of fixed assets.
  (d)   Eliminates net foreign currency transactional gains and losses on balance sheet items.
  (e)   Eliminates charges resulting from restructuring activities principally from the Company’s cost reduction efforts.
  (f)   In 2016, we determined to discontinue the sale of products containing Chrome VI and to exit our product lines for soldermasks and resists for secondary imaging technology, which we refer to as our “EM” product line. Accordingly, this adjustment eliminates the EBITDA generated by sales of products containing Chrome VI and sales of products in our EM product line during the periods presented.
  (g)   Reflects an adjustment to eliminate (1) purchase accounting and transaction fees incurred as part of the Acquisition, (2) fees associated with the foreign currency exchange derivatives entered into in conjunction with the Acquisition, and (3) professional fees paid to third-party advisors in connection with the implementation of strategic initiatives.
  (h)  

Reflects an adjustment to eliminate fees paid to Carlyle. The consulting agreement pursuant to which management fees are paid to Carlyle will terminate on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the initial public offering and (ii) the date upon which Carlyle ceases to own more than ten percent of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. Management does not view these fees as indicative of the Company’s operational performance and the

 

24


Table of Contents
 

removal of these fees from Adjusted EBITDA is consistent with the calculation of similar measures under our senior secured credit facilities, the Holdco Notes Indenture, and the Opco Notes Indenture. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

  (i)   We adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” on January 1, 2019, which has resulted in (i) our operating leases being treated as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on our balance sheets as of any date after January 1, 2019; (ii) the removal of expenses associated with our operating leases from our cost of sales and selling, general, and administrative expenses in our statements of income for any period ending after January 1, 2019; and (iii) an increase in our depreciation and interest expense in our statements of income for any period ending after January 1, 2019. As a result of these effects, the adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases” increases our EBITDA in an amount equal to the increase in our depreciation and interest expense for each period ending after January 1, 2019 relative to periods ending prior to that date. In order to enhance the comparability of our results presented herein, we have made adjustments to reflect the estimated impact on our EBITDA that the adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases” would have had in each of the periods presented prior to January 1, 2019 had the standard had been retroactively applied. This adjustment is also consistent with the calculation of measures similar to Adjusted EBITDA under our senior secured credit facilities, the Holdco Notes Indenture, and the Opco Notes Indenture. The adjustments presented above are based on an analysis of our historical operating lease expense and other currently available information, including a review of our material operating leases, and an estimate of effective interest rates by country, and are subject to significant estimates that do not constitute retroactive application of the new standard. We estimate that the adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases” would have affected our balance sheet by increasing our fixed assets and our capital lease obligations by approximately $90.0 million as of December 31, 2016 and January 31, 2017, approximately $107.0 million as of December 31, 2017, approximately $84.5 million as of December 31, 2018. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recent Accounting Guidance.”
(5)   Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by revenues for the applicable period.
(6)   R&D expense as a percentage of revenues is calculated by dividing R&D expenses by revenues for the applicable period.

 

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide whether to buy our common shares. If any of the events contemplated by the following discussion of risks should occur, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows could suffer significantly. As a result, the market price of our common shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common shares.

Risks Related to Our Business

We face intense competition and our failure to compete successfully in product development may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our industry is highly competitive and most of our product lines compete against product lines from at least two competitors. We encounter competition from numerous and varied competitors in all areas of our business. Further, our products compete not only with similar products manufactured by our competitors, but also against a variety of other alternatives provided by our competitors. Industry consolidation may result in larger, more homogeneous, and potentially stronger competitors in the markets in which we compete.

We compete primarily on the basis of quality, technology, performance, reliability, brand, reputation, range of products, and service and support. We expect our competitors to continue to develop and introduce new products and to enhance their existing products, which could cause a decline in market acceptance of our products. Our competitors may also improve their manufacturing processes or expand their manufacturing capacity, which could make it more difficult or expensive for us to compete successfully. In addition, our competitors could enter into exclusive arrangements with our existing or potential customers or suppliers, which could limit our ability, or make it significantly more expensive, to acquire necessary raw materials or to generate sales.

Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical, and marketing resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to promoting and selling certain products. Unlike many of our competitors who specialize in a single or limited number of product lines, we have a portfolio of businesses and must allocate resources across those businesses. As a result, we may invest less in certain areas of our business than our competitors invest in competing businesses, and our competitors may therefore have greater financial, technical, and marketing resources available to them with respect to those businesses.

Some of our competitors may also incur fewer expenses than we do in creating, marketing, and selling certain products and may face fewer risks in introducing new products to the market. This circumstance results from the nature of our business model, which is based on providing innovative and high-quality products and therefore may require that we spend a proportionately greater amount on R&D than some of our competitors. If our pricing and other factors are not sufficiently competitive, or if there is an adverse reaction to our product decisions, we may lose market share in certain areas, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, competitors could benefit from favorable tax regimes or additional governmental grants and subsidies. Certain of our competitors in various countries in which we do business, including China, may be owned by or affiliated with members of local governments and political entities. These competitors may receive special treatment with respect to regulatory compliance and product registration, while certain of our products, including those based on new technologies, may be delayed or even prevented from entering into the local market. Further, because many of our competitors are small divisions of large, international businesses, these competitors may have access to greater resources than we do and may therefore be better able to withstand a change in conditions within our industry and throughout the economy as a whole.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our profitability could suffer if our cost management strategies are unsuccessful or our competitors develop an advantageous cost structure that we cannot match.

Our ability to improve or maintain our profitability is dependent on our ability to successfully manage our costs. Our cost management strategies include maintaining appropriate alignment between the demand for our offerings and our resource capacity and maintaining or improving our sales and marketing and general and administrative costs as a percentage of revenues. If our cost management efforts are not successful, our efficiency may suffer and we may not achieve desired levels of profitability. In addition, we may not be able to implement our cost management efforts in a manner that permits us to realize the cost savings we anticipate in the time, manner, or amount we currently expect, or at all due to a variety of risks, including, but not limited to, difficulties in integrating shared services within our business, higher than expected employee severance or retention costs, higher than expected overhead expenses, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our cost savings plans, and other unexpected costs associated with operating our business. If we are not effective in managing our operating costs in response to changes in demand or pricing, or if we are unable to absorb or pass on increases in the compensation of our employees or costs of raw materials, we may not be able to invest in our business in an amount necessary to achieve our planned rates of growth, and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

It may be possible for our current or future competitors to gain an advantage in product technology, manufacturing technology, or process technology, which may allow them to offer products or services that have a significant advantage over our offerings. Advantages could be in price, capacity, performance, reliability, serviceability, industry standards or formats, brand and marketing, or other attributes. If we do not compete successfully by developing and deploying new cost-effective products, processes, and technologies on a timely basis and by adapting to changes in our industry and the global economy, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Similarly, our chemicals are used by manufacturers of component parts for a variety of industries. To the extent these industries become more sensitive to input costs, we may face price pressure. Our ability to respond to such pressures depends on the strength and viability of our internal cost management and pricing programs. Any failure of these programs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Increases in costs or reductions in the supplies of our specialty and commodity chemicals or precious metals or our manufacturing, testing, and operations processes could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We use a variety of specialty and commodity chemicals and precious metals in our manufacturing processes, and our most significant raw material input by value is palladium. Our manufacturing operations depend upon obtaining adequate supplies of raw materials on a timely basis. We purchase our major raw materials on a contract or as-needed basis from outside sources. The availability and prices of raw materials may be subject to curtailment or change due to, among other things, the financial stability of our suppliers, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, new laws or regulations, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and worldwide price levels. In addition, many of our raw materials and intermediate products are available in the quantities we require from a limited number of suppliers, which makes it more difficult to replace suppliers in the event of any supply disruption. Further, in some cases, we are limited in our ability to purchase certain raw materials from other suppliers by supply agreements that contain certain minimum purchase requirements. Additionally, we can provide no assurance that, as our supply contracts expire, we will be able to renew them or, if they are terminated, that we will be able to obtain replacement supply agreements on terms favorable to us. In particular, we rely on a local basis on single principal suppliers of palladium, with whom we have long-standing relationships. While we believe there are other suppliers of palladium in each of the regions in which we operate that may meet our needs, we may face difficulty or delays in finding a new supplier should that need arise. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to obtain adequate supplies of raw materials in a timely manner or if the costs of raw materials increase significantly.

 

27


Table of Contents

From time to time, suppliers may extend lead times, limit supplies, or increase prices due to capacity constraints, environmental limitations, or other factors. In addition, some of the raw materials that we use are derived from petrochemical based feedstocks, and there have been historical periods of rapid and significant upward and downward movements in the prices of these feedstocks. We may not always be able to pass on these price increases, and price increases by our other suppliers, to our customers due to competitive pricing pressure, and, even when we are able to do so, there may be a time delay between increased raw material prices and our ability to increase the prices of our products. Any limitation on, or delay in, our ability to pass on any price increases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition to specialty and commodity chemicals and precious metals, our manufacturing, testing, and operations processes, in particular the control software for our own equipment, require specialized software which is available only from a limited number of suppliers. Should the access to software and services from these suppliers be restricted or contracts be terminated, we can provide no assurance that we would be able to immediately replace these services, which could adversely affect our business and operations.

The reputation of our brand is an important company asset and is key to our ability to remain a trusted supplier of specialty chemistry, equipment, and service.

The reputation of our brand is an important company asset and is key to our ability to remain a trusted supplier of specialty chemistry, equipment, and service and to attract and retain customers. Negative publicity regarding our company or actual, alleged, or perceived issues regarding one of our products or services, particularly given the high cost-of-failure nature of our products and services, could harm our relationship with customers. Failure to protect the reputation of our brand may adversely impact our credibility. In addition, in certain jurisdictions we may engage sales agents in connection with the sale of certain of our products and services. It is difficult to monitor whether such agents’ representations of our products and services are accurate. Poor representation of our products and services by agents, or entities acting without our permission, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our products and services do not maintain and/or achieve broad market acceptance, or if we are unable to keep pace with or adapt to rapidly changing technology or trends, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our business is dependent on the continued acceptance by our customers of our existing products and services and the value placed on them. If these products and services do not maintain market acceptance, our revenues may decrease. We are also continually investing in new product development to expand our offerings beyond our traditional products and services. Market acceptance of any new products or services may be affected by customer confusion surrounding our introduction of new products and services. Our expansion into new offerings may present increased risks and efforts to expand beyond our traditional products and services may not succeed.

In addition, our business is subject to constant and rapid technological change, product obsolescence, price erosion, evolving standards, short product lifecycles, raw material price fluctuations, and changes in product supply and demand. The specialty chemistry industry is currently affected by localization and a shift in customers’ businesses. The trends and characteristics in these industries may cause significant fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. Our growth and success depend upon our ability to enhance our existing products and services and to develop and introduce new products and services to keep pace with such changes and developments and to meet changing customer needs and preferences. However, newer products or services may not achieve market acceptance if current or potential customers do not value the benefits of using our products, do not achieve favorable results using our products, use their budgets for different products, experience difficulties in using our products, or believe that our products are not cutting edge or do not add as much value as our competition’s products. If these newer products and services do not achieve market acceptance, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial

 

28


Table of Contents

condition, and results of operations and our profitability could decline. Additionally, changes, including technological changes, in our customers’ products or processes may make our specialty chemistry unnecessary or reduce the quantity of our specialty chemistry needed for a given product, which would reduce the demand for those chemicals. We have had, and may continue to have, customers who find alternative materials or processes and therefore no longer require our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, we may fail to anticipate the impact of new and emerging technology or changes in trends, fail to accurately determine market demand for new products and services, experience cost overruns, delays in delivery or performance problems, and create market confusion by making changes to our existing products and services. If we are not successful in obtaining any required regulatory approval or acceptance for new products or services, demand for our products and services may decline and/or we may not be able to grow our business or growth may occur more slowly than we anticipate. Some of our current or future products or services could also be rendered obsolete as a result of competitive offerings. Furthermore, if our customers deviate from the expected timeline for the introduction of new technology, the sales of our newer products could be adversely affected. Failure to anticipate changes in our customers’ product introduction timelines could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our direct customers and their direct and indirect customers face numerous competitive challenges, which may materially adversely affect their business and ours.

Factors adversely affecting our direct customers and their direct and indirect customers may also adversely affect us. These factors include:

 

   

recessionary periods in their markets;

 

   

their inability to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which may contribute to short product lifecycles or shifts in their strategies;

 

   

their inability to develop, market, or gain commercial acceptance of their products, some of which are new and untested;

 

   

their products becoming commoditized or obsolete;

 

   

loss of business or a reduction in pricing power experienced by our customers and their direct and indirect customers;

 

   

the emergence of new business models or more popular products and shifting patterns of demand;

 

   

a highly competitive consumer products industry, which is often subject to shorter product lifecycles, shifting end-user preferences, and higher revenue volatility; and

 

   

the loss of manufacturing capacity due to tightening environmental legislation and its enforcement.

If our customers or our customers’ direct and indirect customers in the ultimate end-markets we serve, including the markets for smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, automotive surface finishing, and automotive electronics, are unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, their businesses may be materially adversely affected, reducing the demand for our offerings, decreasing our revenues, or altering our production cycles and inventory management, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our revenue, earnings, and other operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future.

Our revenue, earnings, and other operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate in the future. If demand for our products fluctuates as a result of economic conditions or for other reasons, our revenue

 

29


Table of Contents

and profitability could be impacted. Our future operating results will depend on many factors, including the following:

 

   

business, political, and macroeconomic changes, including trade disputes and downturns in the EL and GMF plating markets and the overall global economy;

 

   

seasonality in both our segments, which generally experience their strongest revenue in the second half of each fiscal year, mostly driven by consumption trends during the holiday season, and their lowest revenue in the first quarter of each fiscal year, mostly driven by the slowdown in production in China as a result of the Chinese New Year, which can result in a sequential decline in our revenues in the first quarter of a fiscal year relative to the fourth quarter of the prior fiscal year;

 

   

changes in consumer confidence caused by many factors, including changes in interest rates, credit markets, expectations for inflation, unemployment levels, and energy or other commodity prices;

 

   

fluctuations in demand for our customers’ and their customers’ products;

 

   

our ability to forecast our customers’ demand for our products accurately;

 

   

our ability to anticipate secular trends that affect demand for our products and the degree to which those trends materialize;

 

   

our customers’ ability to manage the inventory that they hold and to forecast accurately their demand for our products;

 

   

our ability to achieve cost savings and improve yields and margins on our new and existing products; and

 

   

our ability to utilize our capacity efficiently or acquire additional capacity in response to customer demand.

It is likely that our future operating results could be adversely affected by one or more of the factors set forth above or other similar factors. If our future operating results are below the expectations of stock market analysts or our investors, our stock price may decline.

We may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies, or operating plans.

We are continually executing on several growth initiatives, strategies, and operating plans designed to enhance our business. In our EL segment, this strategy includes using existing technology to address the build-out of 5G infrastructure and leveraging R&D to address new technologies, including next-generation smartphones, automotive electronics, cloud computing infrastructure growth, and adoption of IoT devices. In our GMF segment, this strategy includes obtaining approvals for our chemistry to be used in more corrosion protection applications and leveraging R&D to address tightening environmental regulation.

In addition to these growth strategies, our business plan incorporates certain transformational initiatives, including our enhanced senior leadership team, globalized management structure, renewed focus on customers, optimized R&D, cost management initiatives, and a new incentive structure and may include potential acquisitions.

The anticipated benefits from these strategies and initiatives are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate, including assumptions as to the key trends that will drive growth in our business. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies, and operating plans without making additional expenditures or at all. If we are unable to complete these initiatives, strategies, and operating plans, we may not realize all the benefits we currently anticipate, including the growth targets and cost savings, we expect to achieve. The anticipated cost savings disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus are presented on a gross basis and do not reflect any expenses that may be required to achieve such cost savings.

 

30


Table of Contents

A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all the expected benefits. These risks include, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies, and operating plans; the secular trends on which many of our strategies and initiatives are based not materializing or not materializing to the degree expected; increased difficulty and cost in implementing our growth efforts; and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. Similarly, we may not realize the benefits we currently expect from our comprehensive systems and solutions approach.

If any of the assumptions underlying our growth initiatives prove to be inaccurate or any of the foregoing risks materialize, we may not realize the expected benefits of our initiatives and we may be adversely affected, including as the result of the costs associated with these initiatives. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies, and operating plans adversely affect our operations or cost more or take longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions, including our assumptions with respect to growth of our end-markets, prove inaccurate, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

We may be adversely affected by uncertainty, downturns, and changes in the markets that we serve.

Our performance depends on the financial health and strength of our customers, which in turn is dependent on the economic conditions of the markets in which we and our customers operate. Declines or uncertainties in the United States and global economies may lead customers to delay or reduce purchases of our products and services as they take measures to reduce their operating costs, including by delaying the development or launch of new products and brands and/or reducing R&D spending generally.

We are also sensitive to general trends and changes in the key markets we serve. Some of these markets, including the markets for smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, automotive surface finishing, and automotive electronics, exhibit a high degree of cyclicality. Decisions to purchase our chemistry and equipment are largely the result of the performance of these and other end-markets. If demand for output in these end-markets decreases, demand for our offerings will decrease as well. Demand for the products produced by customers in our end-markets is impacted by numerous factors including macroeconomic conditions, prices of commodities, rates of infrastructure spending, consumer confidence and spending, labor conditions, and fuel costs, among others. Increases or decreases in these variables globally may significantly impact the demand for our offerings and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If we are unable to accurately predict demand in our end-markets or of the customers we serve, we may be unable to meet our customers’ needs, resulting in the loss of potential sales. Alternatively, we may manufacture excess products, resulting in increased inventories and overcapacity in our manufacturing facilities, increasing our incremental production costs and decreasing our operating margins.

In addition, mergers or consolidations among our customers or OEMs could reduce the number of our customers and potential customers. For example, in recent years there has been consolidation in certain industries that we serve, and this has led to decreased levels of growth in certain product lines. Continued consolidation could adversely affect our revenues even if these events do not reduce the activities of the consolidated entities. When entities consolidate, overlapping services previously purchased separately are usually purchased only once by the consolidated entity, leading to loss of revenues. In addition, consolidated entities can better negotiate pricing terms while reducing spending on other services that were previously purchased by one of the merged or consolidated entities which may be deemed unnecessary or cancelled. Any such developments among our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may acquire other businesses which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations.

As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates is difficult, and we may not be

 

31


Table of Contents

able to complete such acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete future acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals and business strategy; we may be subject to claims or liabilities assumed from an acquired company, product, or technology; and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers, investors, and securities analysts. In addition, if we are unsuccessful at integrating future acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company, the revenue and results of operations of the combined company could be adversely affected. Any integration process may require significant time and resources, which may disrupt our ongoing business and divert management’s attention, and we may not be able to manage the integration process successfully. We may not successfully evaluate or utilize the acquired technology or personnel, realize anticipated synergies from the acquisition, or accurately forecast the financial impact of an acquisition transaction and integration of such acquisition, including accounting charges. We may have to pay cash, incur debt, or issue equity or equity-linked securities to pay for any future acquisitions, each of which could adversely affect our financial condition or the market price of our common shares. The sale of equity or issuance of equity-linked debt to finance any future acquisitions could result in dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased liabilities and could also include covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. The occurrence of any of these risks could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

If we do not continue to attract, motivate, and retain members of our senior management team and qualified employees, we may not be able to support our operations.

The completion and execution of our strategies depend on the continued service and performance of our senior management team. If we lose key members of our senior management team, we may not be able to effectively manage our transition to a public company or our current and future operations.

In addition, our business depends on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain many skilled employees across all of our business lines. There is a limited pool of employees who have the requisite skills, training, and education. We compete with many businesses and organizations that are seeking skilled individuals, particularly those with experience in technology and the sciences and those with Ph.D.s in technical fields. Competition for professionals across our entire business can be intense, as other companies seek to enhance their positions in the markets we serve. In addition, competition for experienced talent in our faster growing geographic areas outside of Europe continues to intensify, requiring us to increase our focus on attracting and developing highly skilled employees in our most strategically important locations in those areas of the world. As competition for experienced talent grows, we may be forced to increase spending on employee salaries which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Future organizational changes and the implementation of our cost savings initiatives could also cause our employee attrition rate to increase and may result in significant costs to us in connection with implementing such initiatives. If we are unable to continue to identify or be successful in attracting, motivating, and retaining appropriately qualified personnel, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be subject to work stoppages, union negotiations, labor disputes, and other matters associated with our labor force, which may adversely impact our operations and cause us to incur incremental costs.

Some of our employees globally are in unions or otherwise covered by labor agreements, including works councils. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 25% of our workforce, excluding employees in China and Mexico, was unionized or otherwise covered by labor agreements. Consequently, we may be subject to potential union campaigns, work stoppages, union negotiations, and other potential labor disputes. Additionally, negotiations with unions or works councils in connection with existing labor agreements may result in significant increases in our cost of labor, divert management’s attention away from operating our business, or break down and result in the disruption of our operations. The occurrence of any of the preceding outcomes could impair our

 

32


Table of Contents

ability to manufacture our products and result in increased costs and/or decreased operating results. Further, we may be impacted by work stoppages at our suppliers or customers that are beyond our control.

Our global operations subject us to increased risks.

We have global operations and, accordingly, our business is subject to risks resulting from differing legal and regulatory requirements, political, social, and economic conditions, and unforeseeable developments in a variety of jurisdictions. We have a significant presence in several major regions, including certain emerging markets such as India and China, and we plan to continue such expansion. Our global operations are subject to the following risks, among others:

 

   

political instability;

 

   

acts of terrorism and military actions in response to such acts;

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory environments and government interference in the economy;

 

   

changes to economic sanctions laws and regulations, including regulatory exemptions that currently authorize certain of our limited dealings involving sanctioned countries;

 

   

increasingly stringent laws related to privacy and consumer and data protection, including the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation and U.S. State privacy and security breach notification laws;

 

   

international trade disputes that could result in tariffs or other protectionist measures;

 

   

varying tax regimes, including with respect to the imposition of confiscatory taxes, other unexpected taxes, or withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by our partnerships or subsidiaries;

 

   

the impact of changes in the U.S. federal tax code as a result of recent U.S. federal tax legislation and uncertainty as to how some of those changes may be applied;

 

   

differing labor regulations, particularly in Germany and China where we have a significant number of employees;

 

   

rising wages;

 

   

foreign exchange controls and restrictions on repatriation of funds;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

inability to collect payments or seek recourse under or comply with ambiguous or vague commercial or other laws;

 

   

difficulty in obtaining, or denial of, export licenses or delay or interruption of the transportation of our products;

 

   

differing protections for intellectual property rights;

 

   

increased risk of cybersecurity incidents and cyberattacks from third-party and state actors and privacy violations;

 

   

difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified management and employees, or rationalizing our workforce;

 

   

increased credit risk and different financial conditions of customers and distributors may necessitate longer payment cycles of accounts receivable or result in increased bad debt write-offs (including due to bankruptcy) or additions to reserves;

 

   

differing business practices, which may require us to enter into agreements that include non-standard terms; and

 

   

difficulties in penetrating new markets due to entrenched competitors, lack of recognition of our brand, and lack of local acceptance of our products and services.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these risks but there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so without incurring unexpected costs. If we are not able to manage the risks related to our international operations, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Our business in emerging markets requires us to respond to rapid changes in market conditions in these countries. Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in different legal, regulatory, economic, social, and political conditions. We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies which will be effective in each location where we do business. Furthermore, any of the foregoing factors or any combination thereof could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may also face difficulties managing and administering an internationally dispersed business. In particular, the management of our personnel across several countries can present logistical and managerial challenges. Additionally, international operations present challenges related to operating under different business cultures and languages. We may have to comply with unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements, which could negatively impact our operations and ability to manage our global financial resources. Export controls or other regulatory restrictions could prevent us from shipping our products into and from some markets. Moreover, we may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks and other intellectual property overseas due to uncertainty of laws and enforcement in several countries relating to the protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights. See “Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may be less effective in some countries where intellectual property rights are not as well protected as in the United States.” Changes in tax regulations in the United States and other jurisdictions, including under and with respect to bilateral and multilateral tax treaties, or the interpretation thereof, could significantly reduce the financial performance of our foreign operations or the magnitude of their contributions to our overall financial performance. In addition, the interpretation and application of consumer and data protection laws in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere are often uncertain, contradictory, and in flux. For example, the European Union enacted stricter data protection laws in 2018. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our data practices. If so, this could result in government-imposed fines or orders requiring that we change our data practices, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Complying with these various laws could cause us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner adverse to our business.

Our products and our customers are subject to numerous laws regulating the production and use of chemical substances, and some of our products may need to be reformulated or discontinued to comply with these laws and regulations.

As a specialty chemistry manufacturer, we are subject to chemicals approvals, registrations, and regulations around the world, including the European Union Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals (“EU REACH”) regulation and, in particular, its Substances of Very High Concern (“SVHC”) program, the Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”) in the United States, and similar requirements in China, Korea, Taiwan, Australia, the Philippines, Canada, and other countries. Some of the laws and regulations applicable to us have changed in recent years to impose new obligations that could also force us to reformulate or discontinue certain of our products.

Governmental, regulatory and societal demands for increasing levels of product safety and environmental protection are resulting in increased pressure for more stringent regulatory control with respect to the chemical industry. The EU REACH has set forth comprehensive compliance obligations and restrictions on certain chemicals, and comparable regulatory requirements have now been adopted in several other countries. In the United States, the core provisions of TSCA were amended in June 2016 for the first time in nearly 40 years. Among the more significant changes are that these amendments mandate safety reviews of existing “high priority” chemicals and regulatory action to control any “unreasonable risks” identified as a result of such

 

34


Table of Contents

reviews. In addition, the EPA must make a no “unreasonable risk” finding before a new chemical can be fully commercialized. These new mandates create uncertainty about whether existing chemicals of importance to our business may be designated for restriction and whether the new chemical approval process may become more difficult and costly. These changes could adversely impact our ability to supply certain products to our customers and could also result in compliance obligations, fines, ongoing monitoring, and other future business activity restrictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, we have complied with the deadline to submit registrations for all chemicals manufactured or imported exceeding 1 t/a under EU REACH, which has since passed. We do not expect additional material compliance costs. The cost of a registration varied greatly (ranging from €30,000 to €300,000) and depended upon several factors, such as the amount and quality of existing data and the availability of other companies to share costs of generating new data. The EU REACH registration process may affect our ability to manufacture and sell certain products in the future. If a registration was, or in the future is, not submitted by any applicable deadline, our ability to sell those products may be negatively impacted until the registration process has been completed. However, we believe that we have minimized our registration obligations and the risk associated with supplier-related registrations by clarifying registration requirements and willingness of suppliers early. We have also submitted an Authorisation Application for one SVHC—chromium trioxide. The decision of the European Union Commission on the application is still pending. Because of our strong sales in Asia and our current efforts to develop alternative formulations, it is unlikely our business will be materially affected if the application is not granted. The SVHC and Candidate SVHC lists contain other chemicals being used by our business; we expect generally to phase out these chemicals rather than seek Authorisation, but we may decide to submit an Authorisation Application in the future where that makes sense for our business.

Finally, in the past we have used and sold mist suppressants containing perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (“PFOS”) and may have previously processed other long-chain per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (“PFAS”). While we have developed a suite of products that do not require any PFAS chemicals and, when adopted by the industry, will obviate the need for PFAS-containing mist suppressants, we continue to use and sell limited amounts of short-chain PFAS-containing mist suppressants. PFOS and other long-chain PFAS chemicals have been targeted for risk assessment, restriction, and high-priority remediation and have been the subject of ongoing litigation in the both the United States and European Union. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”

International chemicals regulation requirements, and enforcement of these requirements, may become more stringent in the future and could result in material costs relating to regulatory compliance, liabilities, or litigation proceedings or other impacts, such as restrictions or prohibitions on our products. Future regulatory or other developments could also restrict or eliminate the use of, or require us to make modifications to, our products, packaging, manufacturing processes, and technology, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our production facilities require permits, such as environmental, operating, and product-related permits and import/export permits, which are subject to renewal and, in some circumstances, revocation. We may not obtain the necessary permits, existing permits may be discontinued, and any newly issued permits may contain significant and costly new requirements. If a permit for a production facility would not be renewed or would be revoked, the facility may need to be closed temporarily or permanently, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Failure to obtain or maintain permits for our facilities or other failure to comply with applicable environmental regulations could result in the shutdown of, or suspension of operations at, our plants.

Furthermore, changes or tightening of environmental protection laws and regulations in China may also have adverse effects on our business, including by adversely impacting operations efficiency, restricting the scope of our operations, increasing costs associated with the transportation of chemicals, and resulting in higher costs for environmental protection taxes and other expenditures.

 

35


Table of Contents

Many of our customers are subject to the same or similar environmental regulations. The impact of these regulations on our customers and our customers’ ability to comply with these regulations is outside of our control. However, noncompliance by our customers could have an indirect negative effect on our business. We are monitoring relevant chemical regulatory developments in order to limit the associated risks of new developments by being able to trigger countermeasures such as alternative products, and phase-outs, among others, at the right time.

Our financial results may be affected by tariffs or border adjustment taxes or other adverse trade restrictions.

We have global operations, including a significant presence in several major regions, including markets such as India and China. We cannot predict whether the countries in which we operate, or may operate in the future, could become subject to new or additional trade restrictions imposed by the United States or other governments, including the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. The U.S. government imposed various actions regarding trade with China, including levying various tariffs on imports from China, and is contemplating imposing additional actions in the future. In addition, President Trump recently issued an executive order designed to secure the information and communications technology and services supply chain, which would restrict the acquisition or use in the United States of information and communications technology or services designed, developed, manufactured, or supplied by persons owned by, controlled by, or subject to the jurisdiction or direction of foreign adversaries. Further, the U.S. Commerce Department has implemented additional restrictions and may implement further restrictions that would affect conducting business with certain Chinese companies. The impact on us from these tariffs and trade restrictions is largely indirect, as our customers who import or export products to and from the United States are subject to the tariffs and trade restrictions and pass on the cost to us. However, we can provide no assurance that we will not be subject to direct tariffs and trade restrictions in the future. Similarly, the impact of these trade restrictions on the global value chains we serve may cause customers to seek other suppliers for our products in different countries, and we may be unable to recapture or replace such customers. Moreover, depending on the duration and implementation of the tariffs, the executive order and other regulatory actions, these trade restrictions may also adversely affect the development of new technologies and the rollout of next-generation networks, including 5G.

There is increased uncertainty with respect to trade relations, including as a result of potential retaliatory tariffs, between the United States and other countries, particularly China and Mexico. The focus on policy reforms that discourage U.S. corporations from outsourcing manufacturing and production activities to foreign jurisdictions, including increased customs restrictions and tariffs or quotas or the imposition of additional duties and other charges on imports and exports, could change the way we and our customers conduct business, increase our costs, or impede the timely delivery of our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the recent COVID-19 outbreak or other similar outbreaks.

Health concerns arising from the outbreak of a health epidemic or pandemic, including COVID-19, may have an adverse effect on our business. Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of a widespread health epidemic or pandemic, including arising from various strains of coronavirus, such as COVID-19, or avian flu or swine flu, such as H1N1, particularly if located in regions from which we derive a significant amount of revenue or profit. For example, we derive a significant portion of our revenue from, and maintain a significant operating footprint in, China. We have manufacturing facilities in China, and several of our customers and suppliers also are located in, China. Our operations in China experienced disruptions due to COVID-19 first identified in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China. COVID-19 has spread to a number of other countries and has had a global economic impact on the financial markets and economies of many countries. However, while it is premature to accurately predict the ultimate impact of these developments, we expect our results for the quarter ending March 31, 2020 to be adversely impacted with potential continuing, adverse impacts. As a result of COVID-19 or other similar outbreaks or adverse public health developments, in Asia or in any other region in which we operate, our operations, and those of our customers and suppliers have experienced

 

36


Table of Contents

in the past, and may experience in the future, delays or disruptions, such as difficulty obtaining required materials and temporary suspension of operations. In addition, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that COVID-19 or any other epidemic or outbreak harms the global economy in general. Furthermore, a significant outbreak of contagious diseases in the human population could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect our operating results. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations and assets in China are subject to significant political and economic uncertainties.

Changes in Chinese laws and regulations, or their interpretation, or the imposition of unexpected or confiscatory taxation, restrictions on currency conversion, imports and sources of supply, devaluations of currency, or the nationalization or other expropriation of private enterprises could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations of our subsidiaries organized under the laws of China. Under its current leadership, the Chinese government has been pursuing economic reform policies that encourage private economic activity and greater economic decentralization. There is no assurance, however, that the Chinese government will continue to pursue these policies, or that it will not significantly alter these policies from time to time without notice.

Additionally, if we repatriate funds from our Chinese operations in order to fund our working capital requirements in jurisdictions outside of China, to pay dividends, or otherwise, we will be required to comply with the procedures and regulations of applicable Chinese law, which may significantly limit our ability to extract cash from our Chinese operations. Furthermore, under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and the regulation on the implementation of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, absent application of a relevant treaty, withholding tax at 10% will normally apply to dividends payable to non-Chinese investors which are derived from sources within China. Any changes to these procedures and regulations, or our failure or inability to comply with these or other aspects of these or other procedures and regulations, could prevent us from repatriating funds from our Chinese operations or subject us to other forms of taxation and/or penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Failure to comply with applicable laws, regulations and/or rules in relation to foreign exchange control, including but not limited to the Administrative Regulations on Foreign Exchange of China, could subject us to administrative penalties (such as warnings and/or fines) as well as potential criminal liabilities in severe situations.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange, and allocation of resources. While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth in the past 30 years, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese economy may not continue to grow and if there is growth, such growth may not be steady and uniform. If there is a slowdown, such slowdown may have a negative effect on our Chinese business and our business in general. We can provide no assurance that the various macroeconomic measures and monetary policies adopted by the Chinese government to guide economic growth and the allocation of resources will be effective in sustaining the growth rate of the Chinese economy. If Chinese growth stagnates or there is an economic downturn in China, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

The Chinese government’s control of currency conversion and expatriation of funds may affect our liquidity.

The Chinese government imposes controls on the convertibility of the currency of China (the “RMB”) into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. Substantially all revenues of our subsidiaries organized under the laws of China are denominated in RMB. Shortages in the availability of foreign currency in China may restrict the ability of our Chinese subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividends or to make other payments to us, or otherwise to satisfy their foreign currency-denominated obligations. Under existing Chinese foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including

 

37


Table of Contents

profit distributions, interest payments, and trade-related payments, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from China’s State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) by complying with certain procedural requirements, including, among others, submission of relevant documentary evidence of such transactions to designated foreign exchange banks in China for processing of relevant payments. We are required to present relevant documentary evidence of such transactions and conduct such transactions at designated foreign exchange banks in China. However, for any Chinese company, dividends can be declared and paid only out of the retained earnings of that company under Chinese law and may be subject to taxation. In accordance with relevant Chinese laws and provisions in their articles of association, each of our Chinese subsidiaries is required to set aside 10% of its after tax profits based on Chinese accounting standards as statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. As a result, our Chinese subsidiaries may be restricted in their ability to transfer cash outside of China whether in the form of dividends, loans, and advances. These restrictions and requirements could reduce the amount of distributions that we receive from our subsidiaries, which would restrict our ability to fund our operations, generate income, pay dividends, and service our indebtedness.

Furthermore, approval from SAFE or its local branch is required where RMB are to be converted into foreign currencies and remitted out of China for payments of capital account items, such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. Without a prior approval from SAFE or its local branch, cash generated from the operations of our Chinese subsidiaries may not be used to repay debt in a currency other than the RMB owed by such subsidiaries to entities outside China, or make other payments of capital account items outside China in a currency other than the RMB. The Chinese government may also at its discretion, restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. In the current regime of stringent regulation of outflow of capital, RMB outflow may face the same level of scrutiny by the Chinese government as the outflow of foreign currencies.

Additionally, because repatriation of funds of our Chinese subsidiaries requires the prior approval of SAFE and/or its authorized bank and/or compliance with certain procedural requirements, such repatriation could be delayed, restricted, or limited. There can be no assurance that the rules and regulations pursuant to which SAFE grants or denies such approval or stipulates the procedural requirements will not change in a way that adversely affects the ability of our Chinese subsidiaries to expatriate funds out of China. Future measures, including any additional requirements to repatriate profits earned in China, may increase our regulatory compliance burden.

Uncertainties presented by the Chinese legal system could limit the legal protections available to us and subject us to legal risks, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our operations in China are subject to applicable Chinese laws, rules, and regulations. The Chinese legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have little value as precedents, although the judicial interpretations issued by the Supreme Court of China have binding effect. Additionally, Chinese statutes are often principle-oriented and require detailed interpretations by the enforcement bodies to further apply and enforce such laws.

Since 1979, the Chinese government has been developing a comprehensive system of commercial laws, and progress has been made in introducing laws and regulations dealing with economic matters such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation, and trade. However, China has not developed a fully integrated legal system, and recently enacted laws and regulations may not sufficiently cover all aspects of economic activities in China. In particular, because some of these laws and regulations are relatively new, and because of the limited volume of published court of arbitration decisions and their nonbinding nature (except for the judicial interpretations issued by the Supreme Court of China), the interpretation and enforcement of these laws and regulations involve uncertainties. In addition, the Chinese legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which may not be published on a timely basis or at all, and some of which may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

 

38


Table of Contents

Since Chinese administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory, regulatory, and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection in China than in more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may also impede our ability to enforce the contracts we have entered into in China. As a result, these uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Material increases in labor costs in China could have an adverse impact on our business and operating results.

We operate several manufacturing facilities in China. In past years, we have experienced increases in labor costs in our Chinese facilities. We expect increases in the cost of labor in our manufacturing facilities in China will continue to occur in the future. To the extent we are unable to pass on increases in labor costs to our customers by increasing the prices for our products and services, minimum wage increases or increases in other labor costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our land use rights in China are revoked, we would have no operational capabilities in the country.

Under Chinese law, land is owned by the state or rural collective economic organizations. The state issues to the land users the land use right certificate. Land use rights can be revoked and the land users forced to vacate at any time when redevelopment of the land is in the public interest. The public interest rationale is interpreted quite broadly and the process of land appropriation may not be transparent. We have one technology center in Shanghai and another in Guangzhou. We also have one production facility in Guangzhou and are developing a second production facility in Yangzhou, which we believe will be operational in 2020. These facilities are operated independently from each other and the loss of land use rights at any one facility would not necessarily impact the operations at any other site. However, we rely on these land use rights, and the loss of such rights would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in the Chinese government’s policy on foreign investment in China may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The Foreign Investment Access Special Management Measures (Negative List) (2019 Version) (“Negative List”), which became effective on July 30, 2019, has identified the industrial areas that are restricted or prohibited for foreign investors. The business of our Chinese subsidiaries does not fall within any of such restricted or prohibited areas and their business scope was duly approved by the Chinese foreign investment regulatory authority upon their establishment.

The Negative List may be updated from time to time, and there can be no assurance that the Chinese government will not change its policies in a manner that would render part or all of our business to fall within the restricted or prohibited categories. If we cannot obtain approval from the relevant approval authorities to engage in a business that becomes prohibited or restricted for foreign investors pursuant to any applicable updates under the Negative List, we may be forced to sell or restructure our business in China. If we are forced to adjust our corporate structure or business as a result of changes in government policy on foreign investment, it could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The Foreign Investment Law of China (“Foreign Investment Law”) was formally adopted by the National People’s Congress of China on March 15, 2019 and came into effect on January 1, 2020 to replace the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law with a single unified law aimed at promoting foreign investment by better protecting the rights and interests of foreign investors and standardizing management of foreign investment. The Foreign Investment Law is formulated to establish regulatory principles governing foreign investment in China, with detailed implementing regulations and rules to be enacted by relevant regulatory authorities. As such, there exist uncertainties regarding the interpretation and implementation of the Foreign Investment Law and the evolution of the regulatory landscape of foreign investment. The proposed Foreign

 

39


Table of Contents

Investment Law imposes enhanced information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable foreign invested entities and requires reorganization of foreign-invested enterprises’ corporate governance for conformity with the Company Law of China. Once enacted, the Foreign Investment Law may have a material impact on certain aspects of our current corporate governance practices and business operations and may result in an increase in our compliance costs. In addition, and depending on the seriousness of the circumstances, noncompliance with information reporting obligations, concealment of information, and providing misleading or false information could result in monetary fines or criminal charges.

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and volatility in global currency markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The presentation currency for our consolidated financial statements is the U.S. dollar. Our international sales and operations expose us to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These movements in exchange rates may cause our revenues and expenses to fluctuate, impacting our profitability and cash flows and our results generally.

A significant part of our costs and revenues is denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, with the significant majority of our non-U.S. dollar denominated revenues being in RMB and a significant majority of our costs being denominated in Euro.

To mitigate these risks we regularly evaluate whether to enter into foreign currency hedging from time to time. For example, effective January 21, 2019, we entered into a foreign currency forward with an amount of $200.0 million with a maturity of two years. There can be no assurance that such currency hedging activities would be successful, and any such currency hedging activities themselves would be subject to risk, including risks related to counterparty performance.

Although $479.0 million of our indebtedness is denominated in RMB, as of December 31, 2019, 67% of our debt under the senior secured credit facilities and 100% of our debt under the Opco Notes and the Holdco Notes is denominated in U.S. dollars. Because a majority of our revenues and costs are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and in particular changes in the value of RMB and the Euro, could reduce our ability to service our debt.

These risks related to exchange rate fluctuations and currency volatility may increase in future periods as our operations outside of the United States and Europe continue to expand. Consequently, our business, financial condition, and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates

The international scope of our operations and our corporate and financing structure may expose us to potentially adverse tax consequences.

We are subject to taxation in, and to the tax laws and regulations of, multiple jurisdictions as a result of the international scope of our operations and our corporate and financing structure. We are also subject to intercompany pricing laws, including those relating to the flow of funds between our companies pursuant to, for example, purchase agreements, licensing agreements, or other arrangements. Adverse developments in these laws or regulations, or any change in position regarding the application, administration, or interpretation of these laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the tax authorities in any applicable jurisdiction may disagree with the positions we have taken or intend to take regarding the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, including the tax treatment or characterization of our indebtedness, or the Transactions. If any applicable tax authorities were to successfully challenge the tax treatment or characterization of any of our transactions, it could result in the disallowance of deductions, the imposition of withholding taxes on internal deemed transfers, capital gains taxes, including on transfers that have been made and/or deemed to have been made in connection with the Transactions or otherwise, the reallocation of income, penalties, or other consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

40


Table of Contents

Recent U.S. tax legislation may adversely affect net income and cash flows.

Recently enacted U.S. tax legislation has significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations, including by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax rate, limiting interest deductions, adopting elements of a territorial tax system, limiting net operating loss carry forwards and introducing new anti-base erosion provisions. Many of these changes are effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, without any transition periods or grandfathering for existing transactions. The legislation is unclear in many respects and could be subject to potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as interpretations and implementing regulations by the Treasury and Internal Revenue Service, any of which could lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. Further, it is reasonable to expect that non-U.S. taxing authorities will be reviewing current law for potential modifications in reaction to the implementation of the new U.S. tax legislation. While some of the changes made by the U.S. tax legislation, and any future U.S. or non-U.S. legislative changes, may adversely affect us in one or more reporting periods and prospectively, other changes may be beneficial on a going forward basis. We continue to work with our tax advisors and auditors to determine the full impact that the recent U.S. tax legislation as a whole will have on us.

Our failure to comply with trade restrictions such as economic sanctions and export controls could negatively impact our reputation and results of operations.

We are subject to trade restrictions, including economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, which prohibit or restrict transactions involving certain designated persons and certain designated countries or territories, including Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea, and the Crimea Region of Ukraine. Our failure to successfully comply with these laws and regulations may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant sanctions, including criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, debarment from government contracts, and other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive. We maintain policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws and regulations. As part of our business, we may, from time to time, engage in limited sales and transactions involving certain countries that are targets of economic sanctions, provided that such sales and transactions are authorized pursuant to applicable economic sanctions laws and regulations. However, we cannot predict the nature, scope, or effect of future regulatory requirements, including changes that may affect existing regulatory authorizations, and we cannot predict the manner in which existing laws and regulations might be administered or interpreted.

In addition, any perceived or actual breach of compliance by us with respect to applicable laws, rules, and regulations could have a significant impact on our reputation and could cause us to lose existing customers, prevent us from obtaining new customers, negatively impact investor sentiment about our company, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by violations and to avert further violations, and expose us to legal risk and potential liability, all of which may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our failure to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions could negatively impact our reputation and results of operations.

Doing business on a worldwide basis requires us to comply with anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, which includes the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 (“UK Bribery Act”), as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. These laws and regulations may restrict our operations, trade practices, investment decisions, and partnering activities. The FCPA and the UK Bribery Act prohibit us and our officers, directors, employees, and business partners acting on our behalf, including agents (“representatives”), from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing, or providing anything of value to foreign government officials for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The UK Bribery Act also prohibits non-governmental commercial bribery, soliciting or accepting bribes, and “facilitation payments,” or small payments to low-level government officials to expedite routine approvals. We also are subject to the jurisdiction of various governments and regulatory agencies around the

 

41


Table of Contents

world, which may bring our personnel and representatives into contact with foreign government officials responsible for issuing or renewing permits, licenses, or approvals or for enforcing other governmental regulations. In addition, some of the international locations in which we operate lack a developed legal system, and others are perceived to have elevated levels of public corruption. Our global operations expose us to the risk of violating, or being accused of violating, anti-corruption laws and regulations.

Other companies, including some that may compete with us, may not be subject to the prohibitions listed above, and therefore may have a competitive advantage over us. We maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to comply with applicable anti-corruption laws and regulations. However, there can be no guarantee that our policies and procedures will effectively prevent violations by our employees or representatives for which we may be held responsible, and any such violation could adversely affect our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our failure to successfully comply with these laws and regulations may expose us to reputational harm as well as significant sanctions, including criminal fines, imprisonment, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, injunctions, and debarment from government contracts, as well as other remedial measures. Investigations of alleged violations can be expensive and disruptive.

The United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union may have a negative effect on global economic conditions, financial markets and our business, which could reduce the price of our common shares.

We are a Jersey company with material business operations in Europe. Following a national referendum and enactment of legislation by the government of the United Kingdom, the United Kingdom formally withdrew from the European Union on January 31, 2020 and entered into a transition period until the end of 2020, during which it will continue its ongoing and complex negotiations with the European Union relating to the future relationship between the parties. Significant political and economic uncertainty remains as to whether the terms of the relationship will differ materially from the terms before withdrawal, as well as regarding the possibility that a so-called “no deal” separation will occur if negotiations are not completed by the end of the transition period.

These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, have had and may continue to have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, and could significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain financial markets. Asset valuations, currency exchange rates and credit ratings have been and may continue to be subject to increased market volatility. Lack of clarity about future United Kingdom laws and regulations as the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate, including financial laws and regulations, tax and free trade agreements, tax and customs laws, intellectual property rights, environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, immigration laws, employment laws, and transport laws could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital.

Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and reduce the price of our common shares.

We may be adversely affected by changes in legislation and regulation, which may impact how we provide products and services.

We are subject to extensive laws, regulations, and industry standards in the various jurisdictions where we operate, market, and distribute our products, including environmental, health and safety, product regulatory, financial, accounting, and tax laws and regulations, which vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Legislative and regulatory changes that impact us and our customers’ industries may impact how we provide products and services to our customers. It is difficult to predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted or how they will be construed by the relevant courts, or the extent to which any changes might adversely affect us. Delays in adapting our products and services to legislative and regulatory changes could harm our reputation. Also, we may not be as well-equipped to respond to changes in legislation or regulation as some of our competitors or we may become subject to new legislation or regulation with regard to the products and services we offer which could cause us to be prohibited from providing certain services or make provision of affected services more expensive.

 

42


Table of Contents

Although we have implemented policies and procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, there is no guarantee that we will remain in compliance. Any noncompliance could result in civil, criminal and administrative fees, fines, penalties, taxes, interruptions in our operations, and reputational harm for the company, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our know-how and innovations may not be adequately protected.

We believe that our product development, brand recognition and reputation, and the technological and innovative skills of our personnel are essential to establishing and maintaining our leadership position. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures, technical measures, and contractual agreements with our customers, suppliers, and employees to establish and protect our know-how and innovations according to our products and services. If we fail to protect our know-how and innovations, our competitive position could suffer, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be forced to initiate litigation or other enforcement actions against third parties to protect our know-how and innovations as well as defend and enforce our intellectual property rights. Litigating claims related to the enforcement of intellectual property rights is very expensive and can be burdensome in terms of management time and resources, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Moreover, the scope of our intellectual property rights may not prevent competitors from designing around such rights.

In some cases, we rely upon unpatented proprietary manufacturing expertise, continuing technological innovation, and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position. While we generally will enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property, our confidentiality agreements could be breached and may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or proprietary manufacturing expertise. In addition, adequate remedies may not be available in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets or manufacturing expertise. Violations by others of our confidentiality agreements and the loss of employees who have specialized knowledge and expertise could harm our competitive position and cause our sales and operating results to decline as a result of increased competition.

In addition, we rely on both registered and unregistered trademarks to protect our name and brands. We can provide no assurance that our pending trademark applications will be approved. Failure by us to adequately maintain the quality of our products and services associated with our trademarks or any loss to the distinctiveness of our trademarks may cause us to lose certain trademark protection, which could result in the loss of goodwill and brand recognition in relation to our name and products. In addition, successful third-party challenges to the use of any of our trademarks may require us to rebrand our business or certain products or services associated therewith.

The failure of our patents, applicable intellectual property law, or our confidentiality agreements to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary information, including our know-how and innovations relating to processes, apparatuses, technology, trade secrets, trade names and proprietary manufacturing expertise, methods, and compounds, or if we are unsuccessful in our judicial enforcement proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our competitive advantages, business, financial condition, and results of operations, and could require us to devote resources advertising and marketing these new brands. Further, we can provide no assurance that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

From time to time, competitors challenge the validity of our patents and trademarks, and we challenge the validity of their patents and trademarks. Further, our competitors may circumvent our patents or our patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. We cannot be certain either of successfully defending the validity of our patents and trademarks or of invalidating patents and trademarks of our competitors. Additionally, our patents will all eventually expire, after which we will not be able to prevent our competitors from using our previously patented technologies, which could materially adversely affect any competitive advantage we have stemming from those products and technologies. We also cannot assure that competitors will not infringe our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our efforts to protect our intellectual property may be less effective in some countries where intellectual property rights are not as well protected as in the United States.

The laws of some countries regarding trademark, patent, copyright, and other intellectual property rights do not protect proprietary rights to the same degree as the laws of the United States and there is a risk that our ability to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate in these countries. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting their proprietary rights against copying or infringement in such countries, some of which are countries in which we intend to operate or to sell our products. In particular, the application of laws governing intellectual property rights in China has historically been less effective than those in other jurisdictions, mainly due to the lack of procedural rules for discovery of evidence, low damage awards, and low rates of criminal penalties against intellectual rights infringements. Accordingly, protection of intellectual property rights in China may not be as effective as other countries. Furthermore, the policing of unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive, and we may need to commence and become involved in expensive and lengthy proceedings to enforce or defend patents issued to us or determine the enforceability, scope, and validity of our proprietary rights or those of others. The experience and capabilities of different courts in handling intellectual property related matters vary, and outcomes are unpredictable. Therefore, it could involve substantial risks to us. If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights in China or elsewhere, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, our competitors in China and these other countries may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our products, even if unauthorized, which could potentially reduce our sales in these countries and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products, processes, and services in certain jurisdictions. While we generally consider applying for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not accurately assess all the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that our pending patent applications will not be challenged by third parties or that such applications will eventually be issued by the applicable patent offices as patents. We also cannot assure you that the patents issued as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the same scope of coverage as our U.S. patents. It is possible that only a limited number of the pending patent applications will result in issued patents, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may face intellectual property infringement claims that could be costly to defend and result in our loss of significant rights.

From time to time, we may receive notices from third parties claiming infringement by our products and services of third-party patent and other intellectual property rights. As the number of products and services in our markets increases and the functionality of these products and services further overlaps, we may become increasingly subject to claims by a third party that our products and services infringe such party’s intellectual property rights. In addition, there is a growing occurrence of patent suits being brought by organizations that use patents to generate revenues without manufacturing, promoting or marketing products, or investing in R&D in bringing products to markets. These organizations continue to be active and target whole industries as defendants. We may not prevail in any such litigation given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation.

If an infringement suit against us is successful, we may be required to compensate the third-party bringing the suit either by paying a lump sum or ongoing license fees to be able to continue selling a particular product or service. This type of compensation could be significant. We might also be prevented or enjoined by a court from continuing to provide the affected product or service and may be forced to significantly increase our development efforts and resources to redesign such product or service. We may also be required to defend or indemnify any customers who have been sued for allegedly infringing a third-party’s patent in connection with using one of our

 

44


Table of Contents

products or services. Responding to intellectual property claims, regardless of the validity, can be time-consuming for our personnel and management, result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays, and harm our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We operate in a litigious environment, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may become involved in legal actions and claims arising in the ordinary course of business, including litigation regarding employment matters, breach of contract, and other commercial matters. Due to the inherent uncertainty in the litigation process, the resolution of any particular legal proceeding could result in changes to our products and business practices and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be liable for damages based on product liability claims brought against our customers in our end-markets or from our customers and their employees, and any successful claim for damages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We produce and use hazardous chemicals, the handling and use of which require appropriate procedures and care. As a result of the hazardous nature of some of the products we produce and use, we may face claims relating to incidents that involve our customers’ improper handling, storage, and use of our products.

In addition, many of our products provide critical performance attributes to our customers’ products that are sold to consumers who could potentially bring product liability suits related to such products. Our sale of these products therefore involves the risk of product liability claims, including class action lawsuits that claim liability for death, injury, or property damage caused by products that we manufacture or that contain our components. If a person were to bring a product liability suit against one of our customers, this customer may attempt to seek contribution from us. A person may also bring a product liability claim directly against us. A successful product liability claim or series of claims against us in excess of our insurance coverage for payments, for which we are not otherwise indemnified, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. While we endeavor to protect ourselves from such claims and exposures in our contractual negotiations, we can provide no assurance that our efforts in this regard will ultimately protect us from any such claims.

We depend upon our information technology systems, which are subject to interruption and failure.

Our business operations could be disrupted if our information technology systems fail to perform adequately. The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems, some of which are managed by third-party service providers. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our business data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, and other business processes. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, and the loss of sales and customers, causing our business and results of operations to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failures, security breaches, cyber-attacks, and viruses. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, our information technology systems, including those managed by third-party service providers, may be subject to computer viruses, malicious software, attacks by hackers, and other forms of cyber intrusions or unauthorized access, any of which can create system disruptions, shutdowns, or unauthorized disclosure of sensitive data. In addition, a security breach that leads to disclosure of information protected by privacy laws could compel us to comply with breach notification requirements under state, national, and federal laws and regulations, potentially resulting in litigation or regulatory action, or otherwise subjecting us to liability under laws that protect personal data.

 

45


Table of Contents

We attempt to mitigate the above risks by employing several measures, including monitoring and testing of our security controls, employee training, maintenance of protective systems and contingency plans, and contracting with service providers to address third-party cybersecurity risks. Nonetheless, it is impossible to eliminate all cybersecurity risk and thus we remain potentially vulnerable to known or unknown threats. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the increased proliferation, sophistication, and availability of complex malware and hacking tools to carry out cyber-attacks. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to mitigate new and emerging threats while continuing to enhance our information security capabilities or to investigate and remediate security vulnerabilities.

Natural disasters, catastrophes, fire, or other unexpected events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Many of our business activities involve substantial investments in manufacturing facilities. These facilities could be materially damaged by natural disasters, such as floods, tornadoes, hurricanes, and earthquakes, or by fire or other unexpected events such as adverse weather conditions or other disruptions to our facilities, supply chain, or our customer’s facilities. We could incur uninsured losses and liabilities arising from such events, including damage to our reputation, and/or suffer material losses in operational capacity, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Any natural disaster, catastrophe, fire, or other unexpected event could result in personal injury and loss of life, damage to property, and contamination of the environment, which may result in a shutdown of our facilities, suspension of operations, and the imposition of civil or criminal fines, penalties and other sanctions, cleanup costs, and claims by governmental entities or third parties. We are dependent on the continued operation of our production facilities, and the loss or shutdown of operations over an extended period at any of our other major operating facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our revenues and profitability have varied depending on our product, customer, and geographic mix for any given period, which makes it difficult to forecast future operating results.

Our revenues vary among our products and customer groups and markets, and therefore may be different in future periods from historic or current periods. Overall profitability in any given period is dependent in large part on the product, customer, and geographic mix reflected in that period’s revenue. Market trends, competitive pressures, commoditization of products, increased component or shipping costs, foreign currency exchange rates, regulatory conditions, and other factors may result in reductions in our revenues and/or pressure on our profitability in a given period. Given the nature of our business, the impact of these factors on our business and results of operations will likely vary from period to period and from product to product. For example, a change in market trends that results in a decline in demand for high-margin products will have a disproportionately greater adverse effect on our profits for that period. Additionally, our equipment sales are subject to greater fluctuation than sales of our chemistry. Because of the varying nature of our product, customer, and geographic mix from period to period, and the corresponding variations in our revenue and profitability, we may experience difficulties in measuring the potential impact of market, regulatory, and other factors on our business. As a result, we may be challenged in our ability to forecast our future operating results. Further, potential future business acquisitions can compound the difficulty in making comparisons between prior, current, and future periods because acquisitions and divestitures, which are not ordinary course events, also affect our profitability and our overall operating results.

The loss of certain customers could adversely affect our overall sales and profitability.

The loss of any one of our most significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations for the affected earnings periods. The principal products purchased

 

46


Table of Contents

by such customers are EL chemistry products used in connection with the manufacturing of electronics components, including PCBs and SCs, and GMF chemistry products used in the manufacturing of products for the automotive surface finishing, construction equipment, household appliances, fixtures, and heavy machinery industries.

For fiscal 2019, our top ten customers represented approximately 26% of our chemistry revenues although no single customer represented more than 6% of our chemistry revenue. Loss of any such customer or any disruption in our relationship with such customers, could result in a reduction of revenue generated by such customers. If we are unable to replace revenue generated by one or more of our major customers, our revenue may significantly decrease which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be required to record an impairment charge on our accounts receivable if we are unable to collect the outstanding balances from our customers.

We frequently sell products and services to customers on credit. We estimate the collectability of our accounts receivable based on our analysis of the accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends. We continuously monitor collections from our customers and maintain adequate impairment allowance for doubtful accounts. However, if the bad debts significantly exceed our impairment allowance, we may be required to record an impairment charge and our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected by decreases in the average selling prices of products in the specialty chemistry industry.

Decreases in the average selling prices of our products may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our ability to maintain or increase our profitability will continue to be dependent, in large part, upon our ability to offset decreases in average selling prices by improving production efficiency or by shifting to higher margin chemical products. In the past, we have elected to discontinue selling certain products as a result of sustained material decreases in the selling price of such products and our inability to effectively offset such decrease through shifts in operations. If we are unable to respond effectively to decreases in the average selling prices of our products in the future, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Further, while we may elect to discontinue products that are significantly affected by such price decreases, we can provide no assurance that any such discontinuation will mitigate the related declines in our financial condition.

Underfunded defined benefit pension plans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We maintain defined benefit pension plans, including in Germany. Various factors, such as changes in actuarial estimates and assumptions (including in relation to life expectancy and rate of return on assets) as well as actual return on assets, can increase the expenses and liabilities of the defined benefit pension plans. The assets and liabilities of the plans must be valued from time to time under applicable funding rules, and as a result we may be required to increase the cash payments in relation to these defined benefit pension plans. To the extent any of these plans are or become in the future underfunded or unfunded, the liabilities in relation to these plans will need to be satisfied from our operating reserves as they mature.

We may incur material costs relating to environmental and health and safety requirements or liabilities, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

As an international manufacturer and distributor of specialty chemistry and solutions, we are subject to extensive federal, state, local, and foreign environmental, health and safety laws and regulations concerning,

 

47


Table of Contents

among other things, emissions to the air, discharges to land, surface, subsurface strata, wastewater, and storm water discharges, and the generation, use, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal of hazardous waste and other materials. We are also required to hold numerous environmental permits related to our operations in various jurisdictions. Our operations bear the risk of violations of those laws and permits, and sanctions for violations such as capital expenditure obligations, clean up and removal costs, long-term monitoring and maintenance costs, costs of waste disposal, natural resource damages, and payments for property damage and personal injury. Although it is our policy to comply with such laws, permits, and regulations, it is possible that we have not been or may not be at all times in compliance with all these requirements. Many of our products are inherently hazardous. Moreover, our R&D, manufacturing, formulation, and packaging activities involve the use of hazardous materials and the generation of hazardous waste. Furthermore, we cannot eliminate the risk of accidental contamination, discharge, or injury resulting from these materials. As a result, we could in the future incur significant liabilities, including cleanup costs, fines and sanctions, and third-party claims for property or natural resource damages or personal injuries, any of which could be material.

Liability under some environmental laws relating to contaminated sites can be joint and several and imposed retroactively, regardless of fault or the legality of the activities that gave rise to the contamination. Some of our current manufacturing facilities and former facilities have an extended history of chemical manufacturing operations or other industrial activities, and contaminants have been detected at some of our sites. We or our predecessors have in the past been, and are currently, required to remediate contamination at several of our current and former sites. In particular, we have conducted soil remediation at the Erandio site in a former Chrome VI production area. Excavation work has been completed with final measurements and report pending. Further investigations and measurements are requested by authorities and depend also on measurement-results after the current remediation is finished, and there remains some risk that further remediation might be necessary. We also have received notices regarding potential responsibility for certain costs relating to offsite disposal locations, none of which we believe are material.

Chemical manufacturing is inherently hazardous and could result in accidents that disrupt our operations or expose us to significant losses or liabilities.

The hazards associated with chemical manufacturing and the related storage and transportation of raw materials, products, and wastes are inherent in our operations. These hazards could lead to an interruption or suspension of operations and have a material adverse effect on the productivity and profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on our business as a whole. Potential risks include:

 

   

storage tank leaks and ruptures;

 

   

explosions and fires;

 

   

inclement weather and natural disasters;

 

   

terrorist attacks;

 

   

cybersecurity breaches;

 

   

mechanical failure;

 

   

unscheduled downtime;

 

   

labor difficulties;

 

   

transportation interruptions; and

 

   

chemical spills and other discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases.

These hazards may result in personal injury and loss of life, damage to property, and contamination of the environment, which may result in a suspension of operations and the imposition of civil or criminal fines, penalties and other sanctions, cleanup costs, and claims by governmental entities or third parties. We are

 

48


Table of Contents

dependent on the continued operation of our production facilities, and the loss or shutdown of operations over an extended period at any of our major operating facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Global climate change legislation could negatively impact our results of operations or limit our ability to operate our business.

We operate production facilities in several countries. In many of the countries in which we operate, legislation has been passed or proposed, or legislation is being considered, to limit greenhouse gases through various means, including the capping and trading of emissions credits. Greenhouse gas regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate could negatively impact our future results from operations through increased costs of production. We may be unable to pass such increased costs on to our customers, which may decrease our revenues and net income and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the potential impact of climate change regulation on our customers is highly uncertain and may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, internal codes of conduct, and insider trading prohibition.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with applicable regulations, to provide accurate information to the United States or other regulators, to comply with manufacturing standards we have established, to comply with federal and state fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and other countries or jurisdictions, to report financial information or data accurately, or to disclose unauthorized activities to us.

It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations, including applicable environmental laws and regulations. For example, in 2017, we conducted an investigation regarding certain of our employees in India and concluded that improper payments or expense reimbursements had been made, which were inconsistent with our anti-corruption compliance policies. Based on our investigation, we believe that such improper payments or reimbursements did not involve personnel outside of India and amounted to less than $10,000 total. While we implemented remedial measures including, but not limited to, disciplinary actions, terminations, and enhanced oversight of our operations in India and throughout the business that may limit the risk, we can provide no assurance that such remedial measures will prevent similar inappropriate business practices in the future. If any such misconduct occurs or any related actions are instituted against us (and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights) such misconduct or actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are not insured against all potential risks.

To the extent available, we maintain insurance coverage that we believe is customary in our industry. Such insurance does not, however, provide coverage for all liabilities, including certain hazards incidental to our business, and we can provide no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover claims that may arise or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance at rates we consider reasonable. For example, the occurrence of a significant business interruption in the operation of one or more of our key facilities, countries, partners, or systems could result in liability to us that is not insured and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, our products are used in or integrated with many high-risk end-products and therefore if such products were involved in a disaster or catastrophic accident, we could be involved in litigation arising out of such incidents and susceptible to significant expenses or losses.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our ability to use and operate certain portions of our facilities may be limited by the validity of, or a default or termination under, our real property leases.

Certain portions of our facilities are leased from third-party landlords, and we expect to lease facilities in the future. The invalidity of, or default or termination under, any of our leases may interfere with our ability to use and operate all or a portion of certain of our facilities, which may have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our real property is subject to casualty risks, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We maintain insurance covering our respective properties, operations, personnel, and businesses as is customary in our industry and as required under our senior secured debt facilities. However, there are certain losses, including losses resulting from terrorist acts, that may be either uninsurable or not economically insurable, in whole or in part. As a result, we cannot assure you that the insurance proceeds will compensate us fully for our losses.

In the event of a total or partial loss affecting any of the real property, certain items of equipment and inventory may not be easily replaced. Accordingly, even though there may be insurance coverage, the extended period needed to obtain replacement units or inventory may cause significant delays, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, certain zoning laws and regulations may prevent rebuilding substantially the same facilities in the event of a casualty, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our real property is subject to condemnation risks, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

It is possible that all or a portion of the real property may become subject to a condemnation proceeding. In such event, we may be compensated for any total or partial loss of property but it is possible that such compensation will be insufficient to fully compensate us for our losses. In addition, a total or partial condemnation may interfere with our ability to use and operate all or a portion of the affected facility, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We face risks related to our derivative instruments.

From time to time, we may utilize derivative instruments to manage fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. These derivative instruments manage our risk in the form of interest rate swaps and caps, forward hedges, and cross-currency and foreign exchange contracts. Periodically, we are required to determine the change in fair value, called the “mark-to-market,” of some of these derivative instruments, which could expose us to substantial mark-to-market losses or gains if such rates or prices fluctuate materially from the time the derivatives were entered into. Accordingly, volatility in rates or prices may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could impact the cost and effectiveness of our derivative instruments in managing our risks.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy and our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $2,169.8 million of indebtedness (excluding short-term and long-term deferred financing costs and $75.1 million of lease liabilities), including $425.0 million of our Opco Notes, $299.1 million of our Holdco Notes, $961.0 million of the USD Term Loan Facility, and $479.0 million of the

 

50


Table of Contents

RMB Term Loan Facility. In addition, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility (as defined herein) and $232.5 million in borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility, after giving effect to $17.5 million of guarantee obligations. As of December 31, 2019, we were in compliance with all the covenants under our outstanding debt instruments.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you. For example, it could:

 

   

limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes, or other purposes;

 

   

require us to devote a substantial portion of our annual cash flow to the payment of interest on our indebtedness;

 

   

expose us to the risk of increased interest rates as, over the term of our debt, the interest cost on a significant portion of our indebtedness is subject to changes in interest rates;

 

   

hinder our ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions;

 

   

limit our ability to secure adequate bank financing in the future with reasonable terms and conditions or at all; and

 

   

increase our vulnerability to and limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, a potential downturn in general economic conditions or in one or more of our businesses.

We are more leveraged than some of our competitors, which could adversely affect our business plans. A relatively greater portion of our cash flow is used to service debt and other financial obligations. This reduces the funds we have available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other purposes and, given current credit constriction, may make it more difficult for us to make borrowings in the future. Similarly, our relatively greater leverage increases our vulnerability to, and limits our flexibility in planning for, adverse economic and industry conditions and creates other competitive disadvantages compared with other companies with relatively less leverage.

In addition, the indentures governing the Opco Notes and the Holdco Notes and the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants that limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our indebtedness.

To service all of our indebtedness, we will require a significant amount of cash and our ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and our ability to make cash payments on our indebtedness will depend on the earnings and the distribution of funds from our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries, however, is obligated to make funds available to us for payment on our indebtedness. Further, the terms of the instruments governing our indebtedness significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. Our ability to make cash payments on and refinance our debt obligations, to fund planned capital expenditures, and to meet other cash requirements will depend on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to financial, business, legislative, regulatory, and other factors beyond our control. We might not be able to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available under our senior secured credit facilities in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs, including planned capital expenditures. In such circumstances, we may need

 

51


Table of Contents

to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we cannot service our indebtedness, we may have to take actions such as selling assets, seeking additional equity, or reducing or delaying capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments, and alliances. Such actions, if necessary, may not be effected on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The instruments governing our indebtedness restrict our ability to sell assets and our use of the proceeds from such sales, and we may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain proceeds in an amount sufficient to meet any debt service obligations then due.

If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants in the instruments governing our indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under our revolving credit facility could elect to terminate their commitments thereunder, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior secured credit facilities or we are in default thereunder and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation, which would also result in an event of default under our Opco Notes Indenture and Holdco Notes Indenture.

Despite our current level of indebtedness and restrictive covenants, we and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness or we may pay dividends in the future. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial financial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness under the agreements governing our indebtedness. Although the indentures governing the Opco Notes and the Holdco Notes and the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to several thresholds, qualifications, and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. Additionally, these restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that, although preferential to our common shares in terms of payment, do not constitute indebtedness.

In addition, if new debt is added to our and/or our subsidiaries’ debt levels, the related risks that we now face as a result of our leverage would intensify. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Agreements.”

We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable or unwilling to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow from them for any reason, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. During periods of volatile credit markets, there is risk that any lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including, but not limited to, extending credit up to the maximum permitted by a credit facility, allowing access to additional credit features and otherwise accessing capital and/or honoring loan commitments. If our lenders are unable or unwilling to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or we are unable to borrow from them, it could be difficult in such environments to obtain sufficient liquidity to meet our operational needs.

 

52


Table of Contents

Our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited.

Although we believe our cash and cash equivalents, together with cash we expect to generate from operations and unused capacity available under our revolving credit facility, provide adequate resources to fund ongoing operating requirements, we may need to seek additional financing to compete effectively.

If we are unable to obtain capital on commercially reasonable terms, it could:

 

   

reduce funds available to us for purposes such as working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, strategic acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

restrict our ability to introduce new products or exploit business opportunities;

 

   

increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and competitive pressures in the markets in which we operate; and

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage.

In addition, in July 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. If LIBOR ceases to exist, we may need to renegotiate any borrowing under the USD Term Loan Facility extending beyond 2021 using LIBOR as a factor to determine the interest rate. The replacement for LIBOR is uncertain at this time and as a result it is not possible to predict the effect of a LIBOR phase out on our cost of capital.

Difficult and volatile conditions in the capital, credit and commodities markets and in the overall economy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

Difficult global economic conditions, including concerns about sovereign debt and significant volatility in the capital, credit, and commodities markets, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. These global economic factors, combined with low levels of business and consumer confidence and high levels of unemployment, precipitated a slow recovery from the global recession and from time to time create a concern about a return to recessionary conditions. These difficult conditions and the overall economy can affect our business in several ways. For example:

 

   

as a result of the volatility in commodity prices, we may encounter difficulty in achieving sustained market acceptance of past or future price increases, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows;

 

   

under difficult market conditions, there can be no assurance that borrowings under our revolving credit facility would be available or sufficient, and in such a case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on reasonable terms, or at all;

 

   

in order to respond to market conditions, we may need to seek waivers from various provisions in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities, and in such case, there can be no assurance that we can obtain such waivers at a reasonable cost, if at all;

 

   

market conditions could cause the counterparties to the derivative financial instruments we may use to hedge our exposure to interest rate, commodity, or currency fluctuations to experience financial difficulties and, as a result, our efforts to hedge these exposures could prove unsuccessful and, furthermore, our ability to engage in additional hedging activities may decrease or become more costly; and

 

   

market conditions could result in our key customers experiencing financial difficulties and/or electing to limit spending, which in turn could result in decreased sales and earnings for us.

In general, downturns in economic conditions can cause fluctuations in demand for our and our customers’ products, product prices, volumes, and margins. Future economic conditions may not be favorable to our industry

 

53


Table of Contents

and future growth in demand for our products, if any, may not be sufficient to alleviate any existing or future conditions of excess industry capacity. A decline in the demand for our products or a shift to lower margin products due to deteriorating economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations and could also result in impairments of certain of our assets. We do not know if market conditions or the state of the overall economy will maintain its current course, improve, or decline in the near future. We cannot provide assurance that any decline in economic conditions or economic downturn in one or more of the geographic regions in which we sell our products would not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our debt obligations may limit our flexibility in managing our business.

The indentures governing our Holdco Notes and Opco Notes and the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities require us to comply with several customary financial and other restrictive covenants, such as maintaining leverage ratios in certain situations, maintaining insurance coverage, and restricting our ability to make certain investments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Agreements.” These covenants may limit our flexibility in our operations, and breaches of these covenants could result in defaults under the instruments governing the applicable indebtedness even if we had satisfied our payment obligations. If we were to default on the indentures governing our Holdco Notes or Opco Notes, the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities, or other debt instruments, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Shares

Because a significant portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries, we are largely dependent on our receipt of distributions or other payments from our subsidiaries for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including to make future dividend payments, if any.

A significant portion of our operations is conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to service our debt or to make future dividend payments, if any, is largely dependent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us in the form of dividends, loans, or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Payments to us by our subsidiaries will be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings and other business considerations and may be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future; however, to the extent that we determine in the future to pay dividends on our common shares, the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the Holdco Notes and the Opco Notes significantly restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or otherwise transfer assets to us. Further, there may be significant tax and other legal restrictions on the ability of foreign subsidiaries to remit money to us.

There is no existing market for our common shares, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market on the stock exchange on which we intend to list our common shares or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares that you buy. The initial public offering price for the common shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

 

54


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a publicly traded company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a publicly traded company, we will incur additional legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not previously incur. Although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty, they may be material in amount. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and the rules of the SEC and the stock exchange on which our common shares are listed, have imposed various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives as well as investor relations. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur additional costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.

Furthermore, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, the market price of our common shares could decline and we could be subject to potential delisting by the stock exchange on which our common shares are listed and review by such exchange, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require the expenditure by us of additional financial and management resources. As a result, our shareholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting, which would harm our business and the market price of our common shares.

The price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Volatility in the market price of our common shares may prevent you from being able to sell your common shares at or above the price you paid for your common shares. The market price of our common shares could fluctuate significantly for various reasons, including:

 

   

our operating and financial performance and prospects;

 

   

our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industries;

 

   

the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements, and our filings with the SEC;

 

   

changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our common shares or the stock of other companies in our industries;

 

   

the failure of research analysts to cover our common shares;

 

   

strategic actions by us, our customers, or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

   

increased competition;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to us;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

material litigation or government investigations;

 

   

default on our indebtedness;

 

   

changes in general conditions in the U.S. and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, natural disasters, severe weather, or responses to such events;

 

   

reactions to changes in the markets for the raw materials or key inputs that impact our production or our industries generally;

 

   

changes in key personnel;

 

   

sales of common shares by us, Carlyle, or members of our management team;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

termination or expiration of lock-up agreements with our management team and principal shareholders;

 

   

the granting or exercise of employee stock options;

 

   

volume of trading in our common shares; and

 

   

the realization of any risks described under this “Risk Factors” section.

In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant impact on the market price of securities issued by many companies, including companies in the end-markets we serve. The changes frequently appear to occur without regard to the operating performance of the affected companies. Hence, the price of our common shares could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our share price and cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Further, in the past, market fluctuations and price declines in a company’s stock have led to securities class action litigations. If such a suit were to arise, it could have a substantial cost and divert our resources regardless of the outcome.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our common shares and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our common shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our common shares to decline.

The pro forma and non-IFRS financial measures included in this prospectus are presented for informational purposes only and may not be an indication of our financial condition or results of operations in the future.

The unaudited pro forma financial information included in this prospectus was derived from the audited financial statements and the related notes thereto of the Predecessor and Successor and is presented for information purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial condition or results of operations would have been had the Acquisition been completed on the date indicated. The assumptions used in preparing the pro forma financial information may not prove to be accurate and other factors may affect our financial condition or results of operations. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations in the future may not be consistent with, or evident from, such pro forma financial information. The non-IFRS financial measures included in this prospectus, including Adjusted EBITDA, include information that we use to evaluate our past performance, but you should not consider such information in isolation or as an alternative to measures of our performance determined under IFRS. For further information regarding such limitations, see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements could be impaired and investors’ views of us could be harmed.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with auditor attestation of the effectiveness of our internal controls, beginning with our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. If we are

 

56


Table of Contents

not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our common shares could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which we intend to list our common shares, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

Our ability to successfully implement our business plan and comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to be able to prepare timely and accurate financial statements. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures, or controls, may cause our operations to suffer and we may be unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and to obtain an unqualified report on internal controls from our auditors. Moreover, we cannot be certain that these measures would ensure that we implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Even if we were to conclude, and our auditors were to concur, that our internal control over financial reporting provided reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS, because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect fraud or misstatements. This, in turn, could have an adverse impact on trading prices for our common shares, and could adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets.

We are controlled by Carlyle, whose interests in our business may be different than yours.

As of the date hereof, Carlyle owns approximately 100% of the outstanding common shares of Atotech Limited (without giving effect to the conversion of preferred shares discussed in “Basis of Presentation”), and is able to control our affairs in all cases. Following this offering, Carlyle will continue to own approximately             % of Atotech Limited’s common shares (or             % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full). Pursuant to a shareholders agreement, a majority of our board of directors (the “Board”) will be designated by Carlyle, and Carlyle will continue to have the ability to designate a majority of our directors until it owns less than 25% of the outstanding common shares. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” As a result, Carlyle or its respective designees to our Board will have the ability to control the appointment of our management, the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all or all of our assets, and other extraordinary transactions and influence amendments to our memorandum of association and articles of association. So long as Carlyle continues to own a majority of our common shares, they will have the ability to control the vote in any election of directors and will have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires shareholder approval regardless of whether other shareholders believe the transaction is in our best interests.

In any of these matters, the interests of Carlyle may differ from or conflict with your interests. Moreover, this concentration of share ownership may also adversely affect the trading price for our common shares to the extent investors perceive disadvantages in owning shares of a company with a controlling shareholder. In addition, since Carlyle will continue to own approximately             % of our common shares (or             % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full), the price of our common shares may be volatile due to a smaller public float. Carlyle is in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are our existing or potential suppliers or customers. Carlyle may acquire or seek to acquire assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue.

We have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common shares, so you may not receive funds without selling your common shares.

We have no plans to pay regular dividends on our common shares. We generally intend to utilize our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth and reduce our indebtedness. Any payment of future dividends will be at the

 

57


Table of Contents

discretion of our Board (subject to, and in accordance with, our articles of association) and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our Board deems relevant. The senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the Holdco Notes and the Opco Notes also effectively limit our ability to pay dividends. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your common shares after price appreciation in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell your common shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment.

You may suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price per share of our common shares is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per common share immediately after the offering. As a result, you may pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the tangible book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you may incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $             per share. We also had             common shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2019 at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share (in each case after giving effect to the             -to-1 share split). To the extent these options are exercised, there may be further dilution. See “Dilution.”

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

We are incorporated under Jersey law. The rights of holders of common shares are governed by Jersey law, including the provisions of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended (the “Jersey Companies Law”), and by our articles of association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See “Description of Capital Stock—Differences in Corporate Law” in this prospectus for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections.

Future sales of our common shares in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

We and substantially all of our current shareholders may sell additional common shares in subsequent public offerings. We may also issue additional common shares or convertible debt securities, for a variety of reasons, including to finance future acquisitions. After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue 10,000,000,000 common shares and have             common shares outstanding. This number includes             common shares sold by us which may be resold immediately in the public market. Of the remaining common shares,             , or approximately             % of our total outstanding common shares, are restricted from immediate resale under the lock-up agreements between our current shareholders and the underwriters described in “Underwriting,” but may be sold into the market in the near future. These common shares and any common shares which may be issued upon exercise of outstanding options will become available for sale following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, which, without the prior consent of two of the four representatives of the underwriters, is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to compliance with the applicable requirements under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common shares or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common shares will have on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares (including sales pursuant to Carlyle’s registration rights and common shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Common Shares Eligible For Future Sale.”

 

58


Table of Contents

If a U.S. person is treated as owning at least 10% of our common shares, such holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

As a result of the comprehensive U.S. tax reform bill signed into law on December 22, 2017, many of our non-U.S. subsidiaries will be classified as “controlled foreign corporations” for U.S. federal income tax purposes due to the expanded application of certain ownership attribution rules within a multinational corporate group. If a U.S. person is treated as owning (directly, indirectly or constructively) at least 10% of the value or voting power of our common shares, such person may be treated as a “United States shareholder” with respect to one or more of our controlled foreign corporation subsidiaries. In addition, if our common shares are treated as owned more than 50% by United States shareholders, we would be treated as a controlled foreign corporation. Certain United States shareholders of a controlled foreign corporation may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income, as ordinary income, its pro rata share of “Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income” and investments in U.S. property by controlled foreign corporations, whether or not we make any distributions to such United States shareholder. An individual United States shareholder generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a corporate United States shareholder with respect to a controlled foreign corporation. A failure by a United States shareholder to comply with its reporting obligations may subject the United States shareholder to significant monetary penalties, loss of foreign tax credits, and may extend the statute of limitations with respect to the United States shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year for which such reporting was due. We cannot provide any assurances that we will assist investors in determining whether we or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are controlled foreign corporations or whether any investor is a United States shareholder with respect to any such controlled foreign corporations. We also cannot guarantee that we will furnish to United States shareholders information that may be necessary for them to comply with the aforementioned obligations. United States investors should consult their own advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to their investments in us. The risk of being subject to increased taxation may deter our current shareholders from increasing their investment in us and others from investing in us, which could impact the demand for, and value of, our common shares.

We are a “foreign private issuer” and a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the stock exchange on which we intend to list our common shares and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

The corporate governance rules of the stock exchange on which we intend to list our common shares require listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of independent board members and independent director oversight of executive compensation, nomination of directors and corporate governance matters. However, as a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we may, follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements, subject to certain exceptions. As long as we rely on the foreign private issuer exemption for certain of these corporate governance standards, a majority of our Board are not required to be independent directors and our Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are not required to be composed entirely of independent directors. Therefore, our Board’s approach to governance may be different from that of a board of directors consisting of a majority of independent directors, and, as a result, management oversight may be more limited than if we were subject to all the corporate governance standards of the stock exchange on which we intend to list our common shares.

Following the consummation of this offering, Carlyle will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the stock exchange on which we intend to list our common shares. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of the Board consist of independent directors;

 

59


Table of Contents
   

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee.

In the event we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, we may utilize these exemptions if we continue to qualify as a “controlled company.” If we do utilize the controlled company exemption, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our Nominating and Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all the corporate governance requirements of the stock exchange on which we list our common shares.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company. This may limit the information available to holders of the common shares.

As a “foreign private issuer,” we are not subject to all the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we expect to submit quarterly interim consolidated financial data to the SEC under cover of the SEC’s Form 6-K, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. Furthermore, our common shares are not listed and we do not currently intend to list our common shares on any market in the Bailiwick of Jersey, our home country. As a result, we are not subject to the reporting and other requirements of companies listed in the Bailiwick of Jersey. For instance, we are not required to publish quarterly or semi-annual financial statements. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our Company than there would be if we were a U.S. public company.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, however, under Rule 405, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on June 30, 2020.

In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if a majority of our shareholders, directors or management are U.S. citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. Although we have elected to comply with certain U.S. regulatory provisions, our loss of foreign private issuer status would make such provisions mandatory. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. For example, the annual report on Form 10-K requires domestic issuers to disclose executive compensation information on an individual basis with specific disclosure regarding the domestic compensation philosophy,

 

60


Table of Contents

objectives, annual total compensation (base salary, bonus, and equity compensation) and potential payments in connection with change in control, retirement, death or disability, while the annual report on Form 20-F permits foreign private issuers to disclose compensation information on an aggregate basis. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors, and principal shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

We may not meet the continued listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

The New York Stock Exchange requires companies to fulfill specific requirements in order for their shares to continue to be listed. If our common shares are delisted from the New York Stock Exchange at some later date, our shareholders could find it difficult to sell our common shares. In addition, if our common shares are delisted from the New York Stock Exchange at some later date, we may have our common shares quoted on the Bulletin Board or in the “pink sheets” maintained by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The Bulletin Board and the “pink sheets” are generally considered to be less efficient markets than the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, if our common shares are not so listed or are delisted at some later date, our common shares may be subject to the “penny stock” regulations. These rules impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers that sell low-priced securities to persons other than established customers and institutional accredited investors and require the delivery of a disclosure schedule explaining the nature and risks of the penny stock market. As a result, the ability or willingness of broker-dealers to sell or make a market in our common shares might decline. If our common shares are delisted from the New York Stock Exchange at some later date or become subject to the penny stock regulations, it is likely that the price of our common shares would decline and that our shareholders would find it difficult to sell their shares.

It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against us or our directors and officers outside the United States, or to assert U.S. securities law claims outside of the United States.

Several of our directors and executive officers are not residents of the United States, and the majority of our assets and the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for investors to effect service of process upon us within the United States or other jurisdictions, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.” Additionally, it may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in actions originally instituted outside of the United States. Foreign courts may refuse to hear a U.S. securities law claim because foreign courts may not be the most appropriate forums in which to bring such a claim. Even if a foreign court agrees to hear a claim, it may determine that the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides, and not U.S. law, is applicable to the claim. Further, if U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact, which can be a time-consuming and costly process, and certain matters of procedure would still be governed by the law of the jurisdiction in which the foreign court resides.

In particular, investors should be aware that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Bailiwick of Jersey would recognize and enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or management as well as against the selling shareholder predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States or entertain original actions brought in courts of the Bailiwick of Jersey against us or our directors or officers as well as against the selling shareholder predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. As a result of the difficulty associated with enforcing a judgment against us, you may not be able to collect any damages awarded by either a U.S. or foreign court.

 

61


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Many statements made in this prospectus that are not statements of historical fact, including statements about our beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements and should be evaluated as such. Forward-looking statements include information concerning possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business plan and strategies and trends we expect to affect our business. These statements often include words such as “anticipate,” “expect,” “suggests,” “plan,” “believe,” “intend,” “estimates,” “targets,” “projects,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may,” “will,” “forecast,” and other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are contained throughout this prospectus, including the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.” We base these forward-looking statements or projections on our current expectations, plans, and assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry, as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments, and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances and at such time. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of future performance or results. The forward-looking statements and projections are subject to and involve risks, uncertainties, and assumptions and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements or projections. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements and projections are based on reasonable assumptions at the time they are made, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements and projections. Factors that may materially affect such forward-looking statements and projections include:

 

   

uncertainty, downturns, and changes in our target markets;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

reduced market acceptance and inability to keep pace with evolving technology and trends;

 

   

loss of customers;

 

   

increases in costs or reductions in the supplies of raw materials that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

our ability to provide products and services in light of changing environmental, health and safety, product liability, financial, and other legislation and regulation;

 

   

our failure to compete successfully in product development;

 

   

our ability to successfully execute our growth initiatives, business strategies, and operating plans;

 

   

whether the secular trends we expect to drive growth in our business materialize to the degree we expect them to, or at all;

 

   

material costs relating to environmental and health and safety requirements or liabilities;

 

   

underfunded defined benefit pension plans;

 

   

risk that the insurance we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures;

 

   

failure to comply with the anti-corruption laws of the United States and various international jurisdictions;

 

   

tariffs, border adjustment taxes, or other adverse trade restrictions and impacts on our customers’ value chains;

 

   

the impact of the recent COVID-19 outbreak and other similar outbreaks;

 

   

political, economic, and legal uncertainties in China, the Chinese government’s control of currency conversion and expatriation of funds, and the Chinese government’s policy on foreign investment in China;

 

62


Table of Contents
   

regulations around the production and use of chemical substances that affect our products;

 

   

United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union;

 

   

weak intellectual property rights in jurisdictions outside the United States;

 

   

intellectual property infringement and product liability claims;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms may be limited;

 

   

risks related to our derivative instruments;

 

   

ability to attract, motivate, and retain senior management and qualified employees;

 

   

increased risks to our global operations including, but not limited to, political instability, acts of terrorism, taxation, and unexpected regulatory and economic sanctions changes, among other things;

 

   

natural disasters that may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

the inherently hazardous nature of chemical manufacturing that could result in accidents that disrupt our operations and expose us to losses or liabilities;

 

   

damage to our brand reputation;

 

   

the amount of the costs, fees, expenses, and charges related to this offering and the related costs of being a public company;

 

   

Carlyle’s ability to control our common shares;

 

   

any statements of belief and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing;

 

   

other factors disclosed in this prospectus; and

 

   

other factors beyond our control.

 

63


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million, assuming the common shares are offered at $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering for the redemption of our $299.1 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding Holdco Notes and to pay related fees and expenses. Any excess proceeds will be used for the repayment of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured credit facilities. The Holdco Notes mature on June 1, 2023 and bear cash interest at a rate of 8.750% per annum and PIK interest at a rate of 9.500%. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, borrowings under the USD Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate of 5.460% and borrowings under the RMB Term Loan Facility bore interest at a rate of 4.900%. The USD Term Loan Facility and RMB Term Loan Facility mature on January 31, 2024. We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of common shares by the selling shareholders as a result of the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional common shares. Any increase or decrease in the number of common shares sold (or increase or decrease in the price from the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus) will correspondingly increase or decrease the amount of indebtedness that we will repay.

 

64


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. We intend to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of debt. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board (in accordance with our articles of association and subject to the Jersey Companies Law) and will depend upon our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, restrictions imposed by the senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the Opco Notes or applicable laws and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. Our existing indebtedness effectively limits our ability to pay dividends and make distributions to our shareholders. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

65


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2019:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on an as adjusted to give effect to (i) our issuance and sale of              common shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, (ii) the application of the proceeds from this offering, and (iii) the consummation of the Transactions.

The information in this table should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2019  

($ in millions)

   Actual            As adjusted  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 302.7          $                
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Debt:

         

Senior secured credit facilities(1):

         

Revolving credit facility

     —                       

Term loan facilities

     1,440.0                          

Opco Notes

     425.0         

Holdco Notes

     299.1         

Current bank debt(2)

     5.7         
 

            

 

Total debt(3)

     2,169.8         




 





            





 

Total shareholders’ equity

     672.5         




 





            





 
  

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,842.3          $                

 

(1)   Our senior secured credit facilities consist of (a) our USD Term Loan Facility, (b) our RMB Term Loan Facility, and (c) our multicurrency revolving credit facility with commitments of $250.0 million (as of December 31, 2019, we had $232.5 million of availability under our revolving credit facility after giving effect to $17.5 million of guarantee obligations).
(2)   Represents amounts outstanding under various local currency revolving lines of credit.
(3)   Excludes short-term and long-term deferred financing costs of $48.3 million and lease liabilities of $75.1 million.

 

66


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share after this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom.

As of December 31, 2019, we had net tangible book deficit of approximately $             million, or $             per share. Net tangible book deficit per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of common shares outstanding. Giving effect to this offering and the application of proceeds therefrom, after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, our net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2019 would have been approximately $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing common shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

     Per Share  

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $    

Net tangible book deficit per share as of December 31, 2019

   $               

Increase/decrease in net tangible book value per share attributable to the issuance of shares and estimated offering costs

  


 



        



 
  

As adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering

     
 

        

 

Dilution per share to new investors

      $            
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2019, the total number of common shares owned by existing shareholders and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing shareholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing common shares in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Common Shares
Purchased
     Total Consideration      Average
Price Per
Share
 

(in thousands, other than common shares and  percentages)

   Number      Percent      Amount      Percent  

Existing shareholders

  
 

        

 
      $           $            

New investors

               $    

Total

  

 


        


 
      $          

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $             million, $             million and $             per share, respectively. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of common shares offered by the selling shareholders would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $             million, $             million and $             per share, respectively.

 

67


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial information for the following reporting periods:

 

   

The “Predecessor” period, which reflects the results of operations of Atotech B.V.

 

   

The “Successor” periods, which reflect the results of operations of the Successor.

From December 20, 2016 (inception) through January 31, 2017, Atotech UK Topco Limited had no operations or activity. See “Basis of Presentation.”

The historical results of operations data and cash flow data for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, and 2019, and the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 presented below were derived from our audited financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 presented below have been derived from the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 presented below has been derived from the financial statements of Predecessor and Successor, respectively, not included in this prospectus.

Our historical financial data is not necessarily indicative of our future performance and does not reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have been had we operated as an independent publicly traded company during the periods shown. The results of operations included in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal year or any future reporting period.

We have omitted the selected financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015, as such financial information was audited by KPMG Audit, a department of KPMG S.A. (France), on a basis that is not consistent with the financial statements audited by KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (Germany) for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017, 2018, and 2019, and cannot be provided on a consistent basis without unreasonable effort and expense.

 

68


Table of Contents
    Predecessor                 Successor  

($ in millions, except for share data)

  Year ended
December 31,
2016
    January 1
through
January 31,
2017
                Year ended
December 31,
2017(1)
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 

Statement of Operations Data:

               

EL Segment revenues

  $ 593.0     $ 45.8           $ 603.0     $ 669.4     $ 682.9  

GMF Segment revenues

    531.2       45.5             490.6       543.4       504.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

    1,124.2       91.3             1,093.6       1,212.8       1,187.8  

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization

    (470.4     (40.7           (513.7     (504.2     (488.2

Depreciation and amortization

    (51.9     (4.0           (141.1     (171.6     (170.1

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    (266.4     (19.8           (250.7     (295.6     (277.1

Research and development expenses

    (79.1     (6.3           (62.6     (58.0     (51.2

Restructuring expenses

    (5.3     (0.4           (10.8     (14.8     (13.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

    251.1       20.1             114.7       168.6       187.8  

Interest expense

    (4.5     (0.1           (94.1     (134.7     (148.9

Other income (expense), net

    (9.3     (0.8           (23.7     (5.2     23.5  

Acquisition related expenses

    —         —               (67.0     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    237.3       19.2                         (70.1     28.7       62.4  

Income tax expense

    (64.3     (6.0           (16.7     (52.4     (54.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ 173.0     $ 13.2           $ (86.8   $ (23.7   $ 7.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share data

               

Earnings (loss) per common share:

               

Basic

              $ (8.44     $    (5.96     $    (4.27

Diluted

              $ (8.44     $    (5.96     $    (4.27

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

                26,154,998       26,154,998  

Diluted

                26,154,998       26,154,998  
 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

               

Non-current assets

  $ 446.3             $ 3,279.5     $ 3,024.1     $ 3,018.9  

Current assets:

               

Inventories, net

    105.3               112.8       121.5       124.7  

Trade and other receivables, net

    259.8               297.2       278.8       282.9  

Current tax assets

    22.6               22.5       23.7       34.2  

Cash and cash equivalents

    332.5               325.8       386.2       302.7  

Other financial assets

    —                 —         1.6       2.5  

Total current assets

    720.2               758.3       811.8       747.0  

Total assets

    1,166.5               4,037.8       3,835.9       3,765.8  

Total liabilities

    517.6               2,725.8       3,131.2       3,093.3  

Total shareholders’ equity

  $ 648.9             $ 1,312.0     $ 704.7     $ 672.5  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Cash Flow Data:

               

Net cash provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

  $ 229.6     $ (8.7         $ 107.2     $ 166.7     $ 134.8  

Investing activities

    (83.2     (3.3           (2,736.3     (53.9     (70.3

Financing activities

    (199.0     (140.3           2,933.6       (37.7     (144.6

 

(1)   Reflects 11 months of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited following the Acquisition.

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our operating results, financial condition, liquidity, and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Selected Historical Financial Information” and the audited financial statements and related notes thereto of Atotech UK Topco Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except where noted, statements in the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations related to periods prior to the consummation of the Acquisition reflect the operations of Atotech B.V., the predecessor entity of Atotech UK Topco Limited, and statements in the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations related to periods following the consummation of the Acquisition reflect the operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited.

Certain financial measures for the year ended December 31, 2017 are presented on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Acquisition as though the Acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017.

Our estimated results contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements based solely on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus and may materially differ from actual results. Please see “Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.”

Overview

We are the leading global provider of specialty electroplating solutions delivering chemistry, equipment, and service for high-growth technology applications. We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market, #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, and the #1 global manufacturer of horizontal plating equipment for PCB production. Our solutions are used in a wide variety of attractive end-markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, computing and consumer electronics, automotive electronics, and automotive surface finishing, as well as in numerous industrial and consumer applications such as heavy machinery and household appliances. We benefit from various secular growth trends such as digitalization, increasing data volumes and processing speed requirements, the growth of the consumer class in emerging markets, increasing environmental regulations, and rising product quality and durability standards. We expect these trends to not only increase demand for our customers’ end-products that use our plating chemistry, but also increase the amount and value of plating chemistry used in each end-product, allowing our growth to outpace underlying end-market volume growth.

We are the only major company in our industry that provides both chemistry and equipment, which we sell through both our EL and GMF segments. Our comprehensive systems and solutions approach leverages our unique offering of chemistry, equipment, and service. We believe this business model creates a sustainable competitive advantage that helps us achieve deep customer intimacy and allows us to continue to grow our market share and capitalize on positive market growth trends. This approach is supported by our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers, which allow us to provide local service around the world and to respond in real-time to customer needs. The combination of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, expansive global manufacturing and sales footprint, customer-driven investments in R&D, and superior technical expertise makes us an ideal electroplating and surface finishing solutions partner for our diverse customer base. This drives long-lasting relationships and an industry-leading financial profile, with fiscal 2019 EL and GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA margins of 35.4% and 27.4%, respectively.

Basis of Presentation

Atotech UK Topco Limited is the holding company of Holdco, Opco, and Alpha US Bidco, Inc. and their subsidiaries, and was incorporated on December 20, 2016 for the purpose of consummating the Acquisition.

 

70


Table of Contents

In this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” (i) the “Successor” refers to Atotech UK Topco Limited and its subsidiaries for the period beginning on February 1, 2017 and thereafter following the Acquisition and (ii) “Predecessor” refers to Atotech B.V., on a carve-out basis for periods prior to February 1, 2017.

Atotech Limited, the registrant, is a Jersey company incorporated on December 12, 2018 for purposes of becoming the new holding company of Holdco and its subsidiaries. Substantially concurrently with the closing of this offering, all equity interests of the Successor will be contributed to Atotech Limited and the Successor will be dissolved thereafter with Atotech Limited directly or indirectly, respectively, owning all outstanding equity interests of Holdco and Opco. Prior to the Reorganization Transactions, Atotech Limited will have no operations and no material assets or liabilities. After the Reorganization Transactions, Atotech Limited will succeed to the business and operations of Successor and Atotech Limited’s historical financial statements will be substantially identical to those of the Successor. As a result, the financial statements of Atotech Limited are not meaningful to an understanding of our business and are not included in this prospectus.

On October 6, 2016, Opco entered into a share purchase agreement with TOTAL pursuant to which Atotech UK Topco Limited indirectly acquired all the outstanding equity interests of Atotech B.V. on January 31, 2017. The Acquisition purchase price was funded in part by (i) proceeds from borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities totaling $1,400.0 million and (ii) proceeds from the issuance of the Opco Notes totaling $425.0 million. The senior secured credit facilities, the Opco Notes, and the Acquisition are more fully described in notes 23 and 14 to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus and under the caption “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Agreements.”

Acquisition Accounting

As a result of the Acquisition, and after the application of acquisition accounting to our balance sheet on January 31, 2017, our assets and liabilities were adjusted to their estimated fair market values as of the Acquisition closing date. These adjusted valuations have resulted in an increase in our operating expenses due to the depreciation and amortization expense related to the increased carrying value of our fixed assets and identifiable definite-lived intangible assets. The excess value of the total purchase price over the estimated fair value of our assets and liabilities on the Acquisition closing date has been allocated to goodwill. Any identifiable indefinite-lived assets, including goodwill, are subject to annual impairment testing. As of December 31, 2017, we had completed the accounting for the Acquisition. There were no measurement period adjustments recorded after December 31, 2017. See note 23 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

2018 Recapitalization Transactions

On May 30, 2018, Opco entered into an amendment to the senior secured credit facilities to borrow $200.0 million in incremental Term B-1 loans, and Holdco issued $300.0 million of 8.75%/9.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes at an issue price of 99.010%. Proceeds from such borrowings were distributed to Atotech UK Topco Limited and used by it to pay accrued interest on, and redeem certain of, its preferred shares.

Eliminated Product Categories

We continually review our product portfolio in an effort to optimize our offerings to our customers and determine to discontinue certain products from time to time. For example, in 2016, we began the phase out of products containing Chrome VI due to increasingly strict environmental requirements imposed by recently implemented REACH regulations. This phase out is largely complete other than de minimis sales to a limited number of customers. In addition, in 2016, we began to phase out our EM product line for strategic reasons and completed this exit during 2018. As a result of these decisions, the product portfolio of the businesses reflected in our audited financial statements has changed, particularly impacting our revenue growth rates in 2017, the year in which revenues generated from these eliminated product categories were most significantly impacted.

 

71


Table of Contents

Pro Forma Financial Information

In addition to the historical analysis of results of operations, we have prepared unaudited supplemental pro forma results of operations of Successor for the year ended December 31, 2017. We believe this supplemental presentation provides additional information that enables a more meaningful comparison of our results in the periods presented herein.

The pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2017 represent the addition of the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 and Successor fiscal 2017, as well as pro forma adjustments to reflect the Acquisition and the consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom as if it had occurred on January 1, 2017. The pro forma results do not reflect the actual results we would have achieved had the Acquisition been completed as of January 1, 2017 and are not indicative of our future results of operations.

 

    Predecessor                 Successor     Combined
Predecessor
and
Successor for
the year
ended
December 31,
2017
                Successor Pro
Forma year
ended
December 31,
2017
 

($ in millions)

  January 1
through
January 31,
2017
   

 

   

 

    Year ended
December 31,
2017(a)
    Acquisition
Adjustments
   

 

 

EL Segment revenues

  $ 45.8           $ 603.0     $ 648.8     $ —         $ 648.8  

GMF Segment revenues

    45.5             490.6       536.1       —           536.1  
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Revenues

    91.3             1,093.6       1,184.9       —           1,184.9  

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization

    (40.7           (513.7     (554.4     54.0       (b     (500.4

Depreciation and amortization

    (4.0           (141.1     (145.1     (8.6     (c     (153.7

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    (19.8           (250.7     (270.5     —           (270.5

Research and development expenses

    (6.3           (62.6     (68.9     —           (68.9

Restructuring expenses

    (0.4           (10.8     (11.2     —           (11.2
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Operating profit

    20.1             114.7       134.8       45.4         180.2  

Interest expense

    (0.1           (94.1     (94.2     (8.5     (d     (102.7

Other income (expense), net

    (0.8           (23.7     (24.5     —           (24.5

Acquisition related expenses

    —               (67.0     (67.0     67.0       (e     —    
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    19.2             (70.1     (50.9     103.9         53.0  

Income tax expense

    (6.0           (16.7     (22.7     (22.8     (f     (45.5
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ 13.2           $ (86.8   $ (73.6   $ 81.1       $ 7.5  
 

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(a)   Reflects 11 months of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited following the Acquisition.
(b)   As a result of the Acquisition, Atotech UK Topco Limited adjusted the book value of inventory to its fair value in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations.” Accordingly, Atotech UK Topco Limited recorded a charge of $54.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This adjustment reflects the removal of this charge as this adjustment is one-time in nature with no recurring impact. The tax benefit related to this adjustment was $16.2 million and has been also removed.
(c)   Reflects the impact to depreciation and amortization for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 not included in Atotech UK Topco Limited’s historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as a result of the Acquisition. See note 23 in the financial statements of Atotech UK Topco Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. There was no tax benefit related to this adjustment.
(d)  

Reflects the estimated impact to interest expense for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 not included in Atotech UK Topco Limited’s historical results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, estimated to be $8.5 million, as a result of the Acquisition, based on $1,400.0 million of borrowings under the senior secured credit facility at an assumed interest rate of approximately 5.4%, the

 

72


Table of Contents
 

average interest rate in effect during the eleven months ended December 31, 2017, and $425.0 million of borrowings under the Opco Notes at a rate of 6.250%, the actual interest rate on the Opco Notes. Each one-eighth point change in interest rates on our USD Term Loan Facility (and to the extent that LIBOR is in excess of the 1.00% floor) and our RMB Term Loan Facility would result in a change in annual interest expense of $1.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively. There was no tax benefit related to this adjustment.

(e)   As a result of the Acquisition, Atotech UK Topco Limited recorded acquisition-related costs of $67.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This adjustment reflects the removal of this charge as these transaction costs are one-time in nature with no recurring impact. The tax benefit related to this adjustment was $6.6 million and has been also removed.
(f)   This adjustment reflects the estimated tax effect of the pro forma adjustments described in footnotes (b) and (e) above. Because the tax rate used for the pro forma financial information is an estimate, it will likely vary from the actual effective rate in periods subsequent to the consummation of this offering.

Key Factors Affecting the Components of Our Results of Operations

The following discussion sets forth certain components of our statement of operations and certain factors that impact those items:

Revenues

We generate revenues from the sale of chemistry and equipment across all major geographic areas. Revenues exclude sales taxes and are presented net of discounts, rebates, and reductions. Our revenues are impacted by the following key factors and trends:

 

   

broad macroeconomic trends and factors, including general economic conditions, economic conditions in the markets in which we operate, consumer preferences, and rising costs of labor;

 

   

technological advancements in our EL end-markets, including the rollout of 5G infrastructure, the adoption of next-generation mobile devices and EVs, the proliferation of big data and cloud computing, and the increasing use of IoT connected devices;

 

   

secular trends in our GMF end-markets, including increased plating content per unit as a result of vehicle lightweighting, increasing quality requirements, and premiumization;

 

   

increasingly stringent environmental regulations;

 

   

our ability to pass through changes in the price of raw materials, in particular, palladium, to our customers;

 

   

our ability to successfully develop and launch new solutions;

 

   

the discontinuance of any of our products in the future in an effort to optimize our offering to our customers;

 

   

seasonality in both our segments, which generally experience their strongest revenue in the second half of each fiscal year, mostly driven by consumption trends during the holiday season, and their lowest revenue in the first quarter of each fiscal year, mostly driven by the slowdown in production in China as a result of the Chinese New Year, which can result in a sequential decline in our revenues in the first quarter of a fiscal year relative to the fourth quarter of the prior fiscal year; and

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation and amortization (“Cost of sales”)

Cost of sales principally consists of the price paid for raw materials, unfinished and finished products, compensation and benefit costs for employees involved in our manufacturing operations, and other cost of sales. Raw materials are valued at their respective purchase prices, net of discounts and rebates, including transportation costs and ancillary expenses.

 

73


Table of Contents

The key factors that impact our cost of sales as a percentage of our revenues include:

 

   

changes in the price of raw materials, in particular, palladium;

 

   

the impact of wage inflation;

 

   

the mix of products sold during any period; in particular the mix of our revenues between chemistry and equipment; and

 

   

the impact of our operational improvement initiatives.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization consists of capitalized costs incurred in connection with the ownership and operation of all tangible assets, including the depreciation and amortization expense related to the increased carrying value of our fixed assets and identifiable definite-lived intangible assets related to the Acquisition. The main tangible items that are depreciated over their useful lives are our recently completed technology centers, our R&D equipment, and our new and existing fully depreciated production facilities. The principal intangible items that are amortized over their useful lives include our developed technology, customer relationships, and trade name portfolio.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses (“SG&A”)

SG&A expense consists principally of expenditures incurred in connection with the sales and marketing of our products, third-party logistics, as well as administrative costs for support functions such as finance, information technology, human resources, and legal. Following the Acquisition, we have built up additional corporate functions in order to operate as a standalone company. We expect we will incur additional expenses as a result of being a public company.

Research and development expenses (“R&D”)

R&D expenses principally consist of costs incurred to develop new products and equipment, processes, and technologies, or to generate improvements to existing products, equipment, or processes.

Restructuring expenses

Restructuring expenses mainly consist of expenditures in relation to organizational changes and severance payments.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest on our financial obligations as well as the amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts associated with our senior secured credit facilities, Opco Notes, and Holdco Notes. The majority of the Company’s interest expense is not deductible for income tax purposes because the Company has primarily incurred its indebtedness in jurisdictions where it has no taxable income.

Other expense, net

Other expense, net principally consists of gains or losses from foreign currency fluctuations; gains or losses on disposal of property, plant, and equipment; and mark-to-market adjustments of our derivatives.

Income taxes

Income taxes include (a) deferred tax, consisting of amounts of income taxes payable or recoverable during future fiscal years for taxable or deductible timing differences and carry-forward of unused tax losses, and tax

 

74


Table of Contents

credits and (b) the payable amount of corporate tax, estimated on the basis of the tax rules in force in applicable jurisdictions, and distribution tax on dividends received, or withholding tax, as applicable, including provisions for tax litigations and disputes. We and our subsidiaries are subject to income tax in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Changes to the debt and equity capitalization of our subsidiaries, and the realignment of the functions performed and risks assumed by the various subsidiaries are among the factors that will determine the future book and taxable income of the respective subsidiary and the Company as a whole.

Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the information contained in the accompanying audited financial statements and related footnotes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our results of operations set forth below may not necessarily reflect what would have occurred if we had been a standalone entity prior to the Acquisition or what will occur in the future.

The following table was derived from the Successor’s consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018, and fiscal 2019 and from the Predecessor’s combined statements of operations for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 included elsewhere in this prospectus. It should be noted that the results of operations for Successor fiscal 2017 only include the results of Atotech B.V. from the date of the Acquisition. Prior to the Acquisition, Atotech UK Topco Limited generated no revenue or expenses. We have also presented pro forma financial results for Successor fiscal 2017 as if the Acquisition Transactions had occurred on January 1, 2017. See “—Basis of Presentation.” This information and the related comparison to the operating results for Predecessor fiscal 2016 is provided for a more meaningful comparison between years.

 

    Predecessor                 Successor                 Successor
Pro Forma
    Successor  

($ in millions)

  January 1
through
January 31,
2017
                Year ended
December 31,
2017(1)
                Year ended
December 31,
2017(2)
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,
2019
 

EL Chemistry revenues

  $ 39.0           $ 488.9           $ 527.9     $ 568.5     $ 596.2  

EL Equipment revenues

    6.8             114.1             120.9       100.9       86.7  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total EL Segment revenues

    45.8             603.0             648.8       669.4     $ 682.9  

GMF Chemistry revenues

    37.9             449.6             487.5       498.0       469.3  

GMF Equipment revenues

    7.6             41.0             48.6       45.4       35.6  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total GMF Segment revenues

    45.5             490.6             536.1       543.4       504.9  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

    91.3             1,093.6             1,184.9       1,212.8       1,187.8  

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization

    (40.7           (513.7           (500.4     (504.2     (488.2

Depreciation and amortization

    (4.0           (141.1           (153.7     (171.6     (170.1

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    (19.8           (250.7           (270.5     (295.6     (277.1

Research and development expenses

    (6.3           (62.6           (68.9     (58.0     (51.2

Restructuring expenses

    (0.4           (10.8           (11.2     (14.8     (13.4
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

    20.1             114.7             180.2       168.6       187.8  
                     

Interest expense

    (0.1           (94.1           (102.7     (134.7     (148.9

Other income (expense), net

    (0.8           (23.7           (24.5     (5.2     23.5  

Acquisition related expenses

    —               (67.0           —         —         —    
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    19.2             (70.1           53.0       28.7       62.4  

Income tax expense

    (6.0           (16.7           (45.5     (52.4     (54.8
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $ 13.2           $ (86.8         $ 7.5     $ (23.7   $ 7.6  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   Reflects 11 months of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited following the Acquisition.
(2)   See “—Pro Forma Financial Information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus.

 

75


Table of Contents

Successor fiscal 2019 compared to Successor fiscal 2018

Revenues

Revenues were $1,187.8 million for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to $1,212.8 million for Successor fiscal 2018, a decrease of $25.0 million, or 2.1%. This result was largely driven by reduced chemistry sales in our GMF segment and lower equipment sales in both GMF and EL. Revenue in our GMF segment declined by $38.5 million, or 7.1%, while EL segment revenues increased by $13.5 million, or 2.0%, over the same period.

With regard to product mix, chemistry revenues declined by $1.0 million, or 0.1%, for Successor fiscal 2019, while equipment revenues declined by $24.0 million, or 16.4%. The change in chemistry revenues largely reflects softer market conditions in our automotive markets. In addition, chemistry revenues for Successor fiscal 2019 were also impacted by a decrease in revenues due to an unfavorable exchange rate translation compared to Successor fiscal 2018 ($36.8 million), and an increase in revenues due to fluctuations in palladium prices ($53.9 million). Excluding the impact of foreign exchange and palladium, our chemistry revenues decreased by $17.7 million, or 1.7%, for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. For additional information on the key factors driving the changes in our chemistry revenues within our segments, see “—Selected Segment Information.”

Cost of sales

Cost of sales decreased $16.0 million, or 3.2%, to $488.2 million for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. This decrease was primarily caused by lower sales volume in equipment and GMF chemistry resulting in lower raw materials purchases, partially offset by increased palladium prices. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue decreased from 41.6% for Successor fiscal 2018 to 41.1% for Successor fiscal 2019 due to a favorable product mix shift.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization decreased $1.5 million, or 0.9%, to $170.1 million for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. This decrease was primarily caused by the reversal of an impairment loss from 2018 in 2019.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

Selling, general, and administrative expenses decreased $18.5 million, or 6.3%, to $277.1 million for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. This decrease is primarily attributable to lower selling expenses, which decreased by $10.9 million, reflecting headcount adjustments as well as additional cost savings leading to higher efficiency in support and sales functions, and favorable exchange rate translations. In addition, our expenses for professional services decreased by $10.5 million mainly in connection with financing and capital markets activities.

Research and development expenses

R&D expenses decreased $6.8 million, or 11.7%, to $51.2 million for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. This decrease is attributable to headcount reductions, other cost efficiency measures, and favorable exchange rate translations.

Restructuring expenses

Restructuring expenses decreased $1.4 million, to $13.4 million, for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. Restructuring expenses were higher in Successor fiscal 2018 than in Successor fiscal 2019 due to the closure of facilities in Singapore and Spain, which impacted restructuring expenses in Successor fiscal 2018, partially offset by an increase in provisions for a restructuring program in Germany in 2019.

 

76


Table of Contents

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $14.2 million, or 10.5%, to $148.9 million for Successor fiscal 2019, as compared to Successor fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily attributable to Successor fiscal 2019 being fully impacted by the additional borrowings under the incremental term loan B-1 and the Holdco Notes totaling $500 million, which led to an increase of financial interest on debt of $11.1 million.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net was $23.5 million for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to other expense, net of $5.2 million for Successor fiscal 2018. The change of $28.7 million is mainly a result of a change of $21.7 million in market value of derivatives embedded into our debt instruments and a $5.7 million change in disposals, primarily driven by a gain on sale of assets in Singapore and foreign exchange gains of $2.1 million, mostly related to the revaluation of intercompany loans and receivables.

Income tax expense

Income tax expense increased $2.4 million or 4.6%, to $54.8 million for Successor fiscal 2019 as compared to Successor fiscal 2018, which was mainly due to increased taxable earnings in our operating activities.

Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Successor fiscal 2017 and Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017

Revenues

Historical: Revenues were $1,212.8 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $1,093.6 million and $91.3 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: Revenues increased $27.9 million, or 2.4%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018 primarily as a result of increased chemistry revenues, which grew $51.1 million, or 5.0%, over such period, and were partially offset by decreases in equipment revenues of $23.2 million. This change in chemistry revenues was largely attributed to strong demand for our chemistry products in both of our EL and GMF segments and successfully implemented projects at our customers. EL chemistry growth was driven by increased demand in high-end smartphone and automotive applications. GMF benefitted from higher customer demand in the global automotive markets, particularly outside of Asia, as well as the fixtures and heavy machinery markets. In addition, chemistry revenues were impacted by a decrease in revenues due to the discontinuance of our Chrome VI and EM product lines ($4.6 million), an increase in revenues due to fluctuations in palladium prices ($20.3 million), and an increase in revenues as a result of a positive impact of currency fluctuations ($16.2 million). Excluding the impact of these items, our chemistry revenues grew by $19.2 million, or 1.9%, for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017. For additional information on the key factors driving the growth in our chemistry revenues within our segments, see “—Selected Segment Information.”

Cost of sales

Historical: Cost of sales were $504.2 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $513.7 million and $40.7 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively. This decrease was mainly driven by adjustments of $54.0 million to the book value of inventory in 2017 in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations” due to the Acquisition. The $54.0 million step-up in fair value of inventory was expensed as the acquired inventory was sold over the subsequent twelve months, leading to increased cost of sales in fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2018. As a percentage of sales, cost of sales remained stable.

 

 

77


Table of Contents

Pro Forma: Cost of sales increased $3.8 million, or 0.8%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This slight increase was primarily attributable to higher palladium prices, which we pass through to our customers, and the impact of currency fluctuations offset by a product mix effect. Cost of sales as a percentage of revenue decreased from 42.2% for Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to 41.6% for Successor fiscal 2018.

Depreciation and amortization

Historical: Depreciation and amortization was $171.6 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $141.1 million and $4.0 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: Depreciation and amortization increased $17.9 million, or 11.6%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This increase was primarily due to higher investments in tangible and intangible assets in 2018.

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

Historical: Selling, general, and administrative expenses were $295.6 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $250.7 million and $19.8 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $25.1 million, or 9.3%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This increase is primarily due to expenses of $15.8 million for certain strategic initiatives and the enhancement of capabilities for being a standalone company. In addition, costs for internal functions in our headquarters rose due to unfavorable exchange rate translations and more extensive reporting, tax and compliance requirements demanding an increase in headcount which only fully impacted our costs in fiscal 2018.

Research and development expenses

Historical: R&D expenses were $58.0 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $62.6 million and $6.3 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: R&D expenses decreased $10.9 million, or 15.8%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This decrease is attributable to cost efficiency measures in R&D which became fully effective in fiscal 2018 as well as a higher R&D efficiency overall.

Restructuring expenses

Historical: Restructuring expenses were $14.8 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $10.8 million and $0.4 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: Restructuring expenses increased $3.6 million, or 32.1%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This increase is primarily attributable to the relocation of production facilities in Europe and South-East Asia.

 

78


Table of Contents

Interest expense

Historical: Interest expense was $134.7 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $94.1 million and $0.1 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: Interest expense increased $32.0 million or 31.2% from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This increase was attributable to the new borrowings under the Incremental Term B-1 loans and the Holdco Notes totaling $500.0 million.

Other income (expense), net

Historical: Other expense, net was $5.2 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $23.7 million and $0.8 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: Other expense, net decreased $19.3 million, or 78.8%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. This decrease is primarily related to fair value adjustments to derivatives of $9.4 million, most of them embedded into our notes as part of certain redemption features as well as hedging premiums. Furthermore, foreign currency losses declined by $8.9 million from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018.

Acquisition related expenses

Historical: Acquisition related expenses were $67.0 million in Successor fiscal 2017. These expenses consisted primarily of investment banking, legal, and other professional advisory services costs related to the Acquisition. There were no Acquisition related expenses during fiscal 2018.

Pro Forma: There were no Acquisition related expenses on a pro forma basis, as these expenses were eliminated in Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017.

Income tax expense

Historical: Income tax expense was $52.4 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $16.7 million and $6.0 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

In Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, the effective tax rate was 31% while the statutory tax rate in the Netherlands was 25% for the same period; the difference in these two tax rates primarily resulted from valuation allowances on deferred tax assets and tax rate differences at the subsidiary level.

In Successor fiscal 2018, the effective tax rate was 183%, compared to negative 24% in Successor fiscal 2017, while the statutory tax rate was 19% for each period. For each period, the difference to the statutory tax rate is primarily due to financing expenses incurred in our holding companies which were not offset against taxable profits, leading to a difference for unrecognized deferred taxes of $24.7 million in Successor fiscal 2018 and $24.5 million in Successor fiscal 2017. Additionally, statutory tax rates in our key regions are different than the statutory rate in the United Kingdom for each period, leading to differences between the statutory tax rate and the overall effective tax rate and a resulting increase in tax expenses of $8.8 million in Successor fiscal 2018 and a resulting decrease of $12.5 million in Successor fiscal 2017. Furthermore, on December 22, 2017, the United States government enacted comprehensive tax legislation (“2017 U.S. Tax Legislation”), which changed the Federal tax rate to 21% from January 1, 2018 and led to a non-cash income tax benefit of approximately $11 million in Successor fiscal 2017.

 

79


Table of Contents

Lastly, the relative tax rates as between Successor fiscal 2018 and Successor fiscal 2017 were impacted by other permanent differences, in particular from transaction costs incurred, which are non-deductible for tax purposes, and from repatriation of profits and international transfer pricing regulations, which led to an increase in tax expenses of $14.7 million in Successor fiscal 2018 and $33.8 million in Successor fiscal 2017.

Pro Forma: Income tax expense increased $6.9 million, or 15.2%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. The effective tax rate grew from 86% in Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to 183% in Successor fiscal 2018. This increase in tax expense is due to the following factors: an increase of $12.3 million mainly due to 2017 U.S. Tax Legislation; a positive non-cash income tax benefit in Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017; an increase of $2.2 million due to an increase in financing expenses which cannot be offset against taxable profits; and an increase of $18.3 million driven by differences between statutory rates in key regions as compared to the statutory rate in the United Kingdom. These movements are partially offset by a year over year reduction in tax expenses of $19.1 million of permanent differences from transaction costs incurred which are non-deductible for tax purposes, the repatriation of profits, international transfer pricing regulations and a decrease of $5.9 million due to a decrease of taxable income.

Selected Segment Information

The following table presents revenue by segment and Segment Adjusted EBITDA for the following periods:

 

    Predecessor                 Successor                 Successor
Pro Forma
    Successor  

($ in millions)

  January 1
through
January 31,
2017
                Year ended
December 31,
2017(1)
                Year ended
December 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,

2019
 

EL

                     

EL Chemistry revenues

  $ 39.0           $ 488.9           $ 527.9     $ 568.5     $ 596.2  

EL Equipment revenues

    6.8             114.1             120.9       100.9       86.7  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EL Segment revenues

    45.8             603.0             648.8       669.4       682.9  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EL Segment Adjusted EBITDA(2)

    14.4             193.7             208.1       227.2       241.6  

EL Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin

    31.4           32.1           32.1     33.9     35.4

GMF

                     

GMF Chemistry revenues

  $ 37.9           $ 449.6           $ 487.5     $ 498.0     $ 469.3  

GMF Equipment revenues

    7.6             41.0             48.6       45.4       35.6  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GMF Segment revenues

    45.5             490.6             536.1       543.4       504.9  
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA(2)

    10.7             127.5             138.2       146.5       138.5  

GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin

    23.5           26.0           25.8     27.0     27.4

 

(1)   Reflects 11 months of operations of Atotech UK Topco Limited following the Acquisition.
(2)   For additional information regarding Segment Adjusted EBITDA, see note 24 to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Successor fiscal 2019 compared to Successor fiscal 2018

Electronics Segment Revenues

EL revenues were $682.9 million for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to $669.4 million for Successor fiscal 2018, an increase of $13.5 million, or 2.0%. This increase was driven by higher chemistry revenues, which increased $27.7 million, or 4.9%, and was offset, in part, by lower equipment revenues, which decreased $14.2 million, or 14.1%. Chemistry revenues benefited from improved end-markets in the third and fourth quarters of Successor fiscal 2019, reflecting activities connected with the global build-out of 5G, while equipment revenues were impacted by delayed investment decisions and a strong 2018 comparable period. Chemistry revenues were favorably impacted by an increase in palladium prices ($40.7 million), which we pass through to our customers, partially offset by unfavorable currency translation effects ($19.8 million). Excluding the impact of these items, our chemistry revenues increased by $6.7 million, or 1.2%, for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to Successor fiscal 2018.

 

80


Table of Contents

Electronics Segment Adjusted EBITDA

EL Segment Adjusted EBITDA was $241.6 million for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to $227.2 million for Successor fiscal 2018, an increase of $14.4 million, or 6.3%. This increase was driven by the translation of higher chemistry volumes into additional margins and lower fixed costs. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 35.4% in Successor fiscal 2019 from 33.9% in Successor fiscal 2018. This increase was due to lower fixed costs driven by our cost savings measures and a more favorable product mix between chemistry and equipment.

General Metal Finishing Segment Revenues

GMF revenues were $504.9 million for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to $543.4 million for Successor fiscal 2018, a decrease of $38.5 million, or 7.1%. This decrease was driven by a decline in chemistry revenues of $28.7 million, or 5.8%, and a decrease of equipment revenues of $9.8 million, or 21.6%. The overall decrease in revenues is primarily attributable to lower demand in the global automotive markets. Geographically, revenues were negatively impacted by adverse market trends in China and North America. The decline in revenue in our equipment business was primarily driven by delayed investment decisions. Chemistry revenues were positively impacted by an increase of palladium prices ($13.1 million), which was more than offset by unfavorable currency translation effects ($17.1 million), and the elimination of our Chrome VI product line ($0.4 million). Excluding the impact of these items, our GMF chemistry revenues decreased by $24.4 million, or 4.9%, for Successor fiscal 2019 compared to Successor fiscal 2018.

General Metal Finishing Segment Adjusted EBITDA

GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA was $138.5 million for Successor fiscal 2019, compared to $146.5 million for Successor fiscal 2018, a decrease of $8.0 million, or 5.5%. This decrease was largely driven by lower chemistry and equipment volumes. GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 27.4% in Successor fiscal 2019 from 27.0% in Successor fiscal 2018, largely due to the benefits of various cost savings initiatives.

Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Successor fiscal 2017 and Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017

Electronics Segment Revenues

Historical: EL revenues were $669.4 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $603.0 million and $45.8 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: EL revenues increased $20.6 million, or 3.2%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018 primarily as a result of increased EL chemistry revenues, which grew $40.6 million, or 7.7%, over such period and were partially offset by decreased equipment revenues of $20.0 million. The increase in chemistry revenues primarily reflects solid growth in chemistry due to price and volume increases driven by high-end smartphone and automotive applications. In addition, EL chemistry revenues were impacted by an increase in revenues due to fluctuations in palladium prices ($14.9 million) and an increase in revenues as a result of a positive impact of currency fluctuations ($11.1 million). Excluding the impact of these items, our EL chemistry revenues grew by $14.6 million, or 2.8%, for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017. While EL chemistry revenues increased, equipment revenues decreased due to lower order intakes arising from delayed customer investment decisions.

Electronics Segment Adjusted EBITDA

Historical: Segment Adjusted EBITDA was $227.2 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $193.7 million and $14.4 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 32.1% and 31.4% for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively to 33.9% for Successor fiscal 2018.

 

81


Table of Contents

Pro Forma: Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $19.1 million, or 9.2%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 32.1% in Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to 33.9% in Successor fiscal 2018. This increase was attributable to increases in chemistry revenue and a more favorable product mix due to the factors discussed above, as well as the successful implementation of cost improvement programs.

General Metal Finishing Segment Revenues

Historical: GMF revenues were $543.4 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $490.6 million and $45.5 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively.

Pro Forma: GMF revenues increased $7.3 million, or 1.4%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018 primarily as a result of increased GMF chemistry revenues, which grew $10.5 million, or 2.2%, over such period. This increase is primarily attributable to higher customer demand in the global automotive markets, particularly outside of Asia, as well as the sanitary and heavy machinery markets mainly during the first half of fiscal 2018. In addition, GMF chemistry revenues were impacted by a decrease in revenues due to the discontinuance of our Chrome VI product line ($4.6 million), an increase in revenues due to fluctuations in palladium prices ($5.4 million), and an increase in revenues as a result of a positive impact of currency fluctuations ($5.2 million). Excluding the impact of these items, our GMF chemistry revenues grew by $4.5 million, or 0.9%, for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017. The remaining change in GMF revenues is attributable to a decrease in equipment revenue reflecting cautious customer investment levels.

General Metal Finishing Segment Adjusted EBITDA

Historical: Segment Adjusted EBITDA was $146.5 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $127.5 million and $10.7 million for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 26.0% and 23.5% for Successor fiscal 2017 and the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017, respectively to 27.0% for Successor fiscal 2018.

Pro Forma: Segment Adjusted EBITDA increased $8.3 million, or 6.0%, from Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to Successor fiscal 2018. Segment Adjusted EBITDA margin increased from 25.8% in Pro Forma Successor fiscal 2017 to 27.0% in Successor fiscal 2018. This increase was attributable to increases in chemistry revenue and a more favorable product mix due to the factors discussed above, as well as the successful implementation of cost improvement programs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our liquidity requirements are principally related to funding our operating expenses, making interest payments under our indebtedness, meeting working capital requirements, and making capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures during Successor fiscal 2017, Successor fiscal 2018 and Successor fiscal 2019 were $47.8 million, $56.6 million and $75.7 million, respectively.

We anticipate that the cash flows from operations, cash on hand, and availability under the revolving credit facility and our local lines of credit will be sufficient to fund our liquidity requirements. From time to time, we may establish new local lines of credit or utilize existing local lines of credit. We will manage our global cash balances by utilizing available cash management strategies, which may include intercompany agreements, permitted dividends, and hedging. However, our ability to fund our liquidity requirements will depend on our ability to generate and access cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, contractual, competitive, legislative, regulatory, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control, as well as the factors described in “Risk Factors” including our ability to access cash generated in China as described in “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—The Chinese government’s control of currency conversion and expatriation of funds may affect our liquidity.”

 

82


Table of Contents

Historical Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our primary sources and uses of cash for the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor                 Successor  

($ in millions)

   January 1
through
January 31,
2017
                  Year ended
December 31,
2017
    Year ended
December 31,
2018
    Year ended
December 31,
2019 
 

Net cash provided by (used in):

              

Operating activities

   $ (8.7         $ 107.2     $ 166.7     $ 134.8  

Investing activities

   $ (3.3         $ (2,736.3   $ (53.9   $ (70.3

Financing activities

   $ (140.3         $ 2,933.6     $ (37.7   $ (144.6

Successor fiscal 2019 compared to Successor fiscal 2018

Operating activities

Net cash generated by operating activities was $134.8 million for Successor fiscal 2019 compared to $166.7 million of net cash generated by operating activities for Successor fiscal 2018, a decrease of $31.9 million. This decrease in net cash generated by operating activities for Successor fiscal 2019 was due to higher taxes paid of $19.5 million driven by a higher net income and timing effects. Additionally, interest paid increased $14.1 million as compared to Successor fiscal 2018, due to increased indebtedness. In addition, due to the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases in Successor fiscal 2019, both periods are not fully comparable as cash flow from operating activities would have been lower by $15.9 million in fiscal 2019.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $70.3 million for Successor fiscal 2019 compared to $53.9 million for Successor fiscal 2018, an increase of $16.4 million. The increase was mainly driven by increased capital expenditures of $19.1 million, reflecting investments in our infrastructure including our Atotech Development Center in India, a new manufacturing plant in China, as well as equipment investments at customer sites and an acquisition with a value of $4.5 million, which were partially offset by proceeds from disposals, which increased $7.0 million.

Financing activities

Net cash used by financing activities was $144.6 million for Successor fiscal 2019 compared to net cash used by financing activities of $37.7 million for Successor fiscal 2018. The increase in net cash used by financing activities was primarily due to the early partial repayment of our Term Loan B-1 in Successor fiscal 2019 of $99.0 million and additionally, the first-time adoption of IFRS 16 Leases leading to an increase of $15.9 million of cash flow from financing activities.

Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Successor fiscal 2017

Changes in historical cash flows for the Successor fiscal 2018 compared to Successor fiscal 2017 reflect, among other things, the additional month of operations during the Successor fiscal 2018, as compared to the Successor fiscal 2017, which excludes the Predecessor period January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017.

Operating activities

Net cash generated by operating activities was $166.7 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $107.2 million for Successor fiscal 2017, an increase of $59.5 million. The increase in net cash generated by operating activities for fiscal 2018 was primarily due to the decrease in consolidated net loss, compared to fiscal 2017 as a result of higher sales due to the additional month of operations in fiscal 2018 as well as cost reductions.

 

83


Table of Contents

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $53.9 million for Successor fiscal 2018 compared to $2,736.3 million for Successor fiscal 2017, a decrease of $2,682.4 million. The decrease was primarily due to the inclusion of the purchase price for the Acquisition of Atotech B.V. in cash flows for 2017.

Financing activities

Net cash used by financing activities was $37.7 million for Successor fiscal 2018, compared to net cash generated from financing activities of $2,933.6 million for Successor fiscal 2017. The decrease in net cash generated was primarily due to the inclusion of financing activities related to the Acquisition in cash flows for Successor fiscal 2017, primarily comprised of the equity contribution of $1,245.0 million from Carlyle as well as net proceeds from borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and the issuance of the Opco Notes totaling $1,838.2 million and partially offset by a dividend paid to our shareholders of $490.5 million in 2018 related to the Acquisition.

January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 (Predecessor)

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 was $8.7 million, which was primarily attributable to a net increase in working capital of $20.7 million, partially offset by consolidated net income of $13.2 million.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 was $3.3 million, which was substantially attributable to purchases of intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment.

Financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 was $140.3 million, substantially attributable to dividend payments to TOTAL of $110.6 million in connection with the Acquisition and a decrease in current borrowings of $23.0 million.

Debt Agreements

Our liquidity requirements are significantly impacted by the cash expense associated with servicing our indebtedness. As of December 31, 2019, our principal outstanding indebtedness totals $2,169.8 million (excluding $5.7 million of local lines of credit representing our current bank debt and $75.1 million of lease liabilities). The following table details our borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and the associated interest expense, including amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts, and average effective interest rates for such borrowings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019:

 

($ in millions)

   Principal balance
as of December 31,
2019
     Average annual
interest rate, for
the year ended
December 31, 2019
    Interest expense for
the year ended
December 31, 2019
 

USD Term Loan Facility

   $ 961.0        5.460   $ 60.8  

RMB Term Loan Facility(2)

   $ 479.0        4.900   $ 32.9  

Revolving Credit Facility

     —          0.375   $ 2.2  

Opco Notes

   $ 425.0        6.250   $ 26.6  

Holdco Notes

   $ 299.1        8.750 %(1)    $ 26.7  

 

(1)   The Holdco Notes bear cash interest at a rate of 8.750% per annum and PIK interest at a rate of 9.500% per annum. To date, we have elected to pay all interest in cash.
(2)   Reflects currency exchange rate in effect at period end.

 

84


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Our senior secured credit facilities consist of our USD Term Loan Facility, our RMB Term Loan Facility, and our multicurrency revolving credit facility. Our revolving credit facility provides for revolving loans and letters of credit pursuant to commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million with borrowing capacity of $232.5 million after giving effect to $17.5 million of guarantee obligations. Letters of credit issued under our revolving credit facility are subject to a $75.0 million sublimit. We may use future borrowings under our revolving credit facility to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments. Our ability to draw under our revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit thereunder will be conditioned upon, among other things (including the covenants governing our other indebtedness), delivery of required notices, accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the absence of any default or event of default under our senior secured credit facilities, subject to certain exceptions.

At the Acquisition closing date, our RMB Term Loan Facility was initially incurred entirely in U.S. dollars in an aggregate principal amount of $500.0 million with the option to redenominate into an equivalent amount of RMB. Since the Acquisition closing date, Opco redenominated the entire amount of the RMB Term Loan Facility from U.S. dollars into RMB. Opco incurred $32.0 million of fees in Successor (or Successor Pro Forma) fiscal 2017 associated with such redenomination.

Borrowings under our USD Term Loan Facility bear interest at a floating rate that may, at our option, be set at either LIBOR plus 3.00% (subject to a LIBOR floor of 1.00%), or the alternate base rate (which is based on the public and federal trends rate, the prime rate, or one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%) plus 2.00% (subject to a base rate floor of 2.00%). Borrowings under our revolving credit facility currently bear interest at a floating rate that may, at our option, be set at either LIBOR plus 3.75% (subject to a LIBOR floor of 0.00%), or an alternate base rate plus 2.75% (subject to a base rate floor of 0.00%). The applicable margin for our revolving credit facility is subject to two step downs of 25 basis points each based on Opco’s latest reported consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. Our RMB Term Loan Facility bears interest at a one-time fixed rate based on a prevailing official lending rate (the “PBOC Benchmark Rate”) that was communicated to Opco by the Bank of China Limited, Shanghai Branch at the time the loans were redenominated into RMB. This rate reflects the official lending rate per annum promulgated and announced by the People’s Bank of China. The margin applicable for such term loans denominated in RMB is 100% of the PBOC Benchmark Rate as of the date of redenomination into RMB for five years following the Acquisition Closing Date and 130% of the PBOC Benchmark Rate thereafter until final maturity. Our revolving credit facility will mature on January 31, 2022 and our USD Term Loan Facility and RMB Term Loan Facility will mature on January 31, 2024.

Opco Notes

On January 31, 2017, Alpha 3 B.V. and Alpha US Bidco, Inc. (the “Opco Issuers”), our indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, issued the Opco Notes and related guarantees thereof. The Opco Notes are unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by certain of the Opco Issuers’ subsidiaries. The Opco Notes were sold at par and are due on February 1, 2025. The Opco Notes bear interest at 6.250% payable semi-annually on February 1 and August 1.

On and after February 1, 2020, we have the option to redeem all or part of the Opco Notes at the following redemption prices:

 

Period

   Redemption
price
 

2020

     103.125

2021

     101.563

2022 and thereafter

     100.000

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to February 1, 2020, we may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Opco Notes with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined in the indenture governing the Opco Notes), at a redemption price equal to 106.250% plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, holders of the Opco Notes have the right to require us to purchase all or part of the Opco Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

Holdco Notes

On May 30, 2018, Holdco, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.750/9.500% senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2023. The Holdco Notes were sold at an issue price of 99.010% and are due on June 1, 2023. Cash interest will accrue on the Holdco Notes at the rate of 8.750% per annum and PIK interest will accrue on the Holdco Notes at the rate of 9.500% per annum.

On and after June 1, 2019, we have the option to redeem all or part of the Holdco Notes at the following redemption prices:

 

Period

   Redemption
price
 

2019

     102.000

2020

     101.000

2021 and thereafter

     100.000

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time prior to June 1, 2019, we may redeem the Holdco Notes, in whole or in part with an amount equal to the cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as such term is defined in the indenture governing the Holdco Notes), at a redemption price equal to 102.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but not including) the redemption date. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, holders of the Holdco Notes have the right to require us to purchase all or part of the Holdco Notes at a purchase price equal to 101.000% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.

Covenants

The Holdco Notes Indenture, the Opco Notes Indenture, and the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contain several covenants imposing significant restrictions on our business. These restrictions may affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. The restrictions these covenants place on us include limitations on our ability to:

 

   

merge and consolidate with other companies;

 

   

incur indebtedness;

 

   

grant liens or security interests on assets;

 

   

make acquisitions, loans, advances, or investments;

 

   

pay dividends;

 

   

sell or otherwise transfer assets;

 

   

optionally prepay or modify terms of junior lien (in the case of the senior secured credit facilities only) or pay subordinated indebtedness (in the case of the Holdco Notes, Opco Notes and the senior secured credit facilities);

 

86


Table of Contents
   

enter into certain restrictive agreements; or

 

   

in the case of the senior secured credit facilities, change our fiscal year.

With respect to our revolving credit facility, we are also required to maintain a maximum first lien net leverage ratio not in excess of 7.30 to 1.00, tested at the end of any quarter when more than 35% of our revolving credit facility (excluding letters of credit, any amounts drawn to fund certain original issue discount or upfront fees, and certain ordinary course ancillary facilities incurred under the revolving credit facility, and further reduced by up to $100.0 million of cash on our balance sheet that is the result of certain equity overfunding on the Acquisition Closing Date, the proceeds of which have not otherwise been utilized to make distributions or dividends) is utilized at such date.

The Holdco Notes Indenture, the Opco Notes Indenture, and the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities also contain several customary affirmative covenants. We, or our affiliates, may from time to time seek to repurchase or retire the Holdco Notes, the Opco Notes, or term loans through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, tender offers, or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, their liquidity, contractual restrictions, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Local Lines of Credit

We have a local line of credit in Malaysia and from time to time may have lines of credit in other jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2019, we had MYR 6,000,000 ($1.4 million) outstanding under the local line of credit in Malaysia and INR 300,000,000 ($4.2 million) outstanding under the local line of credit in India, which in total represents our current bank debt.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table presents a summary of our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019.

 

     Payments due by period as of December 31, 2019  

(in millions)

   Total      Less
than 1
year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     Over
5 years
 

Contractual Obligations:

              

Long-term indebtedness, including current portion and interest(1)

   $ 2,690.3      $ 140.5      $ 278.2      $ 1,833.4      $ 438.2  

Management fee(2)

   $ 5.4      $ 1.8      $ 3.6        —          —    

Other(3)

   $ 21.4      $ 18.9      $ 0.1      $ 0.1      $ 2.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commitments given

   $ 2,717.1      $ 161.2      $ 281.9      $ 1,833.5      $ 440.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Figures assume that our senior secured credit facilities, the Holdco Notes, and the Opco Notes are repaid upon maturity, and the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facilities remains undrawn, which may or may not reflect future events. Future interest payments include the fee on the unused availability under our revolving credit facility, and are based on an assumed average interest rate. Actual interest payments and repayment amounts may change and such changes may be material. Figures do not reflect the expected use of proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”
(2)   Following the consummation of this offering we will continue to pay Carlyle an annual fee pursuant to our existing consulting services agreement. The consulting agreement pursuant to which management fees are paid to Carlyle will terminate on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the initial public offering and (ii) the date upon which Carlyle ceases to own more than ten percent of the outstanding voting securities of the Company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Consulting Agreement.
(3)   Represents other commitments consisting primarily of purchasing obligations.

 

87


Table of Contents

Contingent Liabilities

Our contingent liabilities primarily comprise guarantees of third-party obligations, including indemnification obligations under purchase and sale agreements, letters of credit, payment guarantees, down payment guarantees and performance bonds, and other similar obligations in the ordinary course of business.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, we may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors, lessors, business partners, subsidiaries, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of our breach of agreements or representations and warranties made by us. It is not possible to determine the aggregate maximum potential loss under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Such indemnification agreements may not be subject to maximum loss clauses. Historically, we have not incurred material costs as a result of obligations under these agreements and we have not accrued any liabilities related to such indemnification obligations in our audited financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We describe our significant accounting policies in note 3, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of the audited financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of some assets and liabilities and, in many instances, the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the applicable reporting period. A change in estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on our results. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the audited financial statements. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect the significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the audited financial statements.

Recognizing Revenue

For each performance obligation to be recognized over time, we apply a measure of progress that faithfully depicts our performance in transferring control of the goods or services to the customer. We consistently apply the relevant input method to similar performance obligations. If performance obligations in a contract do not meet the overtime criteria, we recognize revenue at a point in time.

Revenue from chemistry products

For substantially all sales of chemistry products, we recognize revenue at the point in time at which control of the goods is transfered to the customer. Depending on the contractually agreed incoterms, control is transferred either upon shipment or delivery, once our performance obligation has been fulfilled and collectability is probable. If products are delivered to a customer’s warehouse on consignment, we typically retain control and revenue is recognized at the point in time when the customer retrieves the goods from the warehouse.

 

88


Table of Contents

Revenue from production equipment contracts

We recognize revenue over time for contracts relating to the manufacturing, modifications and retrofits of equipment, as the equipment is built to customer specification and we have an enforceable right to payment for the completed performance. For these sales, we use the cost-to-cost input method to measure progress. In cases where cost-to-cost is not proportionate to our progress in satisfying the performance obligation because of uninstalled materials, we adjust the measure of progress and recognize revenue to the extent of costs incurred to date to satisfy the performance obligation under the contract.

Contract assets and contract liabilities

Our customer contracts related to the sale of equipment as well as modifications and retrofits for equipment may include a diverse range of payment schedules dependent upon the nature and type of goods and services being provided. We often agree to payment schedules under which we receive payments throughout the term of the contract. Where payments made are greater than the revenue recognized at the period end date, we recognize a contract liability for this difference. Where payments made are less than the revenue recognized at the period end date, we recognize a contract asset for this difference. Where we have an unconditional right to payment or an advance, we recognize a trade receivable.

Significant judgments for revenue recognition

Management is required to form a number of key judgments and assumptions in determining the amount of revenue and profits to record, and related balance sheet items (such as contract assets, contract liabilities and trade receivables) to recognize in the period including:

 

   

determining whether contracts with multiple components contain distinct goods or services;

 

   

for sales of equipment, assessing the nature of the goods or services that we have promised to transfer, as well as the timing of when the goods and services are provided and control transfers to the customer in order to determine whether to recognize revenue at a point in time or over time; and

 

   

assessing the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations.

Business Combination

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting pursuant to IFRS 3 “Business Combination”. This method requires the recording of acquired assets, including separately identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities at their acquisition date fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, royalty rates, asset lives, and market multiples, among other items.

The fair values of intangible assets were estimated using an income approach, either the excess earnings method (customer relationships) or the relief from royalty method (technology and trademarks). Under the excess earnings method, an intangible asset’s fair value is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the intangible asset over its remaining useful life. Under the relief from royalty method, fair value is measured by estimating future revenue associated with the intangible asset over its useful life and applying a royalty rate to the revenue estimate. These intangible assets enable us to secure markets for our products, develop new products to meet the evolving business needs and competitively produce our existing products.

The fair value of real properties acquired was based on the consideration of their highest and best use in the market. The fair values of property, plant, and equipment, other than real properties, were based on the

 

89


Table of Contents

consideration that unless otherwise identified, they will continue to be used “as is” and as part of the ongoing business. In contemplation of the in-use premise and the nature of the assets, the fair value was developed primarily using a cost approach. The determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed involves assessing factors such as the expected future cash flows associated with individual assets and liabilities and appropriate discount rates at the date of the acquisition.

The results of operations for businesses acquired are reflected in the financial statements from the date of the Acquisition. See note 23 to the Successor financial statements for further detail on the Acquisition and related accounting.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income. Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, that are unpaid at the reporting date. Interest and penalties related to income taxes are accounted for under IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.”

Current tax is payable on taxable profit, which differs from profit or loss in the financial statements. Calculation of current tax is the best estimate of the tax amount to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any, and is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis, and on carry-forwards of unused tax losses and tax credits.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated, without discounting, at tax rates that are expected to apply to their respective periods of realization, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period, and reflect uncertainties related to income taxes, if any. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on the Company’s forecast of future operating results which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses and specific limits to the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Deferred tax liabilities are always provided for in full.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only when the Company has a right and intention to set off current tax assets and liabilities from the same taxation authority.

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized as a component of tax income or expense in profit or loss, except where they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively.

Impairment of Goodwill

The recoverable amount of goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if any indication of impairment exists.

Assets are grouped into cash-generating units (“CGUs”) and tested. A CGU is a group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other groups of assets. We determined that we operate as two CGUs, GMF, and EL. For this purpose, assets (and capital expenditure cash flows included in the discounted cash flows) are allocated between the two CGUs.

An impairment loss is recognized when the recoverable amount is lower than the carrying amount of the assets. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value (less costs of disposal) and value in use. The value

 

90


Table of Contents

in use of a CGU is determined by reference to the discounted expected future cash flows, based upon the management’s expectation of future economic and operating conditions.

See note 8, “Other Intangible Assets and Goodwill” for further detail on impairment of non-financial assets (including Goodwill).

See note 23, “Business Combinations,” to the Successor financial statements for further detail on the Acquisition and related accounting.

Derivative and Hedging Instruments

We occasionally use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to risks of changes in foreign exchange rates. Derivative instruments are measured at fair value. Under IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,” which was applicable to the Predecessor month ended January 31, 2017 and the Successor year ended December 31, 2017, and IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” which was applicable to the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019, changes in fair value of derivative instruments were recognized in the statement of income or, if cash flow or net investment hedge accounting was applied, in other comprehensive income for the effective portion of changes in fair value, and were recognized in the balance sheet in the accounts corresponding to their nature. The derivative instruments used by us are foreign currency forwards and options exclusively. Forward and option exchange contracts are valued on the basis of a comparison of the negotiated forward rates with the rates in effect on the financial markets at year-end for similar maturities.

We do not use any other derivatives. Our Opco Notes and Holdco Notes contain certain redemption features that are required to be accounted for separately at fair value as embedded derivatives. Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized in the balance sheet accounts corresponding to their nature. The embedded derivatives present in each of the Opco Notes and the Holdco Notes are valued as a single compound derivative based on a set of discounted cash flow scenarios in which binomial interest rate trees are created utilizing market based volatility assumptions and constant interest rate spreads to determine scenarios in which each option would be rationally exercised. Changes in fair value of such derivatives are recognized in “Other expense, net” in the statement of income.

Recent Accounting Guidance

IFRS 16 “Leases” is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2019, by using the simplified retrospective approach. Therefore, the Company will not restate the comparative amounts for the year prior to adoption, as allowed by IFRS 16.C7, and will continue to report them under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

IFRS 16 “Leases” changes the definition of a lease and provides a single on-balance lease accounting model for lessees. A lessee recognizes a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. We will recognize new assets and liabilities for operating leases with some exceptions. In addition, expenses related to leases will now change from straight-line operating lease expenses to depreciation charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities. Lessor accounting remains similar to the current standard and no significant impact is expected for finance leases.

On adoption of IFRS 16, we recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as operating leases under IAS 17 at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using our incremental borrowing rate as of January 1, 2019. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on January 1, 2019 was 1.4%. The associated right-of-use assets were measured at an amount equal to the lease liability at the initial application date. In addition, favorable lease assets and land use rights already recorded on the balance sheet at initial application date totaling $27.0 million where reclassified to right-of-use assets. As a result of the initial application of IFRS 16, we recognized $80.6 million of

 

91


Table of Contents

current and non-current lease liabilities and $107.6 million of right-of-use assets. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized depreciation and amortization of $17.5 million and interest expense of $0.9 million and selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $16.3 million. In addition, as a result of the application of IFRS 16, cash flow provided by operating activities increased by $15.9 million while cash flow used in financing activities decreased by the same amount. Payment relating to the interest portion of leases in an amount of $0.9 million were included in cash flow from operating activities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our business and financial results are affected by fluctuations in world financial markets, including interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We may in the future utilize derivative financial instruments (including LIBOR swap arrangements), among other methods, to hedge some of these exposures. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in prevailing market conditions. In order to manage that risk, our indebtedness includes both fixed and floating rate interest rates. The principal outstanding amount of indebtedness was $2,169.8 million (excluding short-term and long-term deferred financing costs and $75.1 million of lease liabilities) of which $1,203.1 million bore interest at a fixed rate as of December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, an increase of interest rates of 100 basis points would have resulted in additional annual interest expense in the amount of $9.6 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, the currency in which we prepare our financial statements. This is because when we generate revenues and cash flows in a currency other than the U.S. dollar, these amounts must be translated into U.S. dollars for purposes of preparing our financial statements. Accordingly, our reported financial results will generally benefit when the U.S. dollar is weak relative to other currencies and will generally be adversely affected when the U.S. dollar is strong relative to other currencies. Because the majority of our non-U.S. dollar revenues are denominated in Euros and RMB, we are particularly impacted by changes in the price of these currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. For Successor fiscal 2018, 17%, 34% and 41% of our revenues were denominated in Euros, RMB and other non-U.S. dollar currencies, respectively. For Successor fiscal 2019, 18%, 35% and 40% of our revenues were denominated in Euros, RMB and other non-U.S. dollar currencies, respectively.

In addition to this translational risk, we are subject to foreign currency transaction risk when we or any of our subsidiaries enter into transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the applicable entity. Specifically, we and our subsidiaries face the risk of adverse movements in the price of the applicable foreign currency relative to the applicable functional currency between the time a transaction is originally entered into and the time that it is settled.

To mitigate our foreign currency translational risk, we may from time to time engage in translation exposure hedging. To mitigate our foreign transaction risk, we generally try to have our subsidiaries transact in their respective functional currencies and may from time to time enter into hedging arrangements. However, we do not manage our foreign currency exposure in a manner that eliminates all the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on our revenues, cash flows, or the fair values of our assets and liabilities and as a result, changes in foreign currency exchanges rates may adversely affect us.

Commodity Price Risk

We currently have effective contractual arrangements with nearly all of our customers for passing through changes in the cost of palladium to them. Should these arrangements no longer be in place or effective in the future, we may need to hedge these costs and our results could be adversely affected.

 

92


Table of Contents

OUR INDUSTRY AND END-MARKETS

We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market and #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, with the top three players in each market collectively holding a significant portion of those markets. The remaining share of each market is generally held by small, local suppliers focused on specific technologies or geographies. Within our EL segment, we currently focus on a $2.4 billion portion of the broader $23 billion global surface treatment market. Within our GMF segment, we currently focus on a $2.1 billion portion of the broader $23 billion global surface treatment market.

We expect our markets to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3.2% from 2019 to 2023 driven by various secular growth trends such as digitalization, further device miniaturization, increased data volumes and processing speed requirements, the growth of the consumer class in emerging markets, increasing environmental regulations, and rising product quality and durability standards. We believe our unique business model, characterized by consistent and significant investment in R&D, a focus on high-tech growth applications, customer intimacy and integration, and chemistry-equipment solutions approach, positions us to continue to increase our market share. Over time, we expect our innovation, organic growth strategy, and potential bolt-on M&A will expand our market opportunity.

EL Industry and Trends

The EL plating chemistry market is a $2.4 billion industry and is expected to grow at a 3.6% CAGR from 2019 to 2023. We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market with a 24% market share. EL plating chemistry is used in electronic applications such as PCBs embedded in smartphones, automotive electronics, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, and consumer electronics.

 

EL Chemistry Addressable Market     EL Competitive Landscape (2018)

 

LOGO

 

   

 

LOGO

 

 

Source: Industry report by a major third-party consulting firm and/or management estimates.

(1)   Includes end-markets such as industrial, medical, and others.
(2)   Expected market growth is subject to a number of significant uncertainties and assumptions, see “Market and Industry Data.”

The EL market benefits from broad digitalization and proliferation of PCBs and SCs, driven by prominent secular trends, including:

 

   

5G Infrastructure: The rollout of 5G wireless infrastructure is expected to require approximately twice the number of high-frequency base stations compared to those needed for 4G in order to support the

 

93


Table of Contents
 

higher data traffic volumes, speeds, and frequency capabilities. This increased infrastructure need will drive incremental demand for advanced PCBs and SCs. 5G is also expected to enable new applications that consume larger amounts of data, at higher speeds, and on higher frequencies, which is expected to increase the requirements for plating technology in devices transmitting, receiving, and processing such data.

 

   

Next-Generation Smartphones: The smartphone market is a highly innovation-intensive market characterized by constant technological advancements such as OLED displays, flexible screens, additional sensing features, and increased processing speeds. In addition, the new generation of smartphones will be 5G compatible. These advancements, along with increased battery life, require constant PCB miniaturization and greater line density, which drive demand for advanced plating solutions, such as mSAPs, to meet technical requirements.

 

   

Increasing Electronics Content in Automotive: The automotive industry is undergoing a fundamental and transformational change with an evolution towards electrification of powertrains (EVs and HEVs) and ADAS/autonomous vehicles. These trends will drive increasing electronic content per vehicle, with the value of electronic systems within a car expected to grow to 40% of total automotive manufacturing costs by 2030, creating significant additional demand for higher value PCBs and SCs.

 

   

Cloud Computing Infrastructure Growth: Adoption of big data-related analytics is expected to drive increased need for cloud computing infrastructure for data storage and IoT devices for data creation. There is significant industry investment in this area, with approximately 60 million servers estimated to be shipped globally from 2018 to 2022, compared to 44 million shipped globally from 2014 to 2018. Additionally, utilizing this data will call for increases in processing speed. Together, these factors are expected to drive adoption of, and demand for, advanced PCBs and SCs.

 

   

Adoption of Consumer and Industrial “Internet of Things” Devices: The growth of IoT results in increasing proliferation of connected sensors and devices in various consumer electronics (“smart” homes) and industrial (machine learning) applications. By 2022, there are expected to be 15.8 billion connected IoT devices, compared to 5.3 billion in 2018. As the capability of IoT devices increases, so will demand, driving higher volumes, device miniaturization, and state-of-the-art PCBs, HDIs, and SCs.

We are well-positioned to take advantage of these trends and the resulting complexity given our advanced chemistry capabilities, equipment integration, and reputation for quality and high-touch customer service.

 

94


Table of Contents

The following illustration outlines components of a high-end smartphone dependent upon EL chemistry:

 

 

LOGO

GMF Industry and Trends

The GMF plating chemistry market is a $2.1 billion industry and is expected to grow at a 2.8% CAGR from 2019 to 2023. We are #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, with a 22% market share. GMF plating chemistry is predominantly used in automotive surface finishing and other industrial applications such as heavy machinery, household appliances, fixtures, and construction.

 

GMF Chemistry Addressable Market      GMF Competitive Landscape (2018)

 

LOGO

    

 

LOGO

 

Source: Industry report by a major third-party consulting firm and/or management estimates.

(1)   Includes end-markets such as household fixtures and decorative hardware, cosmetic, fashion, jewelry, energy, and others.
(2)   Expected market growth is subject to a number of significant uncertainties and assumptions, see “Market and Industry Data.”

 

95


Table of Contents

The GMF market benefits from growing industrial- and consumer-driven demand, driven by prominent secular trends, including:

 

   

Increasing Quality Requirements: The trend towards improving product quality to meet longer warranty standards requires greater useful lives of parts and components, driving demand for high-performance GMF plating processes. These processes increase wear- and corrosion-resistance of our customers’ end-products.

 

   

Premiumization: The growth of the consumer class in emerging markets such as China and India has led to increased demand for light and premium vehicles, household appliances, and heavy machinery. This increased “premiumization” of products and demand for new products has led to more and higher-value chrome surfaces (e.g., satin finishes) and growing per-unit plating content. Consumer purchases in China and India are expected to grow from approximately $6.1 trillion in 2015 to approximately $25.0 trillion in 2030 and, as purchasing power in these markets continues to rise, these demand patterns should continue driving increased volumes of our products.

 

   

Increasing Environmental Regulation: New environmental requirements regulating specific substances used in certain chemical processes, water and waste disposal, and tightening emissions standards, such as Euro 6d-TEMP and China 6 among other measures, have led OEMs and our customers to emphasize sustainable products and systems. These new regulations are expected to increase demand for our market-leading environmentally sustainable solutions and technology.

 

   

Lightweighting: Increasingly stringent emissions standards, environmental regulations, and an emphasis on range for EVs and HEVs have increased demand for automotive weight-efficiency. This increase in lightweighting drives demand for GMF plating applications, particularly our POP and DECO products, which can enable substitution of metal for plastics with metallic finishes. Lightweighting also leads to new innovations because, as new lighter-weight materials are utilized, they will require tailored chemistry solutions to address new challenges, such as advanced corrosion protection requirements.

We are well-positioned to take advantage of these trends and the resulting complexity given our advanced chemistry capabilities, equipment integration, and reputation for quality and high-touch customer service.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following illustration outlines components of a medium-sized automotive dependent upon GMF chemistry:

 

 

LOGO

Equipment Industry and Trends

In addition to the chemistry markets, we also compete within the equipment markets for EL and GMF plating chemistry applications where we have the #1 global market share in EL horizontal plating equipment and are one of the market leaders in GMF plating equipment. We have also recently invested in VCP technology, which substantially increases our addressable market for plating equipment and will provide us with the opportunity to increase our market share and chemistry sales. We view our equipment offering as critical in supporting our chemistry sales, as well as in providing our comprehensive systems and solutions approach. We expect the equipment market to benefit from the same drivers as the underlying chemical markets. Consequently, we estimate the value of the EL equipment market to grow at a CAGR of approximately 3.6% from 2019 to 2023 and we expect the GMF equipment market to grow at a CAGR of approximately 2.8% from 2019 to 2023. As equipment represents a substantial upfront investment for our customers, procurement decisions for equipment products typically follow the characteristics of the capital and technological investment cycles. Once installed, our equipment is a source of recurring revenue and an important growth driver for our chemistry, spare parts/wear parts, service, line upgrades, retrofits, and technical support.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

We are the leading global provider of specialty electroplating solutions delivering chemistry, equipment, and service for high-growth technology applications. We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market, #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, and the #1 global manufacturer of horizontal plating equipment for PCB production. Our solutions are used in a wide variety of attractive end-markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, computing and consumer electronics, automotive electronics, and automotive surface finishing, as well as in numerous industrial and consumer applications such as heavy machinery and household appliances. We benefit from various secular growth trends such as digitalization, increasing data volumes and processing speed requirements, the growth of the consumer class in emerging markets, increasing environmental regulations, and rising product quality and durability standards. We expect these trends to not only increase demand for our customers’ end-products that use our plating chemistry, but also increase the amount and value of plating chemistry used in each end-product, allowing our growth to outpace underlying end-market volume growth.

We are the only major company in our industry that provides both chemistry and equipment, which we sell through both our EL and GMF segments. Our comprehensive systems and solutions approach leverages our unique offering of chemistry, equipment, and service. We believe this business model creates a sustainable competitive advantage that helps us achieve deep customer intimacy and allows us to continue to grow our market share and capitalize on positive market growth trends. This approach is supported by our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers, which allow us to provide local service around the world and to respond in real-time to customer needs. The combination of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, expansive global manufacturing and sales footprint, customer-driven investments in R&D, and superior technical expertise makes us an ideal electroplating and surface finishing solutions partner for our diverse customer base. This drives long-lasting relationships and an industry-leading financial profile, with fiscal 2019 EL and GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA margins of 35.4% and 27.4%, respectively.

Electroplating refers to an advanced manufacturing process that involves the electrolytic deposition of a thin metal coating on a substrate. This technique is widely used in the manufacturing of products for a variety of end-markets, including smartphones, automotive, heavy machinery, and household appliances. Electroplating provides mission-critical functionality to the final end-products, such as interconnection in electronic devices, corrosion protection and wear-resistance of mechanical components, and high-value aesthetic appearance in metal finishing of decorative parts and surfaces. Our solutions are mission-critical for the PCB, SC, and surface finishing industries, but typically account for less than 1% of total end-product cost. Our customers rely on these solutions to increase processing speeds, further miniaturize devices, transform product appearance, and increase product durability. Our direct customers are among the most important suppliers to the world’s leading OEMs in our key end-markets. In order to satisfy demanding OEM specifications, we often partner with OEMs and our direct customers to develop comprehensive solutions that embed, or “design-in” our offerings. The “designed-in” nature of our solutions and the associated testing and certification processes, which can last up to five years, lead to high switching costs for our direct customers and OEMs. Our solutions create significant value for our customers by consistently and reliably enabling superior product performance. Our ability to consistently deliver a compelling customer value proposition has led to long-standing customer relationships, with an average relationship length of 24 years among our top 25 customers and, underpins our sustainable competitive advantage.

 

98


Table of Contents

Our chemistry is found in a variety of everyday products across a wide range of attractive end-markets:

 

 

LOGO

Our business is defined by an unwavering commitment to R&D with a focus on high-growth applications, close customer collaboration, and market-led innovation. We believe that we consistently invest more in R&D than our competitors with our fiscal 2019 R&D expense representing 4.3% of revenue for the same period. This investment includes over 500 R&D employees worldwide. Approximately 90% of our annual R&D investments support our existing customers’ product improvement and short-term R&D needs. This close collaboration enables us to pioneer new high-value solutions with reduced commercial risk, while the remainder of our R&D investment is focused on developing next-generation technologies, often in partnership with leading OEMs, customers, and universities. Our historical and continued investment in R&D allows us to solve complex technical problems associated with cutting-edge product innovations, such as OLED displays, flexible screens, and ADAS.

Our well-invested global footprint is comprised of our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers, 15 chemistry production facilities, and two equipment production facilities. We believe we have the largest EL and GMF plating presence in Asia, with seven production facilities and nine technology centers, a distinct and crucial element of our business that enables us to capture growth throughout this key region. We serve customers locally in over 40 countries with approximately 4,000 employees, of whom 1,900 are directly engaged in customer support, leveraging their technical expertise in sales, marketing and service to enhance our customers’ operations, improve existing practices, and enable the rapid commercialization of new products. Of these approximately 1,900 technical experts, several hundred work directly with our customers at their facilities. Our scale and strong local presence are key competitive differentiators, allowing us to leverage our technology portfolio to address our customers’ current and future requirements, while simultaneously providing localized, high-touch customer service.

We sell our chemistry and equipment to a diverse mix of customers who are typically manufacturers serving global markets, ultimately mitigating our exposure to any individual geography. For fiscal 2019, our top ten customers accounted for approximately 26% of our total chemistry revenue.

 

99


Table of Contents

Our Business Segments

Our business operates in two business segments, Electronics and General Metal Finishing, with both offering chemistry, equipment, and service globally.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)   See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information.”
(2)   Other end-markets include aerospace & military, medical & industrial, decorative hardware, and others.

Although these segments each have distinct end-markets and customers, they both benefit from our centralized functions and global scale. In addition, we leverage our significant R&D spend and resulting innovations, as well as our shared technology centers and production facilities, to benefit from technologies, innovations, best practices, and other key learnings across our product portfolio and segments. This R&D coordination, along with our centralized functions, results in better commercial focus and increased productivity and profitability.

 

100


Table of Contents

Electronics

Overview

We are #1 in the global EL plating chemistry market, with a market share of approximately 24% based on our fiscal 2018 EL plating chemistry revenue. We provide plating chemistry, equipment, and service used in the manufacturing of electronics components, including PCBs and SCs, with demand driven by a variety of end-markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, automotive electronics, and consumer electronics in which we have strong positions. In addition, we have invested and developed solutions that have enabled a new wave of technological innovation, including the next generation of automotive electronics and electronic devices created by our customers and OEMs. In connection with these investments, the number of patents and patent applications related to our EL offerings increased from 693 in fiscal 2005 to 1,400 in fiscal 2019, or 102.0%. Our expansive footprint allows us to serve the global electronics supply chain, as demonstrated by our longstanding relationships with 28 of the top 30 global PCB manufacturers. Our top ten EL customers accounted for approximately 47% of our total EL revenue for fiscal 2019.

 

 

Revenues by End-Market(1)

 

   

 

Revenues by Geography(1)

 

   

 

End-user Demand by Geography(3)

 

 

LOGO

 

 

   

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

(1)   Represents 2019 chemistry revenues.
(2)   Includes end markets such as medical & industrial, energy, and others.
(3)   End user demand by geography represents the estimated geographic breakdown of our 2018 revenues by ultimate end users of products with our chemistry.

 

101


Table of Contents

Chemistry

Our EL plating chemistry offering is used in the manufacturing of PCBs and SCs to provide electrical conductivity used in devices and components serving mission critical functions in a wide variety of end-markets including consumer electronics and automotive applications. Our product portfolio is focused on attractive growth segments of the EL plating chemistry market that involve technologically advanced production processes. These high-value technology segments include complex applications such as HDIs, IC substrates, and flex or rigid-flex PCBs used in smartphones, 5G infrastructure, servers, and automotive electronics. The use of our specialty chemistry in these applications typically requires long approval lead times and faces high switching costs and costs of failure, resulting in our higher margins relative to those of other plating applications. Descriptions of our various products and applications are set forth in the table below:

 

            Product   Description   Atotech Differentiation   Applications

PCB Applications

  Plating

Through

Hole (“PTH”)

  LOGO   Creating conductivity on non-conductive surfaces   Our horizontal Uniplate equipment together with our chemistry is the leading solution for HDI PCBs and the preferred process for many leading smartphone OEMS   Enables the next generation of PCBs such as multi-layer boards, flex and rigid-flex PCBs, HDI, and package substrate boards. Also used in touchscreens and displays
  Pattern / Panel

Plating

  LOGO   Electroplating of copper, nickel, gold, and tin on the surface of a PCB to create interconnects among components
  Selective

Finishing

  LOGO   Final finishes for soldering, wire bonding, and other assembly technologies   Leading immersion tin surface finish (Stannatech) for automotive electronics
  Surface

Treatment

Technologies

  LOGO   Surface preparation to create adhesion during the electroplating process   Most successful oxide replacement process for innerlayer bonding product series, namely Bondfilm and leading advanced surface preparation processes
       

SC and Interconnect Applications

    Semiconductor
Plating: Dual
Damascene &
Advanced
Packaging
  LOGO   High speed copper RDL (redistribution layer) and pillar plating for advanced packaging. Electroless processes for under bump metalization   High purity chemistries and optimized process solutions for metal deposition on SCs, complemented by our cutting edge, single and double side Multiplate plating equipment   Flip chip memory transceivers, embedded processors, microelectromechanical systems, complementary metal- oxide-semiconductors, image sensors, insulated gate bipolar transistors, and power chips
    Leadframes &

Connectors

  LOGO   Provides connector & leadframe industries with tin & tin alloys, silver plating and adhesion promoters   Highly reliable processes qualified at major automotive and aerospace OEMs   Connectors, integrated circuit/lead frames, and LED

Equipment

We manufacture and supply a broad range of horizontal plating equipment to our customers. Our broad range of plating and auxiliary equipment, spare parts, and ancillary services for our EL offering provides us with an advantage over our competitors who provide only chemicals. When our equipment is used in conjunction with our EL plating chemistry offerings, we believe our customers can optimize plating results with better production yields and higher product quality, thus reducing their manufacturing costs and improving end-product performance. Our customers have recognized this benefit, with 56% of our EL PCB plating chemistry sales in fiscal 2019 sold for use in our equipment.

 

102


Table of Contents

We are the #1 global manufacturer of horizontal plating equipment for PCB applications, and we have recently invested in vertical plating technology for PCB applications. While both horizontal and vertical plating equipment enable the deposition of metal layers in solutions, they utilize different methods to transport PCB panels through a plating line. In horizontal plating, PCB panels are transported through a line via rollers, whereas in vertical plating, PCB panels are transferred via baskets. Each process offers advantages depending on the specific PCB manufacturing processes and applications. Historically, we have focused on horizontal plating equipment and gained a decisive competitive advantage in this area. Our horizontal plating equipment reduces consumption of fresh and wastewater, energy, and process chemistry, while also providing superior fluid delivery to the PCB panels, which leads to enhanced process uniformity and quality. Compared to a standard vertical plating line, our Uniplate system is environmentally friendly, reducing wastewater generation by 41%. Due to these benefits, horizontal plating equipment is typically used for higher value PCBs versus standard vertical plating equipment. However, since some of our customers use vertical conveyorized plating equipment for specific applications, our recent investment in VCP technology enables us to broaden our portfolio and provide them with a comprehensive systems approach, which we expect will drive additional chemistry sales. The following table details our equipment:

 

    Product   Description   Atotech
Differentiation
  Related Product/
Technology
     

Uniplate Cu

  LOGO   Horizontal electrolytic copper plating   High throughput and reliability for high-end PCBs (i.e., for smartphones and chip packaging applications such as Flip Chip Scale Package). Eliminates chemical fumes, requires less floor space and less chemistry volume compared to vertical plating equipment   Pattern/Panel Plating

Uniplate P/LB

  LOGO   Desmear system including market leading regeneration and resource saving features; horizontal copper plating line   The market leader for horizontal desmear and electroless copper processing. Offers the highest yield on fine line products due to patented flooding devices and capability for ultra thin core transport, as required for advanced IC substrates   Plating Through Hole

Uniplate

CP/NP

  LOGO   Horizontal direct metallization lines for conductive polymer and palladium colloid processes   Optimized for our palladium and polymer direct plating processes to allow maximum range of product to be produced at high yields   Plating Through Hole

Polygon

Product Lines

  LOGO   Cost-effective horizontal equipment for advanced surface preparation, desmear and electroless copper process   Offers similar plating performance as Uniplate P/LB at lower cost, targeted for automotive and HDI PCB production. Surface treatment line ensures best surface treatment process performance and appearance   Surface Treatment Technologies and Plating Through Hole

Horizon

Bondfilm

  LOGO   Horizontal inner layer bonding   The leading oxide replacement system for ultra thin core processing   Surface Treatment Technologies

Horizon

Stannatech

  LOGO   Horizontal immersion tin for multiple lead-free soldering and press-fit technologies   Leading system solution for immersion tin. Equipment and chemistry have been optimized in close cooperation with the automotive electronics industry to maximize reliability   Selective Finishing

Multiplate for

Wafer and

Panel

  LOGO   Double-sided electrochemical deposition (“ECD”) on wafer, double-sided electrolytic plating   Several unique features ensure better surface distribution, high plating speed, and differentiated double-sided plating   Semiconductor Plating and Pattern/Panel Plating

Vertical
Conveyorized    
Plating   

  LOGO   Vertical conveyorized double-sided electrolytic copper plating equipment   Recent addition to Atotech’s equipment offering. Broadens the addressable EL equipment market to semi-additive electroplating solutions required in the high-end smartphone and IC packaging end-markets   Pattern/Panel Plating

 

103


Table of Contents

Service

We offer services to our customers, including on-site support at our customers’ PCB and SC production facilities. We engage in joint development projects leveraging our technology centers to collaborate with OEMs and direct customers. This customer intimacy allows us to better understand our customers’ production processes and enables us to optimize our solutions, leading to an increase in productivity and process reliability. These projects also allow us to anticipate the industry’s future requirements, which, in turn helps our customers remain at the forefront of technological advancement. In many instances, we help to set up and run new plating lines, as well as provide manufacturing oversight to ensure that optimal plating results are consistently achieved. With the support of our 11 EL technology centers worldwide, we can rapidly introduce new and relevant technologies to the market and provide application development, testing, support, and training services. Our analytical and materials science laboratories support customers with the use of cutting-edge scientific tools and highly skilled professionals.

Customers

We work directly with, and are certified by, many of the leading global electronics OEMs and are able to satisfy their strictest quality requirements. We partner with OEMs during their product development process to have our process solutions qualified and designed into the product specifications they provide to PCB manufacturers. The PCB manufacturers, our direct customers, supply a diverse group of blue chip OEMs, including Oppo, Samsung, Sony, and Microsoft and SC packaging manufacturers. Quality and technical competence, as well as innovation, R&D, and sustainability are the primary purchasing criteria for our customers. Through a combination of superior solutions and customized on-site support we have demonstrated a successful track record of consistently meeting the needs of our customers which has resulted in long-standing and deep relationships. We serve 28 of the top 30 of the largest PCB manufacturers in the world and have historical or ongoing joint development projects for future technologies and products with 13 of the top 30. The fragmented nature of the PCB customer base provides diversity, which differs from the more concentrated customer base in the SC industry.

Electronics Manufacturing Value Chain

 

 

LOGO

General Metal Finishing

Overview

We are #1 in the global GMF plating chemistry market, with a market share of approximately 22% based on our fiscal 2018 GMF plating chemistry revenue, supplying specialty-plating chemistry to approximately 7,000

 

104


Table of Contents

customer sites globally. We are also one of the market leaders in GMF plating equipment. Our comprehensive systems and solutions generally add the most value for our larger GMF customers who have complex technical requirements. For our other customers, who are often smaller, we provide value by being a one-stop shop for all their plating needs, supplying chemistry, auxiliary equipment, and high-touch local service. Our solutions not only transform the aesthetics of plastics and metals to create a higher value appearance, but also improve corrosion- and wear-resistance and environmental sustainability. We believe our comprehensive approach strengthens our ability to win business, providing our customers with enhanced production yields, higher quality results, and improved end-product performance, while reducing their manufacturing and warranty costs. Our diverse technology portfolio enables customers to respond quickly to evolving trends in their respective end-markets. In connection with our investments in our GMF offering, the number of patents and patent applications related to our GMF offerings increased from 445 in fiscal 2005 to 815 in fiscal 2019, or 83.1%, and the number of approvals from leading OEMs increased to approximately 400. In addition, we have grown our market share in Asian markets where we anticipate strong demand for our GMF plating chemistry offering going forward. Our top ten GMF customers accounted for approximately 13% of our total chemistry GMF revenue for fiscal 2019.

 

Revenues by End-Market(1)     Revenues By Geography(1)      Revenue by Customer(3)

LOGO

    

    LOGO     

LOGO

    

 

(1)   Represents 2019 GMF chemistry revenues.
(2)   Includes end-markets such as cosmetic, fashion, jewelry, energy, household fixtures, decorative hardware, and others.
(3)   Represents 2019 specialty chemistry revenues, excluding commodities.

 

105


Table of Contents

Chemistry

Our GMF plating chemistry offering comprises specialty plating chemicals used in surface finishing processes for a wide variety of end-markets including automotive surface finishing, heavy machinery, household appliances, fixtures, and construction. These metal finishing processes enhance the physical properties of products by providing functional coatings for wear resistance and corrosion protection and transform the aesthetic appearance of products by providing decorative coatings. We focus on applications in which we add significant value, including complex applications for components and safety parts for automotive, heavy machinery and construction, as well as on other applications where our high-touch service can significantly improve production outcomes. The use of our specialty chemistry in these applications typically requires long approval lead times and faces high switching costs and costs of failure, resulting in higher margins for us relative to other plating applications. In addition, we have pioneered sustainable technology in our GMF segment, which has been particularly important to our customers in order to ensure compliance with tightening environmental regulations. For example, we were the first company to introduce the trivalent chromium hard chrome plating process, allowing our customers to phase out Chrome VI. Examples of our products and applications are set forth in the table below:

 

     Product   Description   Atotech Differentiation   Applications    
     

Decorative

Coatings (“DECO”)

/ Plating on Plastics (“POP”)

   LOGO   Gives metals and plastics high-quality and decorative appearance through the use of copper, nickel, and chrome electroplating   Market leader in plating on plastics and decorative coatings worldwide. Superior equipment offering   Interior and exterior vehicle fittings, shower heads, faucets, general fittings, jewelry, cosmetics
     

Corrosion

Protection

   LOGO   Coatings such as zinc and zinc alloys, zinc flake coatings, passivates, and sealers used to provide protection against corrosion and enhance decorative properties   Only supplier in the market with a comprehensive electrolytic zinc/zinc alloy and zinc flake coating portfolio   Fasteners, brake components, stamped parts, window frames
     

Wear Resistant
Coatings    
(Functional    
Chrome /  
Electroless    

Nickel)

   LOGO   Provides high surface & abrasion resistance using materials including hard chrome, iron, phosphorous, electrolytic nickel, and silicon carbide   Benchmark for conventional hard chrome plating. BluCr first functional trivalent chrome process in the market. Unique shipment approach/DynaChrome   Piston rods, piston rings, hydraulic systems, fuel delivery systems, valves
     

Paint Support

Technologies

   LOGO   Covers paint pretreatment, paint stripping, and paint overspray treatment solutions   Focus on sustainability by reducing sludge, CO2, and hazardous materials for our customers   Consumer goods, household appliances, motorbike components, automotive tools, aluminum wheels

Equipment

We are one of the market leaders in GMF plating equipment. We manufacture and supply equipment that comprises plating lines and related spare parts and a broad range of auxiliary equipment to our customers. When our equipment is used in conjunction with our specialty chemistry, we believe our customers can optimize plating results with better production yields and higher product quality, thus reducing their manufacturing costs, improving product performance, and ensuring their compliance with environmental regulations. Because of these customer benefits, our equipment sales are usually correlated with significant follow-on chemistry sales. Our plating lines contribute to minimized energy consumption, for example, through optimized exhaust air systems and wastewater reduction, efficient pumps, and motors, in combination with advanced control system intelligence. GMF plating equipment is particularly beneficial to our customers facing complex technological

 

106


Table of Contents

requirements such as the plating of shock absorbers at high speed and large quantities. Our auxiliary equipment ranges from ion exchange technologies, metal recovery systems, and membrane anode technology to regeneration and electrodialysis systems. This auxiliary equipment helps our customers reduce consumption of raw materials and generation of waste while increasing their production efficiency. Although we primarily do business with metal plating service providers and suppliers, we have partnered with most major OEMs to deliver comprehensive solutions to meet their evolving technical and design specifications. In addition, we emphasize environmentally friendly products, including our DynaChrome systems, which utilize 70% less water and 42% less energy versus standard vertical plating lines. The following table details our equipment and services:

 

    Product   Description   Atotech Differentiation   Related Product /
Technology
   

DynaChrome

  LOGO   Piston rods (shock absorbers) plating   Has no equivalent in the market. The unique vertical plating technology can be fully integrated into the production process and is used for shock absorbers plating where we are the market leader   Wear Resistant Coatings / Functional Chrome
   

DynaPlus

  LOGO   Decorative plating of front grills, emblems, interior parts Functional plating for rack and barrel parts.   For our key customers, we offer vertical production lines for decorative and functional plating   DECO, POP, CRC
   
Auxiliary Equipment   LOGO   Ion exchange systems, regeneration systems, and electrodialysis systems which increase production efficiency (e.g., by reducing wastewater and chemistry consumption during the plating process) and quality   We are a technology leader with our fully automated auxiliary equipment and have the broadest offering with a wide range of technologies and applicable plating product groups   DECO, POP, Corrosion Protection, Electroless Nickel

Service

We offer on-site support at our customers’ production facilities and other services to our customers. We engage in joint development projects leveraging our technology centers to collaborate with OEMs and direct customers. This customer intimacy allows us to better understand our customers’ production processes and enables us to optimize our solutions, leading to an increase in productivity and process reliability. These projects also allow us to anticipate the industry’s future requirements, which, in turn helps our customers to remain at the forefront of technological advancement. In some instances, we help to set up and run new process lines, as well as provide manufacturing oversight to ensure that optimal plating results are consistently achieved. With the support of our 15 GMF technology centers worldwide, we can rapidly introduce new and relevant technologies to the market and provide application development, testing, support, and training services. Our analytical and materials science laboratories support customers with the use of cutting-edge scientific tools and highly skilled professionals.

Customers

Within the GMF plating chemistry market, we have a highly diversified customer base of approximately 7,000 customer sites and supply plating chemicals for decorative and functional surface finishing applications across a wide variety of end-markets. Our largest end-market is automotive surface finishing, where our chemistry supplies the value chain serving all major automotive OEMs. Our products and technologies must be pre-qualified by the OEMs, which is a time-intensive process that can last up to five years and yields strong and often long-lasting client relationships and results in high switching costs for customers. Our customers place a

 

107


Table of Contents

strong emphasis on quality, technical competence, and customer service, including technical support and training. The competitive advantages derived from our technology leadership and intimate customer approach further strengthens our existing relationships and foster new ones. In addition, our dedicated support teams stay in close contact with OEMs and suppliers to address their present and future needs and align our R&D program accordingly.

General Metal Finishing Value Chain

 

 

LOGO

Our Competitive Strengths

Global market leader in well-structured markets with positive long-term secular growth trends

We are the global market leader in both of our primary markets—#1 in EL plating chemistry with a 24% market share and #1 in GMF plating chemistry with a 22% market share. Each market is well structured, with the three largest players in the EL and GMF plating chemistry markets representing a combined 64% and 48% market share, respectively. We are a recognized leader in plating processes for applications such as HDI for smartphones, IC substrates, DECO, POP, as well as functional chrome plating and have long-standing relationships with our customers.

 

108


Table of Contents

We expect our market leadership will allow us to leverage and capitalize on favorable secular trends in the EL and GMF plating chemistry markets, which are forecast to grow at CAGRs of approximately 3.6% and 2.8%, respectively, from 2019 through 2023. Within the EL plating chemistry market, growth is expected to be driven by expanding communications infrastructure (ongoing 5G network build-out), increasing device complexity (HDI and flex or rigid-flex PCBs), digitalization (IoT), adoption of big data-related analytics and cloud computing, increasing automotive electronics content and vehicle electrification as well as autonomous driving. We also expect demand for our chemistry products to be driven by increased chemistry penetration per device. As technological innovation creates devices with greater computing power, speed, and capabilities, while simultaneously shrinking the product size, more advanced plating chemistry solutions are needed to address growing device complexity. This complexity, coupled with increasing OEM technical specifications, is driving greater PCB density and an increasing number of PCB layers per device. More complex plating chemistries and processes can enable increased speed and further device miniaturization by reducing the distance and line size connecting components, reducing latencies between components, and increasing PCB line density. See illustrative example below:

 

 

LOGO

Within the GMF plating chemistry market, growth is expected to be driven by evolving consumption patterns of a growing consumer class in emerging markets, increasing automotive production, vehicle lightweighting, increased warranty requirements, product premiumization, and stricter environmental regulations. However, we can make no assurances that our assumptions about market growth will be correct. Historically, we have been able to increase our market share and we believe we are well-positioned to continue to do so in the future as a result of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, strong customer integration, innovative R&D, and global footprint.

Comprehensive systems and solutions approach drives sustainable competitive advantage and unmatched customer intimacy

We offer a differentiated systems- and solutions-based approach that combines chemistry, equipment, and service across both of our segments.

 

   

Chemistry: Our chemistry solutions are designed to address the specific process needs of our customers, reflecting iterative collaboration with OEMs and direct customers alike to solve for complex technological requirements such as further device miniaturization and increasing processing speeds through greater conductor line sophistication. We design these proprietary processes in close collaboration with our customers and OEMs, making our chemistry difficult to substitute and fostering deep and lasting customer relationships.

 

   

Equipment: We believe that utilizing our equipment in connection with our tailored chemistry provides our customers with significant value. Our more than 1,000 installed systems help many of our customers

 

109


Table of Contents
 

engage in more complex plating processes that demand our higher value-added chemistry and provide another point of customer contact, further driving customer integration. Once installed, our equipment is a source of recurring revenue and an important growth driver for our chemistry, spare parts/wear parts, service, line upgrades, retrofits, and technical support. In addition, the installation of our equipment tends to drive increased customer intimacy and create higher switching costs for our customers. We believe this approach is a key driver of our growth and customer loyalty, delivering enhanced production yields, higher-quality results, and improved end-product performance to our customers, while improving manufacturing efficiency. From 2010 to 2019, we have increased the percentage of our chemistry sold for use in our EL equipment from approximately 51% to 56%. For chemistry sold for use in our GMF DynaChrome equipment, which is used in high-value GMF applications, the percentage has increased from approximately 8% to 22%.

 

   

Service: We also provide world-class service to our customers. This service includes on-site support and training, embedded employees engaged in manufacturing process oversight, and the benefits of a global network of 17 technology centers. Our facilities are strategically located in close proximity to key customers to facilitate application development, testing, analytical measurements, chemical and physical characterization, technical support, and training. Approximately 1,900 employees worldwide are dedicated to customer support, with several hundred working on-site at our customers’ manufacturing facilities. Our regional and global product teams support our front-line staff and our customers with their deep product expertise to help ensure that optimal results are achieved through utilization of our chemistry and equipment, furthering our customer intimacy. In addition, our several hundred on-site personnel provide crucial feedback regarding upcoming customer needs to our R&D team, further enabling us to be a first mover on new technologies and to increase our portion of sales to those customers.

Our comprehensive systems and solutions approach is supported by our dedicated sales force and local presence and reflects our holistic view of the electroplating process. This combination allows us to respond in real-time to technological challenges, helping to develop solutions alongside our customers as we support them in their need to address constantly changing market dynamics. Our close customer relationships, with sales to 28 of the top 30 PCB manufacturers and joint development projects with 13 of these manufacturers, have allowed us to develop solutions alongside our customers. This collaboration helps our customers innovate and reduce their time-to-market, while allowing us to be the market leader on the newest high-tech and value-added solutions, which underpins our industry-leading financial profile.

Market leading R&D investment and technological innovation

We are a global technology leader in the electroplating chemistry market due to our market-leading R&D and track record of innovation. We believe our $178.1 million in R&D investment during the three years ended December 31, 2019, with fiscal 2019 expense representing 4.3% of total revenue, significantly exceeds that of our competition. This investment includes over 500 R&D employees worldwide. For fiscal 2018, we estimate our R&D spend represented approximately 34% of the combined R&D spend of all plating chemical companies and 51% of the combined R&D spend of the four largest plating chemical companies by market share. As a result, we believe we have developed one of the most advanced R&D organizations in our industry, evidenced by our over 1,500 patents, 500 pending patent applications, and more than 100 employees with Ph.D.s. This central R&D function is bolstered by our 17 state-of-the-art global technology centers staffed by approximately 200 professionals, providing local support to our customers through testing, analysis, and pilot production. While we can provide no assurance that our investment in R&D will continue to provide competitive advantages, we believe we are well-equipped to continue our technological leadership to meet the future product needs of our customers and OEMs.

Our investments in R&D have allowed us to solve complex technical problems associated with cutting-edge end-product innovations such as OLED displays, flexible screens, ADAS, and the build-out of 5G infrastructure. We believe we are particularly well-positioned to capitalize on future transformative technologies, including

 

110


Table of Contents

artificial intelligence, next-generation devices enabled by 5G, continuing developments in ADAS, and complex composite anti-corrosion coatings. We also have the capability to develop and produce unique chemistry in-house, which we use to produce custom additives differentiating our chemistry from that of our competitors. As part of our investment in future technologies, we have invested heavily in environmentally sustainable solutions. For example, we were the first company to introduce the trivalent chromium hard chrome plating process, allowing our customers to phase out hexavalent chromium (“Chrome VI”). Our investments in these areas and the products we develop allow our customers to drive higher value product sales, reduce waste, and maximize operating efficiency in the face of evolving consumer demands and more stringent regulatory regimes. We expect the benefits associated with our R&D platform will persist as we continue to enhance our R&D productivity and focus on customer-driven innovation. We believe this sustainable competitive advantage will allow us to increase our market share going forward.

Mission-critical nature of our solutions drives customer stickiness

Our solutions are vital to our direct customers’ product performance and enable end-product innovation, while typically accounting for less than 1% of total end-product cost. OEMs and our direct customers generally demand the highest quality and performance specifications in plated components, which they generally verify through extensive testing and certification processes that can last up to five years. The long OEM testing and certification process reduces the likelihood that our customers will switch suppliers once our chemistry has been approved. Consequently, we have a close relationship with many OEMs and partner with them during the product development process to ensure that our solutions are certified. Our customer stickiness is evidenced by an average relationship length of 24 years among our top 25 customers. Further, our deep collaboration with OEMs provides greater customer insight, driving development of new products and processes to capture incremental growth from new end-product innovations.

Diverse revenue base by end-market, customer, and geography

The diverse nature of our global operations limits our financial exposure to any single end-market, customer, or region. For fiscal 2019, we generated approximately 11% of our chemistry revenues in the Americas, 18% in Europe, 38% in China, 10% in Taiwan, and 23% in the rest of Asia. The majority of our chemistry revenues are generated by sales to manufacturers in Asia that serve global end-markets with the estimated geographic breakdown of our revenues by ultimate end users of products with our chemistry across the Americas, Europe, China, Taiwan, and the rest of Asia representing approximately 27%, 29%, 25%, 2%, and 16% of our fiscal 2018 chemistry revenues, respectively. Additionally, our customers are located in over 40 countries, with no single customer representing more than approximately 6% of our chemistry revenue for fiscal 2019 and with our top ten customers representing approximately 26% of chemistry revenue for fiscal 2019. This diversified base includes customers serving a broad variety of end-markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, cloud computing infrastructure, automotive electronics, and consumer electronics for our EL offerings and automotive surface finishing, heavy machinery, household appliances, fixtures, and construction for our GMF offerings.

 

111


Table of Contents

Compelling financial profile with consistently strong margins and cash flow

We have an attractive financial profile highlighted by our strong and stable margins. Our EL and GMF segments generated Segment Adjusted EBITDA margins of 35.4% and 27.4%, respectively, for fiscal 2019. We have implemented numerous initiatives that have reduced our fixed and variable costs and improved working capital productivity. We expect that these initiatives will generate additional cost savings and cash flows as many have only recently begun to contribute to our financial results, although we cannot make any assurances regarding the amount or timing of additional cost savings and cash flows these initiatives may generate.

 

LOGO

 

(1)   Successor Pro Forma results.

Our track record of operating profitability and low capital intensity, including maintenance capital expenditures of approximately 1% of revenues over the past three years, has allowed us to consistently generate strong cash flows. Our global footprint and operational flexibility allow us to be more nimble and shift production to meet our customers’ needs. Our efficient and well-invested asset base supports our ability to meet demand growth and innovation requirements with limited capital expenditures.

Experienced management team and strong equity sponsor

Our company is led by a highly experienced and talented management team with an average tenure in the specialty chemicals industry of more than 19 years. Our management team, led by Chief Executive Officer Geoff Wild, is strategically positioned around the globe and is focused on improving company performance by consistently driving commercial and operational excellence. Mr. Wild has over 39 years of industry experience and previously served as Chief Executive Officer of AZ Electronic Materials, a former Carlyle portfolio company, where he was instrumental in the IPO process, successfully driving a total shareholder return of 68% from IPO in October 2010 to Merck KGaA’s acquisition of the business in May 2014. Our Chief Financial Officer Peter Frauenknecht has over 34 years of experience in global industrial manufacturing businesses, serving as Chief Financial Officer and member of the Executive Board at Constantia Flexibles, a leading global flexible packaging company, where he was instrumental in driving efficiency gains, integrating acquisitions, supporting revenue growth from €1.6 billion in 2013 to €1.9 billion in 2015, managing capital markets transactions, and improving profitability. Our sponsor, Carlyle, is a leading global alternative asset management firm with extensive experience in successfully completing corporate carve-out transactions in the industrial sector and a track record of successful IPOs and transitioning companies from private to public.

 

112


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategies

Increase penetration of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach

We believe our comprehensive systems and solutions approach, which includes selling chemistry, equipment, and service, is the best way to maximize our all-in value to customers. We have realigned our resources to better implement this market- and solutions-based approach, including by embedding our equipment business within our EL and GMF segments. As applications become more complex, we believe the efficiency and value proposition of our systems-based solution will become more evident, which we intend to capitalize on to drive market share gains. We intend to expand this systems-based approach to new customers, as well as existing customers, who currently only use our chemistry, through our marketing efforts and a continued focus on the customer value proposition. We are expanding our equipment manufacturing in China to lower production costs, growing our addressable market opportunities and penetration with local Chinese customers and other Asian customers. In addition, we continue to invest in technologies to further broaden our portfolio and enable us to increase the penetration of our comprehensive systems and solutions approach. Most recently, we invested in VCP technology, which substantially increases our addressable market for plating equipment, and in turn provides us the opportunity to pull through more of our chemistry. We intend to leverage our broad network of technology centers, production facilities, and regional support teams to locally serve our global customer base and facilitate further integration into our customers’ operations as we help optimize their production efficiency and quality. We believe the continued proliferation of our comprehensive systems and solutions will drive better informed R&D decisions, increasing the value of our approach to our customers.

Leverage market leadership in existing technologies to expand to new applications and geographies

Over our 150-year history, we have cultivated a strong platform of innovative and high-tech solutions, resulting in #1 global market shares in EL plating and GMF plating chemistry. We intend to continue to leverage our scale, relationships, and existing solutions to expand our penetration into new applications in high-growth market segments and geographies.

In the EL plating chemistry market, we are focused on leveraging our expertise and technology leadership in high-density electronics for smartphones to capture incremental demand for new applications such as PCBs for the 5G infrastructure build-out and increase in automotive electronic content per vehicle. For example, our market leading expertise in interconnects for high-density PCBs can be leveraged to address high-growth automotive electronic applications, such as LIDAR and RADAR applications. In addition to our expertise, our strong relationships with automotive OEMs and PCB and SC manufacturers position us to capitalize on these growth opportunities. From a geographic perspective, we expect our clients in the global electronics supply chain to continue to move their production supply chains to lower-cost regions. We continue to adapt to this shift by replicating our successful China market entry strategy in these target countries by building up local sales force teams, technical support, and leveraging coordinated key account management.

In the GMF plating chemistry market, we are seeking to expand our market share in high-growth applications. We are applying our existing corrosion protection technologies to satisfy increasing durability requirements in applications such as fasteners and brake systems. The trend towards automotive lightweighting also provides incremental opportunities to deploy our technologies to capture a greater share of plating content per vehicle. In particular, as EVs require lighter-weight materials to improve battery range, we believe we can also use our DECO and POP solutions to capture incremental demand. From a geographic perspective, we are targeting select OEMs in North America to obtain certifications for products that we have already successfully introduced to Europe- and Asia-based OEMs.

Capitalize on attractive secular growth trends through R&D and continued technology leadership

We believe our substantial prior and future investments in R&D, our strong product pipeline, and our long-standing relationships with most leading OEMs will allow us to continue to be the leader in technological

 

113


Table of Contents

innovation. For example, the number of patents and pending patent applications related to our offerings increased from 1,138 in fiscal 2005 to 2,260 in fiscal 2019. We believe expanding our already strong position at the cutting edge of new chemistry, equipment, and service will allow us to continue to benefit from secular growth trends that are driving new and complex applications. Our strong customer intimacy and customer-driven innovation through our systems and solutions approach helps provide early insight into customer trends, allowing us to invest intelligently in disruptive, next-generation innovations. We will continue to address the needs of our customers by complementing our existing technology portfolio, both through organic R&D and through strategic bolt-on acquisitions of new technologies where possible.

In the GMF plating chemistry market, we see the largest growth potential in innovative sustainable solutions for the automotive industry. We believe we are currently at the forefront of sustainable technological innovation. For example, our DynaChrome offering utilizes 70% less water and 42% less energy versus standard vertical plating lines, and we were the first company to offer the trivalent chromium hard chrome plating process, which is an environmentally safer alternative to Chrome VI plating. Furthermore, we believe that the increasing requirements on vehicle life will drive demand for higher performing, more efficient and more environmentally friendly surface finishing solutions. Increasing environmental awareness, in combination with our sustainable solutions for Paint Support Technologies, allows us to serve markets that were previously difficult to access. In addition, we are a leading supplier of auxiliary equipment which helps reduce wastewater and extend chemistry bath life, reducing costs, improving quality, and diminishing the overall environmental impact of our customers’ plating operations. We continue to bolster our sustainable solutions and are well-positioned to support our customers’ efforts to adapt to increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations for their manufacturing processes.

In the EL plating chemistry market, we believe that we are particularly well-positioned to capture growth from the introduction of 5G networks and IoT, driving volumes and enabling a new wave of technological innovation, including the next generation of automotive electronics and high-frequency electronic devices. These new electronic devices are expected to include significantly more sophisticated and compact electronic components and circuitry, which we expect will drive demand for our new high-end plating chemical products, as evidenced by the evolution of PCBs in smartphones. The increase in speed, power, and corresponding battery size, reduce the available space for PCBs in mobile and other devices. Miniaturization requires greater line density and the layering of PCBs, both of which require more complex chemistry plating solutions.

Execute on operational improvement opportunities to drive earnings growth, expand margins, and increase cash flow

In addition to our growing topline, our financial performance has also benefited from capitalizing on operational improvement initiatives and we believe there are still significant value-creation opportunities available to us going forward. We anticipate these new opportunities, along with our existing value-creation program, will generate cost savings, which are expected to more than offset inflation in our underlying costs. Key initiatives that we expect to contribute to these cost savings include leveraging the strength of our centralized business unit structure to increase commercial focus in the local regions, optimizing our purchasing function, increasing coordination in our operations, and reducing general and administrative costs. In addition, we continue to implement a more effective R&D portfolio review process, and to relocate certain standardized R&D, back-office, and equipment manufacturing activities to lower cost geographies. We expect these initiatives to help improve margins going forward, reinforced by the implementation of management incentive programs tied to the initiatives’ performance.

Sales and Marketing

Through our sales and marketing teams, we combine the deep product expertise of our marketing experts with our front-line sales staff’s intimate customer knowledge. Our sales and marketing teams are generally structured on a country-by-country basis. In addition, for our global key accounts, we employ dedicated managers to provide a single point of contact and more effectively serve these customers. Close customer

 

114


Table of Contents

relationships are key success factors in our EL and GMF segments. As many of our chemistry solutions are designed to meet customer-specific needs, sales and marketing activities need to be closely aligned with our service and R&D activities and conducted in close proximity to our customers. In total, we employed approximately 1,900 sales and sales support staff worldwide.

Procurement

We purchase our raw materials, including chemicals, precious and other metals, equipment, and packaging from a variety of suppliers. One important raw material input is palladium, a largely available precious metal that is traded publicly in a highly liquid market. We manage or mitigate precious metal exposure by passing through price fluctuations to our customers by various commercial arrangements. We care deeply about the quality of our raw materials and thus have long-standing relationships with our most trusted suppliers and employ rigorous processes for qualifying new suppliers. The approval process often lasts anywhere from three months to three years, ensuring that we maintain consistent quality and control standards in order to continue to develop products of highest quality that have fostered our industry-leading reputation. Together with our R&D teams, we continuously strive to secure and diversify our supply sources. Additionally, we have begun to develop and produce some chemistry in-house in order to improve sourcing costs and secure a competitive advantage. Certain items are sourced globally, with local procurement conducted as needed to fulfill individual and unique customer demands. We have strengthened our global procurement function to better leverage our scale and have been re-negotiating contracts for chemistry, equipment, and indirect purchases.

Research and Development

We employ a global R&D strategy to drive organic and customer-led innovation. We have more than 100 employees with Ph.D.s, many of whom work closely with our customers to pursue highly complex projects, translating R&D into customer solutions by creating new technologies and further integrating our existing technology. Integral to our R&D strategy is our investment in and development at our 17 technology centers, which are located strategically around the world. As the hubs for innovation and product development, our technology centers allow us to conduct qualification runs for customers and OEMs in-house, enable pilot production programs for our customers, serve as venues for development tests, and function as comprehensive training centers for employees, customers, and OEMs. In 2018, our technology centers conducted more than 750,000 material science and 600,000 analytical services measurements.

Central to our R&D process is having multiple points of interaction and joint development with our customers. Our early stage R&D is typically conducted on a centralized basis, with individual and customized product development needs addressed on a local basis through our technology centers in close proximity to our customers’ sites around the world. We have invested heavily in our R&D capabilities over the last several years, which we believe has positioned us to take advantage of various trends in an innovation intensive market. This investment includes over 500 R&D employees worldwide. We believe our $178.1 million in R&D investment during the three years ended December 31, 2019, with fiscal 2019 expense representing 4.3% of total revenue significantly exceeds that of our competition. Approximately 90% of our annual R&D investments support our existing customers’ product improvement needs and their short-term R&D goals. This close collaboration enables us to pioneer new high-value solutions while limiting commercial risk, while the remainder of our R&D investment focuses on developing next-generation technology. For fiscal 2018, we estimate our R&D expense represented approximately 34% of the combined R&D spend of all plating chemical companies and 51% of the combined R&D spend of the four largest plating chemical companies by market share. While we continue to advance our program of high research intensity, we have improved our processes to become even more efficient and commercially focused. We believe that we now have a fully invested R&D platform that will enable us to capture the anticipated growth from the next wave of electronics and surface finishing innovation. Our ability to pursue multiple projects and technologies simultaneously while maintaining our record of service and attentiveness to our customers is a key factor in our continued success.

 

115


Table of Contents

We benefit from our integrated R&D platform which allows us to capture synergies between our EL and GMF segments. The availability of shared R&D functions and infrastructure allows for the direct transfer of best practices and relevant know-how, resulting in improved product quality, higher innovation rates and faster time-to-market. In addition, R&D developments in our equipment offering are closely related to the chemicals these equipment offerings are designed to process.

We hold more than 1,500 global patents with varying remaining durations and 500 pending patent applications. No specific group or groups of intellectual property rights are material to our business. Further, we hold several global trade names and trademark registrations and applications for registration, which we consider to be of value in identifying our products. We seek to protect our proprietary rights through a combination of confidentiality agreements and procedures and through copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secret laws of the United States and international jurisdictions.

Competition

We compete in the global specialty and performance chemicals market. Our market is fairly consolidated with the top three players holding 54% of market share. Our primary multinational competitors include Element Solutions and DuPont. We also compete with regional players, including Uyemura, Coventya, Dipsol, JCU, and Okuno. Our primary equipment competitors are Schmid, PAL, and Manz. We compete primarily based on our product quality, the depth of our product portfolio, our unique systems approach of offering chemicals, equipment, and services, and our global geographic reach.

Properties

As of December 31, 2019, we lease or own facilities in approximately 40 countries. We maintain an asset-light approach to manufacturing our products, leading to greater flexibility to adjust our production footprint, higher returns on operating assets, and lower operating leverage.

 

   

Chemistry Production Facilities—We operate 15 chemistry production facilities (including the Yangzhou chemistry production plant currently under construction and expected to be commissioned in 2020).

 

   

Equipment Production Facilities—We operate two equipment production facilities in two countries.

 

   

Technology Centers—We operate 17 technology centers in 12 countries.

 

116


Table of Contents

The table below presents summary information regarding our material facilities as of December 31, 2019.

 

Country

 

Location

 

Type of Facility

Brazil

  Sao Paulo   Technology Center, Production Facility

Canada

  Burlington   Technology Center, Production Facility

China

  Guangzhou(1)   Technology Center, Production Facility

China

  Shanghai   Technology Center

China

  Yangzhou(2)   Production Facility

Czech Republic

  Jablonec   Technology Center, Production Facility

Germany

  Berlin*   Technology Center

Germany

  Feucht   Technology Center, Production Facility

Germany

  Neuruppin   Production Facility

Germany

  Trebur   Technology Center, Production Facility

India

  Bangalore   Technology Center

India

  New Delhi   Technology Center, Production Facility

Italy

  Milan   Technology Center

Japan

  Koda   Production Facility

Japan

  Yokohama*   Technology Center

Korea

  Jangan   Technology Center, Production Facility

Malaysia

  Penang   Production Facility

Mexico

  Mexico City   Production Facility

Republic of Singapore

  Singapore   Technology Center

Slovenia

  Podnart   Production Facility

Taiwan

  Guanyin   Technology Center, Production Facility

Taiwan

  Kaohsiung   Technology Center

United States of America

  Rock Hill*   Technology Center, Production Facility
 

Location by

Region

    Number of

Facilities

 
  Americas     5  
  Europe     7  
  Asia     12  

 

(1)   The Guangzhou, China facility contains a chemistry production facility and an equipment production facility.
(2)   Yangzhou, China is expected to start production by the beginning of 2020.
*   Denotes a regional headquarter location.

Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we employed 3,783 employees (including limited contract employees) across over 40 countries. Employees in some of our non-U.S. locations are subject to collective bargaining agreements or are represented by works councils. We believe that we maintain positive relations with our employees.

Health, Safety, and Environmental

We are subject to numerous laws and regulations that govern the protection of the environment and health and safety of our employees. We are committed to achieving and maintaining compliance with all applicable legal requirements including the management and disposal of hazardous substances. We have a strong record of safety and have developed policies and management systems to monitor compliance and ensure the possession of appropriate permits, registrations, or other authorizations. This strong record is reflected in an 80% decrease in accidents per working hour from 2006 through 2019.

 

117


Table of Contents

We believe all of our manufacturing facilities are operated in compliance with existing environmental requirements, in all material respects, including the operating permits required at our facilities. We are also committed to anticipating our customers’ evolving environmental needs. For example, we have developed a suite of products that do not require any PFAS chemicals.

We expect to incur ongoing costs to comply with existing and future requirements. This will continue to be implemented through proper training, communication of policies, procedures and practices, management of internal systems, and ongoing monitoring of legislative and regulatory developments that may affect our operations.

Legal Proceedings

New lawsuit alleging PFOA/PFOS contamination

On February 7, 2020, Atotech USA, LLC received service of process of a lawsuit filed by five residents of the town of Blades, Delaware. The plaintiffs claim that products containing PFOA, PFOS, and potentially other perfluorinated chemicals had been used in chrome plating and non-stick cookware manufacturing processes by local operators who allegedly discharged these substances into the environment, contaminating the water supply of the town of Blades. The plaintiffs seek recovery for alleged injuries and seek to certify a class composed of approximately 1,600 residents of Blades. Other defendants include E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, the 3M Company, MacDermid, Inc., Procino Plating, Inc., and Blades Development LLC. Atotech is currently evaluating the claim. We have obtained an extension of the date to respond to the complaint until March 23, 2020.

Management does not believe that this or any other pending legal matters will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

 

118


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table provides information regarding the current members of our Board of Directors and our executive officers as of January 30, 2020, and the director nominee that is expected to be in place upon consummation of the offering.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Geoff Wild

   63    Chief Executive Officer, and Director

Peter Frauenknecht

  

54

   Chief Financial Officer

Harald Ahnert

  

48

   President—Electronics

Gertjan van der Wal

  

56

   President—General Metal Finishing

Brian A. Bernasek

   46    Director

Gregor P. Boehm

   55    Director

Herman H. Chang

   60    Director

Friedel Drees

   38    Director

Shaun Mercer

   39    Director

Gregory M. Nikodem

   40    Director

Charles W. Shaver

   60    Director

Martin W. Sumner

   44    Director

Ronald E. Bruehlman

  

59

   Director Nominee

Geoff Wild

Geoff Wild serves as our Chief Executive Officer. He joined Atotech as Chief Executive Officer in March 2017, and he is an experienced global chemicals industry executive, having previously served as the CEO of AZ Electronic Materials, a Carlyle Europe Partners portfolio company until 2012. Mr. Wild currently is a member of the board of directors of Cabot Microelectronics Corporation. He received his B.Sc. in chemistry from Bath University, UK.

Peter Frauenknecht

Peter Frauenknecht serves as our Chief Financial Officer. He oversees global finance and treasury operations, external and internal reporting, worldwide controlling (financial planning & analysis), enterprise risk management, internal audit, communications and investor relations, the project management office, as well as global IT. Prior to joining Atotech in April 2017, Mr. Frauenknecht served as Chief Financial Officer and executive board member of Constantia Flexibles GmbH. Prior to this, he held various management positions at OSRAM AG/GmbH over a 25-year period as CFO for various business units and regions, and as Senior Vice President Global Finance, Accounting & Controlling. He received an M.Sc. in business administration from the Ludwig Maximilians University in Munich, Germany and attended Babson College School of Executive Education in Wellesley, Massachussetts. In his previous positions, he worked in the United States, Mexico, and various countries in Europe, and spent considerable time in Asia.

Harald Ahnert

Harald Ahnert serves as our President of Electronics. Mr. Ahnert joined Atotech as a full time employee in 1997 and has 22 years of industry experience. From 2010 until his appointment as Vice President in 2016, later President, Mr. Ahnert oversaw Atotech’s sales activities in Germany, the Netherlands, and Austria as Managing Director. Mr. Ahnert has served Atotech in various positions, including Global Key Account Manager in Electronics and GMF OEM Manager. Mr. Ahnert holds an M.B.A. from the Freie Universität (Free University) in Berlin, Germany.

Gertjan van der Wal

Gertjan van der Wal serves as our President of General Metal Finishing. Mr. van der Wal joined Atotech in 1989 and has 34 years of industry experience. Mr. van der Wal has served Atotech in various positions, including

 

119


Table of Contents

Vice President for Europe and Americas, Managing Director for the Netherlands, Managing Director for the Czech Republic, and Worldwide Business Manager for Decorative Plating / Plating on Plastics. Prior to joining Atotech, Mr. van der Wal was a Manager at the Silver Factory. Mr. van der Wal holds an engineering degree from the Christiaan Huygens School, Rotterdam with a focus on metallurgy and plating.

Brian A. Bernasek

Brian A. Bernasek is a Managing Director and head of the Global Industrial and Transportation team at Carlyle. He is based in Washington, D.C. Since 2000, Carlyle’s Industrial and Transportation team has invested more than $21 billion of equity globally. Notable transactions include Allison Transmission, Atotech B.V., Axalta Coating Systems, HD Supply, Nouryon, the Hertz Corporation, Novolex Holdings, Signode Industrial Group, Rexnord Corporation, Kinder Morgan, and Genesee & Wyoming. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2000, Mr. Bernasek held positions in New York with Investcorp International, a private equity firm, and Morgan Stanley & Co., in its Investment Banking Division. He is currently a board member of Sundyne, Nouryon, and Novolex Holdings, and Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Washington Jesuit Academy. Mr. Bernasek is a graduate of the University of Notre Dame and received his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Gregor P. Boehm

Gregor P. Boehm is a Managing Director of Carlyle and Co-head of the Europe Buyout advisory group. He is based in London. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Boehm was a Manager at I.M.M., one of Germany’s leading buyout groups. Prior to that, he was an analyst with Morgan Stanley’s Mergers and Acquisitions department in London. He is currently a member of the Supervisory Board of H.C. Starck GmbH. Mr. Boehm is a graduate of Cologne University and earned his M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

Herman H. Chang

Herman Chang is a Managing Director of Carlyle Asia Partners, a group that makes large control and strategic minority investments in Asia. Mr. Chang focuses on the industrial sector. During the past 12 years with Carlyle, Mr. Chang has made investments in companies supplying fiberglass, specialty chemicals, lubricants, semi-conductors, electroplating for high density interconnect boards, large seamless steel tubes, ultra-low temperature refrigeration, and O2O automotive aftermarket service. He also led the operation enhancement for engineering equipment leasing, satellite service, TV broadcasting, commercial bank, and infant formula companies. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Chang ran a global business unit and the Asia Pacific region for Delphi Automotive. He held positions in products, operations, and general management during his 20 years with General Motors and Delphi Automotive, 11 of which were spent in China/Asia. Mr. Chang formerly served on the board of directors of Yashili International Holdings Ltd, Natural Beauty Bio-Technology Limited, and Ta Chong Bank Ltd. He is currently on the board of directors of Tongyi Lubricant, Asia Satellite Telecommunications Holdings Limited, Bowenvale Limited, Shanghai Lantu Information Technology Co., Ltd., and VXI Global Solutions. Mr. Chang received an engineering Ph.D. degree from Northwestern University.

Friedel Drees

Friedel Drees is a Managing Director of Carlyle, where he advises on European buyout opportunities. He is based in the Munich office. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2009, Mr. Drees was a consultant at Bain & Company from 2005 to 2008. He earned a master’s degree and a Ph.D. in finance from the European Business School in Oestrich-Winkel, Germany. As a participant of the university’s double degree program with the University of Pittsburgh, he received his M.B.A. from the Katz Graduate School of Business.

Shaun Mercer

Shaun Mercer is a Managing Director of Carlyle advising on European buyout opportunities. Mr. Mercer is based in London. Since joining Carlyle in 2005, Mr. Mercer has been actively involved in a number of Carlyle’s

 

120


Table of Contents

investments. He is a member of the board of directors of Nouryon, Atotech and Addison Lee, and was previously engaged with the boards of Axalta, AZ Electronic Materials and Ensus. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Mercer was at Morgan Stanley, where he spent four years working in corporate finance and M&A as part of the Global Industrials Group. During this period, he also spent time working in Mumbai, India, managing the investment banking operations of Morgan Stanley Advantage Services. Mr. Mercer received a B.A. with honours from Cambridge University, where he was a Taylor Scholar.

Gregory M. Nikodem

Gregory Nikodem is a Managing Director of Carlyle focused on U.S. buyout opportunities in the industrial, transportation, and energy sectors. He is currently a member of the board of directors of Sundyne and Nouryon, where he serves as the chair of the audit committee. Additionally, he has been involved with Carlyle’s investments in ADT CAPS, Centennial Resources Development, JMC Steel, Veyance Technologies, and WildHorse Resource Development, among others. Prior to joining Carlyle, Mr. Nikodem held a position with Thomas Weisel Partners. Mr. Nikodem received his M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar, and a B.S. in industrial engineering and engineering management from Stanford University.

Charles W. Shaver

Charles W. Shaver has been the Chief Executive Officer of Nouryon since September 2018. Prior to that, he served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Axalta Coating Systems from 2013 until September 2018. With over 34 years of leadership roles in the global petrochemical, oil and gas industry, Mr. Shaver was the Chief Executive Officer and President of the TPC Group from June 2004 to June 2012. He also served as Vice President and General Manager for General Chemical, a division of Gentek, from 2001 through 2004, and as a Vice President and General Manager for Arch Chemicals from 1999 through 2001.

Mr. Shaver began his career with The Dow Chemical Company serving in a series of operational, engineering, and business positions from 1980 through 1996. He has an extensive background of leadership roles in a variety of industry organizations, including serving on the American Chemistry Council Board of Directors, the American Chemistry Council Finance Committee, and the National Petrochemical and Refiners Association Board and Executive Committee. Mr. Shaver currently serves as a member of the board of directors for U.S. Silica and the Texas A&M Advisory Board. Mr. Shaver earned his B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Texas A&M University.

Martin W. Sumner

Martin W. Sumner is a Managing Director of Carlyle where he focuses on investment opportunities in the industrial and transportation sectors. Since joining Carlyle in 2003, Mr. Sumner has led or been a key contributor to several of the firm’s investments, including Nouryon, Atotech, WildHorse Resource Development, Axalta Coating Systems, Centennial Resources Development, Allison Transmission, Veyance Technologies, AxleTech International, and United Components, among others. Prior to joining Carlyle, he held positions with Thayer Capital Partners, a private equity firm, and the strategy consulting group of Mercer Management Consulting. He is currently a member of the board of directors of Nouryon. Mr. Sumner received his M.B.A. from Stanford University, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar, and a B.S. in Economics, magna cum laude, from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Ronald E. Bruehlman

Ronald E. Bruehlman has been the Senior Advisor to the Chief Executive Officer of IQVIA Holdings Inc. (formerly QuintilesIMS) since October 2016, where he focuses on special projects and integration activities relating to the 2016 merger of IMS Health Inc. and Quintiles Transnational. Prior to joining IQVIA,

 

121


Table of Contents

Mr. Bruehlman previously served as Chief Financial Officer of IMS Health Inc. from July 2011 to October 2016. He began his career with United Technologies Corporation (“UTC”), serving in a series of operational, business, and financial roles from 1988 through 2011, including as Vice President of Business Development from 2009 to 2011, Vice President of Operations Planning & Analysis of UTC Commercial from 2008 to 2010 and Chief Financial Officer of Carrier Corporation, the largest UTC division, from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Bruehlman currently serves as an independent board member and chairman for Q-Squared Solutions LLC. Mr. Bruehlman received his M.B.A. from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and his B.S. in Economics, summa cum laude, from the University of Delaware.

Foreign Private Issuer Exemption

As a “foreign private issuer,” as defined by the SEC, we are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of certain corporate governance practices required by the New York Stock Exchange for U.S. domestic issuers. While we intend to follow most of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards, we intend to follow Jersey corporate governance practices in lieu of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards as follows:

 

   

Exemption from the requirement to have a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee composed solely of independent members of the board of directors;

 

   

Exemption from quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. Such quorum requirements are not required under Jersey law. In accordance with generally accepted business practice, our amended and restated articles of association to be in effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will provide alternative quorum requirements that are generally applicable to meetings of shareholders;

 

   

Exemption from the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards applicable to domestic issuers requiring disclosure within four business days of any determination to grant a waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics to directors and officers. Although we will require board approval of any such waiver, we may choose not to disclose the waiver in the manner set forth in the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance listing standards, as permitted by the foreign private issuer exemption; and

 

   

Exemption from the requirement to obtain shareholder approval for certain issuances of securities, including shareholder approval of share option plans.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the rules adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules and listing standards.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

Controlled Company

For purposes of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, we will be a “controlled company.” Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, controlled companies are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. We expect that Carlyle will continue to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of our common shares upon completion of this offering and will continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of our Board for nomination for election and the voting power to elect such directors following this offering. Accordingly, we

 

122


Table of Contents

expect to be eligible to, and we intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from corporate governance requirements provided in the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Specifically, as a controlled company we would not be required to have (i) a majority of independent directors, (ii) a nominating and corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, or (iii) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Therefore, following this offering we will not have a majority of independent directors, and our Nominating and Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees will not consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange rules. The controlled company exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the Audit Committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the New York Stock Exchange rules, which require that our Audit Committee be composed of at least three members, one of whom will be independent upon the listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and each of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Board Composition

Our Board will consist of ten members upon consummation of this offering. Mr. Martin W. Sumner is the Chairman of the Board.

The exact number of members on our Board may be modified from time to time exclusively by resolution of our Board, subject to the terms of our shareholders agreement. Our Board is divided into three classes whose members serve three-year terms expiring in successive years. Directors hold office until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until the earlier of their respective death, resignation, or removal.

At each annual meeting of shareholders, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting of shareholders following such election. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

In connection with the Acquisition, on January 31, 2017, the shareholders of Atotech UK Topco Limited entered into a shareholders agreement to which Carlyle and members of management who hold common shares are party, which agreement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will enter into a new shareholders agreement between the Company and Carlyle. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, taken as a whole, to enable the Board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the Board focused primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth immediately above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate diversity of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

Board Committees

Our Board directs the management of our business and affairs as provided by Jersey law and conducts its business through meetings of the Board and four standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Executive Committee. In addition, from time to time, other committees may be established under the direction of the Board when necessary or advisable to address specific issues.

 

123


Table of Contents

Each of the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our Board. A copy of each of these charters will be available on our website upon completion of this offering.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee, which following this offering will consist of Mr. Bruehlman (Chairman), Mr. Sumner and Mr. Drees, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, assisting the Board in overseeing: our accounting and financial reporting processes and other internal control processes, the audits and integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, the design and implementation of our internal audit function, and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee is directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee also has the authority to review and approve our decision to enter into derivatives and swaps and to establish policies and procedures with respect thereto, including utilizing the commercial end-user exception to enter into non-cleared swaps which are not executed through a board of trade or swap execution facility.

The Board has determined that Mr. Bruehlman is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined under the applicable regulations of the SEC and has the requisite accounting or related financial management expertise and financial sophistication under the applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. The Board has also determined that Mr. Bruehlman is independent under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the New York Stock Exchange standard, for purposes of the Audit Committee. Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act requires us to have a majority of independent audit committee members within 90 days and all independent audit committee members (within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the New York Stock Exchange standard) within one year of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part. We intend to comply with these independence requirements within the appropriate time periods. All members of the Audit Committee are able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, are familiar with finance and accounting practices and principles, and are financially literate.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee, which following this offering will consist of Mr. Sumner (Chairman), Mr. Nikodem, Mr. Chang and Mr. Mercer, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, reviewing and approving the compensation philosophy for our Chief Executive Officer, reviewing and approving all forms of compensation and benefits to be provided to our executive officers, and reviewing and overseeing the administration of our equity incentive plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which following this offering will consist of Mr. Boehm (Chairman), Mr. Bernasek, Mr. Shaver and Mr. Wild, is responsible for, among its other duties and responsibilities, identifying and recommending candidates to the Board for election to our Board, reviewing the composition of the Board and its committees, developing and recommending to the Board corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us, and overseeing Board and Board committee evaluations.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee, which following this offering will consist of Mr. Wild, Mr. Drees and Mr. Sumner, is responsible for exercising the powers of the Board between regularly scheduled meetings. The

 

124


Table of Contents

Executive Committee is authorized with all the powers of the Board except for certain specifically enumerated powers that may be exercised solely by the full Board, including:

 

   

the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Memorandum of Association or Articles of Association of the Company;

 

   

the approval or adoption, or recommendation to the Company’s equityholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by law to be submitted to equityholders for approval;

 

   

approval of a plan of merger, share exchange, or conversion of the Company;

 

   

the recommendation to equityholders of any sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the property or assets of the Company otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business;

 

   

the recommendation to equityholders of a voluntary dissolution of the Company or a revocation thereof;

 

   

the amendment, alteration, repeal or taking of any action inconsistent with any resolution or action of the Board when the resolution or action of the Board provides by its terms that it shall not be amended, altered, or repealed by action of the Executive Committee;

 

   

exercising any authority that the Board has expressly delegated to another committee of the Board or expressly reserved solely to the Board; and

 

   

undertaking any other action that must be performed by another committee of the Board or which is prohibited from being delegated by applicable law, regulation or listing standard.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee is currently one of our officers or employees. During the year ended December 31, 2019, none of our executive officers served as a member of the board or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our Board or our Compensation Committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, the Board will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our directors and employees, including our executive officers. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website or in public filings.

Compensation

Executive Officer Remuneration

The following table sets forth the approximate remuneration paid during the year ended December 31, 2019 to our current executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Total  

Geoff Wild, Chief Executive Officer

     2019      $ 1,653,932  

Peter Frauenknecht, Chief Financial Officer

     2019      $ 1,127,520  

Harald Ahnert, President—Electronics

     2019      $ 767,672  

Gertjan van der Wal, President—General Metal Finishing

     2019      $ 880,853  

Executive Officer Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. The material terms and conditions of these agreements are described below.

 

125


Table of Contents

Geoff Wild

We entered into an employment agreement with Geoff Wild on March 31, 2017 pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement had an initial term of two years, and automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless either party provides forty-five days’ prior written notice to the other party that the agreement shall not be so extended. The employment agreement entitles Mr. Wild to receive an annual base salary and an opportunity to earn an annual discretionary performance-based bonus, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with our annual bonus plan. Mr. Wild is also entitled to tax preparation assistance and the use of a company car. The employment agreement also provides that if the terms and conditions of any employment contract of any of our employees are, taken as a whole, more favorable than those in the employment agreement, we must offer to amend the terms of the employment agreement so that they are, taken as a whole, at least as favorable as those of such employee. Mr. Wild is also entitled to an additional bonus on the basis of the return achieved by our main shareholders in connection with a public listing or change in control.

Mr. Wild has also entered into an employment agreement with Atotech (Thailand) Co Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, pursuant to which he serves as its general manager.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Wild’s employment without “cause” (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), his employment terminates as a result of his death or disability, or he resigns for “good reason” (as such term is defined in his employment agreement), subject to his execution of a general release of claims in our favor, Mr. Wild is entitled to a cash termination payment.

In the event that we terminate Mr. Wild’s employment without cause or he resigns for good reason, in either case within six months following a change in control (other than following an initial public offering), then, in lieu of the foregoing and subject to his execution of a general release of claims in our favor, Mr. Wild is entitled to a cash termination payment.

Mr. Wild has also agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during his employment and for one year following termination of his employment.

Peter Frauenknecht

We entered into a Managing Director Service Agreement with Peter Frauenknecht effective as of April 10, 2017 pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. The service agreement had an initial term that expired on March 31, 2019, and automatically renews for successive one-year terms unless either party provides six months’ prior written notice to the other party that the agreement shall not be so extended. The service agreement entitles Mr. Frauenknecht to receive an annual base salary and an opportunity to earn an annual discretionary performance-based bonus, subject to the achievement of performance goals determined in accordance with our annual bonus plan. Mr. Frauenknecht is also entitled to a monthly company car allowance and a company fuel card.

In August 2018, we entered into an amendment to the service agreement pursuant to which, among other things, we will make monthly contributions to a defined benefit plan on Mr. Frauenknecht’s behalf.

We entered into a second amendment to the service agreement pursuant to which Mr. Frauenknecht is entitled to a cash termination payment in the event we terminate Mr. Frauenknecht’s employment within 12 months of a change of control, as defined in the service agreement amendment.

Mr. Frauenknecht has agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during

 

126


Table of Contents

his employment and for 18 months following the termination of his employment. During his compliance with the post-termination non-competition restrictions, he will receive 50% of his total compensation to which he is entitled under the service agreement.

Harald Ahnert

We entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. Ahnert, dated January 28, 2020. Pursuant to the employment agreement, we employ Mr. Ahnert as our President of Electronics. The employment agreement provides for an annual gross salary. In addition, the employment agreement entitles Mr. Ahnert to participate in our annual bonus program and to continue to participate in a company pension plan to which we contribute. He is also entitled to a company car.

Mr. Ahnert has agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during his employment and for 18 months following the termination of his employment. During his compliance with the post-termination non-competition restrictions, he will receive 50% of his total compensation to which he is entitled under the service agreement.

Gertjan van der Wal

We entered into a new employment agreement with Mr. van der Wal, effective January 28, 2020, pursuant to which we employ Mr. van der Wal as our President of General Metal Finishing. The employment agreement provides for an annual gross salary and entitles Mr. van der Wal to participate in our annual bonus program. He is also entitled to a company car. The employment agreement also provides that Mr. van der Wal is entitled to continue to participate in the pension plan of Atotech Nederland B.V. and will participate in the new pension plan of Atotech Nederland B.V. once it is introduced.

Mr. van der Wal has agreed to refrain from disclosing our confidential information during or at any time following his employment with us and from competing with us or soliciting our employees or customers during his employment and for 18 months following the termination of his employment. During his compliance with the post-termination non-competition restrictions, he will receive 50% of his total compensation to which he is entitled under the service agreement.

Annual Incentive Plan

We sponsor an Annual Incentive Plan that offers our senior management, including our executive officers, the opportunity to earn cash performance bonuses based on a percentage of base salary. Performance goals are set annually and generally relate to corporate performance goals and individual goals.

Equity Compensation Arrangements

We have granted or may grant share options and awards under the following equity award programs (the “Share Plans”): (i) the Atotech UK Topco Limited Option Plan (the “LTIP”), and (ii) an equity participation program to enable certain management members to acquire interests in two pooling vehicles (the “Participants Equity Investment Program”).

LTIP

Pursuant to the LTIP, we have granted to certain of our service providers options to purchase ordinary shares in the capital of Atotech UK Topco Limited. The board of directors of Atotech UK Topco Limited (the “UK Topco Board”) administers the LTIP, provided that it may delegate such power to any person or entity that it decides. Subject to the express terms and conditions of the LTIP, the plan administrator has the authority to make all determinations in connection with the options, at its sole discretion, after consultation with our chief executive officer.

 

127


Table of Contents

Options granted under the LTIP provide for the purchase of ordinary shares in the capital of Atotech UK Topco Limited in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option, the exercise price of each option, and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option. The exercise price of an option will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date. The term of an option may not be longer than ten years. Options granted under the LTIP typically become exercisable as to a specified portion in connection with certain sales of the ordinary shares in the capital of Atotech UK Topco Limited by its principal investors, other than sales of securities in the context of an initial public offering or a transfer of securities to an entity controlled by some or all of such principal investors. Options granted under the LTIP typically are only exercisable until the participant’s termination of employment, except that a portion of the option may remain exercisable thereafter in certain circumstances, such as the participant’s death, disability, retirement, sale of the business division in which the participant works, or other reasons as determined by the UK Topco Board.

In the event of an extraordinary cash distribution or recapitalization of the Company, the UK Topco Board shall decide an adjustment of the exercise price of the outstanding options to reflect the resulting decrease of the value of the Company. In connection with the Reorganization Transactions and pursuant to their terms, the outstanding options under the LTIP were exchanged for equivalent options covering our common shares.

Participants Equity Investment Program

Certain members of our management have been afforded an opportunity to acquire an indirect ownership interest in Atotech UK Topco Limited and, in the future from time to time hereafter, may be afforded the opportunity to acquire an indirect ownership interest in Atotech Limited, by allowing them to purchase a partnership interest in Ato Beteiligung GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG or ATO Cayman, L.P., each of which we refer to as a Management Investment Partnership, in accordance with the Participants Equity Investment Program. The Management Investment Partnerships were each established to be a management ownership vehicle that holds common shares of Atotech UK Topco Limited. Members of management who have acquired interests in the Management Investment Partnerships have subscribed for such interests at their then fair value. In certain circumstances, such as the voluntary resignation of employment by a management member, the Management Investment Partnerships or one of their affiliates have the right, but not the obligation, to acquire the member’s interests in the Management Investment Partnerships. In certain circumstances, such as the management member’s death or disability, the management member may also require the Management Investment Partnerships or one of their affiliates to repurchase such interests in the Management Investment Partnerships. As of December 31, 2019, executive officers who have invested in the Management Investment Partnerships held an indirect voting interest in Atotech UK Topco Limited of approximately 4.40% and had invested capital of approximately $115,000.

The following table summarizes the number of common shares or partnership interests indirectly held by the executive officers named in this prospectus as of December 31, 2019 (after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions (other than the             -to-1 share split)):

 

Name

   Common Shares
or Partnership
Interests
 

Geoff Wild

     550,000  

Peter Frauenknecht

     250,000  

Harald Ahnert

     175,000  

Gertjan van der Wal

     175,000  

As of December 31, 2019, such executive officers did not own any options pursuant to the Share Plans.

 

128


Table of Contents

2020 Incentive Award Plan

Effective the day prior to the first public trading date of our common shares, we will adopt and our shareholders will approve the 2020 Incentive Award Plan (the “2020 Plan”), under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible employees, directors and consultants in order to attract, retain, and motivate the persons who make important contributions to our company. The material terms of the 2020 Plan are summarized below.

As described above, in connection with the Reorganization Transactions, each option to purchase ordinary shares in the capital of Atotech UK Topco Limited, to the extent then outstanding and unexercised, shall automatically, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into an option to purchase our common shares (a “Rollover Option”), on the same terms, conditions, and vesting schedules as previously applied. Upon the effectiveness of the 2020 Plan, the Rollover Options will also be subject to the terms and conditions of the 2020 Plan.

Eligibility and Administration

Our employees, consultants, and directors, along with employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan will be administered by our Board, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the “plan administrator” below), subject to the limitations imposed under the 2020 Plan, Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, stock exchange rules, and other applicable laws. The plan administrator will have the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the 2020 Plan, to interpret the 2020 Plan and award agreements, and to adopt, amend, and repeal rules for the administration of the 2020 Plan as it deems advisable. The plan administrator will also have the authority to grant awards, determine which eligible employees, directors and consultants receive awards, and set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2020 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the 2020 Plan.

Shares Available for Awards

It is expected that an aggregate of 9.2% of our common shares (as determined immediately following the closing of this offering) will initially be available for issuance under the 2020 Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of the Rollover Options and shares issued in respect of all future awards will come out of this pool. No more than 7,540,000 of our common shares may be issued under the 2020 Plan upon the exercise of incentive options. Common shares issued under the 2020 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market, or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2020 Plan (including the Rollover Options) expires, lapses, or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, redeemed, canceled without having been fully exercised, or forfeited, any unused shares subject to the award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2020 Plan. Awards granted under the 2020 Plan in substitution for any options or other share or share-based awards granted by an entity before the entity’s merger or consolidation with us or our acquisition of the entity’s property or shares will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2020 Plan but may count against the maximum number of common shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive options.

Awards

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of options, including incentive options and non-qualified options, share appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares, dividend equivalents, restricted share units (“RSUs”), and other share or cash based awards. Certain awards under the 2020 Plan may constitute or provide for payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code. All awards under the 2020 Plan will be

 

129


Table of Contents

set forth in award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

 

   

Options and SARs. Options provide for the purchase of common shares in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. Incentive options, by contrast to non-qualified options, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the common shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option and SAR, the exercise price of each option and SAR and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. The exercise price of an option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date (or 110% in the case of incentive options granted to certain significant shareholders), except with respect to certain substitute awards granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of an option or SAR may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of incentive options granted to certain significant shareholders).

 

   

Restricted Shares and RSUs. Restricted shares are awards of nontransferable common shares that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver common shares in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on common shares prior to the delivery of the underlying common shares. The plan administrator may provide that the delivery of the common shares underlying RSUs will be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. The terms and conditions applicable to restricted shares and RSUs will be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the 2020 Plan.

 

   

Other Share or Cash Based Awards. Other share or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested common shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, common shares or other property. Other share or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments, and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other share or cash based awards, which may include any purchase price, performance goal, transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions.

Performance Criteria

The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period. Performance criteria under the 2020 Plan may include, but are not limited to, the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit, or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on shareholders’ equity; total shareholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs, and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters;

 

130


Table of Contents

strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the company’s performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment, or business unit of the company or a subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. When determining performance goals, the plan administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the plan administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including, without limitation, non-recurring charges or events, acquisitions, or divestitures, changes in the corporate or capital structure, events unrelated to the business or outside of the control of management, foreign exchange considerations, and legal, regulatory, tax, or accounting changes.

Certain Transactions

In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our common shares, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2020 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2020 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2020 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our shareholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to awards outstanding under the 2020 Plan as it deems appropriate to reflect the transaction.

Provisions of the 2020 Plan Relating to Director Compensation

The 2020 Plan provides that the plan administrator may establish compensation for non-employee directors from time to time subject to the 2020 Plan’s limitations.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our Board may amend or terminate the 2020 Plan at any time; however, no amendment, other than an amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2020 Plan, may materially and adversely affect an award outstanding under the 2020 Plan without the consent of the affected participant, and shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws. However, the plan administrator may not, without the approval of our shareholders, amend any outstanding option or SAR to reduce its price per share, other than in the context of corporate transactions or equity restructurings, as described above. The 2020 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless earlier terminated by our Board. No awards may be granted under the 2020 Plan after its termination.

Foreign Participants, Claw-Back Provisions, Transferability, and Participant Payments

The plan administrator may modify awards granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures to address differences in laws, rules, regulations, or customs of such foreign jurisdictions. All awards will be subject to any company claw-back policy as set forth in such claw-back policy or the applicable award agreement. Except as the plan administrator may determine or provide in an award agreement, awards under the 2020 Plan are generally non-transferrable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the plan administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are generally exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2020 Plan and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the

 

131


Table of Contents

exercise of options under the 2020 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer or check, common shares that meet specified conditions, a promissory note, a “market sell order,” such other consideration as the plan administrator deems suitable, or any combination of the foregoing.

2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan

Effective the day prior to the first public trading date of our common shares, we will adopt and our shareholders will approve the 2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) the material terms of which are summarized below.

The ESPP is comprised of two distinct components in order to provide increased flexibility to grant options to purchase shares under the ESPP to U.S. and to non-U.S. employees. Specifically, the ESPP authorizes (1) the grant of options to U.S. employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code, (the “Section 423 Component”), and (2) the grant of options that are not intended to be tax-qualified under Section 423 of the Code to facilitate participation for employees located outside of the U.S. who do not benefit from favorable U.S. federal tax treatment and to provide flexibility to comply with non-U.S. law and other considerations (the “Non-Section 423 Component”). Where permitted under local law and custom, we expect that the Non-Section 423 Component will generally be operated and administered on terms and conditions similar to the Section 423 Component.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

It is expected that an aggregate of 2.0% of our common shares (as determined immediately following the closing of this offering) will initially be reserved for issuance under the ESPP. Our Board or a committee of our Board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the ESPP.

Eligibility

The ESPP administrator may designate certain of our subsidiaries as participating “designated subsidiaries” in the ESPP and may change these designations from time to time. Our employees and employees of the designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the ESPP if they meet the eligibility requirements under the ESPP established from time to time by the ESPP administrator. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares under the ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) shares possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of common shares or other classes of shares.

Grant of Rights

Shares will be offered under the ESPP during specific offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to twenty-seven months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. Offering periods under the ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The ESPP permits participants to purchase common shares through payroll deductions of up to a specified percentage of their eligible compensation. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase shares under the Section 423 Component at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per Share as of the first day of the offering period). In non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the ESPP

 

132


Table of Contents

through payroll deductions is prohibited, the ESPP administrator may provide that an eligible employee may elect to participate through contributions to the participant’s account under the ESPP in a form acceptable to the ESPP administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions.

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase common shares. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85%, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, or 80%, for purposes of the Non-Section 423 Component, of the fair market value of our common shares on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase common shares. Participation in the ESPP ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and such rights are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting our common shares, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase shares on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods, or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment and Termination

The plan administrator may amend, suspend, or terminate the ESPP at any time. However, shareholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In 2019, we agreed to pay a remuneration to Charles W. Shaver in the amount of $75,000. He will receive a like amount of remuneration for his service in 2020.

We have agreed to pay a remuneration to Ronald Bruehlmann, who will join our board of directors prior to the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, in the amount of $75,000 for his service on our Board of Directors and an additional $20,000 for his service as a member of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Pension, Retirement or Similar Benefits

We operate various defined contribution and defined benefit pension plans in which our employees participate. The total amount set aside or accrued by us to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits to our named executive officers with respect to 2019 was $167,717.

 

133


Table of Contents

Employees

We had 3,884, 3,787, and 3,783 employees as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019, respectively, which includes 80, 69, and 74 temporary employees employed directly by us as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019, respectively, as well as 319, 293, and 177 temporary employees who provided services to us through a third-party temporary staffing agency as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019, respectively.

The following table sets forth the numbers of our employees categorized by function as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019:

 

Function

   December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2018
     December 31,
2019
 

Manufacturing

     734        750        781  

Administration(1)

     613        607        631  

Sales, Marketing & Technicians

     1,973        1,904        1,855  

Research & Development

     564        526        516  

 

(1)   Covering general management and support personnel in areas of finance and human resources, legal, purchasing, IT, site management, operations and health, safety and environmental management.

The following table describes the number of employees by geographic location as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019:

 

Country

   December 31,
2017
     December 31,
2018
     December 31,
2019
 

Germany

     936        962       
943
 

China

     1,131        1,107        1,101  

Taiwan

     233        228        222  

India

     341        306        312  

United States

     158        161        155  

Japan

     135        125        120  

Korea

     113        115        117  

Additionally, as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2019, we had approximately 837, 783, and 813 employees, respectively, in the aggregate, in Austria, France, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Scandinavia, Slovenia, Poland, Turkey, Lithuania, Russia, Czech Republic, Thailand, Malaysia, Vietnam, Hong Kong, Singapore, Australia, Canada, Mexico, Brazil, and Argentina.

Certain of our employees are represented by labor unions. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with these unions and our employees, and we have not experienced any material labor disputes in the past.

 

134


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In connection with this offering, our Board will adopt a written statement of policy for the evaluation of and the approval, disapproval and monitoring of transactions involving us and “related persons.” For the purposes of the policy, “related persons” will include our executive officers, directors, director nominees, and shareholders owning five percent or more of our outstanding common shares, and each of their respective immediate family members.

The policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $100,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Pursuant to this policy, our management will present to our Audit Committee each proposed related person transaction, including all relevant facts and circumstances relating thereto. Our Audit Committee will then:

 

   

review the relevant facts and circumstances of each related person transaction, including the financial terms of such transaction, the benefits to us, the availability of other sources for comparable products or services, if the transaction is on terms no less favorable to us than those that could be obtained in arm’s-length dealings with an unrelated third party or employees generally and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction; and

 

   

take into account the impact on the independence of any independent director and the actual or apparent conflicts of interest.

All related person transactions may only be consummated if our Audit Committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Certain types of transactions have been pre-approved by our Audit Committee under the policy. These pre-approved transactions include:

 

   

the purchase of our products and resolution of warranty claims relating to our products on an arm’s-length basis in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions generally available to other similarly situated customers;

 

   

transactions where the rates or charges involved in the transactions are determined by competitive bids;

 

   

transactions in the ordinary course of business where the interest of the related person arises solely from the ownership of a class of equity securities in our company where all holders of such class of equity securities will receive the same benefit on a pro rata basis;

 

   

certain employment and compensation arrangements; and

 

   

transactions in the ordinary course of business where the related person’s interest arises only from: (i) his or her position as a director of another entity that is party to the transaction; (ii) an equity interest of less than 10% in another entity that is party to the transaction; or (iii) a limited partnership interest of less than 10%, subject to certain limitations.

No director may participate in the approval of a related person transaction for which he or she, or his or her immediate family members, is a related person. In the event that an insufficient number of members of the Audit Committee are disinterested with regard to a specific transaction to achieve a quorum, such transaction will be considered by the members of the Board that are disinterested with regard to such transaction.

Consulting Agreement

On January 31, 2017, in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a consulting agreement with Carlyle, pursuant to which we pay Carlyle a fee for consulting and oversight services provided to us and our subsidiaries. Pursuant to this agreement, subject to certain conditions, we pay the Sponsor an annual fee of $1.8 million for consulting services to the Company. Further, under this agreement Carlyle was entitled to additional

 

135


Table of Contents

reasonable fees and compensation agreed upon by the parties for advisory and other services provided by Carlyle to us from time to time, including additional advisory and other services associated with acquisitions and divestitures or sales of equity or debt instruments. Carlyle also received a one-time transaction fee of $25.0 million upon consummation of the Acquisition for transactional advisory and other services. Except for this one-time transaction fee, Carlyle did not provide any additional services beyond consulting and oversight services for the year ended December 31, 2017. On March 6, 2020, the consulting agreement was amended to allow for the accession of Company as a party thereto and to amend the termination provisions thereof. Following the consummation of this offering we will continue to pay Carlyle the annual fee payable pursuant to the consulting agreement until the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the initial public offering and (ii) the date upon which Carlyle ceases to own more than ten percent of the outstanding voting securities of the Company.

Shareholders Agreement

In connection with the Reorganization Transactions, we expect to enter into a shareholders’ agreement with Carlyle. The management shareholders party to that agreement will be restricted thereunder from transferring any of their common shares for 180 days after the initial public offering. Pursuant to the shareholders agreement, we expect our Board will initially consist of eleven seats, with Carlyle having the right to designate ten of the board members and, in addition, our principal executive officer shall have the right to serve as a board member, who, for so long as he serves as our Chief Executive Officer, will be Mr. Wild. The number of board members that Carlyle (or such permitted transferee or affiliate) is entitled to designate is subject to maintaining certain ownership thresholds. If Carlyle (or such permitted transferee or affiliate) loses its right to designate any directors pursuant to the terms of the shareholders agreement, these positions will be filled by our shareholders in accordance with our articles of association. See “Description of Capital Stock” for more information regarding our articles of association. In addition, the shareholders agreement will provide that each committee of the Board will include a proportional number of directors designated by Carlyle (or such permitted transferee or affiliate) that is no less than the proportion designated by Carlyle as is then serving on the Board, subject to our obligation to comply with any applicable independence requirements.

The shareholders agreement will also include provisions pursuant to which we will grant Carlyle (or such permitted transferee or affiliate) the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common shares held by Carlyle (or such permitted transferee or affiliate) or to piggyback on other registration statements in certain circumstances. These shares will represent approximately 76% of our common shares after this offering, or approximately 75% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full. These common shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of common shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. The shareholders agreement will also require us to indemnify Carlyle (or such permitted transferee or affiliate) and its affiliates in connection with any registrations of our securities.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. We expect that these indemnification agreements will provide the directors and officers with contractual rights to indemnification and expense advancement. However, these indemnification provisions will be restricted by Jersey Law.

Employment Agreements

See “Management—Compensation—Executive Officer Employment Arrangements” for information regarding the employment agreements that we have entered into with certain of our executive officers.

 

136


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

We had              common shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019 after giving effect to the             -for-1 share split described elsewhere in this prospectus, which were owned by eight shareholders (after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the conversion of preferred shares for common shares). See “Basis of Presentation.” As of December 31, 2019, certain investment funds affiliated with Carlyle owned approximately             % of our common shares, while the remainder is owned by certain current and former employees of the Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the conversion of preferred shares for common shares).

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of December 31, 2019, and as adjusted to reflect the common shares offered hereby and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction and the conversion of preferred shares for common shares, by:

 

   

each person known to own beneficially more than 5% of the capital stock, including each of our selling shareholders;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

each of our named executive officers; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of common shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial” owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

 

137


Table of Contents

The following table gives effect to the Reorganization Transactions, the conversion of preferred shares into common shares and the              -for-1 share split described elsewhere in this prospectus and assumes an initial public offering price of $             (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and an initial public offering date of             , 2020. See “Basis of Presentation.” Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the common shares of capital stock and the business address of each such beneficial owner is c/o Atotech Limited, William Street, West Bromwich, West Midlands, B70 0B6, United Kingdom.

 

     Common Shares of
Atotech Limited
Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
     Common Shares of Atotech Limited
Owned After the
Offering
 
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
                   Excluding
Exercise of Option
to Purchase
Additional
Common Shares
     Including
Exercise of Option
to Purchase
Additional
Common Shares
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percent      Number      Percent      Number      Percent  

Principal Shareholders

                 

Carlyle(1)

  
 

            

 
     100.00     
 

            

 
                         

Executive Officers and Directors

                 

Geoff Wild

                                         

Peter Frauenknecht

                                         

Harald Ahnert

                                         

Gertjan van der Wal

                                         

Brian A. Bernasek

                                         

Gregor P. Boehm

                                         

Herman H. Chang

                                         

Friedel Drees

                                         

Shaun Mercer

                                         

Gregory M. Nikodem

                                         

Charles W. Shaver

                         *                            *                            *  

Martin W. Sumner

                                         

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)

                         *                            *                            *  

 

*   Denotes less than 1.0% of beneficial ownership.
(1)   Includes              shares held by Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P.,              shares held by Atotech Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG,              shares held by Ato Cayman LP,              shares held by CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR,              shares held by Gamma Holding Company Limited, and              shares held by Zweite Ato Beteiligung GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG.

Carlyle Group Management L.L.C. holds an irrevocable proxy to vote a majority of the shares of The Carlyle Group Inc., which is a publicly traded entity listed on NASDAQ. The Carlyle Group Inc. is the sole member of Carlyle Holdings II GP L.L.C., which is the managing member of Carlyle Holdings II L.L.C., which, with respect to the securities reported herein, is the managing member of CG Subsidiary Holdings L.L.C., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings, L.P., which is the general partner of TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings Sub L.P., which is the sole shareholder TC Group VI Cayman, L.L.C., which is the general partner of TC Group VI Cayman, L.P., which is the general partner of Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P. Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P. is sole shareholder of CP Alpha Holdings Limited, which is the majority shareholder of Ato Beteiligungsverwaltungs GmbH, which is the general partner of each of Atotech Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG and Zweite Ato Beteiligung GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG. Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P. is also the majority shareholder of Cayman Ltd., which is the general partner of Ato Cayman LP.

 

138


Table of Contents

TC Group Cayman Investment Holdings Sub L.P. is also the sole shareholder of CEP IV Managing GP Holdings, Ltd. and the sole member of CAP IV, L.L.C. CEP IV Managing GP Holdings, Ltd. is the general partner of CEP IV Managing GP, L.P., which is the managing general partner of Carlyle Europe Partners IV, L.P., which is the majority shareholder of CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR. CAP IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of CAP IV General Partner, L.P., which is the general partner of Carlyle Asia Partners IV, L.P., which is the majority shareholder of Gamma Holding Company Limited.

Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held by Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P., Atotech Beteiligungs GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG and Ato Cayman LP are made by an investment committee of TC Group VI Cayman, L.P., which is comprised of Allan Holt, William Conway, Jr., Daniel D’Aniello, David Rubenstein, Peter Clare, Kewsong Lee, Norma Kuntz, and Sandra Horbach. Each member of the investment committees disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held by CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR are made by the board of CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR following recommendations by the investment committee of CEP IV Managing GP, L.P. Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held by Gamma Holding Company Limited are made by an investment committee of CAP IV General Partner, L.P. The Board of the SICAR is comprised of Barbara Imbs, William Cagney, Guy Harles, David Garcelan, Andrew Howlett-Bolton, Rick Wallace and CEP IV Managing GP Holdings Ltd. Each of the investment committees of CEP IV Managing GP, L.P. and CAP IV General Partner, L.P. are comprised of Daniel D’Aniello, William Conway, Jr., David Rubenstein, Peter Clare, Kewsong Lee, and Norma Kuntz. Each of the members of the investment committees and the Board of the SICAR disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

The address of each person or entity named in this footnote is c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Suite 220 South, Washington, D.C. 20004-2505.

 

139


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated articles of association and memorandum of association that will become effective as of the closing of this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of the amended and restated articles of association and memorandum of association. Please note that this summary is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our amended and restated articles of association and memorandum of association which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

Our Company was incorporated under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, on December 12, 2018 with registered number 127906. Our register of members is kept by our assistant company secretary, Ogier Global Company Secretary (Jersey) Limited at 3rd Floor 44 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WG and our U.S. Branch register is held with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (“AST”) at 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. Our registered office is at 3rd Floor 44 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey, JE4 9WG. Our secretary is Josh McMorrow and our assistant secretary is Ogier Global Company Secretary (Jersey) Limited. Under our memorandum and articles of association, our authorized capital stock consists of 10,000,000,000 common shares, nominal value $0.10 per share.

Issued Capital Stock

Our issued capital stock as of December 31, 2019 (after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the conversion of preferred shares into common shares) was              common shares with a nominal value of $0.10 per share. See “Basis of Presentation.” Each issued common share is fully paid. We currently have no deferred shares in our issued capital stock.

Common Shares

The holders of common shares are entitled to receive dividends, if any, in proportion to the number of common shares held by them. Holders of common shares are entitled, in proportion to the number of common shares held by them, to share in any surplus in the event of our winding up. The holders of common shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend either in person or by proxy or, being a corporation, by a duly authorized representative, and vote at general meetings of shareholders.

Options

As of December 31, 2019 (after giving effect to the Reorganization Transactions and the conversion of preferred shares into common shares), there were options to purchase              common shares outstanding. See “Basis of Presentation.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Our Articles of Association

General

Our articles of association contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing another party from acquiring or seeking to acquire control of us. These provisions, as well as our ability to issue preferred shares, are designed to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also intended to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our Board. However, these provisions may also delay, deter, or prevent a change in control or other takeovers of our Company that our shareholders might consider to be in their best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium being paid over the market price of our common shares and also may

 

140


Table of Contents

limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for our common shares. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us, and that the benefits of this increased protection outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging those proposals, because negotiation of those proposals could result in an improvement of their terms. A description of these provisions is set forth below.

Staggered Board of Directors

Our articles of association provide for a staggered Board consisting of three classes of directors. Directors of each class are chosen for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms and each year one class of our directors will be elected by our shareholders. The terms of the Class I directors will expire in 2021. Beginning in 2021, our shareholders will elect directors for three-year terms upon the expiration of their current terms. Our shareholders will elect only one class of directors each year. We believe that classification of our Board will help to ensure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our Board. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

As such, this classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time-consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of shareholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our Board. Thus, the classified board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors also may delay, defer, or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us, even though a tender offer or change in control might be believed by our shareholders to be in their best interest.

No Shareholder Action by Written Consent

Our articles of association provide that, at any time Carlyle owns less than 50% of our outstanding common shares, all shareholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the shareholders at an annual or special meeting, and shareholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take shareholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our articles of association or memorandum of association or removal of directors by our shareholders without holding a meeting of shareholders.

Advance Notice Procedure

Our articles of association provide an advance notice procedure for shareholders to nominate director candidates for election, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the Board. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred shares, only persons nominated by, or at the direction of, our Board or by a shareholder who has given proper and timely notice to our secretary prior to the meeting, will be eligible for election as a director.

Limitation of Liability of Directors and Officers

Our articles of association include provisions that indemnify, to the fullest extent allowable under Jersey law, the personal liability of directors or officers for monetary damages for actions taken as our director or officer, or for serving at our request as a director or officer or another position at another corporation or enterprise, as the case may be. However, exculpation under the articles of association does not apply if the directors acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions, or derived an improper benefit from their actions as directors. We will also be expressly authorized to advance certain reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and officers and to carry directors’ and officers’ insurance to protect us, our directors, officers, and certain employees for some liabilities. In addition, in connection with the consummation of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our officers. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.”

 

141


Table of Contents

We believe that the limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of association and the indemnification agreements and pursuant to the terms of our directors’ and officers’ insurance policy will facilitate our ability to continue to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Other Jersey, Channel Islands Law Considerations

Purchase of Own Common Shares

As with declaring a dividend, we may not buy back or redeem our shares unless our directors who are to authorize the buyback or redemption have made a statutory solvency statement that, immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed, the Company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to prescribed factors, the Company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the buyback or redemption is proposed (or until the Company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

If the above conditions are met, we may purchase common shares in the manner described below.

We may purchase on a stock exchange our own fully paid common shares pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders specifying (a) the maximum number of common shares to be purchased, (b) the maximum and minimum prices that may be paid and (c) a date, not being later than 5 years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

We may purchase our own fully paid common shares otherwise than on a stock exchange pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders, but only if the purchase is made on the terms of a written purchase contract which has been approved in advance by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. The shareholder from whom we propose to purchase or redeem common shares is not entitled to vote in respect of the common shares to be purchased.

We may fund a redemption or purchase of our own common shares from any source. We cannot purchase our common shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable common shares would remain in issue.

If authorized by a resolution of our shareholders, any shares that we redeem or purchase may be held by us as treasury shares. Any shares held by us as treasury shares may be cancelled, sold, transferred for the purposes of or under an employee share scheme or held without cancelling, selling or transferring them. Shares redeemed or purchased by us are cancelled where we have not been authorized to hold these as treasury shares.

Mandatory Purchases and Acquisitions

The Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person has made an offer to acquire a class or all of our outstanding common shares not already held by the person and has as a result of such offer acquired or contractually agreed to acquire 90% or more in nominal value of such outstanding common shares, that person is then entitled (and may be required) to acquire the remaining common shares. In such circumstances, a holder of any such remaining common shares may apply to the Jersey court for an order that the person making such offer not be entitled to purchase the holder’s common shares or that the person purchase the holder’s common shares on terms different to those under which the person made such offer.

Other than as described above and below under “—U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers,” we are not subject to any regulations under which a shareholder that acquires a certain level of share ownership is then required to offer to purchase all of our remaining common shares on the same terms as such shareholder’s prior purchase.

 

142


Table of Contents

Compromises and Arrangements

Where we and our creditors or shareholders or a class of either of them propose a compromise or arrangement between us and our creditors or our shareholders or a class of either of them (as applicable), the Jersey court may order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors or of our shareholders or class of shareholders (as applicable) to be called in such a manner as the court directs. Any compromise or arrangement approved by a majority in number present and voting at the meeting representing 75% or more in value of the creditors or 75% or more of the voting rights of shareholders or class of either of them (as applicable) if sanctioned by the court, is binding upon us and all the creditors, shareholders or members of the specific class of either of them (as applicable).

Whether the capital of the Company is to be treated as being divided into a single or multiple class(es) of shares is a matter to be determined by the court. The court may in its discretion treat a single class of shares as multiple classes, or multiple classes of shares as a single class, for the purposes of the shareholder approval referred to above taking into account all relevant circumstances, which may include circumstances other than the rights attaching to the shares themselves.

U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

The U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Takeover Code”) applies, among other things, (i) to an offer for a public company whose registered office is in the Channel Islands and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market or a multilateral trading facility in the United Kingdom or any stock exchange in the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man, or (ii) if the company is a public company and is considered by the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers (the “Takeover Panel”), to have its place of central management and control in the United Kingdom or the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man (in each case, a “Code Company”). This is known as the “residency test.” Under the Takeover Code, the Takeover Panel will determine whether we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man by looking at various factors, including the structure of our Board, the functions of the directors, and where they are resident.

If at the time of a takeover offer, the Takeover Panel determines that the residency test is satisfied and we have our place of central management and control in the United Kingdom, we would be subject to several rules and restrictions, including but not limited to the following: (i) our ability to enter into deal protection arrangements with a bidder would be extremely limited; (ii) we might not, without the approval of our shareholders, be able to perform certain actions that could have the effect of frustrating an offer, such as issuing shares or carrying out acquisitions or disposals; and (iii) we would be obliged to provide equality of information to all bona fide competing bidders. The Takeover Code also contains certain rules in respect of mandatory offers for Code Companies. Under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code, if a person:

 

   

acquires an interest in shares of a Code Company that, when taken together with shares in which persons acting in concert with such person are interested, carry 30% or more of the voting rights of the Code Company; or

 

   

who, together with persons acting in concert with such person, is interested in shares that in the aggregate carry not less than 30% and not more than 50% of the voting rights in the Code Company, acquires additional interests in shares that increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which that person is interested, the acquirer, and, depending on the circumstances, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the Takeover Panel) to make a cash offer (or provide a cash alternative) for the Code Company’s outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interests in the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months.

Upon completion of this offering, we expect a majority of our Board to reside outside of the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man. Based upon our current and intended plans for our directors and management, for the purposes of the Takeover Code, we anticipate that the residency test will not be met and

 

143


Table of Contents

that we will be considered to have our place of central management and control outside the United Kingdom, the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. Therefore, the Takeover Code should not apply to us. It is possible that in the future changes in the Board’s composition, changes in the Takeover Panel’s interpretation of the Takeover Code, or other events may cause the Takeover Code to apply to us.

Rights of Minority Shareholders

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the grounds that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application. What amounts to unfair prejudice is not defined in the Jersey Companies Law. There may also be common law personal actions available to our shareholders.

Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating our affairs, requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of common shares by us or by any of our other shareholders.

Jersey Regulatory Matters

The Jersey Financial Services Commission (“JFSC”) has given, and has not withdrawn, its consent under Article 2 of the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958 to the issue of our common shares. The JFSC is protected by the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Law 1947 against any liability arising from the discharge of its functions under that law.

A copy of this prospectus has been delivered to the Jersey Registrar of Companies in accordance with Article 5 of the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002 and the Jersey Registrar of Companies has given, and has not withdrawn, his consent to its circulation.

It must be distinctly understood that, in giving these consents, neither the Jersey Registrar of Companies nor the JFSC takes any responsibility for the financial soundness of the Company or for the correctness of any statements made, or opinions expressed, with regard to it. If you are in any doubt about the contents of this prospectus, you should consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant, or other financial adviser.

The price of securities and the income from them can go down as well as up. Nothing in this prospectus or anything communicated to holders or potential holders of any of our common shares (or interests in them) by or on behalf of the Company is intended to constitute or should be construed as advice on the merits of the purchase of or subscription for any common shares (or interests in them) for the purposes of the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998.

The directors of the Company have taken all reasonable care to ensure that the facts stated in this prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects, and that there are no other facts the omission of which would make misleading any statement in the prospectus, whether of facts or opinion. All the directors of the Company accept responsibility accordingly.

 

144


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Law

Set forth below is a comparison of certain shareholder rights and corporate governance matters under Delaware law and Jersey law:

 

Corporate law issue

  

Delaware law

  

Jersey law

Special Meetings of Shareholders   

Shareholders generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

 

However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.

  

Shareholders holding 10% or more of the company’s voting rights and entitled to vote at the relevant meeting may legally require our directors to call a meeting of shareholders.

 

The JFSC may, at the request of any officer, secretary, or shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting. Failure to call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law is a criminal offense on the part of a Jersey company and its directors and secretary.

Interested Director Transactions   

Interested director transactions are permissible and may not be legally voided if:

 

•  either a majority of disinterested directors, or a majority in interest of holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote upon the matter, approves the transaction upon disclosure of all material facts; or

 

•  the transaction is determined to have been fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders.

  

An interested director must disclose to the company the nature and extent of any interest in a transaction with the company, or one of its subsidiaries, which to a material extent conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company and of which the director is aware. Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a shareholder to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit.

 

A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose an interest if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in

 

145


Table of Contents

Corporate law issue

  

Delaware law

  

Jersey law

     

the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed.

 

Although it may still order that a director account for any profit, a court will not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.

Cumulative Voting    The certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.    There are no provisions in the Jersey Companies Law relating to cumulative voting.
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent    Unless otherwise specified in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, shareholders may take action permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting, without a meeting, notice, or a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting. All consents must be dated and are only effective if the requisite signatures are collected within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered.    If permitted by the articles of association of a company, a written consent signed and passed by the specified majority of members may affect any matter that otherwise may be brought before a shareholders’ meeting, except for the removal of a company’s auditors. Such consent shall be deemed effective when the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is signed by the specified majority of members or on such later date as is specified in the resolution. However, it is intended that the right to pass written resolutions by the shareholders will be excluded in the articles of association if Carlyle owns less than 50% of our outstanding common shares.
Business Combinations    With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the board of directors    A sale or disposal of all or substantially all the assets of a Jersey company must be approved by the board of directors and, only if the articles of association of the company

 

146


Table of Contents

Corporate law issue

  

Delaware law

  

Jersey law

   and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.    require, by the shareholders in general meeting. A merger involving a Jersey company must be generally documented in a merger agreement which must be approved by special resolution of that company.
Limitations on Director’s Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers   

A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, stock purchases, or redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Moreover, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws.

 

A Delaware corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit, or proceeding by reason of his or her position if (i) the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

  

The Jersey Companies Law does not contain any provision permitting Jersey companies to limit the liabilities of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

 

However, a Jersey company may exempt from liability, and indemnify directors and officers for, liabilities:

 

•  incurred in defending any civil or criminal legal proceedings where:

 

•  the person is either acquitted or receives a judgment in their favor;

 

•  where the proceedings are discontinued other than by reason of such person (or someone on their behalf) giving some benefit or suffering some detriment; or

 

•  where the proceedings are settled on terms that such person (or someone on their behalf) gives some benefit or suffers some detriment but in the opinion of a majority of the disinterested directors, the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings;

 

•  incurred to anyone other than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company;

 

•  incurred in connection with an application made to the court

 

147


Table of Contents

Corporate law issue

  

Delaware law

  

Jersey law

     

for relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty, or breach of trust under Article 212 of the Jersey Companies Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court; or

 

•  incurred in a case in which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

Appraisal Rights    A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights under which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.    No appraisal rights.
Shareholder Suits    Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to the shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste, and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.   

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of a company’s affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by a company, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of shareholders generally or of some part of shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application.

 

Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for

 

148


Table of Contents

Corporate law issue

  

Delaware law

  

Jersey law

      the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders. There may be customary personal law actions available to shareholders which would include certain derivate and other actions to bring proceedings against the directors of the company as well as the company.
Inspection of Books and Records    All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.    The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge. The register of directors and secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles of association or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.
Amendments to Charter    Amendments to the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or such greater vote as is provided for in the certificate of incorporation. A provision in the certificate of incorporation requiring the vote of a greater number or proportion of the directors or of the holders of any class of shares than is required by Delaware corporate law may not be amended, altered or repealed except by such greater vote.    The memorandum of association and articles of association of a Jersey company may only be amended by special resolution (being a two-third majority if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority) passed by shareholders in general meeting or by written resolution signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.

 

149


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is AST. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 and its telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

Listing

We have been approved for listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ATC.”

 

150


Table of Contents

COMMON SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and no predictions can be made about the effect, if any, that market sales of our common shares or the availability of such common shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, the actual sale of, or the perceived potential for the sale of, our common shares in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price for our common shares and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Shares—Future sales of our common shares in the public market could lower our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.”

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have              common shares outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding options and assuming that the underwriters have not exercised their option to purchase additional common shares. Of these common shares,              common shares will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Generally, the balance of our outstanding common shares are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, subject to the limitations and restrictions that are described below. Common shares purchased by our affiliates will be “restricted securities” under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers and directors, certain of our employees and the selling shareholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of two of the four representatives. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, beginning 90 days after the consummation of this offering, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated) who is an affiliate and who has beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months is entitled to sell in any three-month period several common shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of common shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately              common shares immediately after consummation of this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common shares on the stock exchange on which our shares are listed during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such a sale.

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. An “affiliate” is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, an issuer.

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least 12 months (including the holding period of any prior owner

 

151


Table of Contents

other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction. To the extent that our affiliates sell their common shares, other than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as in effect on the date of this prospectus, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants, or advisors who purchased common shares from us in reliance on Rule 701 in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased common shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such common shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance upon Rule 144. If such person is not an affiliate, such sale may be made subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, such sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirement, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

S-8 Registration Statement

In conjunction with this offering, we expect to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act, which will register up to an amount of common shares underlying stock options or restricted stock awards or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans equal to 11.2% of our outstanding common shares as of the closing of this offering. That registration statement will become effective upon filing, and all common shares covered by such registration statement are eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions with us and the lock-up agreements described above.

Registration Rights

We intend to enter into a new shareholders agreement in connection with the consummation of this offering, pursuant to which we will grant Carlyle the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common shares held by them and other shareholders party to that agreement or to piggyback on other registration statements in certain circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.” These common shares will represent approximately             % of our outstanding common shares after this offering, or approximately             % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common shares in full. These common shares also may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, depending on their holding period and subject to restrictions in the case of common shares held by persons deemed to be our affiliates. The shareholders agreement also requires us to indemnify certain of our shareholders and their affiliates in connection with any registrations of our securities. We do not anticipate that the shareholders agreement will contain any prescribed cash penalties or additional penalties as a result of delays in registering our common shares.

 

152


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Jersey Tax Considerations

This summary of Jersey taxation issues can only provide a general overview of this area and it is not a description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to invest in the Company.

The following summary of the anticipated treatment of the Company and holders of common shares (other than residents of Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law and practice as it is understood to apply at the date of this document and may be subject to any changes in Jersey law occurring after such date. It does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not address all aspects of Jersey tax law and practice (including such tax law and practice as it applies to any land or building situate in Jersey). Legal advice should be taken with regard to individual circumstances. Prospective investors in the common shares should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, buying, selling or otherwise disposing of common shares in the Company under the laws of any jurisdiction in which they may be liable to taxation.

Shareholders should note that tax law and interpretation can change and that, in particular, the levels and basis of, and reliefs from, taxation may change and may alter the benefits of investment in the Company.

Any person who is in any doubt about their tax position or who is subject to taxation in a jurisdiction other than Jersey should consult their own professional adviser.

Company Residence

Under the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961 (as amended) (“Tax Law”), the Company shall be regarded as resident in Jersey if it is incorporated under the Jersey Companies Law unless:

 

   

its business is centrally managed and controlled outside Jersey in a country or territory where the highest rate at which any company may be charged to tax on any part of its income is 10% or higher; and

 

   

the Company is resident for tax purposes in that country or territory.

It is intended that the Company will not be resident for tax purposes in Jersey and not subject to any rate of tax in Jersey as it will instead be resident in the United Kingdom where the tax rate is in excess of 10%.

Summary

Under current Jersey law, there are no capital gains, capital transfer, gift, wealth or inheritance taxes, or any death or estate duties. No capital or stamp duty is levied in Jersey on the issue, conversion, redemption, or transfer of common shares. On the death of an individual holder of common shares (whether or not such individual was domiciled in Jersey), duty at rates of up to 0.75% of the value of the relevant common shares may be payable on the registration of any Jersey probate or letters of administration which may be required in order to transfer, convert, redeem, or make payments in respect of, common shares held by a deceased individual sole shareholder, subject to a cap of £100,000.

Income Tax—The Company

The general rate of income tax under the Tax Law on the profits of companies regarded as resident in Jersey or having a permanent establishment in Jersey is 0% (“zero tax rating”). Certain exceptions from zero tax rating apply, namely:

 

  (1)   companies which are regulated by the Jersey Financial Services Commission under certain sections of the Financial Services (Jersey) Law 1998, the Banking Business (Jersey) Law 1991 or the Collective Investment Funds (Jersey) Law 1988, shall be subject to income tax at a rate of 10%, (these companies are defined as “financial services companies” in the Tax Law);

 

153


Table of Contents
  (2)   specifically identified utility companies shall be subject to income tax at a rate of 20%, (these companies are defined as “utility companies” in the Tax Law); and

 

  (3)   any income derived from the ownership or disposal of land in Jersey shall be subject to income tax at a rate of 20%.

Income Tax—Shareholders

Persons holding common shares who are not resident for taxation purposes in Jersey will be exempt from Jersey income tax on dividends from the Company.

Shareholders who are resident for income tax purposes in Jersey will be subject to income tax in Jersey at the standard rate of 20% on any dividends paid on common shares held by them or on their behalf and income tax may be withheld by the Company on payment of any such dividends.

Article 134A of the Tax Law contains a general anti-avoidance provision, which in the view of the Taxes Office may be utilized, in certain circumstances, in respect of individuals who are resident in Jersey and who invest in capital investments, where the main or one of the main purposes of the investment is the avoidance of tax.

Withholding Tax—The Company

For so long as the Company is rated for tax, or is not deemed to be resident for tax purposes in Jersey, no withholding in respect of Jersey taxation will be required on payments in respect of the common shares to any holder of the common shares not resident in Jersey.

Stamp Duty

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the common shares (unless there is any element of Jersey residential property being transferred, in which case a land transaction tax may apply pursuant to the Taxation (Land Transactions) (Jersey) Law 2009) except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer common shares on the death of a holder of such common shares if such holder was entered as the holder of the shares on the register maintained in Jersey. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situated in respect of a holder of common shares domiciled in Jersey, or situated in Jersey in respect of a holder of common shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% on the value of an estate with a maximum value of £13,360,000. The rules for joint holders and holdings through a nominee are different and advice relating to this form of holding should be obtained from a professional adviser.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there otherwise estate duties.

Goods and Services Tax

Pursuant to the Goods and Services Tax (Jersey) Law 2007 (“GST Law”), a tax rate which is currently 5% applies to the supply of goods and services, unless the supply is regarded as exempt or zero rated, or the relevant supplier or recipient of such goods and services is registered as an “international services entity.”

A company must register for GST if its turnover is greater than £300,000 in any 12 month period, and will then need to charge GST to its customers. Companies can also choose to register voluntarily.

 

154


Table of Contents

A company may apply to be registered as an International Services Entity (“ISE”) if it mainly serves non-Jersey residents. By virtue of a company being an ISE, it will not have to register for GST, will not charge GST on its supplies, and will not be charged GST on its purchases.

The Company will be an ISE within the meaning of the GST Law, as it satisfies the requirements of the Goods and Services Tax (International Services Entities) (Jersey) Regulations 2008, as amended. As long as it continues to be such an entity, a supply of goods or of a service made by or to the Company shall not be a taxable supply for the purposes of the GST Law.

Substance Legislation

With effect from January 1, 2019, Jersey implemented legislation to meet EU demands for companies to have substance in certain circumstances. Broadly, part of the legislation is intended to apply to holding companies managed and controlled in Jersey. It is not intended that the Company be managed and controlled in Jersey but rather that it is only tax resident in the United Kingdom and so this legislation will not apply to the Company on this basis.

The summary of certain Jersey tax issues is based on the laws and regulations in force as of the date of this document and may be subject to any changes in Jersey laws occurring after such date. Legal advice should be taken with regard to individual circumstances. Any person who is in any doubt as to his/her tax position or where he/she is resident, or otherwise subject to taxation, in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the UK and Jersey, should consult his/her professional adviser.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders (as defined below) under present law of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common shares issued pursuant to this offering. This summary applies only to U.S. Holders that acquire our common shares in exchange for cash in the offering, hold our common shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (as defined below) and have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all as available as of the date of this prospectus. All the foregoing authorities are subject to change or differing interpretation, and any such change or differing interpretation could apply retroactively and could affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences described below. The statements in this prospectus are not binding on the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court, and thus we can provide no assurance that the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS. Furthermore, this summary does not address any estate or gift tax consequences, any state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences or any other tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences.

The following discussion does not describe all the tax consequences that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holders, including those subject to special tax situations such as:

 

   

banks and certain other financial institutions;

 

   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

   

broker-dealers;

 

   

traders that elect to mark-to-market;

 

155


Table of Contents
   

tax-exempt entities or governmental organizations;

 

   

individual retirement accounts or other tax deferred accounts;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common shares under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons liable for alternative minimum tax or the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income;

 

   

U.S. expatriates;

 

   

persons holding our common shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, conversion or integrated transaction;

 

   

persons that directly, indirectly, or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power or total value of our common shares;

 

   

persons that are resident or ordinarily resident in or have a permanent establishment in a jurisdiction outside the United States;

 

   

persons who acquired our common shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common shares being taken into account in an applicable financial statement; or

 

   

persons holding our common shares through partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS ABOUT THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX RULES TO THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AS WELL AS THE STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON SHARES.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common shares that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

The tax treatment of a partner (or other owner) in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes that holds our common shares, and such entity or arrangement, generally will depend on such partner’s (or other owner’s) status and the activities of such entity or arrangement. A U.S. Holder that is a partner (or other owner) in such an entity or arrangement should consult its tax advisor.

Dividends and Other Distributions on Our Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions made by the Company with respect to our common shares (including the amount of non-U.S. taxes withheld therefrom, if any) generally will be includible as dividend income in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in the year received, to the extent such distributions are paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings

 

156


Table of Contents

and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect all cash distributions will be reported as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations with respect to dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

Dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) may be “qualified dividend income,” which is taxed at the lower applicable capital gains rate, provided that (1) our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, (2) we are neither a passive foreign investment company (as discussed below) nor treated as such with respect to the U.S. Holder for our taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year, (3) the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding period requirements, and (4) the U.S. Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Under IRS authority, common shares generally are considered for purposes of clause (1) above to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, as our common shares are expected to be. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to our common shares.

The amount of any distribution paid in foreign currency will be equal to the U.S. dollar value of such currency, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date such distribution is actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. A U.S. Holder generally should not recognize any foreign currency gain or loss in respect of such distribution if such foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received by the U.S. Holder. Any further gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the currency for a different U.S. dollar amount will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Dividends on our common shares generally will constitute foreign source income for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Subject to certain complex conditions and limitations, non-U.S. taxes withheld, if any, on any distributions on our common shares may be eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For this purpose, dividends distributed by the Company with respect to our common shares will generally constitute “passive category income.” The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to foreign tax credits are complex, and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of a foreign tax credit in their particular circumstances and the possibility of claiming an itemized deduction (in lieu of the foreign tax credit) for any foreign taxes paid or withheld.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our common shares, a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such common shares. Any such gain or loss generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period in common shares exceeds one year. Non-corporate U.S. Holders (including individuals) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on long-term capital gain at preferential rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations. Gain or loss, if any, recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other taxable disposition of our common shares generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

If the consideration received upon the sale or other disposition of our common shares is paid in foreign currency, the amount realized will be the U.S. dollar value of the payment received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition. If our common shares are treated as traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder or an accrual basis U.S. Holder who has made a special election (which must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized in foreign currency by translating the amount

 

157


Table of Contents

received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale. If our common shares are not treated as traded on an established securities market, or the relevant U.S. Holder is an accrual basis taxpayer that does not make the special election, such U.S. Holder will recognize foreign currency gain or loss to the extent attributable to any difference between the U.S. dollar amount realized on the date of sale or disposition (as determined above) and the U.S. dollar value of the currency received translated at the spot rate on the settlement date.

A U.S. Holder’s initial U.S. federal income tax basis in our common shares generally will equal the cost of such common shares. If a U.S. Holder used foreign currency to purchase the common shares, the cost of the common shares will be the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency purchase price on the date of purchase, translated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. If our common shares are treated as traded on an established securities market and the relevant U.S. Holder is either a cash basis taxpayer or an accrual basis taxpayer who has made the special election described above, the U.S. Holder will determine the U.S. dollar value of the cost of such common shares by translating the amount paid at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

We will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for any taxable year if either: (1) at least 75% of our gross income is “passive income” for purposes of the PFIC rules or (2) at least 50% of the value of our assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock.

Under the PFIC rules, if we were considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our common shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder unless (1) the Company ceases to qualify as a PFIC under the income and asset tests discussed in the prior paragraph and (2) the U.S. Holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules.

Based on the anticipated market price of our common shares in the offering and the current and anticipated composition of our income, assets and operations, we do not expect to be treated as a PFIC for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. This is a factual determination, however, that depends on, among other things, the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our shares and assets from time to time, and thus the determination can only be made annually after the close of each taxable year. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or for any future taxable year.

If we are considered a PFIC at any time that a U.S. Holder holds our common shares, any gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of our common shares, as well as the amount of any “excess distribution” (defined below) received by the U.S. Holder, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition (or the taxable year of receipt, in the case of an excess distribution) and to any year prior to the year in which we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed. For the purposes of these rules, an excess distribution is the amount by which any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its common shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on our common shares received during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.

Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments (such as qualified electing fund treatment or mark-to-market treatment) of our common shares if we are considered a PFIC. We do not intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders of our common shares to make qualified electing fund elections, which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for an

 

158


Table of Contents

investment in a PFIC described above. If we are treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder for any taxable year, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to own shares in any of our subsidiaries that are also PFICs. However, an election for mark-to-market treatment would likely not be available with respect to any such subsidiaries.

If we are considered a PFIC, a U.S. Holder will also be subject to annual information reporting requirements. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors about the potential application of the PFIC rules to an investment in our common shares.

U.S. Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our common shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our common shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible U.S. backup withholding. A U.S. Holder may be eligible for an exemption from backup withholding if the U.S. Holder furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and such U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

Additional Information Reporting Requirements

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (and certain entities) that hold an interest in “specified foreign financial assets” (which may include our common shares) are required to report information relating to such assets, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for common shares held in accounts maintained by certain financial institutions). Penalties can apply if U.S. Holders fail to satisfy such reporting requirements. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of these requirements to their acquisition and ownership of our common shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO YOU. EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON SHARES UNDER THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

159


Table of Contents

Certain United Kingdom Tax Considerations

The following statements are of a general nature and do not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential UK tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of our common shares. They are based on current UK tax law and on the current published practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) (which may not be binding on HMRC), as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect. They are intended to address only certain United Kingdom tax consequences for holders of our common shares who are tax resident in (and only in) the United Kingdom, and in the case of individuals, domiciled in (and only in) the United Kingdom (except where expressly stated otherwise) who are the absolute beneficial owners of our common shares and any dividends paid on them and who hold our common shares as investments (other than in an individual savings account or a self-invested personal pension). They do not address the UK tax consequences which may be relevant to certain classes of holders of our common shares such as traders, brokers, dealers, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, investment companies, collective investment schemes, tax-exempt organizations, trustees, persons connected with the Company or any member of a group of which the Company forms part, persons holding their common shares as part of hedging or conversion transactions, shareholders who have (or are deemed to have) acquired their common shares by virtue of an office or employment, and shareholders who are or have been officers or employees of the Company or a company forming part of a group of which the Company forms part. The statements do not apply to any shareholder who either directly or indirectly holds or controls 10% or more of the Company’s share capital (or class thereof), voting power or profits.

The following is intended only as a general guide and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular prospective subscriber for, or purchaser of, our common shares. Accordingly, prospective subscribers for, or purchasers of, our common shares who are in any doubt as to their tax position regarding the Acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common shares or who are subject to tax in a jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom should consult their own tax advisers.

The Company

It is the intention of the directors of the Company to conduct the affairs of the Company so that the central management and control of the Company is exercised in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes. As a result, the Company is expected to conduct the affairs of the Company so that it is treated as resident in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes. Accordingly, the Company is expected to be subject to UK tax on its worldwide income and gains, except where an exemption or relief applies.

It is not intended that the Company will be treated as a dual resident company for UK tax purposes, however, if it were to be so treated, the Company’s right to claim certain reliefs from UK tax may be restricted, and changes in law or practice in the United Kingdom could result in the imposition of further restrictions on the Company’s right to claim UK tax reliefs.

Taxation of dividends

Withholding tax

The Company will not be required to withhold UK tax at source when paying dividends. The amount of any liability to UK tax on dividends paid by the Company will depend on the individual circumstances of a holder of our common shares.

Income tax

An individual holder of our common shares who is resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom may, depending on his or her particular circumstances, be subject to UK tax on dividends received from the Company. An individual holder of our common shares who is not resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom should

 

160


Table of Contents

not be chargeable to UK income tax on dividends received from the Company unless he or she carries on (whether solely or in partnership) any trade, profession, or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency to which our common shares are attributable. There are certain exceptions for trading in the United Kingdom through independent agents, such as some brokers and investment managers.

All dividends received by a UK resident individual holder of our common shares from the Company or from other sources will form part of that shareholder’s total income for income tax purposes and will constitute the top slice of that income. A nil rate of income tax will apply to the first £2,000 of taxable dividend income received by a holder of our common shares in a tax year. Income within the nil rate band will be taken into account in determining whether income in excess of the nil rate band falls within the basic rate, higher rate or additional rate tax bands. Where the dividend income is above the £2,000 dividend allowance, the first £2,000 of the dividend income will be charged at the nil rate and any excess amount will be taxed at 7.5%, to the extent that the excess amount falls within the basic rate tax band, 32.5%, to the extent that the excess amount falls within the higher rate tax band or 38.1%, to the extent that the excess amount falls within the additional rate tax band.

Corporation tax

Corporate holders of our common shares which are resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom, or which are not so resident in the United Kingdom by which are carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in connection with which our common shares are used or held, should not be subject to UK corporation tax on any dividend received from the Company so long as the dividends qualify for exemption (as is likely) and certain conditions are met (including anti-avoidance conditions). Corporate holders of our common shares which are not resident in the United Kingdom and which are not carrying on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment in connection with which our common shares are used or held or acquired will not generally be subject to UK corporation tax on dividends.

A holder of our common shares who is resident outside the United Kingdom may be subject to non-UK taxation on dividend income under local law.

Taxation of Capital Gains

UK resident shareholders

A disposal or deemed disposal of our common shares by an individual or corporate holder of our common shares who is tax resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on that shareholder’s circumstances and subject to any available exemptions or reliefs, give rise to a chargeable gain or allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeable gains.

Any chargeable gain (or allowable loss) will generally be calculated by reference to the consideration received for the disposal of our common shares less the allowable cost to the shareholder of acquiring such common shares.

The applicable tax rates for individual holders of our common shares realizing a gain on the disposal of such shares is, broadly, 10% for basic rate taxpayers and 20% for higher and additional rate taxpayers.

Non-UK shareholders

Holders of our common shares who are not resident in the United Kingdom and, in the case of an individual shareholder, not temporarily non-resident, should not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realized on a sale or other disposal of our common shares unless (i) such common shares are used, held or acquired for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency or, in the case of a corporate holder of our common shares used, held, or acquired for the purposes of a trade carried on in the

 

161


Table of Contents

United Kingdom through a permanent establishment or (ii) where certain conditions are met, the Company derives 75% or more of its gross asset value from UK land. Holders of our common shares who are not resident in the United Kingdom may be subject to non-UK taxation on any gain under local law.

Generally, an individual holder of our common shares who has ceased to be resident in the United Kingdom for UK tax purposes for a period of five years or less and who disposes of our common shares during that period may be liable on their return to the United Kingdom to UK taxation on any capital gain realized (subject to any available exemption or relief).

UK Stamp Duty (“stamp duty”) and UK Stamp Duty Reserve Tax (“SDRT”)

The statements in this section are intended as a general guide to the current position relating to stamp duty and SDRT and apply to any holders of our common shares irrespective of their place of tax residence. Certain categories of person, including intermediaries, brokers, dealers, and persons connected with depositary receipt arrangements and clearance services, may not be liable to stamp duty or SDRT or may be liable at a higher rate or may, although not primarily liable for the tax, be required to notify and account for it under the Stamp Duty Reserve Tax Regulations 1986.

No stamp duty or SDRT will be payable on the issue of our common shares, subject to the comments below.

Stamp duty will in principle be payable on any instrument of transfer of our common shares that is executed in the United Kingdom or that relates to any property situated, or to any matter or thing done or to be done, in the United Kingdom. An exemption from stamp duty is available on an instrument transferring our common shares where the amount or value of the consideration is £1,000 or less and it is certified on the instrument that the transaction effected by the instrument does not form part of a larger transaction or series of transactions in respect of which the aggregate amount or value of the consideration exceeds £1,000. Holders of our common shares should be aware that, even where an instrument of transfer is in principle subject to stamp duty, stamp duty is not required to be paid unless it is necessary to rely on the instrument for legal purposes, for example to register a change of ownership or in litigation in a UK court.

Provided that our common shares are not registered in any register maintained in the United Kingdom by or on behalf of us and are not paired with any shares issued by a UK incorporated company, any agreement to transfer our common shares will not be subject to SDRT. We currently do not intend that any register of our common shares will be maintained in the United Kingdom.

If our common shares were to be registered in a register maintained in the United Kingdom by or on behalf of us or paired with any shares issued by a UK incorporated company then, where our common shares are transferred or issued to, or to a nominee or agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services or issuing depositary receipts (but not including CREST), SDRT may be payable at a rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for (or, in certain circumstances, the value of) our common shares. This liability for SDRT will strictly be accountable by the clearance service or depositary receipt system, as the case may be, but will, in practice, generally be reimbursed by participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system.

 

162


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

U.S. laws do not necessarily extend either to us or our officers or directors. We are organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey. Many of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States. Substantially all the assets of both us and our directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process on either us or our officers and directors within the United States, or to enforce against these persons or us, either inside or outside the United States, a judgment obtained in a U.S. court predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any U.S. state.

We have appointed Alpha US Bidco, Inc., as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States under the federal securities laws of the United States or of the laws of any state of the United States.

A judgment of a U.S. court is not directly enforceable in Jersey, but constitutes a cause of action which will be enforced by Jersey courts provided that:

 

   

the applicable U.S. courts had jurisdiction over the case, as recognized under Jersey law;

 

   

the judgment is given on the merits and is final, conclusive and non-appealable;

 

   

the judgment relates to the payment of a sum of money, not being taxes, fines or similar governmental penalties;

 

   

the defendant is not immune under the principles of public international law;

 

   

the same matters at issue in the case were not previously the subject of a judgment or disposition in a separate court;

 

   

the judgment was not obtained by fraud or duress and was not based on a clear mistake of fact; and

 

   

the recognition and enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy in Jersey, including observance of the principles of what are called “natural justice,” which among other things require that documents in the U.S. proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal.

Jersey courts award compensation for the loss or damage actually sustained by the plaintiff. Although punitive damages are generally unknown to the Jersey legal system, there is no prohibition on them either by statute or customary law. Whether a particular judgment may be deemed contrary to Jersey public policy depends on the facts of each case, though judgments found to be exorbitant, unconscionable, or excessive will generally be deemed as contrary to public policy. Moreover, certain defendants may qualify for protection under Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980, an act of the U.K. extended to Jersey by the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980 (Jersey) Order, 1983. This Act provides that a qualifying defendant is not liable for multiple damages, in excess of that required for actual compensation. A “qualifying defendant” for these purposes is a citizen of the U.K. and its colonies, a corporation or other limited liability entity organized under the laws of the U.K., Jersey or other territory for whose international relations the U.K. is responsible or a person conducting business in Jersey.

Jersey courts cannot enter into the merits of the foreign judgment and cannot act as a court of appeal or review over the foreign courts. In addition, a plaintiff who is not resident in Jersey may be required to provide a security bond in advance to cover the potential of the expected costs of any case initiated in Jersey. In addition, we have been further advised by our legal counsel in Jersey, that it is uncertain as to whether the courts of Jersey would entertain original actions, including based on U.S. federal or state securities laws, or enforce judgments from U.S. courts against us or our officers and directors which originated from actions alleging civil liability under U.S. federal or state securities laws.

 

163


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of common shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.

 

Underwriter

   Number
of Common Shares
 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

                   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

  

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the common shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the common shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the common shares.

Common shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $                    per common share. If all the common shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholders that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

If the underwriters sell more common shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the selling shareholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to              additional common shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase several additional common shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter’s initial purchase commitment. Any common shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other common shares that are the subject of this offering.

We, our executive officers and directors, and the selling shareholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of two of the four representatives, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common shares, subject to customary exceptions. Two of the four representatives, in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.

 

164


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the common shares was determined by negotiations among us, the selling shareholders and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the common shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common shares will develop and continue after this offering.

Our common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ATC.”

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling shareholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Paid by Atotech
Limited
     Paid by Selling Shareholders  
            No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per share

   $                      —        $                

Total

   $              —        $    

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be $             million including legal fees and expenses of counsel related to clearance of this offering with FINRA in an amount not to exceed $30,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in connection with this offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.

 

   

Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering.

 

   

“Covered” short sales are sales of shares in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

   

“Naked” short sales are sales of shares in an amount in excess of the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

   

Covering transactions involve purchases of shares either pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option or in the open market in order to cover short positions.

 

   

To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase shares in the open market or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

 

165


Table of Contents
   

Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the underwriters, in covering short positions or making stabilizing purchases, repurchase common shares originally sold by that syndicate member.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares. They may also cause the price of the common shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates have in the past performed commercial banking, investment banking, and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses and may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and/or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. In addition, affiliates of some of the underwriters are lenders, and in some cases agents or managers for the lenders, under our credit facility. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. A typical such hedging strategy would include these underwriters or their affiliates hedging such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. or their respective affiliates provided debt financing commitments to Carlyle in connection with the Acquisition Transactions and are lenders and/or agents under our senior secured credit facilities, and as a result, receive (or will receive) fees in connection therewith and will receive a portion of the proceeds of this offering. In addition, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. or their respective affiliates acted as initial purchasers in connection with the issuance of the Opco Notes and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. acted as initial purchasers in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes.

We and the selling shareholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

 

166


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The common shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the common shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area, (each a “Member State”) no offer of the common shares which are the subject of the offering has been, or will be, made to the public in that Member State, other than under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

 

  a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the common shares referred to in (a) to (c) above shall result in a requirement for us or any representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation, or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

Each person located in a Member State to whom any offer of our common shares is made or who receives any communication in respect of an offer of our common shares, or who initially acquires any of our common shares will be deemed to have represented, warranted, acknowledged, and agreed to and with each representative and us that (1) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation; and (2) in the case of any common shares being offered to or acquired by it as a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Regulation, the common shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any common shares to the public other than their offer or resale in any Member State to qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Regulation, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale;

We, the selling shareholders, the representatives, and their respective affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgments, and agreements.

 

 

167


Table of Contents

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of our common shares in any Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Regulation from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly, any person making or intending to make an offer in that Member State of our common shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us, the selling shareholders, or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we, the selling shareholders, nor the representatives have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of our common shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us, the selling shareholders, or the representatives to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of our common shares to the public” in relation to any of our common shares in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means; presenting sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our common shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe our common shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high-net-worth bodies corporate, unincorporated associations and partnerships and trustees of high-value trusts (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”).

This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole of in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The common shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the common shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed, or caused to be released, issued, or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the common shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

168


Table of Contents
   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

   

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The common shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

This prospectus is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the common shares. The common shares may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and no application has or will be made to admit the common shares to trading on any trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares constitutes a prospectus pursuant to the FinSA, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the common shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The common shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to common shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The common shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The common shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the common shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1) or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or

 

169


Table of Contents

(iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the common shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

   

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

   

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the common shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (i)   to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (ii)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (iii)   where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (iv)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (v)   as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged or will be lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to this offering. This document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the common shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the common shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The common shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under this offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring common shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This document contains general information only an does not take into account the investment objective, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial produce advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this document is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

170


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATED TO THE OFFERING

The actual and estimated expenses in connection with this offering, all of which will be borne by us, are as follows:

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $    

FINRA Filing Fee

  

Printing and Engraving Expense

  

Legal Fees

  

Accounting Fees

  

Blue Sky Fees

  

Stock Exchange Listing Fees

  

Transfer Agent Fee

  

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $                    
  

 

 

 

 

171


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF COMMON SHARES

The validity of the issuance of the common shares being sold in this offering and other matters under Jersey law will be passed upon for us by Ogier, our Jersey counsel. Certain other matters under U.S. federal law will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP, Washington, District of Columbia. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Milbank LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Atotech UK Topco Limited, or the Successor, and its subsidiaries, consisting of consolidated statements of financial position as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for the three years ended December 31, 2019, and the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of cash flows and consolidated statement of changes in equity for the period from January 1, 2017 through January 31, 2017 of Atotech B.V., or the Predecessor, and its subsidiaries, included in this prospectus, have been included in reliance on the reports of KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft (“KPMG AG”), an independent registered public accounting firm, given on KPMG AG’s authority as experts in auditing and accounting. KPMG AG is a member of the Chamber of Public Accountants (Wirtschaftsprüferkammer), Berlin, Germany.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 pursuant to the Securities Act, covering the common shares being offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common shares, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed.

As a result of the offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, applicable to foreign private issuers. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules and regulations under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act, with respect to their purchase and sale of our common shares. In addition, we are not required to file reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we will file with the SEC an annual report on Form 20-F containing financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm. Our annual report on Form 20-F will be due within four months after the end of the fiscal year starting with the report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020. We also intend to furnish reports on Form 6-K containing unaudited financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year and other material information.

 

172


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ATOTECH UK TOPCO LIMITED

 

  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm      F-2  
  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income      F-4  
  Consolidated Statements of Financial Position      F-5  
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      F-6  
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity      F-7  
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements      F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors

Atotech UK Topco Limited

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Atotech UK Topco Limited and subsidiaries (Successor) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and for the period from January 1, 2017 to January 31, 2017, of Atotech B.V. and subsidiaries (Predecessor), and the related notes (collectively, the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Successor as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and of the Predecessor for the period from January 1, 2017 to January 31, 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 3.1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standard 16, Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Berlin, Germany

March 9, 2020

 

F-2


Table of Contents

LOGO

Atotech UK Topco Limited

Consolidated Financial Statements

Registered number 10533697

As of December 31, 2019

 

F-3


Table of Contents
2.   Consolidated Financial Statements

 

2.1   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

           Successor     Successor     Successor      Predecessor  

($ in millions, except per share data)

   Notes     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
     Period from
Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Revenues

     (1     1,187.8       1,212.8       1,093.6        91.3  

Cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization

       (488.2     (504.2     (513.7      (40.7

Depreciation and amortization

       (170.1     (171.6     (141.1      (4.0

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

       (277.1     (295.6     (250.7      (19.8

Research and development expenses

       (51.2     (58.0     (62.6      (6.3

Restructuring expenses

     (2     (13.4     (14.8     (10.8      (0.4
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

       187.8       168.6       114.7        20.1  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense

       (148.9     (134.7     (94.1      (0.1

Other income (expense), net

     (3     23.5       (5.2     (23.7      (0.8

Acquisition related expenses

       —         —         (67.0      —    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

       62.4       28.7       (70.1      19.2  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (4     (54.8     (52.4     (16.7      (6.0
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated net income (loss)

       7.6       (23.7     (86.8      13.2  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Basic earnings (loss) per share

     (6     (4.27     (5.96     (8.44      —    

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

     (6     (4.27     (5.96     (8.44      —    

 

           Successor     Successor     Successor      Predecessor  

($ in millions)

   Notes     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
     Period from
Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Consolidated net income (loss)

       7.6       (23.7     (86.8      13.2  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

           
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Actuarial gains and losses

     (18     (23.0     5.5       (3.0      23.0  

Tax effect

       6.8       (1.5     —          (6.4

Currency translation adjustment generated by the parent company

       —         —         —          7.8  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Items not potentially reclassifiable to statement of income

       (16.1     4.0       (3.0      24.4  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustment

       (20.6     (104.3     176.4        2.9  

Cash flow hedge

     (22     —         —         —          0.2  

Hedge reserve

     (22     (2.7     8.0       (23.1      —    

Other

       (0.5     (0.9     3.4        —    
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Items potentially reclassifiable to statement of income (loss), net of tax

       (23.9     (97.2     156.7        3.1  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net amount

       (40.0     (93.2     153.7        27.5  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

       (32.4     (116.9     66.9        40.7  
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
2.2

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

($ in millions)

   Notes     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
 

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Property, plant and equipment

     (7     366.4        382.4  

Intangible assets

     (8     1,460.8        1,552.5  

Goodwill

     (8     1,046.4        1,053.9  

Right-of-use assets

     (9     99.2        —    

Other financial assets

     (15     38.7        18.1  

Other non-financial assets

     (10     7.3        17.2  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

       3,018.9        3,024.1  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

       

Inventories

     (11     124.7        121.5  

Trade and other receivables

     (12     282.9        278.8  

Other financial assets

     (15     2.5        1.6  

Tax assets

       34.2        23.7  

Cash and cash equivalents

       302.7        386.2  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

       747.0        811.8  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

       3,765.8        3,835.9  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities & shareholders’ equity

       

Shareholders’ equity

     (13     

Common shares and preferred shares

       95.6        95.6  

Paid-in surplus and retained earnings

       557.2        549.4  

Currency translation adjustment and other reserves

       19.8        59.7  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

       672.5        704.7  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       

Borrowings

     (14     2,115.0        2,219.6  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (17     340.1        374.0  

Employee benefits

     (18     156.1        132.7  

Provisions

     (20     22.2        53.9  

Lease liabilities

     (9     64.0        —    

Other financial liabilities

     (15     2.6        0.1  

Other non-financial liabilities

     (16     —          9.6  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

       2,700.1        2,789.9  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Borrowings

     (14     0.8        1.4  

Trade and other payables

     (21     258.5        233.0  

Tax liabilities

       77.7        53.1  

Lease liabilities

     (9     11.1        —    

Other financial liabilities

     (15     22.7        38.4  

Provisions

     (20     22.5        15.4  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

       393.2        341.3  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity

       3,765.8        3,835.9  
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
2.3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor  

($ in millions)

  Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
    Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Operating activities

         

Consolidated net income (loss)

    7.6       (23.7     (86.8     13.2  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    170.1       171.6       141.1       4.0  

Income taxes and changes in non-current provisions

    58.4       63.9       1.8       5.7  

(Gains)/losses on disposals of assets

    (5.2     0.7       1.1       —    

Net (gain)/loss on financial instruments at fair value

    (35.9     (5.9     10.6       —    

Accrued financial interest costs

    132.7       120.7       83.4       —    

Amortization of deferred financing cost, including original issuance discounts

    16.4       14.0       11.0       —    

Interest paid

    (133.0     (118.9     (71.1     (0.1

Taxes paid

    (84.8     (65.3     (48.4     (9.2

Other

    (1.3     (1.0     (3.9     (1.6
 

(Increase)/decrease in inventories

    (3.1     (13.9     62.4       1.6  

(Increase)/decrease in accounts receivable

    (6.4     46.1       (25.2     1.4  

(Increase)/decrease in other assets

    (6.2     (7.3     2.4       (0.2

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

    25.6       (14.3     28.8       (23.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

    134.8       166.7       107.2       (8.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

         

Intangible assets and property, plant, and equipment additions

    (75.7     (56.6     (47.8     (3.6

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

    (4.5     —         (2,693.9     —    

Other investments

    —         (0.1     —         —    

Increase in non-current loans

    (0.1     (0.3     (0.2     —    

Proceeds from sale of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment

    9.7       2.7       0.7       —    

Proceeds from sale of non-current investments

    —         —         2.9       —    

Repayment of non-current loans

    0.3       0.4       2.0       0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow used in investing activities

    (70.3     (53.9     (2,736.3     (3.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

         

Dividends paid

    —         (490.5     —         (110.6

Issuance of shares

    —         —         1,245.0       —    

Issuance of non-current debt

    —         500.0       1,838.2       —    

Repayment of non-current debt

    (115.8     (29.7     (7.1     (6.7

Increase (decrease) in current borrowings and bank debt

    (2.0     (3.3     (62.8     (23.0

Increase (decrease) in current financial assets and liabilities

    (1.1     (1.4     —         —    

Payment of lease liabilities

    (15.9     —         —         —    

Payment of deferred finance costs

    (9.9     (12.8     (79.7     —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities

    (144.6     (37.7     2,933.6       (140.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash & cash equivalents

    (80.1     75.1       304.5       (152.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates

    (3.4     (14.7     21.3       4.4  

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

    386.2       325.8       —         332.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

    302.7       386.2       325.8       184.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
2.4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

Successor:

 

($ in millions, except per

share data)

  Common Shares     Preference Shares     Paid-in
surplus and
retained
earnings
    Currency
translation
adjustment
    Hedge
reserve
    Other     Total
share-
holders’
equity
 
  Number in
thousands
    Amount     Number in
thousands
    Amount  

As of Feb. 1, 2017

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of shares

    26,155       2.6       1,218,855       121.9       1,120.5       —         —         —         1,245.0  

Net loss for the period

    —         —         —         —         (86.8     —         —         —         (86.8

Other comprehensive Income

    —         —         —         —         —         176.4       (23.1     (1.3     152.0  

Other

    —         —         —         —         1.7       —         —         —         1.7  

Comprehensive Income

    —         —         —         —         (85.1     176.4       (23.1     (1.3     66.9  

Share based payments

    —         —         —         —         0.1       —         —         —         0.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2017

    26,155       2.6       1,218,855       121.9       1,035.5       176.4       (23.1     (1.3     1,312.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss for the period

    —         —         —         —         (23.7     —         —         —         (23.7

Other comprehensive Income

    —         —         —         —         —         (104.3     8.0       4.0       (92.3

Other

    —         —         —         —         (0.9     —         —         —         (0.9

Comprehensive Income

    —         —         —         —         (24.6     (104.3     8.0       4.0       (116.9

Distribution to shareholders

    —         —         (289,485     (28.9     (461.6     —         —         —         (490.5

Share based payments

    —         —         —         —         0.1       —         —         —         0.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2018

    26,155       2.6       929,370       93.0       549.4       72.1       (15.1     2.7       704.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income for the period

    —         —         —         —         7.6       —         —         —         7.6  

Other comprehensive Income

    —         —         —         —         —         (20.6     (2.7     (16.7     (40.0

Comprehensive Income

    —         —         —         —         7.6       (20.6     (2.7     (16.7     (32.4

Share based payments

    —         —         —         —         0.2       —         —         —         0.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2019

    26,155       2.6       929,370       93.0       557.2       51.5       (17.8     (13.9     672.5  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor:

 

     Common shares
issued
     Paid-in surplus
and retained

earnings
    Currency
translation
adjustment
    Shareholders’
equity
    Total
shareholders’
equity
 

($ in millions, except per share data)

   Number      Amount  

As of Dec. 31, 2016

     1,055        0.6        725.5       (77.2     648.9       648.9  

Net income for the period

     —          —          13.2       —         13.2       13.2  

Other comprehensive Income

     —          —          16.8       10.7       27.5       27.5  

Comprehensive Income

     —          —          30.0       10.7       40.7       40.7  

Dividend

     —          —          (110.6     —         (110.6     (110.6

Capital increase

     —          —          40.2       —         40.2       40.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Jan. 31, 2017

     1,055        0.6        685.1       (66.5     619.2       619.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
The   notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
3.   Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

3.1

Basis of Preparation

 

(1)   General and Description of the Business

Successor

On Oct. 6, 2016, Alpha 3 B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with its corporate seat in De Meern and registered with the Dutch chamber of commerce under number 66940532 (“Opco”) entered into the share purchase agreement (“the Acquisition Agreement”) with Total Holdings Europe, a French société par actions simplifiée and Total Gestion USA, a French société a` responsabilité limitée (collectively, “TOTAL”) pursuant to which Atotech UK Topco Limited, a private company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom with its corporate seat in William Street, West Bromwich, West Midlands, B70 0BG, indirectly acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Atotech B.V. on Jan. 31, 2017 (the “Acquisition”). The Acquisition closed on Jan. 31, 2017. Accordingly, on Jan. 31, 2017 Atotech UK Topco Limited became the ultimate parent company of the Atotech B.V. Each of Atotech UK Topco Limited, Alpha 3 B.V. and Alpha US Bidco, Inc. were formed by affiliates of The Carlyle Group (the “Sponsor”) to facilitate the Acquisition.

When referring to Atotech UK Topco Limited and its subsidiaries collectively, they are referred to herein as the “Successor”.

Predecessor

Atotech B.V. was a private company incorporated and whose registered office was located at Strijkviertel 35-2, 3454 PJ De Meern, Netherland with regional headquarters in Berlin, Germany, Rock Hill, United States, and Yokohama, Japan. Until Jan. 31, 2017, the parent company of Atotech B.V. was Total Holdings Europe S.A.S.

When referring to Atotech B.V. and its subsidiaries, they are referred to herein as the “Predecessor”.

When referring to the Successor and Predecessor equally, they are referred to herein as “Atotech” or the “Company”.

Business

The Company is a leading global provider of specialty electroplating solutions delivering chemistry, equipment, and service for high growth technology applications. The Company’s solutions are used in a wide variety of end markets, including smartphones, communication infrastructure, big data infrastructure, and automotive and automotive electronics.

The Company has two operating and reportable segments which are the Electronics (“EL”) segment and the General Metal Finishing (“GMF”) segment. The EL segment supplies chemistry, production equipment and comprehensive services to the electronics industry, especially to the printed circuit board manufacturers, package substrate makers and semiconductor companies. Its product and technologies serve the main end-markets such as communication, computer, automotive, industrial, medical, aerospace and military industries. The GMF segment supplies chemistry, production technology and comprehensive services to the surface finishing industries in all areas of application. Its products and technologies serve the main end-markets such as automotive, consumer electronics, construction, sanitary, white goods and oil & gas industries.

 

(2)   Basis of Presentation

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the financial statements of the Successor and Predecessor are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied for all periods presented, unless otherwise stated. They were authorized for issue by the Company´s board of directors on March 9, 2020.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Blackline Presentation

As a result of the acquisition of Atotech B.V. by subsidiaries wholly owned by Atotech UK Topco Limited on Jan. 31, 2017, Atotech UK Topco Limited carries forward and continues to operate the Atotech B.V. business as of that date. International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) do not provide specific guidance for the preparation and presentation of historical information related to such transactions. The Successor and Predecessor Financial Statements have been prepared with a “black line presentation,” whereby a vertical black line separates the Successor and Predecessor. In addition, relevant footnotes have been presented for the Successor and Predecessor with the “black line presentation” to distinctly highlight the periods pre- and post-acquisition and their lack of comparability. Atotech UK Topco Limited was incorporated on Dec. 20, 2016 and had no activity prior to the Acquisition.

The Successor and Predecessor Financial Statements, as defined below, are collectively presented in accordance with S-X Article 3, and prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and IFRS interpretations as issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (“IFRIC”), together defined as IASB-IFRS. The Successor and Predecessor Financial Statements are defined as follows:

 

   

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Atotech UK Topco Limited, consisting of Consolidated Balance Sheets of Atotech UK Topco Limited and its subsidiaries as of Dec. 31, 2018 and as of Dec. 31, 2019 and the related Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended Dec. 31, 2017, Dec. 31, 2018 and Dec. 31, 2019 (the “Successor Financial Statements”).

 

   

The Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Atotech B.V. and its subsidiaries for the period from Jan. 1, 2017 through Jan. 31, 2017 (the “Predecessor Financial Statements”).

It should be noted that the comparability of the Successor periods to the Predecessor periods is affected by the application of acquisition accounting pursuant to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented in U.S. dollars. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are shown in millions of U.S. dollars rounded to one decimal place in accordance with standard commercial practice, which may result in rounding differences and percentage figures presented may not exactly reflect the absolute figures they relate to.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to exercise judgement and to make estimates and assumptions that affect the application of policies, reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities, and disclosures. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revision and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

New standards and interpretations adopted by the Company

The accounting standards and interpretations adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are consistent with those followed in the preparation of the Group´s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended Dec. 31, 2018, except for the adoption of new standards effective as of Jan. 1, 2019. The Group has not early adopted any other standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

In these consolidated financial statements, the Group applied IFRS 16 “Leases” and IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Tax Treatments” for the first time. The nature and effect of the changes as a result of adoption of the new accounting standard and interpretation is described below.

Several other amendments and interpretations apply for the first time in 2019, but do not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

IFRS 16 “Leases”

Nature of change

In Jan. 2016, the IASB published the financial reporting standard IFRS 16 “Leases”. The standard replaces the existing requirements relating to leases, including IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease”, SIC-15 “Operating leases - Incentives” and SIC-27 “Evaluating the Substance of Transactions involving the Legal Form of a Lease”. The standard sets out the principles for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of leases and requires lessees to recognize most leases on the balance sheet.

Adoption by the Group

IFRS 16 is initially effective for the financial years commencing on or after Jan. 1, 2019. The Group has applied the standard from its mandatory adoption date as of Jan. 1, 2019, by using the simplified retrospective approach. Therefore, the Group has not restated the comparative amounts for the year prior to adoption, which have been accounted for in accordance with IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

On transition to IFRS 16, the Group elected to apply the practical expedient to grandfather the assessment of which transactions are leases. The Group applied IFRS 16 only to contracts that were previously identified as leases. Contracts that were not identified as leases under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 were not reassessed. Therefore, the definition of a lease under IFRS 16 is applied only to contracts entered into or changed on or after Jan. 1, 2019.

As a result of the implementation of the new accounting standard, lessees are no longer required to classify leases as operating or finance leases as previously required under IAS 17. In most cases, lessees recognize leases on the balance sheet. The general principles of accounting for and measuring leases are described in section (3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases with a lease term of twelve months or less. The Group recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Leases related to the asset class “property” are capitalized regardless of the lease term.

Initial impact

The Group has analyzed the impact of the initial application of IFRS 16 in a Group-wide project involving existing processes, systems and contracts. The Group’s leases primarily relate to property, for example office and factory spaces as well as land use rights. Other leases are reported under “other” and primarily relate to transportation equipment.

On adoption of IFRS 16, the group recognized lease liabilities in relation to leases which had previously been classified as operating leases under IAS 17 at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate as of Jan. 1, 2019. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied to the lease liabilities on Jan. 1, 2019 was 1.4%.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

On initial application of IFRS 16, the following lease liabilities were recognized:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Jan. 1, 2019  

Operating lease commitments disclosed at Dec. 31, 2018

     51.5  

Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application

     45.2  

Short-term and low value leases recognized on a straight line basis as expense

     (0.8

Adjustments as a result of different treatment of extension and termination options

     36.2  
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities (current and non-current)

     80.6  
  

 

 

 

The associated right-of-use assets were measured at an amount equal to the lease liability at the initial application date. In addition, favorable lease assets and land use rights already recorded on the balance sheet at initial application date totaling $27.0 million where reclassified to right-of-assets.

On initial application of IFRS 16, the following right-of-use assets were recognized:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Jan. 1, 2019  

Property

     103.3  

Other

     4.3  
  

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets

     107.6  
  

 

 

 

“Other” mainly relates to transportation equipment.

Impact for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019

In the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the Group recognized depreciation and amortization in the amount of $17.5 million and interest expenses of $0.9 million while decreasing operational lease expenses recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses by $16.3 million.

In the consolidated statement of cash flows, lease payments relating to the principal portion of the lease are no longer recognized in the cash flow provided by operating activities, but in the cash flow used in financing activities. Due to this reclassification, the cash flow provided by operating activities increased by $15.9 million while the cash flow used in financing activities decreased by the same amount. Payments relating to the interest portion of the lease in the amount of $0.9 million are presented in the cash flow from operating activities under “interest paid”.

IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Tax Treatments”

In June 2017, the IASB issued IFRIC Interpretation 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments” IFRIC 23 is to be applied while performing the determination of taxable profit or loss, tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments.

According to IFRIC 23, companies need to determine the probability of the relevant tax authority accepting each tax treatment, or group of tax treatments, that the companies have used or plan to use in their income tax filing which has to be considered to compute the most likely amount or the expected value of the tax treatment when determining taxable profit or loss, tax bases, unused tax losses, unused tax credits and tax rates.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019, it provides a choice of two transition approaches:

 

   

full retrospective using IAS 8, only if the application is possible without the use of hindsight; or

 

   

modified retrospective with the cumulative effect of the initial application recognized as an adjustment to equity on the date of initial application. In this approach, comparative information is not restated.

The adoption had no material impact on the Company’s annual financial statements, as the Company has recognized its provision for income taxes under consideration of any known risk factors already in previous years. Due to the first time adoption of IFRIC 23, certain provisions for uncertain tax positions are now presented under income tax liabilities. Please refer to note (20) “Non-current and current Provisions”.

There are no other IFRS or IFRIC interpretations that are not effective that are expected to have a material impact.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Company

A number of new accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 31 December 2019 reporting periods and have not been early adopted by the Group. The following standards, amendments and interpretations not yet effective are not expected to have a significant impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements:

 

   

Amendments to References to Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards.

 

   

Definition of a Business (Amendments to IFRS 3).

 

   

Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8).

 

(3)

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Consolidation

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases.

All internal balances, transactions, and income are eliminated.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method according to IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”. The purchase price allocation is finalized up to a maximum of one year from the acquisition date.

The acquirer shall recognize goodwill at the acquisition date, being the excess of:

 

   

The consideration transferred, measured generally at fair value, the amount of non-controlling interests and, in business combinations achieved in stages, the fair value at the acquisition date of the investment previously held in the acquired company;

 

   

Over the amount of acquired identifiable assets and assumed liabilities, measured generally at fair value, at the acquisition date.

If the difference is negative, an additional analysis is performed on the identification and valuation of the identifiable assets and liabilities. After having completed such additional analysis, any residual gain on a bargain purchase is recorded as income.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The Company elects on a transaction-by-transaction basis whether to measure non-controlling interests at their fair value or at their proportionate share of the recognized amount of the identifiable net assets, at the acquisition date.

Acquisition related transaction costs are expensed as incurred.

See note (23) for a summary of the business combinations which occurred in 2019 and 2017. No business combinations occurred in 2018.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. Dollars. The financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are prepared in the currency that most clearly reflects their business environment. This is referred to as their functional currency. The functional currency of certain subsidiaries are their respective local currencies. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies other than the functional currency of the entities of the Company are translated at the exchange rate on the transaction date. The income and cash flow statements are translated using the average exchange rates for the period (if deemed a reasonable proxy of transactions’ exchange rates). At each balance sheet date, monetary and non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated to U.S. Dollars at the closing rate and the resulting exchange differences are recognized in the statement of income or, if applicable, presented on the line “Currency translation adjustment” of other comprehensive income, within “Items potentially re-classifiable to profit or loss.”

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are carried at their historical cost, after deducting any accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. This cost includes borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition or production of a qualifying asset incurred until assets are placed in service.

Routine maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over their expected useful lives, which are as follows:

 

(years)

      

Furniture, office equipment, machinery and tools

     3-10  

Transportation equipment, machinery, Computer & networking, Lab equipment

     3-15  

Building & improvements

     10-33  

Land improvements & Leasehold improvement

     9-10  

Useful lives are reviewed on a regular basis. Such a review takes into consideration the nature of the assets, their intended use including but not limited to the closure of facilities and the evolution of the technology and competitive pressures that may lead to technical obsolescence.

See note (7) for the changes in property, plant and equipment.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets primarily include trade name, developed technology and customer relationships resulting from the Acquisition.

Intangible assets are carried at historical cost, less any accumulated amortization and losses.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

All of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets have a finite useful life and are amortized on a straight-line basis:

 

(years)

      

Customer Relationships

     13-20  

Developed Technology

     14-16  

Trade names

     20  

Capitalized development costs

     15  

Other intangible assets

     3-10  

Useful lives are reviewed on a regular basis. Such a review takes into consideration the nature of the assets, their intended use including but not limited to the closure of facilities and the evolution of the technology and competitive pressures that may lead to technical obsolescence.

See in note (8) for the changes in intangible Assets and Goodwill.

Research and Development

Research and development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of newly developed products or processes are recognized as an expense at the time they are incurred unless they meet the recognition criteria of IAS 38 “Intangible Assets”. The Company assesses the progress of all development projects on a monthly basis under the recognition criteria under IAS 38, capitalizing the development costs once all criteria are met, and beginning amortization once projects are complete and ready for use. Development costs previously recognized as an expense are not capitalized in a subsequent period.

Impairment of non-financial assets (including Goodwill)

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is an indication that a non-financial asset (other than biological assets, investment property, inventories, contract assets, assets arising from IAS 19 and deferred tax assets) may be impaired. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment.

For impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or Cash Generating Units (“CGUs”). Goodwill arising from a business combination is allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. Value in use is based on the estimated future cash flows, discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. They are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the CGU, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the CGU on a pro rata basis

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. For other assets, an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have existed, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Inventories

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Costs for chemical inventories are measured using the weighted-average cost method.

Cost of manufactured chemical product inventories consist of raw material costs, direct labor costs, and an allocation of production overheads. General administrative costs and financing costs are excluded from the cost of these inventories.

Cost of equipment inventories consist of cost incurred in the production of equipment, including direct labor costs and an allocation of production overheads.

Product inventories purchased from entities external to the Company are valued at their purchase cost plus costs of transport.

Financial Instruments

Recognition and initial measurement

Trade receivables and debt securities issued are initially recognized when they are originated. All other financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognized when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

A financial asset (unless it is a trade receivable without a significant financing component) or financial liability is initially measured at fair value plus, for an item not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue. A trade receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price.

Classification and subsequent measurement

Financial assets

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: amortized cost; fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) (“FVOCI”) – debt investment; FVOCI – equity investment; or FVTPL.

Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Company changes its business model for managing financial assets, in which case all affected financial assets are reclassified on the first day of the first reporting period following the change in the business model.

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

 

   

it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and

 

   

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

A debt investment is measured at FVOCI if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at FVTPL:

 

   

it is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets; and

 

   

its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Company may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.

All financial assets not classified as measured at amortized cost or FVOCI as described above are measured at FVTPL (see note (22). On initial recognition, the Company may irrevocably designate a financial asset that otherwise meets the requirements to be measured at amortized cost or at FVOCI or as at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch that would otherwise arise. The Group does not apply the fair value option in accordance to IFRS 9.4.1.5.

Financial assets – Subsequent measurement and gains and losses:

 

Financial assets at FVTPL

   These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Net gains and losses, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss. However, see note (22) for derivatives designated as hedging instruments.

Financial assets at amortized cost

   These assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The amortized cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on de-recognition is recognized in profit or loss.

Debt investments at FVOCI

   These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Interest income calculated using the effective interest method, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairment are recognized in profit or loss. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI. On de-recognition, gains and losses accumulated in OCI are reclassified to profit or loss.

Equity investments at FVOCI

   These assets are subsequently measured at fair value. Dividends are recognized as income in profit or loss unless the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Other net gains and losses are recognized in OCI and are never reclassified to profit or loss.

Prior to the application of IFRS 9, the Company classified its financials assets into the category loans and receivables (“LAR”), which was measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Financial liabilities

On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at: amortized cost; FVOCI - debt investment; FVOCI - equity investment; or FVTPL.

Financial liabilities are classified as measured at amortized cost or FVTPL. A financial liability is classified as at FVTPL if it is classified as held-for-trading, it is a derivative or it is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial liabilities at FVTPL are measured at fair value and net gains and losses, including any interest expense, are recognized in profit or loss. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at

 

F-16


Table of Contents

amortized cost using the effective interest method. Interest expense and foreign exchange gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on de-recognition is also recognized in profit or loss.

See note (22) for financial liabilities designated as hedging instruments.

De-recognition

Financial assets

The Company de-recognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset are received or expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred or in which the Company neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.

The Company enters into transactions whereby it transfers assets recognized in its statement of financial position, but retains either all or substantially all of the risks and rewards of the transferred assets. In these cases, the transferred assets are not derecognized. Refer to note (22) for further discussion of the Company’s factoring arrangements during the periods presented.

Financial liabilities

The Company de-recognizes a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled, or expire. The Company also derecognizes a financial liability when its terms are modified and the cash flows of the modified liability are substantially different, in which case a new financial liability based on the modified terms is recognized at fair value.

On de-recognition of a financial liability, the difference between the carrying amount extinguished and the consideration paid (including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed) is recognized in profit or loss.

Offsetting

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Company currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Current and non-current non-derivative financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

The Company has the following non-derivative financial liabilities measured at amortized cost: borrowings, trade and other payables and other financial liabilities. Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition these financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Fair value of financial instruments

Forward and option exchange contracts are valued on the basis of a comparison of the negotiated forward rates with the rates in effect on the financial markets at year-end for similar maturities.

All financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value when first recorded. For current receivables and liabilities, their net book value is deemed to correspond to a reasonable approximation of their fair value due to their short term nature.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Fair value measurements on a recurring basis

The following describes the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The balance sheet classifications of the Company’s derivative instruments are presented in note (15). The derivative instruments primarily consist of foreign exchange forwards and collars, all of which are valued on a market based approach utilizing both spot and forward prices of the underlying currencies as key market observable data inputs and classified as level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Level 1:

The fair value of financial instruments consisting of borrowings, bank debt, and hedging derivatives traded in active markets is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Company is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1.

Level 2:

The fair value of financial instruments consisting of borrowings, bank debt, and hedging derivatives that are not traded in an active market is determined by using valuation techniques based on quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in active markets, or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2.

Level 3:

If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3.

Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments consisting of embedded derivatives include:

 

   

the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments

 

   

the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date

 

   

the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis.

See note (22) for further details.

Additionally, the Company has bifurcated several embedded options related to the indenture governing its Holdco and Opco Notes. These options are valued as a single compound derivative based on a set of discounted cash flow scenarios in which binomial interest rate trees are created utilizing market based volatility assumptions and constant interest rate spreads to determine scenarios in which each option would be rationally exercised. The bifurcated embedded derivative is classified as level 2 (until 2018: level 3) in the fair value hierarchy

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

The Company’s financial instruments with short-term maturities include current receivables, payables, and current financial debt. Given the short term nature of these financial instruments, their net book value is deemed to correspond to a reasonable approximation of their fair value in accordance with IFRS 7.29(a). The fair value of non-current financial debt is estimated based on pricing vendor quotes which are derived primarily from dealer quotes and bond market activity, and classified as level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. For lease liabilities, no fair value is shown in accordance with IFRS 7.29(d).

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Expected credit loss (ECL) assessment

The Group applies the simplified approach in accordance with IFRS 9.5.5.15 for its trade receivables and contract assets where the loss allowance is always measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. Each exposure is allocated to a credit risk grade based on data that is determined to be predictive of the risk of loss (including but not limited to external ratings, audited financial statements, management accounts and cash flow projections and available press information about customers) and applying experienced credit judgement. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative and quantitative factors that are indicative of the risk of default.

Exposures within each credit risk grade are segmented by geographic region and industry classification and an ECL rate is calculated for each segment based on delinquency status and actual credit loss experience over the past years. These rates are adjusted to reflect differences between economic conditions during the period over which the historical data has been collected, current conditions as well as the Group’s view of economic conditions over the expected life of the receivables.

Derivative instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to risks of changes in foreign exchange rates. Derivative instruments are measured at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments are recognized in the statement of income or, if cash flow or net investment hedge accounting is applied, in other comprehensive income for the effective portion of changes in fair value, and are recognized in the balance sheet in the accounts corresponding to their nature. The derivative instruments used by the Company are foreign currency forwards and options exclusively. The Company does not use any other derivatives; however, on occasion the Company is required to bifurcate and account for separately derivatives that are embedded in other contracts. Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value and recognized in the balance sheet accounts corresponding to their nature. Changes in fair value of such derivatives are recognized in the statement of income.

Financial derivatives

In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into derivative contracts for risk management purposes. For financial reporting purposes, a derivative instrument is designated in one of the following categories: (a) hedging instruments designated as a qualifying hedge under derivative accounting principles; (b) a non-designated economic hedge; and (c) bifurcated embedded derivatives. The derivative instruments held are predominantly options and forward contracts. All freestanding derivatives, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, are stated at fair value.

Derivatives held for risk management purposes

The Company’s risk management policy requires to identify, analyze, and manage risks arising from the activities conducted during the normal course of business. The Company uses derivative instruments as a risk management tool to manage the exposures to foreign currency risks in existing assets, liabilities, and equity. The accounting for changes in fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting under derivative accounting principles of IFRS 9.

Accounting principles for qualifying hedges require detailed documentation that describes the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, including, but not limited to, the risk management objectives and hedging strategy and the methods to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Company designates derivative instruments to offset the foreign exchange risk arising from balance sheet assets, liabilities, and equity in foreign subsidiary investments. The Company assesses the hedging relationships, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, using a regression approach to determine whether the designated hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in the value due to foreign exchange rate fluctuation of the hedged item.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Other derivatives – economic hedges

Derivative instruments determined to be economic hedges that are not designated as hedging instruments under IFRS 9 are recorded at FVTPL. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized in fair value of derivatives while the derivative asset or liability positions are reflected as non-current or current other financial assets or liabilities.

Other derivatives – embedded derivatives

On Jan. 31, 2017, in connection with the Acquisition, an indenture governing the Opco Notes was signed by the Company to issue $425.0 million of 6.25% Opco Notes to private investors. On May 30, 2018 Alpha 2 B.V. issued $300.0 million of 8.75%/9.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes. Both agreements contained several embedded features required to be bifurcated and accounted for separately as derivatives under IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”, related to prepayment call options available to the Company and put options available to the holder. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized in fair value of derivatives while the derivative asset or liability positions are reflected as non-current financial assets and non-current financial debt.

Fair value determination

A number of accounting and valuation methods require that the fair value of both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities be determined. The fair value is the price that independent market participants would pay on the relevant day under normal market conditions if the asset were sold or the liability was transferred.

Fair value is measured using a three-level hierarchy based on the valuation parameters used.

 

   

Level 1: Unchanged adoption of listed prices on active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2: Use of valuation parameters whose prices are not the listed prices referred to in level 1, but which can be observed either directly or indirectly for the asset or liability in question.

 

   

Level 3: Use of factors not based on observable market data for the measurement of the asset or liability (non-observable valuation parameters).

For the purpose of performing the annual impairment test the Company has applied the Level 3 data. Refer to the discussion below the heading (22) “Financial Instruments” for the use of the fair value hierarchy for the Company’s financial assets and liabilities.

Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The Company adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” using the full retrospective method, which means that the standard is applied retrospectively to each applicable prior reporting period presented in accordance with IFRS. The adoption of IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” did not impact the revenue recognition related to sales of chemistry which historically has constituted approximately 85% of the Company’s consolidated revenues. IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” does affect the timing of revenue recognition for a certain amount of revenue from the manufacturing of production equipment, and an immaterial amount of revenue from the modifications and retrofits for equipment.

Accounting policy for revenue recognition

The principles in IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” must be applied using the following 5 step model:

 

  1.   Identify the contract (s) with a customer;

 

F-20


Table of Contents
  2.   Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  3.   Determine the transaction price;

 

  4.   Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;

 

  5.   Recognize revenue when or as the entity satisfies its performance obligations.

Identifying performance obligations

The Company must assess whether the goods or services promised in a contract are (a) distinct – to be accounted for as separate performance obligations, (b) not distinct – to be combined with other promised goods or services until a bundle is identified that is distinct or (c) part of a series of distinct goods and services that are substantially the same and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer.

The sale of chemistry includes standard terms and conditions, results from spot orders of customers and shipment of chemistry to the customers based on incoterms, primarily ex works. Additionally, contracts for the manufacturing of production equipment, modifications and retrofits for such equipment to customer specifications each constitute only one performance obligation.

Determining and allocating the transaction price

At contract inception the total transaction price is estimated, being the amount to which the Company expects to be entitled and has rights to under the present contract. In almost all cases, the transaction price does not include a variable element. Variable elements, if any, relate to volume rebates, discounts and returns for chemistry sales. Equipment contracts do typically not include variable elements.

Estimates for volume rebates, discounts and returns of chemistry sales are accounted for as reductions of revenue when the earnings process is complete. Volume rebates and discounts are typically earned by customers based on annual sales volume targets. The Company records an estimate for these accruals based on contract terms and its historical experience with similar programs. An estimate for future expected sales returns is recorded based on historical experience with product returns within the defined period of time to return these products; however, changes to these estimates may be required if the historical data used in the calculation differs from actual experience. Differences between these estimates and actuals are typically immaterial and are recognized as a reduction of revenues in the period such differences are determined. Variable consideration for volume rebates, discounts and expected returns are recorded as contract liabilities and settled with the customer in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract, typically when program requirements are achieved by the customer.

The Company applies the constraint included in IFRS 15.56 for estimating the consideration and includes in the transaction price only the amount of the variable consideration to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

For substantially all equipment contracts and chemistry product sales, only one performance obligation per contract exists. Therefore, the allocation of the transaction price is not required.

Recognizing revenue

For each performance obligation to be recognized over time, the Company applies a measure of progress that faithfully depicts the Company’s performance in transferring control of the goods or services to the customer. The Company applies the relevant input method consistently to similar performance obligations. If performance obligations in a contract do not meet the overtime criteria, the Company recognizes revenue at a point in time.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Revenue from chemistry products

For substantially all sales of chemistry products, the Company recognizes revenue at the point in time at which it transfers control of the goods to the customer. Depending on the contractually agreed incoterms, control is transferred either upon shipment or delivery, when the Company’s performance obligation has been fulfilled and collectability is probable.

If products are delivered to a customer’s warehouse on consignment, the Company normally retains control. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the customer retrieves the goods from the warehouse.

Revenue from production equipment contracts

The Company recognizes revenue over time for contracts relating to the manufacturing, modifications and retrofits of equipment, as the equipment is built to customer specification and the Company has an enforceable right to payment for the performance completed. For these sales, the Company uses the cost-to-cost input method to measure progress. In cases, where cost-to-cost is not proportionate to the Company’s progress in satisfying the performance obligation because of uninstalled materials, the Company adjusts the measure of progress and recognizes revenue to the extent of cost incurred to satisfy the performance obligation under the contract.

Contract assets and contract liabilities

The Company’s customer contracts related to the sale of equipment as well as modifications and retrofits for equipment may include a diverse range of payment schedules dependent upon the nature and type of goods and services being provided. The Company often agrees payment schedules under which it receives payments throughout the term of the contracts.

Where payments made are greater than the revenue recognized at the period end date, the Company recognizes a contract liability for this difference. Where payments made are less than the revenue recognized at the period end date, the Company recognizes a contract asset for this difference. Where the Company has an unconditional right to payment or an advance, it recognizes a trade receivable.

Significant judgments for revenue recognition

In determining the amount of revenue and profits to record, and related balance sheet items (such as contract assets, contract liabilities and trade receivables) to recognize in the period, management is required to form a number of key judgements and assumptions:

 

   

Determining whether contracts with multiple components contain distinct goods or services;

 

   

For sales of equipment, assessing the nature of the goods or services that the Company has promised to transfer, as well as the timing of when the goods and services are provided and control transfers to the customer in determining whether to recognize revenue at a point in time or over time; and

 

   

Assessing the timing of satisfaction of performance obligations.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

Current income tax assets and/or liabilities comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods, that are unpaid at the reporting date. Current tax is payable on taxable profit, which differs from profit or loss in the financial statements. Calculation of current tax is the best

 

F-22


Table of Contents

estimate of the tax amount to be paid or received that reflects uncertainty related to income taxes, if any, and is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Interest and penalties related to income taxes are accounted for under IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets.”

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis, and on carry-forwards of unused tax losses and tax credits.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated, without discounting, at tax rates that are expected to apply to their respective periods of realization, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period, and reflect uncertainties related to income taxes, if any. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that they will be able to be utilized against future taxable income, based on the Company’s forecast of future operating results which is adjusted for significant non-taxable income and expenses and specific limits to the use of any unused tax loss or credit. Deferred tax liabilities are always provided for in full.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only when the Company has a right and intention to set off current tax assets and liabilities from the same taxation authority.

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized as a component of tax income or expense in profit or loss, except where they relate to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case the related deferred tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or equity, respectively.

Employee Benefits

In accordance with the laws and practices of each country in which the Company operates, the Company participates in employee benefit plans offering retirement, death and disability, healthcare, and special termination benefits. These plans provide benefits based on various factors such as length of service, salaries, and contributions made to the governmental bodies responsible for the payment of benefits.

These plans can be either defined contribution or defined benefit pension plans and may be entirely or partially funded with investments made in various mutual funds and insurance contracts.

For defined contribution plans, expenses correspond to the contributions paid.

Defined benefit obligations are determined according to the projected unit cost method (PUCM). Plan assets are measured at fair value. Actuarial gains and losses may arise from differences between actuarial valuation and projected commitments and between projected and actual return of plan assets. Such gains or losses are recognized immediately in the statement of other comprehensive income (loss) and are not subsequently recycled to the statement of income (loss).

Past service cost is recorded immediately in the statement of income, whether vested or unvested.

The net interest expense and service cost is recognized under “Selling, general, and administrative expenses.”

Share-based Payments

Predecessor

The parent company of the Predecessor, Total Holdings Europe S.A.S., granted employees stock options, employee share purchase plans, and offered its employees the opportunity to subscribe to reserved capital

 

F-23


Table of Contents

increases. These employee benefits are recognized as expenses. The expense is equal to the fair value of the instruments granted. The expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period in which the awards are vested. The fair value of the options was calculated using the Black-Scholes model at the grant date.

For restricted share plans, the fair value was calculated using the market price of shares at the grant date after deducting the expected distribution rate during the vesting period. The number of allocated equity instruments can be revised during the vesting period in cases of non-compliance with performance conditions, with the exception of market conditions, or according to the rate of turnover of the beneficiaries.

The cost of employee-reserved capital increases is immediately expensed. A discount reduces the expense in order to account for the non-transferability of the shares awarded to the employees over a period of five years.

Successor

The Company awards certain employees equity-settled, share-based compensation benefits on a discretionary basis through the Long-term Incentive Plan (see note (19)) and the Management Equity Plan (see note (19)), respectively.

The fair value of the awards is recognized as an expense. The total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by reference to the fair value of the awards granted, excluding the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and revenue growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of awards that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the Company revises its estimates of the number of awards that are expected to vest. It recognizes the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. When options granted are exercised, the Company issues new shares. The proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to common shares (nominal value) and additional paid in capital when the options are exercised.

The Company has applied IFRS 2 “Share Based Payment” and has adopted the Black-Scholes model for the purposes of measuring fair value for the awards.

Provisions

Provisions comprise liabilities of uncertain timing or amount that arise from environmental risks, legal and tax risks, litigation, and other risks. A provision is recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event for which it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required and when a reliable estimate can be made regarding the amount of the obligation. The amount of the liability corresponds to the best possible estimate.

Leases

Leases (Group as a lessee) – applicable until Dec 31, 2018

A finance lease transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership from the lessor to the lessee. These contracts are capitalized as assets at fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments according to the contract. A corresponding financial debt is recognized as a financial liability. These assets are depreciated over the corresponding useful life used by the Company. The Company does not have any material finance leases.

Leases that are not finance leases as defined above are recorded as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are recognized in profit or loss on a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Certain arrangements do not take the legal form of a lease but convey the right to use an asset or a group of assets in return for fixed payments. Such arrangements are accounted for as leases and are analyzed to determine whether they should be classified as operating leases or as finance leases.

Leases (Group as a lessee) – applicable from Jan 1, 2019

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That is, if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

Right-of-use assets

If a contract is, or contains, a lease, the Group recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities.

The cost of right-of-use assets includes the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

Right-of-use assets are subsequently depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term and the estimated useful lives of the assets. If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Group at the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset. Right-of-use assets are also subject to impairment. Please refer to the accounting policy regarding “Impairment of non-financial assets (including Goodwill)“.

Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as expenses (unless they are incurred to produce inventories) in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

The lease term determined by the Group comprises non-cancellable periods of lease contracts, periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if the Group is reasonably certain not to exercise that option.

The lease liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Lease liabilities are re-measured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option or if there is a revised in-substance fixed lease payment.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group has elected not to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases with a lease term of twelve months or less. The Group recognizes the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Leases related to the asset class “property” are capitalized regardless of the lease term.

Use of Estimates and Assumptions

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make assumptions and estimates that have effects on the amounts recognized in the financial statements and the related disclosures. Although these estimates are based on current events and circumstances, there may be deviations between estimated and actual results. Significant estimates and assumptions have been used for the following matters in particular:

 

   

identification and determination of write-downs of inventories and receivables; see comments under notes (11) and (12),

 

   

the determination of the recoverability of deferred tax assets on unused tax losses; see comments under notes (4) and (17),

 

   

impairment test for goodwill and intangible assets under development; see comments under note (8),

 

   

pension and other postretirement benefits in accordance with actuarial valuations; see comments under note (18),

 

   

the determination of the probability of the relevant tax authority accepting each tax treatment (IFRIC 23); see comments under note (2) (IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Tax Treatments”) and (20),

 

   

identification and determination of anticipated effects from the application of new or amended IFRS not yet applied; see comments under note (2) (New standards and interpretations not yet adopted by the Company).

 

3.2

Notes to the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

(1)

Revenue

Set out below is the disaggregation of the Group’s revenue from contracts with customers:

 

($ in millions)

  Successor
Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Successor
Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Successor
Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
    Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Type of goods or services

         

Chemistry revenue

    1,065.5       1,066.5       938.5       76.9  

Equipment revenue

    122.3       146.3       155.1       14.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

    1,187.8       1,212.8       1,093.6       91.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Geographical market

         

China

    416.9       412.6       365.2       30.6  

Taiwan

    114.5       129.4       110.1       6.6  

Germany

    118.4       106.6       101.3       11.9  

Other countries

    538.0       564.2       517.0       42.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

    1,187.8       1,212.8       1,093.6       91.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Timing of revenue recognition

         

Recognized at a point in time

    1,115.4       1,121.5       989.9       82.4  

Recognized over time

    72.4       91.3       103.7       8.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue from contracts with customers

    1,187.8       1,212.8       1,093.6       91.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents
(2)

Restructuring expenses

Restructuring expenses mainly consist of expenditures in relation to organizational changes and severance payments. Restructuring expenses decreased by $1.4 million for the year ended Dec. 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended Dec. 31, 2018. The restructuring expenses of the year ended Dec. 31, 2019 are mainly related to an increase in provisions for a restructuring program in Germany.

 

(3)

Other income (expense), net

Other income are presented in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

   Successor
Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
     Successor
Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
     Successor
Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
     Predecessor
Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Financial income on marketable securities & cash equivalents

     0.9        1.4        0.8        0.1  

Exchange gains

     2.4        0.2        —          —    

Other financial income

     24.1        2.0        0.6        1.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income

     27.4        3.6        1.4        1.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expenses are presented in the following table:

 

     Successor     Successor     Successor      Predecessor  

($ in millions)

   Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
     Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Exchange losses

     —         —         (7.0      (1.7

Losses on disposal of PP&E and Intangible assets

     —         (0.7     (1.1      —    

Other financial expenses

     (3.9     (8.1     (17.0      (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other expenses

     (3.9     (8.8     (25.1      (2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In the year ended Dec. 31, 2019, other financial income consists primarily of a gain of $16.0 million (2018: $5.7 million presented in Other financial expenses) from the mark to market valuation of the Company’s embedded derivatives related to the Opco Notes and Holdco Notes and the Company’s foreign exchange forward and collar.

 

(4)

Income Taxes

Income taxes include deferred taxes and current income taxes in the respective countries. They comprise trade taxes, corporate income tax, solidarity surcharge and the equivalent foreign tax charges. As in 2018, the statutory corporate income tax rate for 2019 assessment period in United Kingdom was 19.0%.

The income tax expense recognized in the statement of income is as follows:

 

     Successor     Successor     Successor      Predecessor  

($ in million)

   Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
     Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31. 2017
 

Current income tax

     (80.5     (80.1     (71.1      (5.1

Deferred income benefits

     25.7       27.7       54.4        (0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax expense

     (54.8     (52.4     (16.7      (6.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

As of the reporting date, the Atotech Group maintains unused corporate income tax losses of $307 million. (2018: $185 million). As in the prior year, loss carry forwards are mainly attributable to Netherlands, Germany and the United States. In the Netherlands an amount of unused tax loss of $297 million (prior year: $178.0 million) was incurred, that cannot be utilized in the foreseeable future as well, since there will not be enough taxable profit to be offset. In Germany an aggregated amount of $14.4 million (prior year: $8.2 million) non-deductible interest expenses was incurred, that cannot be utilized in the foreseeable future. In both cases no deferred tax assets were recognized. In addition, in the United States federal tax loss carryforwards of $9 million (prior year: $7 million) and interest carryforwards of $14 million (prior year: $7.0 million) are available, which result from fiscal years 2017 until 2019 and for which deferred tax assets totaling $1.9 million were recognized as of Dec. 31, 2019 (prior year: $1.5 million). The Company’s net operating losses have no expiration date.

The reasons for differences between expected tax expenses in the Group are as follows:

 

     Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor  

($ in millions)

   As of
Dec. 31,
2019
    As of
Dec. 31,
2018
    As of
Dec. 31,
2017
    Jan. 1, 2017
to Jan. 31.
2017
 

Consolidated net income/loss

     7.6       (23.7     (86.8     13.2  

Income taxes

     (54.8     (52.4     (16.7     (6.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pre-tax income

     62.3       28.7       (70.1     19.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statutory tax rate

     19.0     19.0      19.25 %2      25.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected tax expense

     (11.8     (5.5     13.5       (4.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Difference between expected and foreign income tax rates

     (8.5     (8.8     12.5       0.2  

Difference due to change of statutory tax rate

     2.7       (0.6     11.7        

Deferred tax not recognized

     (24.9     (24.7     (24.5      

Recognition of previously unrecognized unused tax losses

                 3.4        

Permanent differences

     (13.2     (14.7     (33.8      

Prior-year effects

     1.9       2.1              

Changes in valuation allowance of deferred assets

                       (1.4

Other

     (1.0     (0.2     0.5        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (54.8     (52.4     (16.7     (6.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Permanent differences result from withholding taxes, changes in provisions for uncertain tax positions and related interest and penalties, which are non-deductible for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets for future tax reductions resulting from the expected utilization of existing unused tax losses and comparable items in subsequent years were only recognized, as far as their realization is sufficiently probable. In the reporting period, prior-year effects include current income taxes of $0.8 million.

The UK statutory tax rate of 19% will be further reduced to 17% in Apr. 2020.

 

2    The statutory tax rate of UK was 20% in 2017 until Mar. 2017, then it was reduced to 19% from Apr. 2017 on. Therefore the Company used an iterated tax rate of 19.25%.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
(5)

Personnel expenses

 

     Successor      Successor      Successor      Predecessor  

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
     As of Dec. 31,
2017
     Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31. 2017
 

Wages and salaries incl. other pension costs

     244.6        257.6        236.4        19.3  

Social security costs

     38.4        40.5        38.6        3.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     283.0        298.1        275.0        22.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average number of employees is as follows:

 

(number of employees)

   As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Manufacturing (incl. Logistics)

     759        750  

Sales, Marketing and Technicians

     1,841        1,893  

Research and Development

     484        526  

Administration

     601        601  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,685        3,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(6)

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share are determined by dividing the net income for the period attributable to the ordinary shareholders of Atotech UK Topco Limited by the basic weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.

Basic earnings per share increased in comparison to the prior year due to higher net income for the period:

 

($ in millions, except share data and earnings per share)

   Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
 

Net income/(loss) for the period

     7.6       (23.7     (86.8

Interest accrued on preferred shares

     (119.4     (132.1     (133.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to shareholders

     (111.8     (155.8     (220.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding

     26,154,998       26,154,998       26,154,998  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     (4.27     (5.96     (8.44
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest accrued on preferred shares refers to the 12% compounded annual dividend on preferred shares prior to any dividend distributions made to holders of Common Shares. Please refer to note (13) for more information on common and preferred shares.

Diluted earnings per share are determined by dividing the net income for the period attributable to the ordinary shareholders by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. In all periods, ordinary shares with a dilutive effect (stock options) were excluded, because the effect would be anti-dilutive. Hence, the basic earnings per share correspond to diluted earnings per share in 2019 and prior periods.

 

F-29


Table of Contents
3.3

Notes to the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

(7)

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment assets are analyzed in the following tables:

 

    Dec. 31, 2019     Dec. 31, 2018  

($ in millions)

  Gross carrying
amount
    Depreciation &
Impairment
    Net carrying
amount
    Gross carrying
amount
    Depreciation &
Impairment
    Net carrying
amount
 

Land, buildings and infrastructure

    197.5       (22.0     175.5       202.0       (20.4     181.6  

Machinery and laboratory equipment

    206.0       (88.7     117.3       196.5       (51.0     145.5  

Other tangible assets

    60.2       (27.5     32.7       52.7       (17.2     35.5  

Construction in progress

    41.0       (0.1     40.9       19.9       (0.1     19.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    504.7       (138.3     366.4       471.1       (88.7     382.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

($ in millions)

   Land, buildings
and
infrastructure
    Machinery and
Laboratory
equipment
    Other tangible
assets
    Construction in
progress
    Total  

As of Jan. 1, 2018

     207.9       163.3       46.9       19.3       437.4  

Additions

     0.3       3.9       6.3       18.0       28.5  

Disposals

     (1.4     (1.6     (1.8     (1.6     (6.4

Reclassifications

     (0.3     12.4       (0.4     (14.4     (2.7

Depreciation charge

     (14.5     (23.6     (13.4     —         (51.5

Impairment

     (1.3     (2.6     (0.5     —         (4.4

Currency translation

     (9.1     (6.3     (1.6     (1.5     (18.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2018

     181.6       145.5       35.5       19.8       382.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     0.3       11.0       5.8       26.2       43.3  

Disposals

     —         (2.4     (1.1     (0.1     (3.6

Reclassifications

     0.4       1.6       1.8       (4.6     (0.9

Depreciation charge

     (7.1     (27.8     (10.5     —         (45.3

Impairment

     —         (4.9     (0.1     (0.1     (5.2

Currency translation and other

     0.4       (5.8     1.3       (0.4     (4.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2019

     175.5       117.3       32.7       40.9       366.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2019 additions amounted to $43.3 million. Capital expenditures have been mainly made for the Development Center in India ($9.9 million), for the Chemistry Production plant in Yangzhou (China) with an amount of $9.1 million. The impairment of $5.2 million primarily relates to the relocation of production facilities in Southeast Asia and a reduction of fair value of our tech center in India.

The net movement of $0.9 million in the reclassifications is mainly due to an asset transfer from Property, plant & equipment to Inventories in 2019.

In 2018 additions amounted to $28.5 million. Capital expenditures have been mainly made for the Chemistry Production plant in Yangzhou (China) with an amount of $9.2 million, for the Development Center in India ($3.1 million) and equipment at customer totaling $5.5 million. Capital expenditures are also influenced by investments in IT hardware with an amount of $3.8 million. The impairment of $4.4 million primarily relates to the relocation of production facilities in Southeast Asia ($1.8 million) and the tech center in India ($1.4 million).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

The net movement of $2.7 million in the reclassifications is due to an asset transfer from Property, plant & equipment to Inventories in 2018.

 

(8)

Other Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Development of intangible assets

Intangible assets are analyzed in the following tables:

 

     Dec. 31, 2019      Dec. 31, 2018  

($ in millions)

   Gross carrying
amount
     Amortization &
Impairment
    Net
carrying
amount
     Gross carrying
amount
     Amortization &
Impairment
    Net
carrying
amount
 

Goodwill

     1,046.4        —         1,046.4        1,053.9        —         1,053.9  

Customer relationships

     1,034.5        (173.9     860.6        1,041.2        (115.0     926.2  

Developed technology

     552.6        (107.2     445.4        557.1        (70.9     486.2  

Trade name

     80.6        (12.1     68.5        81.2        (7.9     73.3  

Other intangible assets

     21.3        (7.1     14.2        36.5        (12.2     24.3  

Intangible assets under development

     76.6        (4.5     72.1        47.0        (4.5     42.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,812.0        (304.8     2,507.3        2,816.9        (210.5     2,606.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

($ in millions)

   Goodwill     Customer
relationships
    Developed
Technology
    Trade
name
    Other
intangible
assets
    Intangible
assets under
development
    Total  

As of Jan. 1, 2018

     1,101.7       1,030.2       546.6       80.9       34.0       13.8       2,807.2  

Additions

     —         —         —         —         1.7       30.4       32.1  

Disposals

     —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Reclassifications

     —         —         —         —         (3.1     3.2       0.1  

Amortization charge

     —         (61.7     (38.1     (4.3     (5.7     (0.4     (110.2

Impairment

     —         —         —         —         (1.3     (4.2     (5.5

Currency translation and other

     (47.8     (42.3     (22.3     (3.3     (1.3     (0.3     (117.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2018

     1,053.9       926.2       486.2       73.3       24.3       42.5       2,606.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions

     —         —         —         —         5.6       30.2       35.8  

Acquisition of a subsidiary

     —         1.1       2.2       —         4.6       —         7.9  

Disposals

     —         —         (0.3     —         (0.7     —         (1.0

Reclassifications

     —         —         —         —         (17.1     —         (17.1

Amortization charge

     —         (59.2     (36.6     (4.2     (3.8     —         (103.8

Impairment

     —         —         —         —         —         (0.1     (0.1

Currency translation and other

     (7.5     (7.5     (6.1     (0.6     1.4       (0.6     (20.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2019

     1,046.4       860.6       445.4       68.5       14.2       72.1       2,507.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On Jan. 1, 2019, favorable lease assets previously presented in “other intangible assets” were reclassified to right-of-use assets due to the adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases”. Please refer to note (2) for more information on the adoption of IFRS 16.

Impairment of non-financial Assets (including Goodwill)

The annual impairment test was carried out in the fourth quarter of 2019 and 2018 in order to test the goodwill for impairment. Impairment shall be recognized if, with regard to the individual CGU, the carrying

 

F-31


Table of Contents

amount of the goodwill exceeds the recoverable amount. This recoverable amount corresponds to the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The recoverable amount of the performed impairment tests was based on the concept of the fair value less costs of disposal (FVlCoD), measured using discounted cash flow projections.

The goodwill was allocated to the CGUs of the Company as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Dec. 31,
2019
     Dec. 31,
2018
 

GMF

     429.0        432.1  

EL

     617.4        621.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,046.4        1,053.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table shows the material assumptions used in determining the fair value less costs of disposal, including the input factors used for cash flow projections and the weighted cost of capital for each CGU as of Dec. 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

     Dec. 31, 2019     Dec. 31, 2018  

Planning Assumptions

   GMF     EL     GMF     EL  

Average revenue growth p.a. in the first three planning periods (CAGR)

     4.5     6.2     3.1     4.8

Growth rate in the terminal period

     1.0     1.0     2.0     2.0

WACC

     8.8     8.4     9.6     9.4

Cost of Disposal

     1.0     1.0     1.0     1.0

Planning assumptions are based on market studies of third parties and other internal and external planning data. The financial planning process for each CGU is based on a structured approach that is carried out once a year. The first three planning years (in this case 2020 to 2022) are planned in detail. For the fourth and the fifth planning year, a high level budget has been applied for impairment test purposes. The applied budget is in line with the Company’s mid-term plan. At this level besides cash flow and net debt the focus of the presented planning data is on revenue growth. After the mid-term plan period a terminal value is determined based on the expected long-term growth rate applicable to each CGU.

As part of the annual impairment testing as at Sep. 30, 2019, a sensitivity analysis was also conducted. A decrease in the long-term growth rate in the terminal period of a half percent was assumed which indicated an impairment loss totaling $14.6 million in the GMF segment. Additionally, the Atotech Group would have to recognize an impairment loss on its goodwill in the GMF segment of $79.1 million if the WACC is increased by 100 basis points.

 

(9)

Leases

The Group’s leases mainly relate to property, for example office and factory spaces as well as land use rights. Other leases are reported under “other” and primarily relate to transportation equipment. The terms of the leases for “property” run up to 47 years (median term 1 year and average term 3 years) and for “other” up to 6 years (median term 1.5 years and average term 2 years). Extension and termination options are included in a number of property leases across the Group. These are used to maximize operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the group’s operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the group and not by the respective lessor. The leases of the Group mainly involve fixed lease payments due monthly.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

During the financial year 2019, the carrying amount of right-of-use assets changed as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Property      Other      Total  

Right-of-use assets as of Jan. 1, 2019

     103.3        4.3        107.6  

Additions

     8.7        2.4        11.0  

Depreciation

     (15.0      (2.5      (17.5

Currency translation and other changes

     (2.0      0.0        (2.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets as of Dec 31, 2019

     95.0        4.2        99.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Please refer to note (2) regarding the first-time adoption of IFRS 16 “Leases”.

The following table shows the contractually agreed undiscounted lease payments including the expected extension options as of Dec. 31, 2019:

 

($ in millions)

   Up to
one year
     Between one and
five years
     More than
five years
     Total contractual
cash flows
     Carrying amount
at Dec 31, 2019
 

Lease liabilities

     12.1        29.3        41.8        83.2        75.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at 31 Dec. 2019, potential future cash outflows of $1.3 million (undiscounted) have not been included in the lease liability because it is not reasonably certain that these leases will be extended (or not terminated).

Besides the depreciation charge shown in the table above, the Group recognized interest expenses in the amount of $0.9 million (included in finance costs) and expenses relating to short-term and low value leases of $1.6 million (included in selling, general and administrative expenses) in the consolidated income statement.

The total cash outflow for leases in 2019 was $18.4 million.

 

(10)

Other non-current financial assets

Other non-current assets are analyzed in the following table:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Advance payments

     1.6        11.0  

Prepaid expenses

     3.0        3.9  

Other

     2.7        2.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other non-current assets

     7.3        17.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses fully comprise of prepaid insurance premium which are amortized over the maturity of the insurance policy. The change in advance payments is driven by land-use-rights, which were reclassified to right-of-use assets in 2019 on initial application of IFRS 16 (please refer to note (2) and note (9) for more information on IFRS 16 “Leases”).

 

F-33


Table of Contents
(11)

Inventories

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Chemical products inventories

     93.7        90.0  

Equipment inventories

     41.1        45.6  

Other inventories

     —          (0.2

Valuation allowance on chemical product inventories

     (3.3      (2.8

Valuation allowance on Equipment inventories

     (6.7      (11.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     124.7        121.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Inventories comprise of the following:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Raw materials

     36.8        37.3  

Finished and unfinished goods

     87.9        84.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     124.7        121.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(12)

Trade and other Receivables

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Customers, gross carrying amount

     259.0        257.2  

Notes receivable, gross carrying amount

     9.0        7.0  

Contract assets

     7.5        7.9  

Advance payments to suppliers, gross carrying amount

     4.7        7.8  

Other debtors, gross carrying amount

     9.2        6.7  

Loss allowances

     (13.6      (13.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade receivables

     275.8        273.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other

     7.1        5.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade and other current receivables

     282.9        278.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contract assets relate to revenue earned from the ongoing manufacturing of equipment as well as the ongoing modifications and retrofits of equipment. As such, the balances of this account vary and depend on the number of ongoing equipment contracts at the end of the year.

The loss allowances as at Dec. 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Current (not
past due)
    Within 90 days
past due
    Between 90 days
and 6 months
past due
    Between 6 and
12 months
past due
    More than 12
months past due
    Total  

Total trade receivables, gross carrying amount

     252.2       23.3       1.9       1.8       10.2       289.4  

Loss allowances

     (2.9     (0.6     (0.2     (0.9     (9.0     (13.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected loss rate

     1.2     2.5     13.2     46.7     88.8     4.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The loss allowances as at Dec. 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Current (not
past due)
    Within 90 days
past due
    Between 90 days
and 6 months
past due
    Between 6 and
12 months
past due
    More than 12
months past due
    Total  

Total trade receivables, gross carrying amount

     254.1       17.0       2.4       4.6       8.5       286.6  

Loss allowances

     (3.2     (0.3     (0.3     (2.1     (7.4     (13.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected loss rate

     1.3     1.8     11.1     45.3     86.5     4.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On aggregate, the bad debt allowances developed as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   2019      2018  

As at Jan. 1

     (13.3      (14.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Additions in loss allowances recognized in profit or loss

     (4.2      (1.3

Reversals of unused amounts recognized in profit or loss

     3.5        2.3  

Currency translation and other changes

     0.4        0.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at Dec. 31

     (13.6      (13.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(13)

Shareholders’ Equity

In connection with the consummation of the Acquisition, affiliates of The Carlyle Group contributed cash to Atotech UK Topco Limited in the aggregate amount of $1,245 million in exchange for 26.2 million Common Shares (nominal value of $0.10) and 1,219 million Preferred Shares (nominal value of $0.10) of Atotech UK Topco Limited. Common Shares contain standard voting rights while Preferred Shares contain no voting rights but are entitled to a 12% compounded annual dividend prior to any dividend distributions made to holders of Common Shares. Payments of preferred dividends are at the discretion of the Company and are not mandatory to be paid each period. Given that the Company has unilateral control over the payment of dividends to the holders of Preferred Shares, the Preferred Shares have been presented as equity.

In connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes and the incremental borrowing under Term B-1 loan in May 2018 (see note (14)), the Group paid $490.5 million to the holders of Preferred Shares consisting of $200.9 million of accrued and unpaid interest (from Jan. 31, 2017) and $289.5 million to redeem 289,485,380 Preference Shares.

Shareholders´ equity is as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Shareholders’ equity

     

Common shares

     2.6        2.6  

Preferred shares

     93.0        93.0  

Paid-in surplus and retained earnings

     557.2        549.4  

Currency translation adjustment and other reserves

     19.8        59.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     672.5        704.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency translation adjustment and other reserves

The currency translation adjustment comprises the cumulative gains and losses arising from translating the financial statements of foreign operations that use functional currencies other than U.S. dollar. It also includes cumulative gains and loss from translating Term Loan B-3 from RMB into U.S. dollars (see note (14)).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The other reserves comprise the hedging reserve of the subsidiaries and actuarial gains and losses relating to defined benefit obligations. The hedging reserve consists of the effective portion of the gains and losses on hedging instruments related to hedged transactions that have not occurred yet.

 

(14)

Non-current and current Borrowings

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Other non-current financial borrowings

     1,392.5        1,496.6  

Opco Notes

     425.0        425.0  

Holdco Notes

     297.6        298.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current borrowings

     2,115.0        2,219.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current portion of non-current financial borrowings

     0.8        1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     2,115.9        2,221.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s current and non-current borrowings:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

     

Term Loan B-1

     950.0        1,060.0  

Term Loan B-3

     474.1        484.9  

6.25% Opco Notes

     425.0        425.0  

8.75%/9.50% Holdco Notes

     299.1        300.0  

Less – Deferred financing costs

     (33.2      (50.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current borrowings

     2,115.0        2,219.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities:

     

Term Loan B-1

     11.0        11.0  

Term Loan B-3

     4.9        5.0  

Short-term financing costs

     (15.1      (14.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current borrowings

     0.8        1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     2,115.9        2,221.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On Jan. 31, 2017 Alpha 3 B.V. and Alpha US Bidco, Inc. entered into the senior secured credit facilities which consist of a term loan facility due on Jan. 31, 2024 and a multicurrency revolving credit facility due on Jan. 31, 2022. The revolving credit facility provides for revolving loans and letters of credit pursuant to commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million, with a letter of credit sublimit of $75.0 million. The Group intends to use future borrowings under the revolving credit facility to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments. The Group’s ability to draw under on the revolving credit facility or issue letters of credit thereunder will be conditioned upon, among other things, delivery of required notices, accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in the credit agreement governing the new senior secured credit facilities and the absence of any default or event of default under the new senior secured credit facilities, subject to certain exceptions. At Dec. 31, 2019 the Group had $232.5 million out of $250.0 million of available borrowings under its revolving credit facility due to the use of $17.5 million of Guarantee Facilities (Ancillary Facilities under the revolving credit facility).

As of Jan. 31, 2017 (“Closing Date”), the Group issued $1,400.0 million of term loans, net of original issue discount (OID) of $7.0 million. Proceeds from the term loan were used in connection with the Acquisition. In connection with the issuance of the term loans, the Group capitalized $49.0 million of debt financing costs. The

 

F-36


Table of Contents

$1,400.0 million term loan facility consisted of two tranches: one tranche in the aggregate amount of $900.0 million that was incurred by both Alpha 3 B.V. and Alpha US Bidco, Inc. and a second tranche in the U.S. dollar equivalent amount of $500.0 million that was incurred by Alpha 3 B.V. (the “RMB Tranche”). The RMB Tranche was initially incurred entirely in U.S. dollars. As of Dec. 31, 2019, Alpha 3 B.V. had redenominated all of the $500.0 million RMB Tranche to its RMB equivalent, per the terms of the original agreement. As of each day of redenomination, all redenominated debt was designated as a hedge of the foreign exchange rate movements of the Group’s net investment in its Chinese subsidiaries. Refer to note (22) for further information on hedging. Associated with the redenomination, the Group capitalized an additional $31.5 million of redenomination related fees, of which $9.5 million remains to be paid in 2020. Principal repayments equivalent to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the initial Term B-1 and Term B-2 loans are due quarterly beginning on Sep. 30, 2017, with all unpaid aggregate amounts due on the maturity date. Principal repayments equivalent to 1.00% per year of the aggregate principal amount of the term loans, due and payable on a quarterly basis (i.e. 0.25% per quarter). As per the terms of the original agreement, the Group made an early repayment of $14.0 million during Q3 2018 and $99.0 million during Q1 2019 on the outstanding balance of the Term B-1 loan. As a result, the Group had a corresponding reduction of $2.1 million in capitalized financing fees related to the Term B-1 loans.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and portion of the term loan facility denominated in U.S. dollars bear interest at a floating rate which can be, at the Group’s option, (x) with respect to the term loan facility, either (i) LIBOR plus 3.00% or (ii) an alternate base rate plus 2.00% and (y) with respect to the revolving credit facility, either (i) LIBOR plus 3.75% or (ii) an alternate base rate plus 2.75% in either case, subject to LIBOR floor of 1.00% or a base rate floor of 2.00% in the case of the term loan facilities denominated in U.S. dollars and a LIBOR and Base Rate floor of 0.00%, in the case of the revolving facilities. The applicable margin for the Group’s revolving credit facilities is subject to adjustment based on the Group’s first lien net leverage ratio with two 25 basis point step-downs. The term loan facilities denominated in RMB incur interest based on a benchmark rate (the “PBOC Benchmark Rate”) specified by the Bank of China Limited, Shanghai Branch at the time the loans are redenominated. Such rate reflects the official lending rate per annum set by the People’s Bank of China. The margin applicable to such term loans denominated in RMB is 100% of the PBOC Benchmark Rate for five years following the Closing Date and 130% of the PBOC Benchmark Rate thereafter until final maturity. At Dec. 31, 2019 the Group’s selected rate for U.S. dollar denominated loans was 4.94% based on LIBOR of 1.94% and the PBOC Benchmark Rate for RMB denominated loans was 4.90%. The Group’s revolving credit facility will mature on the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date and the Group’s term loan facility will mature on the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date.

On Jan. 31, 2017, the Group issued fixed rate 6.25% Opco Notes in the amount of $425 million due on Feb. 1, 2025 (the “Opco Notes”). Interest on the Opco Notes is due semi-annually in arrears on each Feb. 1st and Aug. 1st, starting Aug. 1, 2017. There are no mandatory principal payments required until maturity. Proceeds from the Opco Notes were used in connection with the Acquisition. In connection with the issuance of the Opco Notes, the Group capitalized $1 million of debt financing costs, which is net of $15 million related to embedded derivatives identified in the indenture governing the Opco Notes and bifurcated and recorded separately for accounting purposes.

On May 30, 2018 Alpha 3 B.V. entered into an amendment to the senior secured credit facility to borrow $200.0 million in incremental Term B-1 loans. Principal repayments equivalent to c. 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of the incremental Term B-1 loans are due quarterly. There were no other changes to the terms or maturity dates of the senior secured credit facility.

On May 30, 2018 Alpha 2 B.V. issued $300.0 million of 8.75%/9.50% Senior PIK Toggle Notes at an issue price of 99.010% (the “Holdco Notes”). The Holdco Notes are senior unsecured obligations and mature on June 1, 2023. The Holdco Notes bear interest at 8.750% per annum. Interest on the Holdco Notes is payable on Jun. 1 and Dec. 1 of each calendar year, with the first interest payment paid on Dec. 1, 2018. The Holdco Notes permit Holdco, if certain conditions are met, to issue additional Holdco Notes in lieu of paying cash interest. Any

 

F-37


Table of Contents

additional Holdco Notes issued in lieu of paying cash interest will bear interest at the rate of 9.50%. The Holdco Notes are structurally subordinated to the senior secured credit facility and the Opco Notes and rank pari passu to all existing and future senior indebtedness of Alpha 2 B.V., and are effectively subordinated to any secured debt of Holdco to the extent of the value of assets securing such indebtedness.

On and after Jun. 1, 2019, Alpha 2 B.V. may redeem the Holdco Notes in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2020

     101.0

2021 and thereafter

     100.0

During Q1 2019, in accordance with the terms of the original agreement, the Group redeemed $0.9 million of Holdco Notes. Upon the occurrence of specific kinds of change in control, Holdco may be required to repurchase some or all of the outstanding Holdco Notes at 101% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date. The redemption that occurred in Q1 2019 did not trigger this requirement.

The Group capitalized debt issuance costs of $2.9 million in connection with the May 30, 2018, senior secured credit facility amendment. The Group capitalized debt issuance costs of $9.7 million in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes (including $3.0 million of original issued discount). The debt issuance costs capitalized are amortized over the remaining term of the senior secured credit facility, Opco Notes, and the Holdco Notes using the effective interest method.

Proceeds from the incremental Term B-1 loan and issuance of the Holdco Notes were used to pay accrued interest on the Preferred Shares and redeem a certain number of Preferred Shares. The term loans are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Group and both agreements include covenants that define maximum net leverage ratios. However, the net leverage ratio is only applicable when the amount draw is higher than 35% of the total commitment. As of Dec. 31, 2019, no amounts had been drawn on the facility. Hence, the Group was in compliance with all financial covenants through the period to Dec. 31, 2019.

Changes in liabilities from financing activities

Changes in liabilities from financing activities are as follows:

 

($ in millions)

  As of Jan. 1, 2019     Cash outflows     Currency
translation
    Other non-cash
changes
    As of Dec. 31, 2019  

Non-current borrowings

    2,219.6       (115.8     (5.8     16.9       2,115.0  

Current borrowings

    15.5       —         (0.1     0.5       15.9  

Current liabilities and payables3

    17.0       (11.9     (0.1     9.7       14.7  

Lease liabilities (current and non-current)

    80.6       (15.9     (1.3     11.6       75.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities from financing activities

    2,332.8       (143.6     (7.2     38.6       2,220.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

3    Current liabilities and payables refer to liabilities that are allocated to the cash flow used in financing activities, such as “current bank debt” (presented under “other current financial liabilities”), and “current accrued liabilities” (presented in “other current liabilities” under the balance sheet position “trade and other payables”).

 

F-38


Table of Contents

In 2019, other non-cash changes mainly relate to reclassifications between short and long-term liability positions as well as to the addition of new lease contracts. Please refer to note (2) and note (9) for more information on IFRS 16 “Leases”.

 

($ in millions)

   As of Jan. 1, 2018      Cash
inflows
     Cash
outflows
    Currency
translation
    Other non-cash
changes
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Non-current borrowings

     1,769.5        500.0        (42.3     (27.9     20.3        2,219.6  

Current borrowings

     13.0        —          —         (0.2     2.7        15.5  

Current liabilities and payables3

     11.3        —          (3.6     (0.3     9.6        17.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities from financing activities

     1,793.8        500.0        (45.9     (28.4     32.6        2,252.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2018, other non-cash changes mainly refer to reclassifications between short and long-term liability positions as well as to the capitalization of deferred financing costs.

In addition to the cash outflows shown in the tables above, the cash flow used in financing activities also includes cash outflows of $1.1 million (2018: $1.4 million) which refer to factoring related assets presented in the balance sheet position “other current financial assets”.

 

(15)

Non-current and current other financial Assets and Liabilities

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Fair value of non-current derivatives – assets

     38.7        18.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current other financial assets

     38.7        18.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of non-current derivatives – liabilities

     1.2        —    

Finance lease

     —          0.1  

Other non-current financial liabilities

     1.4        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current other financial liabilities

     2.6        0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Factoring related assets

     2.5        1.4  

Fair value of current derivatives – assets

     —          0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current other financial assets

     2.5        1.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current bank debt

     5.7        7.6  

Accrued interest on financial debt

     14.0        14.1  

Fair value of current derivatives – liabilities

     2.6        16.7  

Other current financial liabilities

     0.4        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current other financial liabilities

     22.7        38.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     41.2        19.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial liabilities

     25.3        38.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2019 and 2018, current bank debt represents amounts outstanding under the Company’s various local currency revolving lines of credit.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value of derivatives per line item of the statement of Financial Position:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Non-Current other financial Assets

     38.7        18.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Embedded Derivatives

     33.8        16.8  

Foreign exchange contracts (Collars)

     —          1.3  

Foreign exchange contracts (Forwards)

     5.0        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current other Financial Assets

     —          0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Embedded Derivatives

     —          —    

Foreign exchange contracts (Collars)

     —          —    

Foreign exchange contracts (Forwards)

     —          0.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current other financial Liabilities

     1.2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Embedded Derivatives

     —          —    

Foreign exchange contracts (Collars)

     1.2        —    

Foreign exchange contracts (Forwards)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current other financial Liabilities

     2.6        16.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Embedded Derivatives

     —          —    

Foreign exchange contracts (Collars)

     1.6        —    

Foreign exchange contracts (Forwards)

     1.0        16.7  

The following table presents information on gains and losses on derivative instruments which are recorded in “Other income (expense), net” on the statement of profit or loss:

 

($ in millions)

   Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
 

Embedded Derivatives

     17.0        (4.3

Foreign exchange contracts

     (1.1      (1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16.0        (5.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Transfer of financial assets

Factoring transactions with substantially all risks and rewards being transferred

In 2018, Atotech entered into a factoring transaction under which a buyer of receivables is required to purchase current trade receivables. As of 31 Dec. 2019, the bank’s purchase obligation revolves on a monthly basis and covers a maximum receivables amount of $5.6 million (previous year: $5.7 million) when translated in USD. The agreement has an indefinite term. The risks relevant for the risk assessment with respect to the receivables sold are the credit risk and the risk of late payments (late-payment risk). The credit risk represents substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the receivables and is transferred to the buyer of the receivables in full in return for payment of a fixed purchase price discount. The late-payment risk continues to be borne in full by Atotech. The maximum exposure to loss resulting from late-payment risk relating to the receivables sold and derecognized as of Dec. 31, 2019 (nominal volume $3.8 million when translated in USD) is $0.0 million (previous year: $0.0 million). At the de-recognition date, the fixed purchase price discount was expensed. The expected loss resulting from the late-payment risk represents Atotech’s entire continuing involvement. Atotech expensed $0.2 million (previous year: $0.0 million) when translated in USD in total in the 2019 financial year from program fees (interest and bank margin) and has expensed a total amount of $0.2 million when translated in USD since the beginning of the transaction.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Factoring transactions involving the splitting of significant risks and rewards with control remaining at Atotech.

In 2018, Atotech entered into a secured factoring transaction under which it sells trade receivables on a revolving basis. As of 31 Dec. 2019, the bank’s purchase obligation revolves on a monthly basis and covers a maximum receivables amount of $7.5 million (previous year: $5 million). The agreement has an indefinite term. The risks relevant for the risk assessment with respect to the receivables sold are the credit risk, the risk of late payments (late-payment risk) and the f/x risk. As of Dec. 31, 2019 the amount of receivables sold and derecognized was $6.4 million (previous year: $5.0 million).

The maximum credit risk to be borne by Atotech amounts to $0.6 million as of the reporting date (previous year: $0.5 million). The other credit risk-related losses are borne by the buyer. The late-payment risk continues to be borne in full by Atotech. The maximum exposure to loss for Atotech resulting from credit risk, late-payment risk and f/x risk relating to the receivables sold at the reporting date is $0.8 million (previous year: $0.6 million). Substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the receivables were neither transferred nor retained (allocation of the material risks and rewards between Atotech and the buyers).

Atotech continues to perform servicing for the receivables sold. Atotech continues to recognize the trade receivables sold to the extent of its continuing involvement, i.e., in the maximum amount with which it is still liable for the credit risk, late-payment risk and f/x risk inherent in the receivables sold, and recognizes a corresponding associated liability presented in other liabilities. The receivables and the associated liability are then derecognized to the extent to which Atotech’s continuing involvement is reduced (particularly when payment is made by the customer). The carrying amount of the receivables is subsequently reduced by the extent to which the actual losses to be borne by Atotech resulting from the credit risk, the late-payment risk and f/x risk exceed the losses initially expected. This amount is recognized as an expense. Atotech’s continuing involvement as of Dec. 31, 2019 amounted to $0.8 million (previous year: $0.6 million), and the carrying amount of the associated liability was $0.8 million (previous year: $0.6 million).

Atotech presents the purchase price payments received from the buyers under cash generated from operations where these relate to the derecognized portion of the receivables, and under net cash from/used in financing activities where they relate to the portion of the receivables that is still recognized.

Atotech expensed $0.2 million in total in the 2019 financial year from program fees (interest and bank margin) and has expensed a total amount of $0.2 million since the beginning of the transaction.

In 2019 another factoring agreement was entered into with a bank. As of the reporting date no receivables have been sold under that agreement.

 

(16)   Other non-current and non-financial liabilities

As of Dec. 31, 2018, accrued non-current liabilities of $9.6 million comprise the long-term portion of redenomination fees. As of Dec. 31, 2019, this portion was reclassified to the respective current liability position and therefore, the balance is $0.0 million.

 

F-41


Table of Contents
(17)   Deferred Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized as of the reporting and comparative periods break down as follows:

 

     Deferred tax assets     Deferred tax liabilities     Net balances  

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
    As of Dec. 31
2018
    As of Dec. 31,
2019
    As of Dec. 31
2018
    As of Dec. 31,
2019
    As of Dec. 31
2018
 

Property, plant and equipment

     —         —         (17.4     (21.3     (17.4     (21.3

Intangible assets

     —         —         (372.7     (395.4     (372.7     (395.4

Inventories

     11.7       9.9       —         —         11.7       9.9  

Employee benefits

     28.6       22.2       —         —         28.6       22.2  

Other temporary non-deductible provisions

     4.2       4.5       —         —         4.2       4.5  

Other temporary tax deductions

     3.4       4.6       —         —         3.4       4.6  

Unused tax losses

     2.1       1.5       —         —         2.1       1.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     50.0       42.7       (390.1     (416.7     (340.1     (374.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Netting

     (50.0     (42.7     50.0       42.7       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities

     —         —         (340.1     (374.0     (340.1     (374.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The decrease of net deferred tax liabilities is impacted by the reversal of deferred taxes resulting from amortization of intangible assets, which resulted from the purchase accounting in 2017. In total, a decrease of $25.8 million of net deferred tax liabilities was recognized through profit or loss. Actuarial losses in connection with defined benefit obligations had an equity-increasing effect from deferred taxes of $6.8 million, which is included in other comprehensive income. Moreover, deferred taxes on currency translation decreased net deferred tax liabilities by $3.0 million while the acquisition of J-KEM increased net deferred tax liabilities by $1.7 million.

 

(18)   Employee Benefits Obligations

Liabilities for employee benefits obligations consist of the following:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Pension benefits liabilities

     154.4        131.7  

Restructuring reserves (early retirement plans)

     1.7        1.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     156.1        132.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Description of Plans and Risk Management

The Company operates, for the benefit of its current and former employees, both defined benefits plans and defined contribution plans.

The main defined benefits pension plans are located in Germany. Their main characteristics, depending on the country-specific regulatory environment, are the following:

 

   

the benefits are usually based on the final salary and seniority;

 

   

they are usually funded (pension fund or insurer);

 

   

they are usually closed to new employees whom are covered by defined contribution pension plans; and

 

   

they are paid as an annuity or a lump sum.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The pension benefits also include termination indemnities and early retirement benefits. The other benefits are employer contributions to post-employment medical care.

To finance its pension obligations Atotech invested in a pension fund in order to meet its obligations to a portion of its former employees. The target asset allocation is reviewed regularly. Accordingly, plan assets are aligned with long-term development of its obligations, taking into consideration the risks associated with the specific asset classes and the regulations relating to the investment of plan assets. The existing portfolio structure is oriented toward the target asset allocation. In addition, current market assessments are taken into consideration. In order to mitigate risks and maximize returns, a widely spread global portfolio of individual asset classes is held.

To limit the risks of changing financial market conditions as well as demographic developments, several employees have been almost exclusively offered defined contributions plans for future years of service in recent years.

Atotech’s management monitors the risks of all pension plans of the Company especially regarding the governance and risk management of pension plans and the portfolio structure of the existing plan assets. In some countries – especially in Germany – there are pension obligations subject to government supervision or similar legal restrictions. For example, there are minimum funding requirements to cover pension obligations, which are based on actuarial assumptions that may differ from those in IAS 19 “Employee Benefits.”

The obligations and the plan assets used to fund the obligations are exposed to demographic, legal and economic risks. Economic risks are primarily due to unforeseen developments on commodity and capital markets. They affect, for example, pension adjustments based on the level of inflation in Germany, as well as the impact of the discount rate on the amount of the defined benefit obligation. The closing of these defined benefit plans to new employees led to a reduction in risk with regard to future benefit levels.

The strategy of the Atotech Group with regard to financing pension commitments is aligned with country-specific supervisory and tax regulations.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Change in Benefit Obligations and Plan Assets

Movements in the defined benefit obligation and plan assets in the consolidated financial statements are detailed as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Change in benefit obligation

     

Benefit obligation beginning of the year

     160.6        173.7  

Current service cost

     2.1        2.5  

Interest cost

     2.7        2.7  

Past service cost

     0.2        (0.6

Benefit paid

     (4.3      (4.3

Actuarial losses (gains)

     23.8        (5.8

Foreign currency translation and others

     (2.7      (7.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of the year

     182.3        160.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets

     

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year

     (28.9      (32.0

Interest income and costs

     (0.5      (0.5

Actuarial losses (gains)

     (0.8      1.1  

Employer contributions

     (0.2      0.2  

Benefits paid

     2.1        2.2  

Foreign currency translation and other

     0.5        0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of the year

     (27.9      (28.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net defined benefit liability

     154.4        131.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of the defined benefit obligations equals the carrying amount.

As at Dec. 31, 2019, the contribution from the main geographical areas for the net pension benefits liability in the balance sheet is 98% (2018: 98%) from Europe and 2% (2018: 2%) from Asia.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the consolidated statement of income and in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for defined benefit plans are detailed as follows:

 

    Successor     Successor     Successor     Predecessor  

($ in millions)

  Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2017
    Jan. 1,2017 to
Jan.31, 2017
 

Current service cost

    2.1       2.5       2.4       0.3  

Past service cost

    0.2       (0.6     (0.2     —    

Settlements

    —         —         0.1       —    

Net interest cost

    2.2       2.2       2.3       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit amounts recognized on income

    4.5       4.1       4.6       0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actuarial losses (gains):

       

Effect of changes in demographic assumptions

    —         1.9       —         —    

Effect of changes in financial assumptions

    24.0       (4.3     4.4       —    

Effect of experience adjustments

    (0.9     (3.7     (0.9     —    

Actuarial return on plan assets (excluding interest income)

    (0.1     1.3       (0.5     —    

Asset ceiling

    —         (0.7     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit amounts recognized in other comprehensive income

    23.0       (5.5     3.0       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefit amounts recognized in comprehensive income

    27.5       (1.4     7.6       0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expected Future Cash Outflow

The average duration of accrued benefits is approximately 17 years for defined pension benefits.

 

Estimated future payments

($ in millions)

   Pension benefits  

2020

     5.0  

2021

     5.4  

2022

     5.8  

2023

     5.9  

2024

     6.3  

2025-2029

     35.5  

In addition, the Company expects to pay employer contributions of $0.2 million in respect of funded pension plans in 2020.

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31,
2019
     in %     As of Dec. 31,
2018
     in %  

Debt securities

     18.1        65     19.4        69

Equity securities

     7.3        26     6.8        22

Cash and Cash equivalents

     2.5        9     2.6        9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     27.9        100     28.9        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At Dec. 31, 2019, $27.9 million (2018: $28.9 million) of total pension assets are presented as part of the employee benefits in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Investments on equity and debt markets are quoted on active markets.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Main Actuarial Assumptions and Sensitivity Analysis

 

Assumptions used to determine benefits obligations

   As of Dec. 31, 2019     As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Discount rate (weighted average for all regions)

     0.81     1.74

Salary increase incl. inflation rate (weighted average for all regions)

     2.78     2.77

The discount rate retained is determined by reference to the high quality rates for AA-rated corporate bonds for a duration equivalent to that of the obligations. It derives from a benchmark per monetary area of different market data at the closing date.

A 0.5% increase or decrease in discount rate or salary all other things being equal would have the following approximate impact on the benefit obligation:

 

     As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

($ in millions)

   0.5 %
Increase
     0.5 %
Decrease
     0.5 %
Increase
     0.5 %
Decrease
 

Discount rate

     (9.7      19.6        (8.1      17.0  

Salary increase incl. inflation rate

     1.6        (1.6      1.7        (1.6

 

(19)   Share-Based Payment Plans

The total grant-date fair value of the share based compensation issued during 2019 was $0.2 million (2018: $0.1 million), of which $0.2 million (2018: $0.1 million ) was recognized as personnel expense in the statement of profit and loss for financial year 2019. The share-based payment programs of the Group are accounted for as equity-settled share-based payments.

Long-term Incentive Plan

Share options to purchase Common Shares were granted beginning in May 2017 to certain employees of the Group pursuant to the Long-term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). Options were granted with an exercise price that was fixed at the date of the grant. The contractual life and exercise terms of the options are dependent upon an Exit Event, which is defined further in the LTIP agreement. Options were valued using the Black-Scholes pricing model, and an estimate of approximate Exit Event timing. The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle obligations in cash.

The fair value of the awards at the date of grant has been measured using a Black Scholes pricing model. The inputs used in the model for the year 2019 are set out below.

 

     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
    Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
 

Expected life of options (years)

     2.5       3.5  

Exercise price (in $)

     1.00       1.00  

Market value of underlying shares (in $)

     3.15       3.85  

Risk free rate

     2.47     1.98

Expected share price volatility

     20.00     20.00

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.16

Options issued

     137,775       25,000  

As of Dec. 31, 2019 and 2018 no share options were exercisable.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Management Equity Plan

At the time of the Acquisition, the Group implemented an equity participation program to enable certain management of the Group to participate in any success of the Group. For this purpose, certain managers acquired interests in three pooling vehicles (the Pooling Vehicles). The three Pooling Vehicles are limited partnerships, with management representing the limited partners (the Participants) and their participation represented by a limited partnership interest in the Pooling Vehicles. The limited partnership interests held by the Participants correspond with the underlying Common Shares held by the Pooling Vehicles. The limited partnership interest of each Participant vests over time in accordance with the partnership agreement.

On January 31, 2017, 1.675 million Common Shares were purchased by one of the Pooling Vehicles for $1.00 per share. Additionally, in August and September 2017, approximately 0.605 million Common Shares were purchased by the Pooling Vehicles for $1.00 per share. The fair value of the shares at the purchase date have been determined on the basis of an option pricing model (Black-Scholes model), which reflects the preference entitlement of the Preferred Shares to receive distributions from UK Topco, and assumes that no dividends will be paid until the anticipated settlement date. The plan is equity settled, and the fair value was measured in reference to the acquisition discussed in Note 6. A total of $0.1 million of expenses were recorded for the period combined between the Management Equity Plan and the Long-term Incentive Plan discussed above.

In September 2018, 51,947 Common Shares were purchased by the Pooling Vehicles for $3.85 per share. The fair value of the shares at the purchase date have been determined on the basis of an option pricing model, which reflects the preference entitlement of the Preference Shares to receive distributions from UK Topco, and assumes that no dividends will be paid until the anticipated settlement date.

In May 2019, 2,727 Ordinary Shares were transferred between Pooling Vehicles for $3.85 per share. Furthermore, in May 2019, 470,672 Preference Shares were purchased by a member of the board of directors for $1.04 per share.

The fair value of the shares at the purchase date have been determined on the basis of an option pricing model, which reflects the preference entitlement of the Preference Shares to receive distributions from UK Topco, and assumes that no dividends will be paid until the anticipated settlement date.

The inputs used in the model for the years 2019 and 2018 are set out below.

 

($ in millions, except per share data)

   As of Dec. 31, 2019     As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Equity value per share

     44.0       42.1  

Strike price per share

     54.0       54.0  

Expected share price volatility

     20.00     20.00

Risk free rate

     2.47     2.81

Time to expiration

     2.5 years       3.5 years  

Expected dividend yield

     0.00     0.00

Common shares issued

     2,727       51,947  

 

(20)   Non-current and current Provisions

Changes in provisions

 

($ in millions)

   As of Jan. 1,
2019
     Additions      Release     Consumption     Currency
translation
adjustment
    Reclassi-
fications
    As of Dec. 31,
2019
 

Current

     15.4        28.5        (6.6     (1.4     (0.4     (13.0     22.5  

Non-current

     53.9        10.4        (14.7     (14.2     (0.2     (13.0     22.2  

 

F-47


Table of Contents

In 2019, reclassifications mainly refer to uncertain tax positions which are now presented in income tax liabilities due to the first-time adoption of IFRIC 23 (refer to note (2) in chapter 3). The prior period was not adjusted retrospectively.

 

($ in millions)

   As of Jan. 1,
2018
     Additions      Release     Consumption     Currency
translation
adjustment
    Reclassi-
fications
    As of Dec. 31,
2018
 

Current

     14.1      5.8        (1.8     (2.2     (0.8     0.3       15.4  

Non-current

     53.6      15.0        (1.6     (8.3     (2.5     (2.3     53.9  

Provisions by nature

 

     As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

($ in millions)

   Current      Non-current      Total      Current      Non-current      Total  

Non-tax litigation

     0.4        0.0        0.4        0.5        0.7        1.2  

Uncertain tax positions and related interest

     7.0        0.0        7.0        3.7        28.7        32.4  

Other operating items

     2.5        17.1        19.6        6.4        18.6        25.0  

Termination plans, excl. early retirement

     0.0        0.3        0.3        0.7        0.5        1.2  

Other non-operating items

     12.6        4.8        17.4        4.1        5.4        9.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22.5        22.2        44.7        15.4        53.9        69.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provisions for other operating items mainly relate to human resource items. Provision for other non-operating items mainly relate to a restructuring initiative in Germany (see also note (2)).

 

(21)   Trade and other current payables

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31, 2019      As of Dec. 31, 2018  

Trade payables

     145.7        108.2  

Payables to personnel and social security organization

     48.1        50.1  

Payables customers

     11.5        12.8  

Contract liabilities

     0.4        6.6  

Other current liabilities

     52.8        55.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade and other current payables

     258.5        233.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2019, contract liabilities have decreased mainly due to the recognition of revenue of amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the year. Other current liabilities mainly refers to other creditors and accrued liabilities.

 

F-48


Table of Contents
3.4

Other Notes

 

(22)

Financial Instruments

The Company holds the following financial instruments as of Dec. 31, 2019:

 

($ in millions)

   Classification
pursuant to
IFRS 9
     Carrying
amounts as
per statement
of financial
positions
     Measured at
amortized
cost
     Measured at
Fair value
 

Trade and other receivables

     FAAC        282.9        282.9        —    

Cash and cash equivalents

     FAAC        302.7        302.7        —    

Other financial assets

     FAAC        2.4        2.4        —    

Embedded derivatives

     FAFV        33.8        —          33.8  

Foreign exchanges contracts designated as hedge of an investment in a foreign operation (“Forwards”)

     No class        5.0        —          5.0  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        626.8        588.0        38.8  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial borrowings

     FLAC        2,115.0        2,115.0        2,246.9  

Current financial borrowings

     FLAC        0.8        0.8        —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

        2,115.9        2,115.9        2,246.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

     FLAC        258.5        258.5        —    

Lease liabilities (current and non-current)

     FLAC        75.1        75.1        —    

Other financial liabilities

     FLAC        21.5        21.5        —    

Foreign exchanges contracts (“Forwards”)

     No class        1.0        —          1.0  

Foreign exchanges contracts designated as hedge of an investment in a foreign operation (“Collars”)

     No class        2.8        —          2.8  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        2,474.7        2,470.9        2,250.7  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FAAC = Financial Assets at amortized Cost

FAFV = Financial Assets at Fair value through profit or loss

FLAC = Financial Liabilities at amortized Cost

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The Company holds the following financial instruments as of Dec. 31, 2018:

 

($ in millions)

   Classification
pursuant to
IFRS 9
     Carrying
amounts as
per statement
of financial
positions
     Measured at
amortized
cost
     Measured at
Fair value
 

Trade and other receivables

     FAAC        278.8        278.8        —    

Cash and cash equivalents

     FAAC        386.2        386.2        —    

Other financial assets

     FAAC        1.4        1.4        —    

Embedded derivatives

     FAFV        16.8        —          16.8  

Foreign exchanges contracts (“Forward”)

     No class        0.2        —          0.2  

Foreign exchanges contracts (“Collars”)

     No class        1.3        —          1.3  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        684.7        666.4        18.3  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial borrowings

     FLAC        2,219.6        2,219.6        2,301.4  

Current financial borrowings

     FLAC        1.4        1.4        —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

        2,221.0        2,221.0        2,301.4  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

     FLAC        233.0        233.0        —    

Finance lease

     FLAC        0.1        0.1        —    

Other financial liabilities

     FLAC        21.9        21.9        —    

Foreign exchanges contracts designated as hedge of an investment in a foreign operation (“Collars”)

     No class        16.7        —          16.7  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        2,492.6        2,476.0        2,318.1  
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

FAAC = Financial Assets at amortized Cost

FAFV = Financial Assets at Fair value through profit or loss

FLAC = Financial Liabilities at amortized Cost

As in the prior year, no financial assets have been reclassified from one category to another in 2019.

Net gains and losses of financial instruments for each measurement category breaks down as follows.

 

Net income (loss) by measurement category

($ in millions)

   Year ended
Dec. 31, 2019
     Year ended
Dec. 31, 2018
 

FAAC

     (7.3      (4.4

FLAC

     (148.2      (134.3

FAFV

     17.0        (4.3

No class

     (1.1      (1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (139.6      (144.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The net loss for the FLAC category is included in interest expense in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income while the net gains or losses of the other categories are shown in other income or expense. Please also refer to note (3).

The net result of the FAAC measurement category contains impairment losses and reversals on trade receivables. The net result of the FAAC measurement category also includes interest income. The net result of the FLAC measurement category includes interest expenses for ongoing debt service as well as the result from loan amortization, which is also included in interest expense.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company has classified its financial instruments into the three levels of the fair value hierarchy prescribed by IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” as follows. For further information on these levels and the reliability of the input parameters used, as well as the valuation techniques used, please refer to note (3).

 

As of Dec. 31, 2019

($ in millions)

   No Level      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Trade and other receivables

     282.9        —          —          —          282.9  

Cash and cash equivalents

     302.7        —          —          —          302.7  

Other financial assets

     2.4        —          —          —          2.4  

Embedded derivatives

     —          —          33.8        —          33.8  

Foreign exchanges contracts designated as hedge of an investment in a foreign operation (“Forwards”)

     —          —          5.0        —          5.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     588.0        —          38.8        —          626.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial borrowings

     —          —          2,246.9        —          2,246.9  

Current financial borrowings

     0.8        —          —          —          0.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     0.8        —          2,246.9        —          2,247.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

     258.5        —          —          —          258.5  

Lease liabilities (current and non-current)

     75.1        —          —          —          75.1  

Other financial liabilities

     21.5        —          —          —          21.5  

Foreign exchanges contracts (“Forwards”)

     —          —          1.0        —          1.0  

Foreign exchanges contracts designated as hedge of an investment in a foreign operation (“Collars”)

     —          —          2.8        —          2.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     355.9        —          2,250.7        —          2,606.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2018

($ in millions)

   No Level      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Accounts receivables

     278.8        —          —          —          278.8  

Cash and cash equivalents

     386.2        —          —          —          386.2  

Other financial assets

     1.4        —          —          —          1.4  

Embedded derivatives

     —          —          —          16.8        16.8  

Foreign exchanges contracts (“Forward”)

     —          —          0.2        —          0.2  

Foreign exchanges contracts (“Collars”)

     —          —          1.3        —          1.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

     666.4        —          1.5        16.8        684.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current financial borrowings

     —          —          2,301.4        —          2,301.4  

Current financial borrowings

     1.4        —          —          —          1.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     1.4        —          2,301.4        —          2,302.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

     233.0        —          —          —          233.0  

Finance lease

     0.1        —          —          —          0.1  

Other financial liabilities

     21.9        —          —          —          21.9  

Foreign exchanges contracts designated as hedge of an investment in a foreign operation (“Collars”)

     —          —          16.7        —          16.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     256.4        —          2,318.1        —          2,574.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company has transferred the embedded derivatives with a fair value as of Dec. 31, 2019 of $33.8 million out of level 3 to level 2 due to the fact that all input factors for the valuation became observable.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The following table presents the changes in level 3 items (embedded derivatives) for 2019 and 2018:

 

     Year ended Dec. 31, 2019      Year ended Dec. 31, 2018  

($ in millions)

   Opco Notes      Holdco Notes      Opco Notes      Holdco Notes  

Balance at the start of the Period

     9.1        7.6        14.1        0.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bifurcated from Opco Notes/Holdco Notes

     —          —          0.0        6.9  

Gains/losses recognized in income statement

     18.7        (1.6      (5.0      0.7  

Gains/losses recognized in other comprehensive income

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Closing balance at the end of the period

     27.8        6.0        9.1        7.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Valuation input and relationships to fair value

The risk premium of the Company is an unobservable input factor for the embedded derivatives “Opco Notes” and “Holdco Notes”. A 1% higher or lower risk premium would have led to decrease by $12.8 million or increase by $19.7 million to the reported fair value for the Opco Notes. For the Holdco Notes a 1% higher or lower risk premium would implied a decrease by $3.1 million or an increase by $5.3 million to the reported fair value.

Offsetting and Transfers of Financial Assets

In cases where the Company has a legally enforceable right to offset financial liabilities and financial assets, and has the intention settle these financial instruments on a net basis, Atotech offsets these financial instruments and reports the net amount on the balance sheet. As of Dec. 31, 2019, no financial instruments were subject to offsetting.

The Company held no collateral of financial or non-financial assets as of Dec. 31, 2019 that it is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default by the owner.

Financial Risk Management

In the course of its business, the Company is exposed to a number of financial risks, including market risks (including foreign exchange rate risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company seeks to manage and control these risks to mitigate potential financial losses. At each balance sheet date, the Company notes no risk concentrations.

Market Risk

Interest rate risk

The Company is exposed to the risk that the fair value of future cash flows will fluctuate as a result of changes in prevailing market conditions. In order to manage that risk, the Company conducted a mix of loans with fixed and floating interest rates. The total nominal loan exposure of drawn debt amounts to $2,325.0 million (excluding approximately $6 million local lines of credit) of which $1,225.0 million bear interests at a fixed rate.

Based on the structure of drawn debt at year end, an increase of interest rates of 100 basis points would cause additional expense in the amount of $11.9 million.

Credit Risk

The Company is exposed to the risk of losses due to the default of a counterparty to fulfill its contractual obligations. The Company has established a credit policy under which individual credit evaluations are

 

F-52


Table of Contents

performed to determine credit limits and payment terms applicable to customers. Equipment projects will be monitored via internal process, the risks will be managed by Letter of Credits, Bank Guarantees and payment flows which are covering the open risk position.

To further minimize credit risk, the Company will continue to implement certain working capital optimization measures and factoring instruments in 2020.

Foreign Exchange Risk

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange risks from transactions and translations. Translation risks arise from consolidation of financial statements of foreign operations into U.S. dollars, which is in principal not hedged. Transaction risks arise from transactions in foreign currency such as operating business, financing, planned sales as well as raw material purchased. These risks are constantly monitored by the Company. To mitigate the risk of changes in exchange rates, the Company uses FX forwards, non-deliverable FX forwards and currency options.

At Dec. 31, 2019 the Company had the following open foreign currency contracts:

 

   

USDCNY FX forwards of $200 million due on Jan. 25, 2021

 

   

USDCNY FX collar option of $200 million due on Jan. 23, 2020

 

   

USDTWD FX collar option of $50 million due on Sep. 3, 2020

 

   

USDTWD FX collar option of $50 million due on Sep. 3, 2021

 

   

Other FX forwards of $50.2 million due until Dec. 31, 2020.

In order to hedge the risks arising from its investments in consolidated subsidiaries with CNY and TWD as their functional currency, the Company has designated collar options and forwards into a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. For both currencies CNY and TWD the underlying exposure is higher than the designated hedged item. Due to the high correlation of the subsidiary´s functional currencies and the CNH respectively offshore TWD, the Company considers the hedge relationships to be highly effective.

For the period ended Dec. 31, 2019, an ineffectiveness of $0.6 million (2018: $0.4 million) has been expensed in the line item “Other income (expense), net” for all hedging instruments. The income (cost) of hedging (OCI II) is included in the line item “Hedge reserve” in other comprehensive income.

In addition to the net investment hedges, the Company hedges uncertain future cash flows arising from their operations in different countries around the globe that have different currency than the company’s functional currency. The company hedges the cash flows arising from cost-sharing agreements and other highly probable future transactions in certain currencies. All future cash flows are estimated to be highly probable.

The Company uses cash flow hedge accounting in accordance with IFRS 9. It uses foreign exchange forwards and non-deliverable forwards as hedging instruments. The company uses the hypothetical derivative method to calculate hedge effectiveness. In general, the hedges are considered to be highly effective due to the fact that the critical terms of hedging instrument and hedged items match (“Critical Terms Match Method”). In cases where critical terms do not match based on different currencies of hedging instrument (offshore currency) and hedged item (onshore currency) the hedges are considered to be highly effective due to the fact that the changes in the offshore foreign exchange rate and onshore foreign exchange rate are highly correlated; the prospective hedge effectiveness is assessed by a regression analysis.

Hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception of the hedge, at each reporting date, and upon a significant change in the circumstances affecting the hedge effectiveness requirements. The effect of credit risk is

 

F-53


Table of Contents

considered minimal due to the highly rated counterparties and does not significantly influence the value changes that result from economic relationship. Potential sources of ineffectiveness are changes of the payment dates or a reduction in the total amount of the hedged item and a significant change of the credit risk of either party to the hedging relationship. For the CNY-hedged items and the TWD-hedged items, a significant decrease of the correlation between the offshore and onshore Renminbi and the offshore and onshore Taiwan Dollar is also considered as a potential source of ineffectiveness.

The effective change in value resulting from the spot and time component of the derivatives are recognized in the cash flow hedge reserve of other comprehensive income. The effective change in value resulting from the cross currency basis is recognized either in the hedge reserve or in the cost of hedging reserve of other comprehensive income. Based on its hedging strategy the Company decides at inception case-by-case to exclude the cross currency basis from the hedge relationship, as permitted under IFRS 9.

The tables below summarizes the Company´s items designated as hedging instruments for cash flow hedges and net investment hedges as of Dec. 31, 2019 and as of Dec. 31, 2018.

 

million    Notional      Carrying amount      Value of the hedging
instrument used for
calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
(designated component)
 

As of Dec. 31, 2019

($ in millions)

   Financial
assets
     Financial
liabilities
 

Cash flow hedge

           

FX Forward

     0.8        —          —          —    

FX non-deliverable forward

     49.5               (0.1      (0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net investment hedge

           

FX Forward

     200.00        5.0        —          3.1  

FX Collar

     300.00        —          (2.8      —    

 

million    Notional      Carrying amount      Value of the hedging
instrument used for
calculating hedge
ineffectiveness
(designated component)
 

As of Dec. 31, 2018

($ in millions)

   Financial
assets
     Financial
liabilities
 

Cash flow hedge

           

FX Forward

     1.6        —          (0.1      (0.1

FX non-deliverable forward

     17.3        0.2        (0.2      —    

Net investment hedge

           

FX Forward

     200.0        —          (16.4      (11.0

FX Collar

     200.0        1.3        —          —    

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Notional value of Derivative Contracts

The tables below summarizes the notional value of the Company´s derivative contracts as of Dec. 31, 2019 and Dec. 31, 2018:

 

As of Dec. 31, 2019

($ in millions)

   Less than
12 months
     1 – 5
years
     More than
5 year
     Notional  

Foreign Exchange Forward

           

USD - CNH

     —          200.0        —          200.0  

USD - CAD

     0.8        —          —          0.8  

Foreign Exchange non-deliverable forward

           

USD - CNY

     44.5        —          —          44.5  

USD - TWD

     5.0        —          —          5.0  

Foreign Exchange Collar

           

USD - CNH

     200.0        —          —          200.0  

USD - TWD

     50.0        50.0        —          100.0  

 

As of Dec. 31, 2018

($ in millions)

   Less than
12 months
     1 – 5
years
     More than
5 year
     Notional  

Foreign Exchange Forward

           

USD - CNH

     200.0        —          —          200.0  

EUR - JPY

     1.3        —          —          1.3  

EUR- CNH

     0.2        —          —          0.2  

Foreign Exchange non-deliverable forward

           

USD - CNH

     10.0        —          —          10.0  

EUR - TWD

     10.0        —          —          10.0  

EUR- INR

     2.7        —          —          2.7  

Foreign Exchange Collar

           

USD - CNH

     —          200.0        —          200.0  

Tables below shows the change of reserve for hedging instruments for year ended Dec. 31, 2019 and Dec. 31, 2018:

 

          Hedge Reserve: OCI I        

($ in millions)

  Cost of hedging
reserve: OCI II
    Intrinsic value of
options
    Foreign Exchange
Hedge
Transactions
    Total hedge
reserves
 

Opening balance Jan. 1, 2019

    5.3       —         (18.4     (13.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value recognized in OCI

    —         —         6.2       6.2  

Costs of hedging recognized in OCI

    (2.7     —         —         (2.7

Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss

    0.4       —         (0.7     (0.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance Dec. 31, 2019

    3.0       —         (12.9     (9.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*   The change in fair value recognized in OCI I includes the cumulative gains and losses from translating Term Loan B-3 from RMB into U.S. dollars of $5.9 million.

 

F-55


Table of Contents
          Hedge Reserve: OCI I        

($ in millions)

  Cost of hedging
reserve: OCI II
    Intrinsic value of
options
    Foreign Exchange
Hedge
Transactions
    Total hedge
reserves
 

Opening balance Jan. 1, 2018

    —         —         (49.0     (49.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value recognized in OCI

    —         —         31.6       31.6  

Costs of hedging recognized in OCI

    5.3       —         —         5.3  

Reclassified from OCI to profit or loss

    0.1       —         (0.9     (0.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance Dec. 31, 2018

    5.3       —         (18.4     (13.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below summarizes the sensitivity in market value of all hedging instruments for FX risk as of Dec. 31, 2019:

 

     Change of Foreign Exchange rate by  

($ in millions)

   +10%      -10%  

USD - CNH

     26.8        (22.1

USD - CNY

     4.1        (0.5

USD - CAD

     0.1        (0.1

USD - TWD

     5.5        (10.7

Liquidity risk

As of Dec. 31, 2019, the Company held cash and cash equivalents of $302.7 million. In order to facilitate Company-wide liquidity, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) as well as bilateral credit lines that allow the Company to account for dynamically changing liquidity requirements.

The table below summarizes the Company´s financial liabilities (both derivative and non-derivative) according to their respective contractual maturities, based on undiscounted cash flows as of Dec. 31, 2019. The balances due within the next 12 months equal their carrying amounts, as the effect of discounting is considered immaterial.

 

($ in millions)

   < 12 months      1 – 3 years      3 – 5 years      > 5 years      Total      Carrying
amount
 

Non-derivative instruments:

                 

Trade and other payables

     258.5        —          —          —          258.5        258.5  

Borrowings

     140.5        278.2        1,833.4        438.2        2,690.3        2,115.9  

Other financial liabilities

     20.3        1.7        —          —          22.0        21.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     419.3        279.9        1,833.4        438.2        2,970.8        2,395.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative instruments

     2.3        1.6        —          —          3.9        3.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     421.6        281.5        1,833.4        438.2        2,974.7        2,399.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The maturities of lease liabilities are shown in note (9). As of Dec. 31, 2019, there are no risk concentrations at the Company with regard to liquidity risk.

As of Dec. 31, 2018, the Company held deposits of $386.2 million. In order to facilitate Company-wide liquidity, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) as well as bilateral credit lines that allow the Company to account for dynamically changing liquidity requirements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes the Company´s financial liabilities (both derivative and non-derivative) according to their respective contractual maturities, based on undiscounted cash flows as of Dec. 31, 2018. The balances due within the next 12 months equal their carrying amounts, as the effect of discounting is considered immaterial.

 

($ in millions)

   < 12 months      1 – 3 years      3 – 5 years      > 5 years      Total      Carrying
amount
 

Non-derivative instruments:

                 

Trade and other payables

     233.0        —          —          —          233.0        233.0  

Borrowings

     155.8        309.2        591.9        1,953.6        3,010.5        2,221.0  

Other financial liabilities

     12.3        9.6           —          21.9        21.9  

Finance lease liabilities

     0.1        —          —          —          0.1        0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     401.2        318.8        591.9        1,953.6        3,265.5        2,476.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative instruments

     16.7        —          —          —          16.7        16.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     417.9        318.8        591.9        1,953.6        3,282.3        2,492.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of Dec. 31, 2018, there are no risk concentrations at the Company with regard to liquidity risk.

 

(23)   Business Combinations

As discussed in note (1), on Jan. 31, 2017 all of the outstanding equity interests of Atotech B.V. were acquired by Alpha 3 B.V. This transaction was treated as a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, with Alpha 3 B.V. deemed the accounting acquirer for accounting purposes.

On Jul. 31, 2019, Atotech acquired 100% of the issued and registered share capital of the privately owned company J-KEM International AB (“J-KEM”). J-KEM is a global supplier of chemical products and processes for the printed circuit board and general metal finishing industries. The Group acquired J-KEM for $4.5 million paid in cash and a contingent consideration payable in future periods if certain defined products exceed an agreed reference margin. In the purchase price allocation, the fair value of the acquired assets was mainly allocated to intangible assets consisting of acquired intellectual property.

Prior years

On January 31, 2017 all of the outstanding equity interests of Atotech B.V. were acquired by Alpha 3 B.V. This transaction was treated as a business combination in accordance with IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, with Alpha 3 B.V. deemed the accounting acquirer for accounting purposes.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

A summary of the purchase price and final allocation at January 31, 2017 is as follows ($ in millions):

 

($ in millions)    Preliminary
fair value as of
January 31, 2017
     Measurement
period
adjustment
     Fair value  

Intangible assets

     1,639.1        29.7        1,668.8  

Property, plant and equipment

     446.3        (27.5      418.8  

Other assets

     5.5        —          5.5  

Other non-current assets

     12.6        —          12.6  

Inventories

     161.4        (1.3      160.1  

Accounts receivable

     245.0        —          245.0  

Other current assets

     44.4        —          44.4  

Cash

     184.6        —          184.6  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (465.1      22.4        (442.7

Deferred tax assets

     0.2        —          0.2  

Employee benefits

     (126.1      —          (126.1

Provisions and other non-current liabilities

     (36.5      (16.0      (52.5

Non-current financial debt

     (0.1      —          (0.1

Accounts payable

     (95.8      —          (95.8

Other creditors and accrued liabilities

     (114.0      (2.4      (116.4

Current financial debt

     (57.7      —          (57.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     1,843.8        4.9        1,848.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill as of February 1, 2017

     1,034.7        (4.9      1,029.8  

Foreign exchange rate impact

           72.3  
        

 

 

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2017

           1,102.1  
        

 

 

 

The measurement period adjustments reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed at the closing date of the Acquisition, primarily related to intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, inventories, provisions and other liabilities, other creditors and accrued liabilities and finalization of the Company’s opening balance sheet tax basis and the related deferred income taxes.

The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities was recorded as goodwill and generally reflects the value paid by Alpha 3 B.V. for the general reputation of the business and collective experience of the management and employees of Atotech B.V. The Company operates as two CGUs. None of the goodwill created as a result of this transaction is deductible for tax purposes. Total IFRS 3 consideration paid was $2,878.5 million. There was no contingent consideration issued pursuant to the share purchase agreement and no post-acquisition adjustments to consideration paid.

The fair values of intangible assets were estimated using an income approach, either the excess earnings method (customer relationships) or the relief from royalty method (technology and trademarks). Under the excess earnings method, an intangible asset’s fair value is equal to the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable solely to the intangible asset over its remaining useful life. Under the relief from royalty method, fair value is measured by estimating future revenue associated with the intangible asset over its useful life and applying a royalty rate to the revenue estimate. These intangible assets enable the Company to develop new products to meet the evolving business needs as well as competitively produce existing products.

The fair value of real properties acquired was based on the consideration of their highest and best use in the market. The fair values of property, plant, and equipment, other than real properties, were based on the consideration that unless otherwise identified, they will continue to be used “as is” and as part of the ongoing business. In contemplation of the in-use premise and the nature of the assets, the fair value was developed primarily using a cost approach. The determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

 

F-58


Table of Contents

involves assessing factors such as the expected future cash flows associated with individual assets and liabilities and appropriate discount rates at the date of the acquisition.

The difference between the fair value of inventories and their book value as of the acquisition date is recognized as an expense upon the sale of the inventories. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2018, a charge of $54.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively, has been included in cost of sales, excluding depreciation and amortization.

The trade receivables comprise gross contractual amounts due of $257.7 million, of which $12.7 million was expected to be uncollectible at the date of acquisition. $50.9 million of transaction costs were recorded as a result of the Acquisition and is presented within Acquisition related expenses in the consolidated statement of income (loss).

If the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017, management estimates that consolidated revenue would have been $1,184.9 million, and consolidated loss for the year would have been $90.7 million. In determining these amounts, management has assumed that the fair value adjustments that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the same as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2017.

 

(24)

Segment Reporting

The Company identifies an operating segment as a component: (i) that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses; (ii) whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) as defined under IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and (iii) that has available discrete financial information.

The CODM reviews financial information at the operating segment level to allocate resources and to assess the operating results and financial performance for each operating segment. The Company’s CODM is identified as Geoffrey Wild, CEO and member of Board of Directors, because he has final authority over performance assessment and resource allocation decisions. The Company’s segments are based on the type and concentration of customers served, service requirements, methods of distribution and major product lines.

The EL segment services the electronics supply chain, with specialty chemicals used in the plating process for PCBs embedded in smartphones, computing hardware, tablets, semiconductor packing, other electronic devices and production equipment which are a critical element of the electronics value chain.

The GMF segment supplies specialty plating chemicals for functional and decorative surface finishing applications to a diverse set of customers, including automotive, building products, heavy machinery, household fixtures, decorative hardware as well as production equipment.

The CODM assesses the performance of the operating segments based on Segment Adjusted EBITDA. This measure is defined as EBITDA (consolidated net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, excluding impairment charges) adjusted for certain items which management believes do not reflect the core operating performance of the operating segments. Such adjustments described below in more detail include non-cash effects of non-operating costs such as share-based compensation and impairments, foreign currency transaction losses, net, restructuring costs, the impact of discontinued activities, certain costs related to business combinations, and management fees paid to Carlyle.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

No segment asset or liability measures are reported to the CODM, and such measures are not used for purposes of assessing performance or allocating resources. The following tables summarize selected financial information by segment:

 

     Successor      Successor  
     Year ended Dec. 31, 2019      Year ended Dec. 31, 2018  

($ in millions)

   EL      GMF      Total      EL      GMF      Total  

Revenues

     682.9        504.9        1,187.8        669.4        543.4        1,212.8  

thereof Chemistry revenues

     596.2        469.3        1,065.5        568.5        498.0        1,066.5  

thereof Equipment revenues

     86.7        35.6        122.3        100.9        45.4        146.3  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     241.6        138.5        380.1        227.2        146.5        373.7  

 

     Successor      Predecessor  
     Year ended Dec. 31, 2017        Jan. 1, 2017 to Jan. 31, 2017    

($ in millions)

   EL      GMF      Total      EL      GMF      Total  

Revenues

     603.0        490.6        1,093.6        45.8        45.5        91.3  

thereof Chemistry revenues

     488.9        449.6        938.5        39.0        37.9        76.9  

thereof Equipment revenues

     114.1        41.0        155.1        6.8        7.6        14.4  

Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     193.7        127.5        321.2        14.4        10.7        25.1  

The comparability of segment adjusted EBITDA between the year ended Dec. 31, 2019 and prior periods is affected by the first-time application of IFRS 16 “Leases”. Please refer to note (2) for the impact of IFRS 16 on the year ended Dec. 31, 2019. Reconciliation of Segment Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated net income follows:

 

     Successor      Successor      Successor      Predecessor  

($ in millions)

   For the year
ended Dec. 31,
2019
     For the year
ended Dec. 31,
2018
     For the year
ended Dec. 31,
2017
     Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

EL Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     241.6        227.2        193.7        14.4  

GMF Segment Adjusted EBITDA

     138.5        146.5        127.5        10.7  

Gain on disposal of fixed assets(a)

     6.1        —          —          —    

Non-cash adjustments(b)

     10.2        (16.9      (14.6      —    

Foreign exchange loss(c)

     2.4        0.2        (7.0      (1.7

Restructuring(d)

     (13.4      (14.8      (10.8      (0.4

Eliminated product categories(e)

     —          0.1        1.0        0.2  

Transaction related costs(f)

     (7.1      (16.4      (126.2      —    

Management fee(g)

     (2.4      (2.2      (2.0      —    

Interest expense, net

     (148.1      (133.3      (93.3      —    

Income taxes

     (54.8      (52.4      (16.7      (6.0

Depreciation and amortization (excluding impairment charges)

     (165.4      (161.7      (138.4      (4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated Net Income (Loss)

     7.6        (23.7      (86.8      13.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)    Eliminates the cash impact of gains on the sale of fixed assets.
(b)    Eliminates the non-cash impact of (1) share-based compensation, (2) losses on the sale of fixed assets, (3) impairment charges, and (4) mark-to-market adjustments related to the Company’s foreign currency derivative and bifurcated embedded derivatives related to certain redemption features of the Opco Notes and Holdco Notes.
(c)    Eliminates net foreign currency transactional gains and losses.
(d)    Eliminates charges resulting from restructuring activities principally from the Company’s cost reduction efforts.

 

F-60


Table of Contents
(e)    In 2016, the Company determined to discontinue the sale of products containing Chrome VI and to exit the product lines for soldermasks and resists for secondary imaging technology, which the Company refers to as the “EM” product line. Accordingly, this adjustment eliminates the EBITDA generated by sales of products containing Chrome VI and sales of products in the EM product line during the periods presented.
(f)    Reflects an adjustment to eliminate (1) purchase accounting and transaction fees incurred as part of the Acquisition, (2) fees associated with the foreign currency exchange derivatives entered into in conjunction with the Acquisition, and (3) professional fees paid to third-party advisors in connection with the implementation of strategic initiatives.
(g)    Reflects an adjustment to eliminate fees paid to Carlyle. These fees will cease to be paid after an initial public offering or similar event.

Non-current assets by country were as follows4:

 

($ in millions)

   As of
Dec. 31, 2019
     As of
Dec. 31, 2018
 

China

     969.5        992.1  

Germany

     837.7        800.0  

Other countries

     1,171.2        1,212.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,978.4        3,004.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(25)   Related Parties

Atotech identified related parties in accordance to IAS 24. Atotech had transactions with related parties in the reporting period in the ordinary course of business.

The Group entered into a consulting agreement with the Sponsor under which the Company, or its subsidiaries, will pay the Sponsor an annual fee of $1.8 million for consulting services to the Group. The annual fee is payable on a quarterly basis. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Group paid the Sponsor $1.8 million for consulting services and $0.6 million for expense reimbursements.

Additionally, the Group ordered inventories of $0.7 million (prior year: $0.0 million) from related parties during the reporting period.

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

Key management personnel consists of a total of thirteen individuals as of December 31, 2019, who constitute people having authority and responsibility for planning, directing, and controlling the Company’s activities. For the year ended December 31, 2019, key management personnel compensation related to share-based payments was $0.1 million. See note (19) for further details regarding the share-based payment plans offered to employees.

As of Dec. 31, 2019, the key management personnel of the Company consists of the CEO, CFO, COO, two Presidents, one Vice President, and eight Directors.

 

4    Excluding financial instruments, deferred tax assets, post-employment benefit assets, and rights arising under insurance contracts.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Compensation of the Company’s key management personnel includes salaries, short- and long-term benefits as well as post-employments benefits. Additionally, the entire key management personnel participate in the Company’s Performance Shares Program.

 

     Successor      Successor      Successor      Predecessor  

($ in millions)

   For the year
ended Dec. 31, 2019
     For the year
ended Dec. 31, 2018
     For the year
ended Dec. 31, 2017
     Jan. 1, 2017 to
Jan. 31, 2017
 

Short-term employee benefits(1)

     5.1        6.5        4.5        0.4  

Post-employment benefits

     0.2        0.2        0.6        0.1  

Termination benefits

     —          —          1.7        —    

Share-based payments

     0.1        0.1        0.1        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5.4        6.8        6.9        0.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
(1)   Short-term employee benefits include $0.2 million of fringe benefits (2018: $0.2 million; 2017: $0.2 million).

 

(26)   List of Subsidiaries

 

List of
Entities

  Dec. 31, 2019     Dec. 31, 2018     Dec. 31, 2017  
  Consolidation
method
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
    Immediate
Parent
Company
    Consolidation
method
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
 

Alpha 2 B.V.

    FC       100    

Atotech UK
Topco
Ltd.
 

 
    FC       100    

Atotech UK
Topco
Ltd.
 

 
    FC       100    

Atotech UK
Topco
Ltd.
 

 

Alpha 3 B.V.

    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha
2 B.V.
 
 
 
    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha
2 B.V.
 
 
 
    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha
2 B.V.
 
 
 

Alpha US Bidco, Inc.

    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha 3
B.V.
 
 
 
    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha 3
B.V.
 
 
 
    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha 3
B.V.
 
 
 

Atotech B.V.

    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha 3
B.V.
 
 
 
    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha 3
B.V.
 
 
 
    FC       100    

Atotech
Alpha 3
B.V.
 
 
 

Atotech Do Brasil Galvanotécnica Ltda.

    FC       99.99 %*      Atotech B.V.       FC       99.99 %*      Atotech B.V.       FC       99.99 %*      Atotech B.V.  

Atotech Canada Ltd.

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.  

Alpha 4 B.V.

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.  

Alpha 5 B.V.

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.  

Alpha Germany Bidco GmbH

    FC       100    
Alpha 4
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Alpha 4
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Alpha 4
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Beteiligungs und Management GmbH & Co KG

    FC       100    
Alpha 4
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Alpha 4
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Alpha 4
B.V.
 
 

Atotech USA, LLC.

    FC       100    
Alpha US
Bidco, Inc.
 
 
    FC       100    
Alpha US
Bidco, Inc.
 
 
    FC       100    
Alpha US
Bidco, Inc.
 
 

Atotech de México S.A. de C.V.

    FC       99.99 %*      Atotech B.V.       FC       99.99 %*      Atotech B.V.       FC       99.99 %*      Atotech B.V.  

Atotech China Chemicals Ltd.

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.  

Atotech Asia Pacific Ltd.****

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100     Atotech B.V.  

 

F-62


Table of Contents

List of
Entities

  Dec. 31, 2019     Dec. 31, 2018     Dec. 31, 2017  
  Consolidation
method
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
    Immediate
Parent
Company
    Consolidation
method
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
 

Atotech India Private Limited

    FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Japan K.K.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Korea Ltd.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech (Singapore) Chemicals Pte. Ltd. (formerly Atotech S.E.A. Pte. Ltd.)

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Taiwan Limited

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Thailand Ltd.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Vietnam C.o. Ltd.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Deutschland
GmbH

    FC       94 %***     




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 
 
 

 
 
    FC       94 %***     




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 
 
 

 
 
    FC       94 %***     




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 
 
 

 
 

Atotech Istanbul Kimya Sanayi Ticaret Ltd Sti

    FC       99.26 %*     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       99.26 %*     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       99.26 %*     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

UAB Atotech Chemata (Lithuania)

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech CZ, a.s.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Österreich GmbH

    FC       100    




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 

 
 
 
 
    FC       100    




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 

 
 
 
 
    FC       100    




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 

 
 
 
 

Atotech Slovenija d.d.

    FC       100    




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 

 
 
 
 
    FC       100    




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 

 
 
 
 
    FC       100    




Atotech
Beteiligungs
und
Management
GmbH &
Co. KG
 

 
 
 
 

Atotech Poland Sp. z.o.o.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Skandinavien AB

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech UK Ltd.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Espana S.A.

    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

 

F-63


Table of Contents

List of
Entities

  Dec. 31, 2019     Dec. 31, 2018     Dec. 31, 2017  
  Consolidation
method
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
    Immediate
Parent
Company
    Consolidation
method
    % of interest     Immediate
Parent
Company
 

Atotech France S.A.

    FC       99.99 %**      Atotech B.V.       FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Italia S.r.l.

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Servicios de México S.A. de C.V.

    FC       100    

Atotech de
México
S.A. de C.V.
 

 
    FC       100    



Atotech
de
México
S.A. de
C.V.
 
 

 
 
    FC       100    



Atotech
de
México
S.A. de
C.V.
 
 

 
 

Atotech SK, s.r.o.

    FC       100    
Atotech CZ,
a.s.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
CZ, a.s.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
CZ, a.s.
 
 

Atotech Development Center Private Limited

    FC       99.99 %**      Atotech B.V.       FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       99.99 %**     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

J-KEM International AB

    FC       100    

Atotech
Skandinavien
AB
 
 
 
             

Atotech (Yangzhou) Chemicals Ltd

    FC       100     Atotech B.V.       FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
    FC       100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Argentina S.A.

   
Non-
consolidated

 
    100     Atotech B.V.      
Non-
consolidated

 
    100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
   
Non-
consolidated

 
    100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

OOO Atotech-Chemeta (Russia)

   
Non-
consolidated

 
    95 %*****      Atotech B.V.      
Non-
consolidated

 
    95 %*****     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
   
Non-
consolidated

 
    95 %*****     
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech Australia PTY Ltd.

   
Non-
consolidated

 
    100     Atotech B.V.      
Non-
consolidated

 
    100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 
   
Non-
consolidated

 
    100    
Atotech
B.V.
 
 

Atotech (Philippines) Chemicals, Inc.

   
Non-
consolidated

 
    99 %******      Atotech B.V.                

PT. Atotech Indonesia Chemicals

   
Non-
consolidated

 
    99 %******      Atotech B.V.                

 

*   Minority interest is owned by Atotech Deutschland GmbH.
**   Minority interest is owned by Management staff.
***   Atotech B.V. holds 6% in Atotech Deutschland GmbH.
****   Atotech Asia Pacific Ltd. includes two immaterial entities.
*****   Atotech Deutschland GmbH holds 5%.
******   Atotech B.V. holds 1%.

 

(27)   Commitments

At Dec. 31, 2019, the Group had commitments of $21.4 million which mainly relate to purchasing obligations and are mostly due in one year or less. Starting 2019, due to the adoption of IFRS 16, commitments for leases are recognized on the balance sheet as lease liabilities and are therefore not reported as commitments anymore.

At Dec. 31, 2018, commitments of the Group amounted to $81.2 million of which $29.6 million mainly relate to purchasing obligations which are mostly due in one year or less while $51.6 million relate to lease commitments for which the maturities are shown in the table below.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

As of Dec. 31, 2018, the maturities of lease commitments were as follows:

 

($ in millions)

   Total      Less than 1 year      Between
1 and 3 years
     Between
3 and 5 years
     More than 5 years  

Operating leases

     51.5        13.3        17.3        7.7        13.2  

Finance leases

     0.1        0.1                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lease commitments

     51.6        13.4        17.3        7.7        13.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Leases (until Dec. 31, 2018):

The Company leases a number of warehouses and factory facilities under operating lease agreements. There are no particular standard requirements regarding the lease period within the Company. The period depends on local needs and requirements. Some leases provide for additional rent payments that are based on changes in local price indices. For certain operating leases, the Company is restricted from entering into sub-lease arrangements.

The Company determined that the land and building elements of the warehouses and factory leases are operating lease. The rent paid to the landlord is adjusted to market rentals at regular intervals, and the Company does not have an interest in the residual value of the land and buildings. As a result, it was determined that substantially all of the risks and rewards of the land and buildings are with the landlord.

The Company incurred rent expense on its operating leases of $20.7 million for the Successor year ended December 31, 2018.

The following table shows non-cancellable lease rentals:

 

($ in millions)

   As of Dec. 31, 2018  

2019

     13.3  

2020

     9.4  

2021

     7.9  

2022

     4.5  

2023

     3.2  

2024 and beyond

     13.2  
  

 

 

 

Total

     51.5  
  

 

 

 

 

(28)   Subsequent Events

Announcement of initial public offering

At Dec. 19, 2019, the Atotech Group announced the confidential submission of a draft registration statement on Form F-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) relating to a proposed initial public offering of its common shares. For this purpose, changes in the regulation of the articles are also being made. With effect from Jan. 25, 2020, Atotech Limited, a Bailiwick of Jersey company, directly and indirectly owns all outstanding equity interest of all subsidiaries of the Group and therefore supersedes Atotech UK Topco Limited as the ultimate parent of the Group. Following the consummation of the initial public offering, the outstanding preferred shares of Atotech Limited will be converted to common shares. These changes will not have an effect on the presentation of the financial statements.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

New lawsuit alleging PFOA/PFOS contamination

On February 7, 2020, Atotech USA, LLC received service of process of a lawsuit filed by five residents of the town of Blades, Delaware. The plaintiffs claim that products containing PFOA, PFOS, and potentially other perfluorinated chemicals had been used in chrome plating and non-stick cookware manufacturing processes by local operators who allegedly discharged these substances into the environment, contaminating the water supply of the town of Blades. The plaintiffs seek recovery for alleged injuries and seek to certify a class composed of approximately 1,600 residents of Blades. Other defendants include E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, the 3M Company, MacDermid, Inc., Procino Plating, Inc., and Blades Development LLC. Atotech is currently evaluating the claim. We have obtained an extension of the date to respond to the complaint until March 23, 2020.

Management does not believe that this or any other pending legal matters will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

Impacts from coronavirus on the Atotech financial performance

Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected by the recent coronavirus outbreak or other similar outbreaks. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from, and maintain a significant operating footprint in, China. We have manufacturing facilities in China, and several of our customers and suppliers also are located in China. As a result of the coronavirus or other similar outbreaks or adverse public health developments, particularly in Asia, our operations, and those of our customers and suppliers have experienced in the past, and may experience in the future, delays or disruptions, such as difficulty obtaining required materials and temporary suspension of operations. In addition, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that coronavirus or any other epidemic or outbreak harms the Chinese economy in general. Furthermore, a significant outbreak of contagious diseases in the human population could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that could affect our operating results. Any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, while it is premature to accurately predict the ultimate impact of these developments, we expect our results for the quarter ending March 31, 2020 to be adversely impacted with potential continuing, adverse impacts.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

                     Common Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

                , 2020

 

 

 

Citigroup    Credit Suisse
BofA Securities    J.P. Morgan

 

 

 

Barclays   Deutsche Bank Securities   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets
UBS Investment Bank   Baird   BMO Capital Markets   HSBC

 

 

Mischler Financial Group, Inc.

Co-Manager

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated articles of association to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement will provide for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

In addition, we will (to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law) enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers containing provisions, which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the articles of association. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify such persons against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, liabilities, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, that may arise by reason of their status or service as our director or executive officer and to advance expenses incurred by them in connection with any such proceedings. The proposed form of such indemnification agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.16 to this registration statement.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement, to be filed by amendment to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On December 12, 2018, in connection with our formation, we issued one thousand of our common shares for a total consideration of $10 in cash in order to provide our initial capitalization. On January 15, 2020, we completed the Reorganization Transactions described under the heading “Basis of Presentation” in the accompanying prospectus, excluding the             -to-1 share split which will be completed prior to the consummation of the offering contemplated by the accompanying prospectus.

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. Individuals who purchased stock as described above represented their intention to acquire the stock for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates issued in such transactions.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(A)    Exhibits

The exhibit index attached hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

(B)    Financial Statement Schedules

All supplemental schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

We hereby undertake that:

 

  (i)   for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (ii)   for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

    1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
    3.1   

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of Atotech Limited

    4.1*    Indenture governing the 6.250% Senior Notes due 2025, dated January 31, 2017, among Alpha  3 B.V. and Alpha US Bidco, Inc., as Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee
    4.2*    Form of 6.250% Senior Note due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.1)
    4.3*    Indenture governing the 8.750%/9.500% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2023, dated May 30, 2018, between Alpha  2 B.V., as Issuer, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee
    4.4*    Form of 8.750%/9.500% Senior PIK Toggle Notes due 2023 (included in Exhibit 4.3)
    5.1**    Opinion of Ogier
  10.1*    Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2017, among Alpha  3 B.V., Alpha US Bidco, Inc., Atotech Deutschland GmbH, Atotech S.E.A. Pte Ltd (n/k/a Atotech (Singapore) Chemicals Pte. Ltd.) (collectively, the “Borrowers”), Alpha  2 B.V., the lenders and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto, Bank of China Limited, Shanghai Branch, as redenomination term facilities administrative agent, and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (the “Agent”)
  10.2*    Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of May  30, 2018, by and among the Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders and other financial institutions and the Agent
  10.3    Employment Agreement by and between Alpha US Bidco, Inc. and Geoff Wild, dated as of March 31, 2017
  10.4    Secondment Agreement by and between Alpha US Bidco, Inc., Atotech USA LLC and Geoff Wild, dated as of April 13, 2017
  10.5    Employment Agreement by and between Atotech (Thailand) Co Ltd and Geoff Wild, dated as of March 31, 2017
  10.6    Managing Director Service Agreement by and between Atotech Deutschland GmbH and Peter Frauenknecht, dated as of April 10, 2017
  10.7    Amendment No. 1 to Managing Director Service Agreement by and between Atotech Deutschland GmbH and Peter Frauenknecht, dated as of May 8, 2017
  10.8    Amendment No. 2 to Managing Director Service Agreement by and between Atotech Deutschland GmbH and Peter Frauenknecht, dated as of January 14, 2020
  10.9    Employment Agreement by and between Atotech Deutschland GmbH and Harald Ahnert, dated as of January 28, 2020
  10.10    Employment Agreement by and between Atotech Deutschland GmbH and Gertjan van der Wal, dated as of January 28, 2020
  10.11    Form of Atotech Limited 2020 Incentive Award Plan
  10.12    Form of Option Award Agreement under the Atotech Limited 2020 Incentive Award Plan
  10.13    Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement under the Atotech Limited 2020 Incentive Award Plan
  10.14    Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Atotech Limited 2020 Incentive Award Plan

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

    

Description of Exhibit

    10.15     

Form of Atotech Limited 2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan

    10.16      Form of Director Indemnification and Advancement Agreement
    10.17    Consulting Services Agreement
    10.18      Amendment No. 1 to Consulting Services Agreement
    10.19      Form of Principal Stockholders Agreement
  21.1      List of Subsidiaries
  23.1      Consent of KPMG AG
  23.2**      Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24.1*      Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages to the registration statement)
  24.2      Powers of Attorney of Brian A. Bernasek, Herman H. Chang, Sham Mercer and Charles W. Shaver
  99.1*      Representation pursuant to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F
  99.2      Consent of Director Nominee (Ronald E. Bruehlman)

 

*   Previously filed.
**   To be filed by amendment.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Bangkok, Thailand, on March 9, 2020.

 

Atotech Limited
By:  

/s/ Geoff Wild

Name:   Geoff Wild
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and as of the dates indicated.

 

  Signature

  

Title

 

Date

  *

  Geoff Wild

   Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   March 9, 2020

  *

  Peter Frauenknecht

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  March 9, 2020

  /s/ Brian A. Bernasek

  Brian A. Bernasek

   Director   March 9, 2020

  *

  Gregor P. Boehm

   Director   March 9, 2020

  /s/ Herman H. Chang

  Herman H. Chang

   Director   March 9, 2020

  *

  Friedel Drees

   Director   March 9, 2020

  /s/ Shaun Mercer

  Shaun Mercer

   Director   March 9, 2020

  *

  Gregory M. Nikodem

   Director   March 9, 2020

  /s/ Charles W. Shaver

  Charles W. Shaver

   Director   March 9, 2020

  *

  Martin W. Sumner

   Director   March 9, 2020

 

* By:     /s/ Geoff Wild
  Geoff Wild, as Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Atotech Limited, has signed this registration statement in the city of Bangkok, Thailand, on March 9, 2020.

 

Alpha US Bidco, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Geoff Wild

Name:   Geoff Wild
Title:   President

 

II-6

EX-1.1

Exhibit 1.1

ATOTECH LIMITED

[●] Common Shares, $0.10 par value

Underwriting Agreement

[●], 2020

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

As Representatives of

the several Underwriters listed in

Schedule 1 hereto

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10013

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10011

BofA Securities, Inc.

One Bryant Park

New York, NY 10036

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

383 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10179

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Atotech Limited, a company incorporated and organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey, (the “Company”) proposes to allot, issue and sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Underwriters”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [●] of common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company (collectively, the “Underwritten Shares”). In addition, certain stockholders of the Company named in Schedule 2 hereto (the “Selling Shareholders”) propose to sell, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an aggregate of [●] additional common shares of the Company (collectively, the “Option Shares”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “Shares”. The common shares of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “Common Shares”.


The Company and each Selling Shareholder (to the extent any Option Shares are purchased) hereby confirm their agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

1.    Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Securities Act”), a registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 235928), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“Rule 430 Information”), is referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”; and as used herein, the term “Preliminary Prospectus” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “Prospectus” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Any reference in this underwriting agreement (this “Agreement”) to the Registration Statement shall be deemed to refer to and include the exhibits filed therewith. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex B, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated January [●], 2020 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex B hereto.

Applicable Time” means [●] [A.M.]/[P.M.], New York City time, on [●], 2020.

2.    Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters. The Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share (the “Purchase Price”) of $[●] from the Company the respective number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in Schedule 1 hereto.

In addition, each of the Selling Shareholders agrees, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule 2 hereto, severally and not jointly, to sell, the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth

 

-2-


herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from each Selling Shareholder the Option Shares at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares. If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares that bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 12 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Company by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make.

The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Company and the Selling Shareholders (with a courtesy copy of such notice delivered to Latham & Watkins LLP). Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein. Any such election to purchase the Option Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Option Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder as set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.

(a)    The Company and the Selling Shareholders understand that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package. The Company and the Selling Shareholders acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.

(b)    Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Company, in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Milbank LLP, 55 Hudson Yards, New York, NY 10001 at [●] [A.M.]/[P.M.], New York City time, on [●], 2020, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Selling Shareholders may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”, and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “Additional Closing Date”.

 

-3-


Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the initial sale of such Shares duly paid by the Company or the Selling Shareholders, as applicable. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct. The certificates for the Shares, in the event the Company or the Selling Shareholders choose to deliver such Shares in physical form, will be made available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of DTC or its designated custodian not later than [●] [A.M.]/[P.M.], New York City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(c)    Each of the Company and each Selling Shareholder (to the extent any Option Shares are purchased) acknowledges and agrees that each Underwriter is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company and the Selling Shareholders with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Company, the Selling Shareholders or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Company, the Selling Shareholders or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Company and the Selling Shareholders shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and no Underwriter shall have any responsibility or liability to the Company or the Selling Shareholders with respect thereto. Any review by any of the Underwriters of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of such Underwriter and shall not be on behalf of the Company or the Selling Shareholders.

3.    Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter and each Selling Shareholder that:

(a)    Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by (i) any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof or (ii) the Selling Shareholders expressly for use in the Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Selling Shareholder consists of (A) the legal name and address of such Selling Shareholder set forth in the footnote relating to such Selling Shareholder under the caption “Principal and Selling

 

-4-


Shareholders” and (B) the number of common shares owned by such Selling Shareholder before and after the offering (excluding percentages) that appears in the table (and corresponding footnotes) under the caption “Principal and Selling Shareholders” (the “Selling Shareholders Information”).

(b)    Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by (i) any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof or (ii) the Selling Shareholders expressly for use in the Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Selling Shareholders consists of the Selling Shareholders Information.

(c)    Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Testing-the-Waters Communication, as applicable, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities Act (to the extent required thereby) and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Testing-the-Waters Communication, as applicable, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Testing-the-Waters Communication or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by (i) any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof or (ii) the Selling Shareholders expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Selling Shareholders consists of the Selling Shareholders Information.

 

-5-


(d)    Testing the Waters Communications. The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act, and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed in Schedule [E] hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act. Any individual Testing-the-Waters Communication prepared or authorized by the Company does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(e)    Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company in writing by (i) any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof or (ii) the Selling Shareholders expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by the Selling Shareholders consists of the Selling Shareholders Information.

 

-6-


(f)    Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto for (i) the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 of Atotech UK Topco Limited (“UK Topco”) and its consolidated subsidiaries included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly the financial position of UK Topco and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“IFRS”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein; the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of UK Topco and its consolidated subsidiaries as of September 30, 2019, for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and present fairly the financial position of UK Topco and its consolidated subsidiaries, as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34, the standard adopted by the European Union applicable to interim financial reporting, applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby; and the other financial information included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of UK Topco and its consolidated subsidiaries and Atotech B.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries, respectively, and presents fairly, in all material respects, the information shown thereby; and the pro forma financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and regulations and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial information and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are reasonable to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.

(g)    No Material Adverse Change. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the date of the most recent financial statements of UK Topco and its subsidiaries included in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company (other than (i) adjustments of, distributions made on or exercises of the Company’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) the grant of awards under Company Stock Plans described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus, in each case and (iii) changes to the Company’s capital stock resulting from the Reorganization Transactions (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement) and related transactions each as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) or any material increase in the long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries on any class of capital stock (other than dividends or distributions described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus), or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) none of the Company

 

-7-


or its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that, in either case, would be required to be reported on Form 8-K (were the Company or any of its subsidiaries to be subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Exchange Act”) as a U.S. domestic issuer) that has not been so reported in a timely manner prior to the date of this Agreement; and (iii) none of the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, each a “Subsidiary” and, collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) has sustained any material loss or interference with its business, taken as a whole, from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority.

(h)    Organization and Good Standing. Each of (a) the Company and (b) the Company’s subsidiaries have been duly organized or incorporated and are validly existing and in good standing (where such concept exists) under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of formation or incorporation, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified, in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position or results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

(i)    Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Capitalization” as of the date(s) indicated; all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Shareholders) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except as otherwise described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party (other than those incurred in connection with the senior secured credit facilities (as defined in the Registration Statement) or other Liens described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus).

 

-8-


(j)    Stock Options. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company and its subsidiaries (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the applicable Company Stock Plan, the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) and any other exchange on which Company securities are traded, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with IFRS in the financial statements (including the related notes) of UK Topco and disclosed in the Company’s filings with the Commission in accordance with the Exchange Act and all other applicable laws. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries or their results of operations or prospects.

(k)    Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver, as applicable, this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken by the Company for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

(l)    Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(m)    The Shares. The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and, when issued and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform, in all material respects, to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

(n)    No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or

 

-9-


(iii) in violation of any applicable law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) (solely with respect to the Company’s subsidiaries that are not Subsidiaries) (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o)    No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the allotment, issuance and sale of the Shares and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, result in the termination, modification or acceleration of, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any property or asset of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation, default, lien, charge or encumbrance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p)    No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the sale of the Shares, and compliance by, the Company with the terms thereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except as have been obtained or made, (i) for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act, (ii) for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the NYSE, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) and under applicable state or foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or (iii) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(q)    Legal Proceedings. Except as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or, to the Company’s knowledge, may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to the Company’s knowledge no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings have been threatened in writing by any governmental or regulatory authority or by others; and (A) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so

 

-10-


described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (B) there are no contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(r)    Independent Accountants. KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft, who have audited certain financial statements of UK Topco and its subsidiaries, has advised the Company that it is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries within the meaning of the Ethical Standards for Auditors issued by the Auditing Practices Board in the United Kingdom.

(s)    Title to Real and Personal Property. Except (i) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all liens (excluding any liens securing the senior secured credit facilities or permitted by the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facilities), encumbrances, claims, defects and imperfections of title.

(t)    Title to Intellectual Property. Except (1) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use or are licensed to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, and copyrightable works, know-how, trade secrets, systems, procedures, proprietary or confidential information necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (ii) the conduct of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ businesses does not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others, and (iii) none of the Company or its subsidiaries has received any written notice of any claim of infringement of or conflict with any such rights of others.

(u)    No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company and its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and, to the Company’s knowledge, the directors, officers, stockholders or other affiliates of the of the Company and its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.

 

-11-


(v)    Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(w)    Taxes. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have paid all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof unless (i) such taxes are being contested in good faith, (ii) adequate reserves are being maintained for such taxes and (iii) such taxes can be lawfully withheld; and except as otherwise disclosed in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

(x)    Licenses and Permits. Except (1) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Company and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, sub-licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of the properties of their respective businesses or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and (ii) none of the Company or its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that any such license, sub-license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

(y)    No Labor Disputes. Except (1) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no labor disturbance by, or dispute with, employees of the Company or its subsidiaries exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers. None of the Company or its subsidiaries has received any notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(z)    Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except (1) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (2) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (3) with respect to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, as reasonably expected to result in a fine or penalty in excess of $100,000, (i) there are no claims against the Company or its subsidiaries alleging potential liability under or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law (as defined below) related to their respective businesses, operations and properties, and their respective businesses, operations and properties are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) none of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the

 

-12-


Company or its subsidiaries is listed or, to the knowledge of the Company, proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 or on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Information System maintained by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or on any analogous state, local or foreign (non-U.S.) list; (iii) there are no and, to the knowledge of the Company, never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials (as defined below) are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (iv) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on or at any property currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries requiring investigation, remediation, mitigation, removal, or assessment, or other response, remedial or corrective action, pursuant to Environmental Law (as defined below); (v) there have been no Releases (as defined below) of Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any property currently or, to the knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (vi) properties currently owned or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries do not contain any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (x) constitute a violation of, (y) require response or other corrective action under, or (z) could be reasonably expected to give rise to liability under, Environmental Laws, (vi) none of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other parties, any investigation, response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any location, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and (vii) all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled, or stored at, or transported or arranged for transport to or from, any property or facility currently or formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner that would not reasonably be expected to result in a claim against, or require response or other corrective action by, the Company or its subsidiaries under any Environmental Law. As used herein: (i) “Environmental Laws” means any and all current or future U.S. federal, state, local and foreign (non-U.S.) statutes, laws, including common law, regulations or ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, licenses or restrictions imposed by a Governmental Authority relating to pollution or protection of the environment and protection of human health (to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials), including those relating to the generation, use, handling, storage, transportation, treatment or Release or threat of Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials; (ii) “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic materials, substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, toxic mold, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other materials, substances or wastes of any nature regulated as “hazardous” or “toxic,” or as a “pollutant” or “contaminant,” pursuant to any Environmental Law; (iii) “Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material) into the environment or into, from or through any building or structure; and (iv) “Governmental Authority” means any government, state or other political subdivision thereof, agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

-13-


(aa)    Compliance with ERISA. Except (1) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (2) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as (A) any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations or considered under common control and treated as one employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or (B) any entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) would have any actual or contingent liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no Plan has failed (whether or not waived), or is reasonably expected to fail, to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code), applicable to such Plan; (iv) no Plan is or is reasonably expected to be in “at risk status” (within the meaning of Section 303(i) of ERISA) or “endangered status,” “critical status” or “critical and declining status” (within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA); (v) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (vi) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation regulations promulgated thereunder) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (vii) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification; and (viii) neither the Company nor any member of the Controlled Group has incurred, nor reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan”, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

(bb)    Compliance with Employee Arrangements. Except (i) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (ii) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each benefit and compensation plan, agreement, policy and arrangement that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for current or former employees or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or with respect to which any of such entities could reasonably be expected to have any current, future or contingent liability or responsibility, has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations under the laws of Germany; the Company and each of its subsidiaries have complied with all applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations in regard to such plans, agreements, policies and arrangements under the laws of Germany; the fair market value of the assets of each such plan, agreement, policy and arrangement which is required or intended to be funded

 

-14-


(excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued or earned or payments due under such plan, agreement, policy or arrangement determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions; and the liabilities reflected on the relevant entity’s financial statements with respect to each such plan, agreement, policy and arrangement which is not required or intended to be funded accurately reflects the present value of all benefits earned or accrued or payments due under such plan, agreement, policy or arrangement determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.

(cc)    Disclosure Controls. The Company maintains, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(dd)    Accounting Controls. The Company maintains a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that has been designated by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive or principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. The Company maintains internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

(ee)    Insurance. Except (1) as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (2) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses as is customary in their respective industry, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are customarily deemed adequate to protect the Company’s businesses; and none of the Company or its subsidiaries has (i) received written notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

-15-


(ff)    No Unlawful Payments. None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, authorized agent or controlled affiliate, in each case, acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any company funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government or regulatory official or employee, including any government owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office, in each case in this clause (ii) in violation of any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any unlawful rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit in the case of this clause (iv) in violation of any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws. The Company and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce, policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

(gg)    Compliance with Money Laundering Laws. The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where the Company or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental or regulatory agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental or regulatory agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(hh)    No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, authorized agent or controlled affiliate acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) and the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the Swiss Secretariat of Economic Affairs or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), including, without limitation, designation on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List published by OFAC; nor are the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized, incorporated or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or the target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria (until such time such country or territory is no longer the subject or the target of Sanctions, each, a “Sanctioned

 

-16-


Country”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country in violation of Sanctions or (iii) in any other manner that would constitute or give rise to a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, initial purchaser, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. For the past five years, the Company and its subsidiaries, to the knowledge of the Company, have not engaged in, are not now engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealing or transaction with (A) any person that, at the time of such dealing or transaction, is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions, or (B) any Sanctioned Country, in each case that was or is in violation of Sanctions. This subsection (gg) shall not be interpreted or applied to the extent that the obligations hereunder would violate or expose any German Subsidiary to any liability under any anti-boycott or blocking law, regulation or statute that is in force from time to time in the European Union (and/or any of its member states) and that are applicable to such entity including, without limitation, EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 and Section 7 of the German Foreign Trade Ordinance (Verordnung zur Durchführung des Außenwirtschaftsgesetzes (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung). For purposes of this Underwriting Agreement, “German Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company that qualifies as a resident party domiciled in Germany (Inländer) within the meaning of Section 2, paragraph 15 of the German Foreign Trade Law (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz) (including its directors, managers, officers, agents and employees).

(ii)    No Broker’s Fees. None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

(jj)    No Registration Rights. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or those that have been exercised or waived, no person has the right to require the Company to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission, the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company, or, to the knowledge of the Company, the sale of the Shares to be sold by any Selling Shareholder hereunder.

(kk)    No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(ll)    Margin Rules. Neither the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares nor the application of the proceeds thereof by the Company as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will violate Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board of Governors.

(mm)    Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.

 

-17-


(nn)    Industry Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the industry statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(oo)    Foreign Issuer. The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(pp)    Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

(qq)    Status under the Securities Act. At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(rr)    Stamp Taxes. Except for any net income, capital gains, branch profits or franchise taxes imposed on the Underwriters by the Bailiwick of Jersey, the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein as a result of any present or former connection (other than any connection resulting solely from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus) between the Underwriters and the jurisdiction imposing such tax, no stamp duties or other issuance or transfer taxes are payable by or on behalf of the Underwriters in the Bailiwick of Jersey, the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof solely in connection with (A) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (B) the sale and delivery of the Shares in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Prospectus or (C) the sale and delivery by the Underwriters of the Shares as contemplated herein and in the Prospectus.

(ss)    No Immunity. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries or their properties or assets has immunity under the Bailiwick of Jersey, U.S. federal or New York state law from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any Bailiwick of Jersey, U.S. federal or New York state court, from service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court with respect to their respective obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection herewith; and, to the extent that the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings arising out of, or

 

-18-


relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, may at any time be commenced, the Company has, pursuant to Section 18(d) of this Agreement, waived, and it will waive, or will cause its subsidiaries to waive, such right to the extent permitted by law.

(tt)    Enforcement of Foreign Judgments. Any final judgment for a fixed or determined sum of money rendered by any U.S. federal or New York state court located in the State of New York having jurisdiction under its own laws in respect of any suit, action or proceeding against the Company based upon this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus would be declared enforceable against the Company by the courts of the Bailiwick of Jersey, without reconsideration or reexamination of the merits, but subject to the provisions relating to enforcement in the Jersey courts as set out in the section “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” in the Prospectus.

(uu)    Valid Choice of Law. The choice of laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is a valid choice of law under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey and will be honored by the courts of the Bailiwick of Jersey, subject to the restrictions described under the caption “Enforceability of Judgments” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 18(c) of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each New York state and United States federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in such court.

(vv)    Indemnification and Contribution. The indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 9 hereof do not contravene Bailiwick of Jersey law or the public policy thereof.

(ww)    Passive Foreign Investment Company. Subject to the qualifications, limitations, exceptions and assumptions set forth in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, and the Prospectus, the Company does not expect to be treated as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”), as defined in section 1297 of the Code for the current taxable year and the Company does not expect to be treated as a PFIC for the foreseeable future.

(xx)    Dividends. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no approvals are currently required in the Bailiwick of Jersey in order for the Company to pay dividends or other distributions declared by the Company to the holders of Shares. Under current laws and regulations of the Bailiwick of Jersey and any political subdivision thereof, any amount payable with respect to the Shares upon liquidation of the Company or upon redemption thereof and dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the share capital of the Company may be paid by the Company in United States dollars and freely transferred out of the Bailiwick of Jersey, and no such payments made to the holders thereof or therein who are non-residents of the Bailiwick of Jersey will be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under laws and regulations of the Bailiwick of Jersey or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the Bailiwick of Jersey or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

-19-


(yy)    Legality. The legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility into evidence of any of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, this Agreement or the Shares in any jurisdiction in which the Company is organized or does business is not dependent upon such document being submitted into, filed or recorded with any court or other authority in any such jurisdiction on or before the date hereof or that any tax, imposition or charge be paid in any such jurisdiction on or in respect of any such document.

(zz)    Legal Action. A holder of the Shares and each Underwriter are each entitled to sue as plaintiff in the court of the jurisdiction of formation and domicile of the Company for the enforcement of their respective rights under this Agreement and the Shares and such access to such courts will not be subject to any conditions which are not applicable to residents of such jurisdiction or a company incorporated in such jurisdiction except that plaintiffs not residing in the Bailiwick of Jersey may be required to guarantee payment of a possible order for payment of costs or damages at the request of the defendant.

(aaa)    Cybersecurity. Except as would not be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and except as may be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i)(x) to the Company’s knowledge, there has been no material security breach or other material compromise of or relating to any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data (including the data of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained by or on behalf of them), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”) and (y) the Company and its subsidiaries have not been notified of, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any material security breach or other material compromise to their IT Systems and Data; (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries are presently in compliance with all applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification; and (iii) the Company and its subsidiaries have implemented backup and disaster recovery technology consistent with industry standards and practices.

(bbb)    Significant Subsidiaries. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement and such subsidiaries that are not significant subsidiaries listed on Exhibit 21.1, when considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a “significant subsidiary,” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X.

 

-20-


4.    Representations and Warranties of the Selling Shareholders. Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each Underwriter (to the extent any Option Shares are purchased) and the Company that:

(a)    Required Consents; Authority. Except (i) as will have been obtained on or prior to the Applicable Time for the registration under the Securities Act of the Shares, (ii) as may be required under foreign or state securities (or Blue Sky) laws or by FINRA or by the NYSE in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters and (iii) as would not impair in any material respect the ability of any such Selling Shareholder to consummate its obligations hereunder, all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Shareholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder; this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Shareholder.

(b)    No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by such Selling Shareholder of this Agreement, the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder and the consummation by such Selling Shareholder of the transactions contemplated herein or therein will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Selling Shareholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Selling Shareholder is a party or by which the Selling Shareholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling Shareholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the Selling Shareholder, if applicable, or (iii) result in the violation of any applicable law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Selling Shareholder or any of its properties, except in the case of (i) and (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to materially impact such Selling Shareholder’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(c)    Title to Shares. The Selling Shareholder has, and will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, valid title to the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims (other than as permitted by this Agreement), and all authorization and approval required by law, to enter into this Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder; and, upon payment for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such Shares, as directed by the Representatives, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by DTC, registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to securities accounts of the Representatives (assuming that neither DTC nor any such Underwriter has notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC) to such Shares)), (A) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Representatives will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (B) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Representatives with respect to such security entitlement; for purposes of this representation,

 

-21-


such Selling Shareholder may assume that when such payment, delivery and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share register in accordance with its articles of association, memorandum of association and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the Representatives on behalf of the several Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.

(d)    No Stabilization. Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

(e)    Pricing Disclosure Package. The Pricing Disclosure Package, at the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that such representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4(e) apply only to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Shareholders Information.

(f)    Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, such Selling Shareholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex B hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representatives.

(g)    Registration Statement and Prospectus. As of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that such representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4(g) apply only to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Selling Shareholders Information.

(h)    Material Information. As of the date hereof and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the sale of the Shares by such Selling Shareholder is not and will not be prompted by any material information known to such Selling Shareholder concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries that is not set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

-22-


(i)    ERISA Plan. The Selling Shareholder is not (i) an employee benefit plan subject to Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), (ii) a plan or account subject to Section 4975 of the Code, or (iii) an entity deemed to hold “plan assets” of any such plan or account under Section 3(42) of ERISA, 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, or otherwise.

5.    Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)    Required Filings. The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to [●] [A.M.]/[P.M.], New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(b)    Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, two signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “Prospectus Delivery Period” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

(c)    Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses. Before preparing, using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or supplement for review and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably objects.

(d)    Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional

 

-23-


information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

(e)    Ongoing Compliance. (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with applicable law, the Company will immediately notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with applicable law.

 

-24-


(f)    Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.

(g)    Earning Statement. Beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder; it being agreed that such obligation may be satisfied by filings made with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (or any successor system) (“EDGAR”).

(h)    Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without both (x) the prior written consent of two of the four Representatives and (y) the prior written notice to the other Representatives, other than (a) the Common Shares to be sold hereunder, (b) the grant by the Company of awards under Company Stock Plans described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus, (c) any Common Shares of the Company issued upon the exercise of options or settlement of awards granted under Company Stock Plans described in the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus, (d) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 in connection with Company Stock Plans described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (e) the filing of any confidential or non-public submissions to the Commission of any registration statement under the Securities Act only if (w) no public announcement of such confidential or non-public submission shall be made, (x) if any demand was made for, or any right exercised with respect to, such registration of shares of Common Shares or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into Common Shares, no public announcement of such demand or exercise of rights shall be made, (y) the Company shall provide written notice at least two business days prior to such confidential or non-public submission to the Representatives and (z) no such confidential or non-public submission shall become a publicly available registration statement during the lock-up period or (f) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance of Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to such an agreement, in connection with (i) the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities,

 

-25-


business, property or other assets of another person or entity, including pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, or (ii) joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, provided that the aggregate number of shares issued or issuable pursuant to this clause (f) does not exceed 10% of the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after the offering of the Common Shares pursuant to this Agreement and prior to such issuance each recipient of any such securities shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a “lock-up” agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

If two of the four Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and described in Section 8(l) hereof for an executive officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(i)    Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in each of the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the heading “Use of proceeds”.

(j)    No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Shares.

(k)    Exchange Listing. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the NYSE.

(l)    Reports. For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, so long as the Shares are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on EDGAR.

(m)    Record Retention. The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.

(n)    Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(o)    Tax Indemnity. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters against any documentary, stamp, registration or similar issuance tax, including any interest and penalties, on the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All indemnity payments to be made

 

-26-


by the Company hereunder in respect of this Section 5(o) shall be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Bailiwick of Jersey taxes, duties or governmental charges whatsoever unless the Company is compelled by law to deduct or withhold such taxes, duties or charges. In that event, except for any net income, capital gains, branch profits or franchise taxes imposed on the Underwriters by the Bailiwick of Jersey or the United States or any political subdivision of taxing authority thereof or therein as a result of any present or former connection (other than any connection resulting solely from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) between the Underwriters and the jurisdiction imposing such withholding or deductions, the Company shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order to ensure that the net amounts received after such withholding or deductions shall equal the amounts that would have been received if no such withholding or deduction had been made.

6.    Further Agreements of the Selling Shareholders. Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

(a)    Clear Market. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and each of the Selling Shareholders relating to sales and certain other dispositions of Common Shares or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(b)    No Stabilization. Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Common Shares.

(c)    Tax Form. It will deliver to the Representatives on any Additional Closing Date properly completed and signed applicable tax certifications (generally, an IRS Form W-9 or the applicable IRS Form W-8 (or applicable successor forms)) to enable the Underwriters to determine their duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under any law or regulation of the United States or any political subdivision thereof.

(d)     Tax Indemnity. It will indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriters against any documentary, stamp, registration or similar issuance tax, including any interest and penalties, on the sale of the Shares by such Selling Shareholder to the Underwriters and on the execution and delivery of this Agreement. All indemnity payments to be made by such Selling Shareholder hereunder in respect of this Section 6(d) shall be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future Bailiwick of Jersey taxes, duties or governmental charges whatsoever unless such Selling Shareholder is compelled by law to deduct or withhold such taxes, duties or charges. In that event, except for any net income, capital gains, branch profits or franchise taxes imposed on the Underwriters by the Bailiwick of Jersey or the United States or any political subdivision of taxing authority thereof or therein as a result of any present or former connection (other than any connection resulting solely from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) between the Underwriters and the jurisdiction imposing such withholding or deductions, such Selling Shareholder shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary in order to ensure that the net amounts received after such withholding or deductions shall equal the amounts that would have been received if no such withholding or deduction had been made.

 

-27-


(e)    Use of Proceeds. It will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to a subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

7.    Certain Agreements of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:

(a)    It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus”, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex B or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing (each such free writing prospectus referred to in clauses (i) or (iii), an “Underwriter Free Writing Prospectus”).

(b)    It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission.

8.    Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date (other than with respect to clause (i) below) or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

(a)    Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.

(b)    Representations and Warranties. The respective representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Shareholders contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company and its officers and of each of the Selling Shareholders and their officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

-28-


(c)    No Downgrade. Subsequent to the earlier of (A) the Applicable Time and (B) the execution and delivery of this Agreement, if there are any debt securities or preferred stock of, or guaranteed by, the Company or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of §3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any such debt securities or preferred stock and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to, its rating of any such debt securities or preferred stock (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading).

(d)    No Material Adverse Change. No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(f) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(e)    Officer’s Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be (x) a certificate of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Company and one additional executive officer of the Company who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (ii) confirming that the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) above and (y) to the extent the Selling Shareholder is selling Shares on the Additional Closing Date, a certificate of each Selling Shareholder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, confirming that the representations and warranties of such Selling Shareholder in this agreement are true and correct and that such Selling Shareholder has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.

(f)     CFO Certificate. The Representatives shall have received (x) on and as of the Pricing Date and (y) on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company (the “CFO Certificate”) substantially in the form as Exhibit D hereto.

(g)    Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably

 

-29-


satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(h)    Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Company. Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A-1 hereto.

(i)    Opinion of Local Counsel for the Company. Ogier, the Bailiwick of Jersey counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A-2 hereto.

(j)    Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders. Walkers as counsel for certain of the Selling Shareholders, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Selling Shareholders, their written opinion, dated any Additional Closing Date, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A-4-A hereto. Ogier as counsel for certain of the Selling Shareholders, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Selling Shareholders, their written opinion, dated any Additional Closing Date, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex A-4-B.

(k)    Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Milbank LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(l)    No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale. No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Selling Shareholders; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares by the Selling Shareholders.

 

-30-


(m)    Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

(n)    Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

(o)    Lock-up Agreements. The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, executive officers and directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of Common Shares or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

(p)    Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.

All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

9.    Indemnification and Contribution.

(a)    Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, employees, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented legal fees and other reasonable and documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any materials or information (when taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package) provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares (the “Marketing Materials”), including any road show (as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act) (a “road show”) or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances

 

-31-


under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

(b)    Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Shareholders. Each of the Selling Shareholders, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, employees, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished to the Company in writing by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Marketing Materials or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder consists of such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Shareholders Information. The Selling Shareholder shall not be liable under the indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph and the contribution provisions of this Section 9 in excess of an amount equal to the aggregate net proceeds (after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts, but before deducting expenses) applicable to the Shares sold by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement (the “Selling Shareholders Proceeds”).

(c)    Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Shareholders. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and the Selling Shareholders to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has subsequently been amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: (i) the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the second sentence of the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, (ii) the information in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” relating to sales to discretionary accounts and (iii) the information contained in the tenth, eleventh and twelfth paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting” relating to stabilization transactions.

 

-32-


(d)    Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, such person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 9 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interest between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Shareholders shall be designated in writing by the Selling Shareholders. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification or contribution could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.

 

-33-


(e)    Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts, but before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and each Selling Shareholder or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. No Selling Shareholder shall be liable under the contribution agreement contained in this paragraph and the indemnification provisions of this Section 9 in excess of an amount equal to such Selling Shareholder’s respective portion of the Selling Shareholders Proceeds.

(f)    Limitation on Liability. The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Shareholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of

 

-34-


such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate liability of each Selling Shareholder under the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 9 shall not exceed such Selling Shareholder’s respective portion of the Selling Shareholders Proceeds.

(g)    Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.

10.    Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

11.    Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Shareholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Stock Market, the Chicago Board Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by U.S. federal or New York State authorities; (iv) a material disruption in securities settlement or clearance services in the United States that could reasonably be expected to affect the settlement of the Shares shall have occurred; or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

12.    Defaulting Underwriter.

(a)    If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Shareholders may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Shareholders or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other

 

-35-


document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 12, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

(b)    If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

(c)    If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Shareholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Shareholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of the Company and the Selling Shareholders except that the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

(d)    Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Shareholders or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

13.    Payment of Expenses.

(a)    Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company and the Selling Shareholders will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any stamp duties or other issuance or transfer taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the

 

-36-


Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the reasonable related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters not to exceed $15,000); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all expenses and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA (but with respect to related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters not to exceed $30,000); (viii) all expenses of the Issuer relating to any “road show” presentation to potential investors, including the travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Issuer in connection with any such “road show” (provided that the Company shall only be obligated to pay one-half of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with any such “road show”); and (x) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on the NYSE. It is understood, however, that except as provided in this Section 13, Section 9 entitled “Indemnity and Contribution,” and Section 11 entitled “Termination” above, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel.

(b)    If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to clause (ii) of Section 11, (ii) the Company or the Selling Shareholders for any reason fail to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters (other than pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 11 or Section 12) or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement (other than pursuant to clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 11 or Section 12), the Company and the Selling Shareholders agree to reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby; provided that, if any Selling Shareholder fails to tender its Shares for delivery to the Underwriters, such Selling Shareholder agrees to reimburse the Underwriters only for its pro rata portion of such out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) based upon the number of Shares agreed to be sold by such Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement relative to the total number of Shares agreed to be sold by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this agreement with the remainder of such expenses being the responsibility of the Company.

(c)    This Section 13 shall not affect any separate agreement relating to the allocation of payment of expenses between the Company, on the one hand, and the Selling Shareholders, on the other hand.

14.    Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the affiliates, employees, officers and directors and any controlling persons referred to in Section 9 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.

15.    Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Shareholders or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall

 

-37-


survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Shareholders or the Underwriters.

16.    Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “business day” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; (c) the term “subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; and (d) the term “significant subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02(a) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

17.    Patriot Act. In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the Company and the Selling Shareholders, which information may include the name and address of their respective clients, as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

18.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc., 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013 Attention: General Counsel, facsimile number 1-646-291-1469; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Attention: [●], Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10011 (fax: [●]); BofA Securities, Inc., One Bryant Park, New York, New York, 10036 Attention: Syndicate Department with a copy to: fax: (212) 230-8730 Attention: ECM legal; J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358). Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Erasmusstrasse 20, 10553 Berlin, Germany (fax: +49 30 34985 417 ); Attention: Josh McMorrow, General Counsel. Notices to the Selling Shareholders, shall be given to them at The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, District of Columbia 20004-2505, (fax: (202) 347-1818); Attention: Tanaka Maswoswe. Copies of any notice given to the Company or the Selling Shareholders shall be given to Latham & Watkins LLP at 555 Eleventh Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, District of Columbia, (fax: (202) 637-2201); Attention: Patrick H. Shannon and Jason Licht.

(b)    (x) Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes

(a)    In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

-38-


(b)    In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i)    a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii)    a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii)    a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c)    Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.

(d)    Judgment Currency. The Company agrees to indemnify each Underwriter, its directors, officers, affiliates and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any loss incurred by such Underwriter as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due hereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than U.S. dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the U.S. dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange at which such indemnified person is able to purchase U.S. dollars with the amount of the judgment currency actually received by the indemnified person. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Company and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

 

-39-


(e)    Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that the Company has or hereafter may acquire any immunity (sovereign or otherwise) from jurisdiction of any court of the Bailiwick of Jersey, or any political subdivision thereof, with respect to itself or this Agreement, the Company hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

(f)    Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Company and the Selling Shareholders hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the U.S. federal and New York state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the offering of the Shares. The Company and the Selling Shareholders waive any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit or proceeding in such courts. The Company and the Selling Shareholders agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company or the Selling Shareholders, as applicable, and may be enforced in any court to the jurisdiction of which Company or the Selling Shareholders, as applicable, is subject by a suit upon such judgment. The Company and the Selling Shareholders irrevocably appoint Alpha US Bidco, Inc., c/o The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, and agree that service of process upon such authorized agent, and written notice of such service to the Company and the Selling Shareholders by the person serving the same to the address provided in this Section 18(e), shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company or the Selling Shareholders in any such suit or proceeding. The Company and the Selling Shareholders hereby represent and warrant that such authorized agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as such authorized agent for service of process. The Company and the Selling Shareholders further agree to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such authorized agent in full force and effect for a period of seven years from the date of this Agreement.

(g)     Several Liability. The obligations of the Company and each of the Selling Shareholders under this Agreement are independent and are not joint and several, notwithstanding the fact that the Selling Shareholders may be referred to in this Agreement collectively as “Selling Shareholders” rather than listed individually by name. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Company and each Selling Shareholder shall not be held liable hereunder in any respect for a breach of any obligation under this Agreement of another party or for any representation made or warranty given hereunder by another party.

(h)    Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

(i)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(j)    Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

(k)    Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

-40-


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,
ATOTECH LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


CEP IV PARTICIPATIONS S.À.R.L, SICAR
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CARLYLE PARTNERS VI CAYMAN HOLDINGS L.P.
By: TC Group VI Cayman, L.P., its general partner
By: TC Group VI Cayman, L.L.C., its general partner
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
GAMMA HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted: [●], 2020

For themselves and on behalf of the

several Underwriters listed

in Schedule 1 hereto.

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]


Schedule 1

 

Underwriter

   Number of Underwritten
Shares
  Maximum Number of
Option Shares

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   [●]   [●]

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   [●]   [●]

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

   [●]   [●]

BofA Securities, Inc.

   [●]   [●]

[●]

   [●]   [●]
  

 

 

 

Total

   [●]   [●]

 

Sch. 1-1


Schedule 2

List of Selling Shareholders

 

Selling Shareholder

   Maximum Number of
Option Shares

CEP IV Participations S.à.r.l, SICAR

   [●]

Gamma Holding Company Limited

   [●]

Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings L.P.

   [●]
  

 

Total

   [●]

 

Sch. 2-1


Annex A-1

Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company

 

Annex A-1-1


Annex A-2

Form of Opinion of Local Counsel for the Company

 

Annex-A-2-1


Annex A-3

Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Shareholders

 

Annex A-3-1


Annex B

a. Pricing Disclosure Package

[None]

b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters

$[●] per share

 

Annex-B-1


Exhibit A

[Form of Lock-Up Agreement]

[Name and Address of

Representatives]

Re:    Atotech Limited — Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Atotech Limited, a company incorporated and organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey (the “Company”) and the selling shareholders listed on Schedule 2 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Selling Shareholders”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of common shares, par value $0.10 per share (the “Common Shares”), of the Company (the “Common Shares”) by the several underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriters”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without both (x) the prior written consent of two of the four Representatives and (y) the prior written notice to the other Representatives, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days (the “Lock-up Period”) after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares (including without limitation, Common Shares or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) (collectively, the “Lock-up Securities”) or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-up Securities, in each case other than:

(A) the sale by such person of the Common Shares to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to Section 2 of the Underwriting Agreement;

(B) transfers of Common Shares as a bona fide gift or gifts;


(C) if the Lock-up Securities are held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, transfers to any of its shareholders, partners, members or affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (each, an “Affiliate”)) or any of its Affiliates’ directors, officers and employees;

(D) transfers by way of testate or intestate succession or by operation of law, or to any members of the immediate family of the undersigned, or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin);

(E) transfers to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the undersigned;

(F) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under clauses (B) through (E) above;

(G) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency;

(H) from an executive officer to the Company or its parent entities upon death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such executive officer;

(I) any transfer pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Ordinary Shares involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company that occurs after the consummation of the Public Offering and approved by the Company’s board of directors (provided that, in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Securities shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement); or

(J) the conversion of preferred shares into Common Shares as described in the Preliminary Prospectus;

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B), (C), (D), (E), [(F) or (H)], any transferee or distributee shall execute and deliver to the Representatives a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph for the balance of the Lock-up Period; and provided, further, that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (B), (C), (D), (E) or [(F)], no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 180-day period referred to above).

For purposes of clause (I) above, “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.


If the undersigned is an executive officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of Common Shares, two of the four Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by two of the four Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such executive officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Furthermore, the undersigned may sell Common Shares of the Company purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Public Offering if and only if no filing by any party under Section 16 of the Exchange Act or other public report or filing shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such sale during the Lock-up Period (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the Lock-up Period) (this paragraph, the “Open Market Sale Condition”).

The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan (a “Plan”) that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1) under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales of the undersigned’s Lock-up Securities shall be made pursuant to such a Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period, and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-up Period.

The foregoing restrictions shall also not apply to dispositions of Common Shares to the Company (i) to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the exercise of options to purchase Common Shares or (ii) to effect the cashless exercise of options to purchase Common Shares; provided that only in the case of options to purchase Common Shares that expire during the Lock-up Period due to the termination or other departure of the undersigned as an employee or director of the Company, the undersigned may, in addition to disposing of Common Shares pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, dispose of Common Shares in the open market or otherwise in an amount of up to $500,000 in aggregate value of Common Shares to satisfy such tax withholding obligations or effect cashless exercise[; provided further that only in the case of dispositions pursuant to clause (C) above, the undersigned may dispose of Common Shares in the open market or otherwise to satisfy tax withholding or other tax obligations in connection with such disposition].


In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this lock-up agreement.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this lock-up agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement has not become effective by [●], 2020, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Shares to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Letter Agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this lock-up agreement.

This lock-up agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF SHAREHOLDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  


Exhibit B

Form of Waiver of Lock-up

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

BOFA SECURITIES, INC.

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

Atotech Limited

Public Offering of Common Shares

                    , 2020

[Name and Address of

Executive Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Atotech Limited (the “Company”) of     common shares, $0.10 par value (the “Common Shares”), of the Company and the lock-up letter dated    , 2020 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated    , 2020    , with respect to                shares of Common Shares (the “Shares”).

Citigroup Global Markets Inc./Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC/ BofA Securities, Inc./J.P. Morgan Securities LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective                , 2020    ; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.


Yours very truly,
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

cc: Company


Exhibit C

Form of Press Release

Atotech Limited

[Date]

Atotech Limited (the “Company”) announced today Citigroup Global Markets Inc./Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC/ [BofA Securities, Inc./J.P. Morgan Securities LLC], the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of                common shares, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to    shares of the Company’s common shares held by [certain [executive] officers or directors] [an [executive] officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on     ,                 2020    , and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Exhibit D

Form of CFO Certificate

EX-3.1

Exhibit 3.1

Companies (Jersey) Law 1991

Company Limited by Shares

Adopted by special resolution on                2020

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ATOTECH PLC

 

 

 

LOGO


Companies (Jersey) Law 1991

Company Limited by Shares

Memorandum of Association

of

ATOTECH PLC

Registered company number 127906

 

1.

The name of the Company is ATOTECH PLC.

 

2.

The Company is a public company limited by shares.

 

3.

The Company is a par value company.

 

4.

The Company has unrestricted corporate capacity.

 

5.

The liability of each member arising from his or her holding of a share is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on it.

 

6.

The share capital of the Company is $1,000,000,000.00 divided into 10,000,000,000 shares of $0.10 each.

 

1


Companies (Jersey) Law 1991

Company Limited by Shares

Adopted by special resolution of the members dated              2020

 

 

AMENDED & RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

ATOTECH LIMITED

 

 


CONTENTS

 

1    Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Standard  Table

     1  

Definitions

     1  

Interpretation

     4  

Exclusion of Standard Table

     5  

2    Shares

     5  

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

     5  

Power to issue fractions of a Share

     6  

Trusts not recognised

     6  

Power to vary rights attaching to Shares

     6  

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

     7  

Capital contributions without issue of further Shares

     7  

Limit on the number of joint holders

     7  

Treasury Shares

     7  

Branch register

     7  

3    Ordinary Shares

     7  

4    Share certificates

     8  

Issue of share certificates

     8  

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

     8  

5    Preference Shares

     10  

6    Lien on Shares

     11  

Nature and scope of lien

     11  

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

     12  

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

     12  

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

     12  

Application of proceeds of sale

     13  

7    Calls on Shares and forfeiture

     13  

Power to make calls and effect of calls

     13  

Time when call made

     13  

Liability of joint holders

     13  

Interest on unpaid calls

     14  

Deemed calls

     14  

Power to accept early payment

     14  

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

     14  

Notice of default

     14  

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

     15  

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

     15  

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

     15  

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

     16  

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

     16  

8    Transfer of shares

     16  

Form of transfer

     16  


Power to refuse registration

   17

Notice of refusal to register

   17

Power to suspend registration

   17

Fee, if any, payable for registration

   17

Company may retain instrument of transfer

   17

Transfer to branch register

   17

9    Commission on Sale of Shares

   17

10   Transmission of Shares

   18

Persons entitled on death of a Member

   18

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

   18

Indemnity

   19

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

   19

11   Alteration of capital

   19

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

   19

Reducing share capital

   20

Sale of fractions of Shares

   20

12   Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

   20

13   Redemption and purchase of Shares

   21

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase Shares

   21

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

   21

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

   21

14   Meetings of members

   22

Power to call meetings

   22

Annual general meetings

   23

Content of notice

   23

Period of notice

   23

Persons entitled to receive notice

   24

Publication of notice on a website

   24

Time a website notice is deemed to be given

   24

Required duration of publication on a website

   25

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

   25

15   Proceedings at meetings of Members

   26

Quorum

   26

Use of technology

   26

Chairman

   26

Right of a Director or auditor’s representative to attend and speak

   27

Adjournment

   27

Method of voting

   27

Outcome of vote by show of hands

   27

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

   28

Taking of a poll

   28

Chairman’s casting vote

   28

Amendments to resolutions

   28

Written resolutions

   29


16   Voting rights of members

     30  

Right to vote

     30  

Rights of joint holders

     30  

Representation of corporate Members

     30  

Member with mental disorder

     31  

Objections to admissibility of votes

     31  

Form of proxy

     31  

How and when proxy is to be delivered

     32  

Voting by proxy

     33  

17   Clearing Houses

     33  

18   Directors

     33  

19   Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors

     34  

First Directors

     34  

No age limit

     34  

No corporate Directors

     34  

No shareholding qualification

     34  

Appointment of Directors

     34  

Removal of Directors

     35  

Filling of vacancies

     35  

Resignation of Directors

     36  

Corporate governance policies

     36  

20   Disqualification and termination of Directors

     36  

21   Alternate Directors

     37  

Appointment and removal

     37  

Notices

     37  

Rights of alternate Director

     37  

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director

     38  

22   Powers of Directors

     38  

Powers of Directors

     38  

Appointments to office

     38  

Directors’ fees and expenses

     39  

23   Delegation of powers

     39  

Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee

     39  

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

     40  

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

     40  

24   Meetings of Directors

     41  

Regulation of Directors’ meetings

     41  

Calling meetings

     41  

Use of technology

     41  

Quorum

     42  

Voting

     42  


Validity

     42  

Recording of dissent

     42  

Written resolutions

     42  

25   Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure

     43  

26   Minutes

     45  

27   Accounts and audits

     46  

Accounting and other records

     46  

No automatic right of inspection

     46  

Sending of accounts and reports

     46  

Time of receipt if documents are published on a website

     46  

Validity despite accidental error in publication on website

     47  

When accounts are to be audited

     47  

28   Audit

     47  

29   Record dates

     47  

30   Dividends

     48  

Declaration of dividends by Members

     48  

Payment of interim dividends by Directors

     48  

Apportionment of dividends

     48  

Right of set off

     49  

Power to pay other than in cash

     49  

How payments may be made

     49  

Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights

     50  

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

     50  

31   Capitalisation of profits

     50  

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve

     50  

Applying an amount for the benefit of members

     50  

32   Seal

     51  

Company seal

     51  

Official seal

     51  

When and how seal is to be used

     51  

If no seal is adopted or used

     51  

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

     51  

Validity of execution

     52  

33   Officers

     52  

34   Register of Directors and Officers

     52  

35   Indemnity

     52  

Indemnity

     52  

Release

     53  

Insurance

     53  

36   Notices

     54  

Form of notices

     54  

Signatures

     54  


Evidence of transmission

     55  

Delivery of notices

     55  

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

     55  

Saving provisions

     55  

37   Authentication of Electronic Records

     56  

Application of Articles

     56  

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

     56  

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers by Electronic means

     56  

Manner of signing

     57  

Saving provision

     57  

38   Information

     57  

39   Winding up

     58  

Distribution of assets in specie

     58  

No obligation to accept liability

     58  


Companies (Jersey) Law 1991

Company Limited by Shares

Articles of Association

of

Atotech Limited

 

1

Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Standard Table

Definitions

 

1.1

In these Articles, the following definitions apply:

Affiliate means:

 

  (a)

in the case of a natural person, such person’s parents, parents-in-law, spouse, children or grandchildren, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by such person or any of the foregoing, and

 

  (b)

in the case of a corporation, partnership or other entity or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity.

The term control shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares possessing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation, or the partnership or other entity (other than, in the case of a corporation, shares having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency), or having the power to control the management or elect a majority of members to the board of directors or equivalent decision-making body of such corporation, partnership or other entity; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered Affiliates of the Carlyle Shareholders.

Articles means, as appropriate:

 

  (a)

these Articles of Association as amended from time to time; or

 

  (b)

two or more particular Articles of these Articles;

and Article refers to a particular Article of these Articles;

Business Day means a day, excluding Saturdays or Sundays, on which banks in New York, New York, United States of America and in the Island are open for general banking business throughout their normal business hours;

 

1


Carlyle Shareholder Designee means an individual elected to the board of Directors that has been nominated by the Carlyle Shareholders pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement;

Carlyle Shareholders means the Carlyle Stockholders, as such term is defined in the Shareholders Agreement;

Certificated Shares means a Share that is not an Uncertificated Share and references in these Articles to a Share being held in certificated form shall be construed accordingly;

Clear Days, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

 

  (a)

the day when the notice is deemed to be received; and

 

  (b)

the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;

Company means the above-named company;

Company’s Website means the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Members;

Controlled Company has the meaning given to it in the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange;

Default Rate means 3% (three per cent) per annum over the base rate of the Bank of England from time to time;

Designated Stock Exchange means the New York Stock Exchange or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s securities are then traded provided that it is approved for the purposes of the Order;

Directors means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the Directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof;

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Communications (Jersey) Law 2000;

electronic communication means electronic transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than a majority vote of the Directors;

Electronic Record has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Communications (Jersey) Law 2000;

 

2


Electronic Signature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Communications (Jersey) Law 2000;

Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;

Fully Paid and paid up means that the agreed issue price for a Share has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

Island means Jersey, Channel Islands;

Law means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991;

Market Price means for any given day, the price quoted in respect of the Ordinary Shares on the Designated Stock Exchange of the close of trading on such day, or if such day is not a date on which the Designated Stock Exchange is open, then the close of trading on the previous trading day;

Member means any person or persons entered on the register of members from time to time as the holder of a Share;

Memorandum means the Memorandum of Association of the Company as amended from time to time;

Officer means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company; and the expression includes a Director, alternate director or liquidator, but does not include the Secretary;

Order means the Companies (Transfers of Shares – Exemptions) (Jersey) Order 2014;

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members entitled to vote. The expression also includes a written resolution signed by or on behalf of a simple majority of the Members who, at the date when the resolution is deemed to be passed, would be entitled to vote on the resolution if it were proposed at a meeting;

Ordinary Shares means an Ordinary Share in the capital of the Company of $0.10 par value designated as Ordinary Shares, and having the rights provided for in these Articles;

PDF means Portable Document Format;

Preference Shares means the preference shares in the capital of the Company of $0.10 par value designated as Preference Shares and having the rights provided for in these Articles;

Register of Members means the register maintained by the Company in accordance with Article 41 of the Law or any modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

3


Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary;

Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;

Share means a share in the share capital of the Company; and the expression:

 

  (a)

includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and

 

  (b)

where the context permits, also includes a fraction of a share;

Shareholders Agreement means the Principal Stockholders Agreement to be entered into by and among the Company and the Carlyle Shareholders, as amended from time to time;

signed means a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;

Special Resolution has the meaning given to that term in the Law. The expression also includes a written resolution signed by or on behalf of the requisite majority of Members required for the passing of a Special Resolution who, at the date when the resolution is deemed to be passed, would be entitled to vote on the resolution if it were proposed at a meeting;

subsidiary has the meaning given to that term in Article 2 of the Law; and

Uncertificated Share means a Share which is recorded on the register as being held in uncertificated form and references in these Articles to a share being held in uncertificated form shall be construed accordingly.

Interpretation

 

1.2

In the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  (a)

A reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Island as known by its short title, and includes:

 

  (i)

any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and

 

  (ii)

any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute;

 

  (b)

Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles, unless there is ambiguity;

 

4


  (c)

A word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders;

 

  (d)

A reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or government agency;

 

  (e)

Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning, another part of speech or grammatical form in respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

  (f)

All references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s registered office is located;

 

  (g)

The words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied; and

 

  (h)

The words including, include and in particular or any similar expression are to be construed without limitation.

Exclusion of Standard Table

 

1.3

The regulations contained in the Standard Table adopted pursuant to the Companies (Standard Table) (Jersey) Order 1992 and any other regulations contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply to the Company.

 

2

Shares

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

 

2.1

The Directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares of the Company to such persons at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide.

 

2.2

Without limitation to the preceding Article and subject to Article 5 with regards to Preference Shares, the Directors may so deal with the unissued Shares of the Company:

 

  (a)

at an issue price determined by the Directors;

 

  (b)

with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution (other than in respect of Preference Shares pursuant to Article 5), with preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise;

 

  (c)

without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.

 

2.3

The Company shall not issue Shares in bearer form and shall only issue Shares as fully paid.

 

5


Power to issue fractions of a Share

 

2.4

Subject to the Law, the Company may issue fractions of a Share of any class. A fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a Share of that class of Shares.

Trusts not recognised

 

2.5

Except as required by law:

 

  (a)

no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share on any trust; and

 

  (b)

no person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a Share.

Power to vary rights attaching to Shares

 

2.6

If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class, including any series of Preference Shares which shall each be treated as a class, (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two thirds of the issued Shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

2.7

For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.

 

2.8

The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares, including any Preference Shares, ranking in priority to or pari passu therewith.

 

6


Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

 

2.9

Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class.

Capital contributions without issue of further Shares

 

2.10

With the consent of a Member, the Directors may accept a voluntary contribution from that Member without issuing Shares in return. If the Directors agree to accept a voluntary contribution from a Member, the Directors shall resolve whether that contribution shall be treated as an addition to the capital account of the Company or to a general reserve of the Company (it being understood that the contribution is not provided by way of loan).

Limit on the number of joint holders

 

2.11

In respect of a Share, the Company shall not be required to enter the names of more than four joint holders in the register of members of the Company.

 

2.12

If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a Share, then any one of those joint holders may give effectual receipts for moneys payable in respect of that Share.

Treasury Shares

 

2.13

From time to time, the Company may hold its own Shares as treasury shares and the Directors may sell, transfer or cancel any treasury shares in accordance with the Law. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall not be entitled to vote or receive any distributions in respect of any treasury shares held by it.

Branch register

 

2.14

Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company, or the Directors on behalf of the Company, may cause to be kept and maintained in any country, territory or place, a branch register of Members resident in such country, territory or place and all or any of its other Members and the Directors may make and vary such regulations as they may think fit regarding the keeping of any such branch register.

 

3

Ordinary Shares

 

3.1

The holders of the Ordinary Shares shall be entitled:

 

  (a)

to any return of capital and distributions in accordance with the relevant provisions of these Articles;

 

  (b)

to and are subject to the provisions in relation to winding up of the Company provided for in these Articles; and

 

7


  (c)

to attend general meetings of the Company and shall be entitled to one vote for each Ordinary Share registered in the name of such holder in the Register of Members, both in accordance with the relevant provisions of these Articles.

 

3.2

All Ordinary Shares shall rank pari passu with each other in all respects.

 

4

Share certificates

Issue of share certificates

 

4.1

Upon being entered in the register of members as the holder of a Certificated Share, a Member shall be entitled:

 

  (a)

without payment, to one certificate for all the Certificated Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon transferring a part of the Member’s holding of Certificated Shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of that holding); and

 

  (b)

upon payment of such reasonable sum as the Directors may determine for every certificate after the first, to several certificates each for one or more of that Member’s Certificated Shares.

 

4.2

Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid or partly paid up. A certificate may be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the Directors determine.

 

4.3

The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

4.4

All certificates for Shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the Register of Members. Every share certificate sent in accordance with these Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

 

4.5

If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to:

 

  (a)

evidence;

 

  (b)

indemnity;

 

  (c)

payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and

 

8


  (d)

payment of a reasonable fee, if any, for issuing a replacement share certificate,

as the Directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

4.6

The Directors may permit the holding of Shares or any class of Shares in uncertificated form and the transfer of title to Shares in that class by means of the Designated Stock Exchange and may determine that any class of Shares shall cease to be uncertificated. Subject to the Law and the Order, the Directors may lay down regulations not included in these Articles which (in addition to, or in substitution for, any provisions in these Articles):

 

  (a)

apply to the issue, holding or transfer of Shares in uncertificated form and/or the exercise of any rights in respect of or in connection with such Shares;

 

  (b)

set out (where appropriate) the procedures for conversion and/or redemption of Shares in uncertificated form; and/or

 

  (c)

the Directors consider necessary or desirable in connection with the holding of Shares in uncertificated form.

 

4.7

Shares in the capital of the Company that fall within a certain class shall not form a separate class of Shares from other Shares in that class because any Share in that class is held in uncertificated form and subject to the Order.

 

4.8

Where any class of Shares is subject to the Order and the Company is entitled under any provision of the Law or these Articles to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, forfeit, re-allot, accept the surrender of, or otherwise enforce a lien over, a Share held in uncertificated form, the Company shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of the Law, these Articles and the facilities and requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange:

 

  (a)

to require the holder of that Uncertificated Share by notice to change (or require the competent authority (as defined in the Order) to change or instruct the change of) that Share into certificated form within the period specified in the notice and to hold that Share in certificated form so long as required by the Company;

 

  (b)

to require the holder of that Uncertificated Share by notice to give any instructions necessary to transfer title to that Share by means of the Designated Stock Exchange within the period specified in the notice;

 

  (c)

to require the holder of that Uncertificated Share by notice to appoint any person to take any step, including, without limitation, the giving of any instructions by means of the Designated Stock Exchange, necessary to transfer that share within the period specified in the notice;

 

9


  (d)

to require the competent authority to take all such actions as the Company may be entitled to require the competent authority (as defined in the Order) to take with a view to converting that Uncertificated Share into certificated form; and

 

  (e)

to take any action that the Directors consider appropriate to achieve the sale, transfer, disposal, forfeiture, re-allotment or surrender of that Share, or otherwise to enforce a lien in respect of that Share.

 

5

Preference Shares

 

5.1

Preference Shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such voting powers (full or limited or without voting powers), designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as are stated and expressed, or in any resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Directors as hereinafter provided.

 

5.2

Authority is hereby granted to the Directors, subject to the provisions of the Memorandum, these Articles and applicable law, to create one or more series of Preference Shares and, with respect to each such series, to fix by resolution or resolutions, without any further vote or action by the Members of the Company providing for the issue of such series:

 

  (a)

the number of Preference Shares to constitute such series and the distinctive designation thereof;

 

  (b)

the dividend rate on the Preference Shares of such series, the dividend payment dates, the periods in respect of which dividends are payable (Dividend Periods), whether such dividends shall be cumulative and, if cumulative, the date or dates from which dividends shall accumulate;

 

  (c)

whether the Preference Shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, Shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of Shares and the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, or the rate or rates at which such exchange may be made, with such adjustments, if any, as shall be stated and expressed or provided in such resolution or resolutions;

 

  (d)

subject to Articles 2.6 to 2.8 whether the Preference Shares of such series rank in priority to, pari passu with or are subordinated to any other Preference Share or any other class or classes of Share with regards to any dividends or any other rights attaching to any Shares;

 

  (e)

the preferences, if any, and the amounts thereof, which the Preference Shares of such series shall be entitled to receive upon the winding up of the Company;

 

  (f)

the voting power, if any, of the Preference Shares of such series;

 

10


  (g)

transfer restrictions and rights of first refusal with respect to the Preference Shares of such series; and

 

  (h)

such other terms, conditions, special rights and provisions as may seem advisable to the Directors.

 

5.3

Notwithstanding the fixing of the number of Preference Shares constituting a particular series upon the issuance thereof, the Directors at any time thereafter may authorise the issuance of additional Preference Shares of the same series subject always to the Law and the Memorandum.

 

5.4

No dividend shall be declared and set apart for payment on any series of Preference Shares in respect of any Dividend Period unless there shall likewise be or have been paid, or declared and set apart for payment, on all Preference Shares of each other series entitled to cumulative dividends at the time outstanding which rank senior or equally as to dividends with the series in question, dividends rateably in accordance with the sums which would be payable on the said Preference Shares through the end of the last preceding Dividend Period if all dividends were declared and paid in full.

 

5.5

If, upon the winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company distributable among the holders of any one or more series of Preference Shares which (a) are entitled to a preference over the holders of the Ordinary Shares upon such winding up and (b) rank equally in connection with any such distribution shall be insufficient to pay in full the preferential amount to which the holders of such Preference Shares shall be entitled, then such assets, or the proceeds thereof, shall be distributed among the holders of each such series of the Preference Shares rateably in accordance with the sums which would be payable on such distribution if all sums payable were discharged in full.

 

6

Lien on Shares

Nature and scope of lien

 

6.1

The Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (which are not Fully Paid) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all moneys payable to the Company by the Member or the Member’s estate:

 

  (a)

either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and

 

  (b)

whether or not those moneys are presently payable.

 

6.2

At any time the Directors may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

11


Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

 

6.3

The Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are met:

 

  (a)

the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;

 

  (b)

the Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and

 

  (c)

that sum is not paid within 14 Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under these Articles.

 

6.4

The Shares may be sold in such manner as the Directors determine.

 

6.5

To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Directors shall incur no personal liability to the Member concerned in respect of the sale.

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

 

6.6

To give effect to a sale, the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The title of the transferee of the Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

 

6.7

On sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:

 

  (a)

the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of members as the holder of those Shares; and

 

  (b)

that person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate for those Shares.

Despite this, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The Directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the Shares at the time of sale or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

12


Application of proceeds of sale

 

6.8

The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs and expenses related thereto, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is then-presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to the person whose Shares have been sold:

 

  (a)

if no certificate for the Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or

 

  (b)

if a certificate for the Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that certificate for cancellation,

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not then-presently payable as existed on the Shares before the sale.

 

7

Calls on Shares and forfeiture

Power to make calls and effect of calls

 

7.1

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make calls on the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments. Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required by the notice.

 

7.2

Before receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in whole or in part.

 

7.3

A Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. He shall not be liable for calls made after he is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.

Time when call made

 

7.4

A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed.

Liability of joint holders

 

7.5

Members registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the Share.

 

13


Interest on unpaid calls

 

7.6

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid:

 

  (a)

at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or

 

  (b)

if no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.

The Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

Deemed calls

 

7.7

Any amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise, shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

Power to accept early payment

 

7.8

The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

 

7.9

Subject to the terms of allotment, the Directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

Notice of default

 

7.10

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice requiring payment of:

 

  (a)

the amount unpaid;

 

  (b)

any interest which may have accrued;

 

  (c)

any expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person’s default.

 

7.11

The notice shall state the following:

 

  (a)

the place where payment is to be made; and

 

  (b)

a warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

14


Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

 

7.12

If the notice under the preceding Article is not complied with, the Directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the Directors may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture.

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

 

7.13

A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

 

7.14

On forfeiture or surrender:

 

  (a)

the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of members as the holder of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and

 

  (b)

that person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited or surrendered Shares.

 

7.15

Despite the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:

 

  (a)

all expenses; and

 

  (b)

interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:

 

  (i)

at the rate of which interest was payable on those moneys before forfeiture; or

 

  (ii)

if no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.

The Directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

 

15


Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

 

7.16

A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a Director or the Secretary shall be conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to forfeited Shares:

 

  (a)

that the person making the declaration is a Director or Secretary of the Company; and

 

  (b)

that the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

 

7.17

Any person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

 

8

Transfer of shares

Form of transfer

 

8.1

Subject to the following Articles, the Order, the rules and regulations of a Designated Stock Exchange or any relevant securities laws, any Member may transfer Shares to another person by completing an instrument of transfer, in a common form or in a form prescribed by a Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Directors, executed under hand or if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or its nominee(s), by hand or machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time.

 

8.2

The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor. Without prejudice to the last proceeding Article, the Directors may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by the transferor or transferee to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the Share until the name of the transferee is entered into the Register of Members in respect thereof.

 

8.3

The Directors may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer in respect of a Certificated Share unless:

 

  (a)

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of Share;

 

  (b)

the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Registered Office or such other place as the Register of Members (or any branch register thereof) is kept in accordance with the Law accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) (if any) or such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person to do so); and

 

16


  (c)

the instrument of transfer is duly and properly signed and endorsed or accompanied by the share certificate(s) in respect of the relevant Share(s) or an indemnity.

Power to refuse registration

 

8.4

The Directors may refuse to register the transfer of a Share to any person. They may do so in their absolute discretion, without giving any reason for their refusal, and irrespective of whether the Share is Fully Paid or the Company has no lien over it.

Notice of refusal to register

 

8.5

If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a Share, they must send notice of their refusal to the existing Member within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company.

Power to suspend registration

 

8.6

The Directors may suspend registration of the transfer of Shares at such times and for such periods (not exceeding 30 days in any calendar year) as they determine.

Fee, if any, payable for registration

 

8.7

If the Directors so decide, the Company may charge a reasonable fee for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to the title to a Share.

Company may retain instrument of transfer

 

8.8

The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered; but an instrument of transfer which the Directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

Transfer to branch register

 

8.9

The Directors in so far as permitted by any applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange may, in their absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any Share upon the Register of Members to any branch register or any Share on any branch register to the Register of Members or any other branch register. In the event of such transfer, the Member requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting such transfer unless the Directors otherwise determine.

 

9

Commission on Sale of Shares

The Company may, in so far as the Law permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally)

 

17


or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

10

Transmission of Shares

Persons entitled on death of a Member

 

10.1

If a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members’ interest are the following:

 

  (a)

where the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and

 

  (b)

where the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member’s personal representative or representatives.

 

10.2

Nothing in these Articles shall release the deceased Member’s estate from any liability in respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

10.3

A person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may elect to do either of the following:

 

  (a)

to become the holder of the Share; or

 

  (b)

to transfer the Share to another person.

 

10.4

That person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the Directors may properly require.

 

10.5

If the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it were an executed instrument of transfer.

 

10.6

If the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:

 

  (a)

if the Share is Fully Paid, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and

 

  (b)

if the Share is partly paid, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument of transfer.

 

10.7

All the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate, the instrument of transfer.

 

18


Indemnity

 

10.8

The Directors may require a person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member to indemnify the Company and the Directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company or the Directors as a result of that registration.

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

10.9

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. But, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares in the Company.

 

11

Alteration of capital

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

 

11.1

To the fullest extent permitted by the Law, the Company may by Special Resolution do any of the following (and amend its Memorandum and its Articles for that purpose):

 

  (a)

increase its share capital in the manner prescribed by the resolution;

 

  (b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (c)

convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;

 

  (d)

sub-divide its Shares or any of them, including, in respect of any sub-division, so that the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each sub-divided Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the sub-divided Share is derived; and the resolution may determine that, as between the Shares resulting from the sub-division, one or more of the Shares may, as compared with the others, have such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or be subject to such restrictions as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new Shares;

 

  (e)

divide Shares into multiple classes;

 

  (f)

cancel Shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution to cancel them, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided; or

 

  (g)

convert all or any of the Shares denominated in a particular currency into Shares denominated in a different currency, the conversion being effected at the rate of exchange (calculated to not less than three significant figures) current at the date of the resolution being a time within 40 days before the conversion takes effect.

 

19


11.2

All new Shares created hereunder shall be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

Reducing share capital

 

11.3

Subject to the Law and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any way.

Sale of fractions of Shares

 

11.4

Whenever, as a result of a consolidation or division of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions of a Share, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, on behalf of those Members, sell the Shares representing the fractions for (i) the Market Price on the date of such consolidation or division, in the case of any shares listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, and (ii) the best price reasonably obtainable by the Company, in the case of any shares not listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those Members, and the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

12

Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

12.1

The Directors shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, at least ten (10) days before every general meeting, a complete list of the Members entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each Member and the number of Shares registered in the name of each Member. Such list shall be open to the examination of any Member, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the principal executive office of the Company. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Member who is present.

 

12.2

The Directors, in accordance with the Law, may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, attend or to vote at a meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining those Members that are entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

20


12.3

If no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of, attend or to vote at a meeting of Members or those Members that are entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the record date for such determination of Members shall be, subject to the Law, at the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. When a determination of those Members that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

13

Redemption and purchase of Shares

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase Shares

 

13.1

Subject to the Law, and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may by its Directors:

 

  (a)

issue Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its Directors determine before the issue of those Shares;

 

  (b)

convert existing non-redeemable limited shares, whether issued or not, into Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its Directors determine before the conversion of those Shares; and

 

  (c)

purchase all or any Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares.

The Company may hold Shares acquired by way of purchase or redemption in treasury in a manner authorised by the Law.

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares in any manner authorised by the Law, including out of capital and otherwise than out of its profits or the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

 

13.2

When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the Directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one way and partly in the other way).

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

 

13.3

Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:

 

  (a)

the Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share other than the right to receive:

 

  (i)

the price for the Share; and

 

21


  (ii)

any dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;

 

  (b)

the Member’s name shall be removed from the register of members with respect to the Share; and

 

  (c)

the Share shall be cancelled or become a treasury share.

For the purpose of this Article, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the redemption or purchase falls due.

 

14

Meetings of members

Power to call meetings

 

14.1

The Directors may call a general meeting at any time.

 

14.2

If there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, the Directors must call a general meeting for the purpose of appointing additional Directors.

 

14.3

The Directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the next two Articles.

 

14.4

The requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold at least 10% of the rights to vote at such general meeting.

 

14.5

The requisition must also:

 

  (a)

specify the objects of the meeting;

 

  (b)

be signed by or on behalf of the requisitioners. The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more of the requisitioners; and

 

  (c)

be deposited at the Company’s registered office in accordance with the notice provisions.

 

14.6

Should the Directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 days from the date of deposit of a requisition to be held within 2 months of that date, the requisitioners or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may call a general meeting to be held within three months from that date.

 

14.7

Without limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient Directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining Directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional Directors, any one or more Members who together hold at least 10% of the rights to vote at a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment of additional Directors.

 

22


14.8

If the Members call a meeting under the above Articles, the Company shall reimburse their reasonable expenses.

Annual general meetings

 

14.9

Subject to Article 14.10, the Company shall hold annual general meetings unless otherwise dispensed with in accordance with the Law. The first annual general meeting shall be held within a period of 18 months of the Company’s incorporation and thereafter at least once in every calendar year. Not more than 18 months may elapse between one annual general meeting and the next.

 

14.10

For so long as the Company’s securities are traded on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

Content of notice

 

14.11

Notice of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:

 

  (a)

the place, the date and the time of the meeting;

 

  (b)

if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate the meeting;

 

  (c)

subject to Article 14.11(d) and 14.21, the general nature of the business to be transacted;

 

  (d)

if a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution; and

 

  (e)

in the case of an annual general meeting, that the meeting is an annual general meeting.

 

14.12

In each notice, there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:

 

  (a)

that a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member; and

 

  (b)

that a proxy need not be a Member.

Period of notice

 

14.13

A general meeting, including an annual general meeting, shall be called by at least 14 Clear Days’ notice (but not more than 60 calendar days’ notice). A meeting, however, may be called on shorter notice if it is so agreed:

 

  (a)

in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote at that meeting; and

 

23


  (b)

in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at that meeting, being a majority together holding not less than:

 

  (i)

95% where a Special Resolution is to be considered; or

 

  (ii)

90% for all other meetings,

of the total voting rights of the Members who have that right.

Persons entitled to receive notice

 

14.14

Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice shall be given to the following people:

 

  (a)

the Members;

 

  (b)

persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member;

 

  (c)

the Directors;

 

  (d)

the Company’s auditor (if any); and

 

  (e)

persons entitled to vote in respect of a Share in consequence of the incapacity of a Member.

Publication of notice on a website

 

14.15

Subject to the Law, a notice of a general meeting may be published on a website providing the recipient is given separate notice of:

 

  (a)

the publication of the notice on the website;

 

  (b)

the address of the website;

 

  (c)

the place on the website where the notice may be accessed;

 

  (d)

how it may be accessed; and

 

  (e)

the place, date and time of the general meeting.

 

14.16

If a Member notifies the Company that he is unable for any reason to access the website, the Company must as soon as practicable give notice of the meeting to that Member in writing or by any other means permitted by these Articles but this will not affect when that Member is deemed to have been given notice of the meeting.

Time a website notice is deemed to be given

 

14.17

A website notice is deemed to be given when the Member is given notice of its publication.

 

24


Required duration of publication on a website

 

14.18

Where the notice of meeting is published on a website, it shall continue to be published in the same place on that website from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

 

14.19

Proceedings at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:

 

  (a)

an accidental failure to give notice of the meeting or an instrument of proxy to any person entitled to notice; or

 

  (b)

non-receipt of notice of the meeting or an instrument of proxy by any person entitled to notice.

 

14.20

In addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website, proceedings at the meeting shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:

 

  (a)

in a different place on the website; or

 

  (b)

for only part of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

14.21

Notwithstanding any provision of these Articles to the contrary, the Carlyle Shareholders shall have the respective rights set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

14.22

The Directors will ensure that the Carlyle Shareholder Designees nominated in accordance with Article 14.21 are included in the notice of meeting for the next available annual general meeting or any extraordinary general meeting at which Directors are to be elected, noting that a general meeting will only be the next available annual general meeting if the advance notice requirements of these Articles can be complied with.

 

14.23

Subject to Article 14.21, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director.

 

14.24

Subject to these Articles, a Director shall hold office until the expiry of his or her term as contemplated by Article 16.2 or, until such time as he or she vacates office in accordance with Article 19.1.

 

14.25

No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article. If the chairman of an annual general meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded. This Article 14 shall not apply to any nomination of a Director in an election in which only the holders of one or more series of Preference Shares of the Company are entitled to vote (unless otherwise provided in the terms of such series of Preference Shares).

 

25


15

Proceedings at meetings of Members

Quorum

 

15.1

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Members holding in aggregate not less than a simple majority of all voting share capital of the Company in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum, provided that:

 

  (a)

for so long as the Company is a Controlled Company, a general meeting shall not be quorate unless the Carlyle Shareholders holding in the aggregate a majority of all Shares held by the Carlyle Shareholders are in attendance (provided that each such Member holds Shares in the Company); and

 

  (b)

the minimum quorum for any meeting shall be two Members entitled to vote representing in excess of 50% of the total issued Ordinary Shares at the commencement of the meeting; provided that if the Company shall at any time have only one Member, one Member present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum at any general meeting held during such time.

Use of technology

 

15.2

A person may participate in a general meeting through the medium of a conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment (Electronic Facility) provided all persons participating in the meeting are able to speak to each other throughout the meeting, if the Company decides prior to the meeting to permit attendance in such manner. A person participating in this way is deemed to be present at the meeting. The Company is under no obligation to offer or provide an Electronic Facility for the purposes of attending a general meeting.

Chairman

 

15.3

The chairman of a general meeting shall be the chairman of the board or such other Director as the Directors have nominated to chair board meetings in the absence of the chairman of the board. Absent any such person being present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

15.4

If no Director is present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no Director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

26


Right of a Director or auditor’s representative to attend and speak

 

15.5

Even if a Director or a representative of the auditor (if any) is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares.

Adjournment

 

15.6

When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, unless these Articles otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Company may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

15.7

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a general meeting shall apply to any adjournment of such meeting unless the Directors fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, but the Directors shall fix a new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than 30 days from the date set for the original meeting.

Method of voting

 

15.8

A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded. A poll may be demanded:

 

  (a)

by the chairman;

 

  (b)

by at least three Members having the right to vote on the resolution;

 

  (c)

by any Member or Members present who, individually or collectively, hold at least 10% of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote on the resolution; or

 

  (d)

by a Member or Members holding Shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution being Shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the Shares conferring that right,

and a demand by a person as proxy for a Member shall be the same as a demand by the Member.

Outcome of vote by show of hands

 

15.9

Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

27


Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

15.10

The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken, but only with the consent of the chairman. The chairman shall announce any such withdrawal to the meeting and, unless another person forthwith demands a poll, any earlier show of hands on that resolution shall be treated as the vote on that resolution; if there has been no earlier show of hands, then the resolution shall be put to the vote of the meeting.

Taking of a poll

 

15.11

A poll demanded on the question of adjournment shall be taken immediately.

 

15.12

A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at an adjourned meeting at such time and place as the chairman directs, not being more than 30 Clear Days after the poll was demanded.

 

15.13

The demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing to transact any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

15.14

A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held in more than one place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers in more than one place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

Chairman’s casting vote

 

15.15

If the votes on a resolution, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, are equal, the chairman shall not have a casting vote.

Amendments to resolutions

 

15.16

An Ordinary Resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by Ordinary Resolution if:

 

  (a)

not less than 48 hours before the meeting is to take place (or such later time as the chairman of the meeting may determine), notice of the proposed amendment is given to the Company in writing by a Member entitled to vote at that meeting; and

 

  (b)

the proposed amendment does not, in the reasonable opinion of the chairman of the meeting, materially alter the scope of the resolution.

 

15.17

A Special Resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by Ordinary Resolution if:

 

  (a)

the chairman of the meeting proposes the amendment at the general meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed; and

 

28


  (b)

the amendment does not go beyond what the chairman considers is necessary to correct a grammatical or other non-substantive error in the resolution.

 

15.18

If the chairman of the meeting, acting in good faith, wrongly decides that an amendment to a resolution is out of order, the chairman’s error does not invalidate the vote on that resolution.

Written resolutions

 

15.19

For so long as the Company is a Controlled Company, Members may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

  (a)

all Members entitled to vote must receive (including by way of electronic communication):

 

  (i)

a copy of the resolution; and

 

  (ii)

a statement informing the Members:

 

  (A)

how to signify agreement to the resolution; and

 

  (B)

as to the date by which the resolution must be passed if it is not to lapse (or if no date is given the resolution shall lapse 28 days after the circulation date);

 

  (b)

the specified majority of Members entitled to vote:

 

  (i)

sign a document; or

 

  (ii)

sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

  (c)

the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company at the place and by the time nominated by the Company in the notice of the resolution including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of all Members entitled to vote duly convened and held.

 

15.20

Each Member shall have one vote for each Share he holds which confers the right to receive and vote on a written resolution and unless the resolution in writing signed by the Member is silent, in which case all Shares held are deemed to have been voted, the number of Shares specified in the resolution in writing shall be deemed to have been voted.

 

29


15.21

If a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it has effect accordingly.

 

16

Voting rights of members

Right to vote

 

16.1

Unless their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting and all Members holding Shares of a particular class are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

16.2

Members may vote in person or by proxy.

 

16.3

For the avoidance of doubt, an individual who represents two or more such Members by proxy or otherwise, including a Member in that individual’s own right, shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Member.

 

16.4

All votes shall be taken on a poll and each Member who is entitled to vote shall have one vote for each Share he holds, unless any Share carries special voting rights.

 

16.5

A fraction of a Share carrying the right to vote shall entitle its holder to an equivalent fraction of one vote.

 

16.6

No Member is bound to vote all his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his Shares in the same way.

 

16.7

No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless all sums presently payable by such Member in respect of Shares in the Company have been paid.

Rights of joint holders

 

16.8

If Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares appears first in the register of members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders.

Representation of corporate Members

 

16.9

Save where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by one or more duly authorised representatives.

 

16.10

A corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person to the Company by notice in writing.

 

16.11

The authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company not less than two hours before the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.

 

30


16.12

The Directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of the notice.

 

16.13

Where a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.

 

16.14

A corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the duly authorised representative before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

Member with mental disorder

 

16.15

A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Island or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by that Member’s receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised or appointed by that court.

 

16.16

For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the Directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

Objections to admissibility of votes

 

16.17

An objection to the validity of a person’s vote may only be raised at the meeting or at the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

Form of proxy

 

16.18

An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by the Directors. A Member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion.

 

16.19

The instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:

 

  (a)

by the Member;

 

  (b)

by the Member’s authorised attorney; or

 

  (c)

if the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by a duly authorised signatory (including an authorised officer, secretary or attorney).

 

31


If the Directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

 

16.20

The Directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment of a proxy.

 

16.21

A Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy by notice to the Company duly signed in accordance with Article 16.19 prior to the time specified by the Company for the revocation of proxies for the meeting or adjourned meeting; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the proxy before the Directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

How and when proxy is to be delivered

 

16.22

Subject to the following Articles, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed, or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in any other way approved by the Directors, must be delivered so that it is received by the Company prior to the time specified by the Company for voting by proxy at the meeting provided always such time is never more than 48 hours before the meeting in accordance with the applicable law. They must be delivered in either of the following ways:

 

  (a)

in the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:

 

  (i)

to the registered office of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

to such other place within the Island specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

  (b)

if, pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:

 

  (i)

in the notice convening the meeting;

 

  (ii)

in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

  (iii)

in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

32


16.23

Where a poll is taken:

 

  (a)

if it is taken more than seven Clear Days after it is demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered as required under Article 16.22;

 

  (b)

if it is taken within seven Clear Days after it was demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered as required under Article 16.22.

 

16.24

If the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.

Voting by proxy

 

16.25

A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

 

17

Clearing Houses

If a clearing house or depository (or its nominee) is a Member, it may, by resolution of its directors, other governing body or authorised individual(s) or by power of attorney, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of Members; provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company holding the number and class of Shares specified in such authorisation.

 

17.1

The provisions of Articles 16.9 to 16.14 shall apply to any appointment of any representative pursuant to this Article 17.1.

 

18

Directors

 

18.1

The minimum number of Directors shall be two and the maximum number of Directors shall be eleven, unless increased or decreased from time to time by the Directors or the Company in general meeting. So long as Shares are listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, the board of Directors shall include such number of “independent directors” as the relevant rules applicable to the listing of any Shares on the Designated Stock Exchange require (subject to any applicable exceptions for Controlled Companies).

 

18.2

The Directors shall be divided into 3 classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall initially be assigned to each class in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement. At the first annual general meeting of Members, the term of office of

 

33


  the Class I Directors shall expire and Class I Directors shall be elected for a full term of 3 years. At the second annual general meeting of Members, the term of office of the Class II Directors shall expire and Class II Directors shall be elected for a full term of 3 years. At the third annual general meeting of Members, the term of office of the Class III Directors shall expire and Class III Directors shall be elected for a full term of 3 years. At each succeeding annual general meeting of Members, Directors shall be elected for a full term of 3 years to succeed the Directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual general meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each Director shall hold office until the expiration of his term, until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of Directors constituting the Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director.

 

19

Appointment, disqualification and removal of Directors

First Directors

 

19.1

The first Directors shall be appointed in writing by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum.

No age limit

 

19.2

Directors must be aged at least 18 years and may not be nominated to serve as a Director if he or she is aged 75 or older, unless the board of Directors determine otherwise in the best interest of the Company.

No corporate Directors

 

19.3

A Director must be a natural person.

No shareholding qualification

 

19.4

A Director shall not be required to hold any Shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at general meetings of the Company and all classes of Shares of the Company.

Appointment of Directors

 

19.5

The Directors shall, subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, appoint all individuals nominated by the Carlyle Shareholders to be Carlyle Shareholder Designees. The Directors shall, by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a meeting of the Directors, even if less than a quorum, shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the board of Directors or as an addition to the existing board of Directors, subject to these Articles (including Article 14.21), the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated

 

34


  Stock Exchange; provided that, subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, any vacancy not filled by the Directors may be filled by the Members by Ordinary Resolution at the next annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting called for that purpose; provided, further, that, subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more Directors by the provisions of these Articles, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the Directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining Director so elected or by the Members holding such class or classes of Shares or series thereof in accordance with these Articles. Any Director so appointed shall hold office until the expiration of the term of such class of Directors or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

19.6

No appointment can cause the number of Directors to exceed the maximum and any such appointment shall be invalid.

Removal of Directors

 

19.7

A Director may be removed from office by the Members by Special Resolution only for cause (“cause” for removal of a Director shall be deemed to exist only if (a) the Director whose removal is proposed has been convicted of a felony by a court of competent jurisdiction and such conviction is no longer subject to direct appeal; (b) such Director has been found by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office at any regular or special meeting of the board of Directors called for that purpose, or by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have been guilty of wilful misconduct in the performance of such Director’s duties to the Company in a matter of substantial importance to the Company; or (c) such Director has been adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be mentally incompetent, which mental incompetency directly affects such Director’s ability to perform his or her obligations as a Director) at any time before the expiration of his term notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under such agreement); provided that any Director who was nominated for election by the Carlyle Shareholders may be removed with or without cause only by the Carlyle Shareholders that have the right to remove such Director pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement. In addition, a Director may be removed from office by the board of Directors by resolution made by the Directors for cause.

Filling of vacancies

 

19.8

A vacancy on the board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a meeting of the Directors, subject to these Articles, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange; provided that if any vacancy was created by the removal of a Carlyle Shareholder Designee, then such Director shall only be replaced by the Carlyle Shareholders that have the right to replace such Director pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, and the Directors shall, subject to the terms of the Shareholders Agreement, applicable law and the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, cause the vacancy caused by such removal to be filled, as soon as possible, by a

 

35


  new designee of the Carlyle Shareholders pursuant to the rights set forth in Article 14.21. A Director appointed to fill a vacancy in accordance with this Article shall be of the same Class of Director as the Director he or she replaced and the term of such appointment shall terminate in accordance with that Class of Director.

Resignation of Directors

 

19.9

A Director may at any time resign the office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either case in accordance with those provisions.

 

19.10

Unless the notice specifies a different date, the Director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date on which the notice is delivered to the Company.

Corporate governance policies

 

19.11

The Directors may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or the listing rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Directors on various corporate governance related matters, as the Directors shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

20

Disqualification and termination of Directors

 

20.1

Subject to these Articles, the office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a)

becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b)

dies or is found to be or becomes, in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated, physically or mentally incapable of acting as a Director;

 

  (c)

resigns his office by notice to the Company in accordance with Articles 19.9 and 19.10;

 

  (d)

is prohibited by applicable law or the Designated Stock Exchange from being a Director;

 

  (e)

without special leave of absence from the Directors, is absent from meetings of the Directors for six consecutive months and the Directors resolve that his office be vacated; or

 

  (f)

is removed from office pursuant to these Articles or any other agreement between the Director and the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

20.2

If the office of Director is terminated or vacated for any reason, he shall thereupon cease to be a member of any committee of the board of Directors of the Company.

 

36


21

Alternate Directors

Appointment and removal

 

21.1

Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may appoint any other person, including another Director, to act in his place as an alternate Director. No appointment shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the appointment to the other Directors.

 

21.2

A Director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take effect until the Director has given notice of the revocation to the other Directors.

 

21.3

A notice of appointment or removal of an alternate Director must be given to the Company by any of the following methods:

 

  (a)

by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions; or

 

  (b)

if the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission to the facsimile address of the Company’s registered office a facsimile copy (in either case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 37.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report from the sender’s fax machine; or

 

  (c)

if the Company has an email address for the time being, by email to that email address or, otherwise, by email to the email address provided by the Company’s registered office (in either case, the email being deemed to be the notice unless Article 37.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or the Company’s registered office (as appropriate); or

 

  (d)

if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.

Notices

 

21.4

All notices of meetings of Directors shall continue to be given to the appointing Director and not to the alternate.

Rights of alternate Director

 

21.5

An alternate Director, where so appointed and acting, shall (subject to these Articles) be entitled to:

 

  (a)

attend and vote at any board meeting or meeting of a committee of the Directors at which the appointing Director is not personally present;

 

  (b)

sign any written resolution of the Directors or a committee of the Directors circulated for written consent; and

 

37


  (c)

generally perform all the functions of the appointing Director in his absence.

An alternate Director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate Director.

 

21.6

Save as otherwise provided in these Articles, an alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and he shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a Director

 

21.7

An alternate Director shall automatically cease to be an alternate Director if the Director who appointed him ceases to be a Director, or on the occurrence in relation to the alternate of any event which, if it occurred in relation to the alternate’s appointer, would result in the termination of the appointer’s appointment as a Director.

 

22

Powers of Directors

Powers of Directors

 

22.1

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Memorandum, these Articles and any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

22.2

No prior act of the Directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles or any direction given by Special Resolution. However, to the extent allowed by the Law, Members may in accordance with the Law validate any prior or future act of the Directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

Appointments to office

 

22.3

The Directors may appoint a Director:

 

  (a)

as chairman of the board of Directors;

 

  (b)

as managing Director;

 

  (c)

to any other executive office,

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit.

 

22.4

The appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

22.5

Any appointment of a Director to an executive office shall terminate if he ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any agreement relating to the provision of the services of such Director.

 

38


22.6

Where a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of Directors.

 

22.7

If there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting may select its own chairman; or the Directors may nominate one of their number to act in place of the chairman should he ever not be available.

 

22.8

Subject to the provisions of the Law and Article 22.9, the Directors may also appoint any person, who need not be a Director:

 

  (a)

as Secretary; and

 

  (b)

to any office that may be required,

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the Directors decide.

 

22.9

The Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

22.10

A Director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not hold office, or perform the services, of auditor.

Directors’ fees and expenses

 

22.11

The Directors may receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Directors may be entitled to be repaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Directors or committees of the Directors or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of securities of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

22.12

Any Director who performs services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Directors may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for, by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

23

Delegation of powers

Power to delegate any of the Directors’ powers to a committee

 

23.1

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit, subject to Article 23.3; provided that any committee so formed shall include amongst its members at least two Directors unless otherwise required by applicable law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange; provided further that no committee shall have the power or authority to (a) recommend to the Members an amendment of these Articles (except that a committee may, to the extent authorised in the resolution or

 

39


  resolutions providing for the issuance of Shares adopted by the Directors as provided under the laws of Jersey, fix the designations and any of the preferences or rights of such Shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the Company or the conversion into, or the exchange of such Shares for, Shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of Shares of the Company); (b) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation; (c) recommend to the Members the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Company’s property and assets; (d) recommend to the Members a dissolution of the Company or a revocation of a dissolution; (e) recommend to the Members an amendment of the Memorandum; or (f) declare a dividend or authorise the issuance of Shares unless the resolution establishing such committee (or the charter of such committee approved by the Directors). Any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

23.2

Unless otherwise permitted by the Directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by Directors.

 

23.3

To the extent requested by the Carlyle Shareholders, each committee of the board of Directors shall include at least one Carlyle Shareholder Designee to the extent required pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement to be appointed as a member of each such committee of the board of Directors, unless such designation would violate any legal restrictions on such committee’s composition or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for Controlled Companies and any applicable phase-in periods).

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

 

23.4

The Directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person’s powers. The Directors may make that appointment:

 

  (a)

by causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or

 

  (b)

in any other manner they determine.

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

 

23.5

The Directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:

 

  (a)

for any purpose;

 

  (b)

with the powers, authorities and discretions;

 

  (c)

for the period; and

 

  (d)

subject to such conditions,

 

40


as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable by, the Directors under these Articles. The Directors may make such an appointment by power of attorney or any other manner they deem fit.

 

23.6

Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the Directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.

 

24

Meetings of Directors

Regulation of Directors’ meetings

 

24.1

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Control and effective management of the Company shall be exercised by the Directors and the affairs of the Company and the Directors shall be conducted to ensure that the Company is trusted by all relevant authorities as being resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom and not so resident elsewhere. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, no meetings of Directors or adjournment thereof shall be held in Germany and any decision or resolution passed by the Directors at a meeting at which the majority of the attending directors are not physically present in the United Kingdom shall be invalid and have no effect.

Calling meetings

 

24.2

(a) The chairman of the board of Directors or the Secretary on request of the chairman of the board of Directors or (b) for so long as there are at least two Carlyle Shareholder Designees, a majority of the Carlyle Shareholder Designees, may at any time summon a meeting of the Directors by twenty-four hour notice to each Director in person, by telephone, facsimile, electronic email, or in such other manner as the Directors may from time to time determine, which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Directors. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Directors.

Use of technology

 

24.3

A Director or Directors may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director or Directors are members, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all persons participating in such meeting can hear each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

41


Quorum

 

24.4

The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of Directors (including any adjourned meeting) shall be a majority of the authorised number of Directors, but shall not be less than two. Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the Directors present at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Directors, subject to the provisions of these Articles and other applicable law.

 

24.5

If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes from the time specified for a meeting of Directors, or if, during a meeting, a quorum ceases to be present, then the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or such other day, time and place as the chairman may determine.

Voting

 

24.6

A question which arises at a board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes are equal the chairman shall not have a casting vote.

 

24.7

The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number but if the number of Directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting.

Validity

 

24.8

Anything done at a meeting of Directors is unaffected by the fact that it is later discovered that any person was not properly appointed, or had ceased to be a Director, or was otherwise not entitled to vote.

Recording of dissent

 

24.9

A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent or abstention shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent or abstention from such action with the person acting as the chairman or Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent or abstention by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent or abstain shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

Written resolutions

 

24.10

The Directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

  (a)

all Directors are given notice of the resolution;

 

42


  (b)

the resolution is set out in a document or documents indicating that it is a written resolution;

 

  (c)

a majority of the Directors:

 

  (i)

sign a document; or

 

  (ii)

sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more Directors; and

 

  (d)

the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates by delivery of an Electronic Record, by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

24.11

Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the last Director signs.

 

25

Permissible Directors’ interests and disclosure

 

25.1

Subject to these Articles and the Law, a Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is a member of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. A Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

25.2

A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement. Any Director who enters into a contract or arrangement or has a relationship that is reasonably likely to be implicated under this Article 25.2 or that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status

 

43


  as an “Independent Director” under applicable law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange shall disclose the nature of his or her interest in any such contract or arrangement in which he is interested or any such relationship. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

  (a)

the Carlyle Shareholder Designees may hold any position of any kind whatsoever with the Carlyle Shareholders and/or any of their respective Affiliates and may maintain any interest of any kind whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly, in the Carlyle Shareholders and/or any of their respective Affiliates and/or any Owner Opportunity (as defined below) (such positions and/or interests, as the case may be, hereinafter, together, Owner Interests);

 

  (b)

no Owner Interests shall disqualify any Carlyle Shareholder Designee from the office of Director, nor shall any contract, transaction or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in respect of which any Owner Interests may subsist, whether directly or indirectly, be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Carlyle Shareholder Designee be liable to account to the Company for any profit or other gain arising by reason of any Owner Interest and/or any contract, transaction or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in respect of which any Owner Interest may subsist, whether directly or indirectly;

 

  (c)

each Carlyle Shareholder Designee shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement in which any applicable Owner Interest may subsist, whether directly or indirectly; and

 

  (d)

the Owner Interests shall be deemed to have been disclosed by each Carlyle Shareholder Designee upon his or her appointment as a Director of the Company and shall be deemed to be sufficient disclosure of the Owner Interests as required under these Articles. Thereafter, it shall not be necessary for a Carlyle Shareholder Designee to give special or particularized notice of any Owner Interests in respect of any transaction that may involve the Company.

 

25.3

To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law:

 

  (a)

the Company renounces and waives:

 

  (i)

any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered or presented with an opportunity to participate in; or

 

  (ii)

any right to be informed of:

any business or corporate opportunity that may from time to time be of interest to or known to or be or have been presented to the Carlyle Shareholders and/or any of their respective Affiliates and/or any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners and subsidiaries (including specifically, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Carlyle Shareholder Designee) (each such

 

44


opportunity, hereinafter, an Owner Opportunity) whether or not such Owner Opportunity is or may be pursued by any Carlyle Shareholder and or their respective Affiliates and whether or not such Owner Opportunity may be a business or corporate opportunity the Company might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so;

 

  (b)

no Director of the Company (excluding the executive chairman of the board of Directors and, if applicable, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, but including specifically, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Carlyle Shareholder Designee) (each of such persons, hereinafter, a Relevant Person) shall:

 

  (i)

be required or be under any duty (whether fiduciary or otherwise) to present to or make known to the Company any Owner Opportunity or refrain from, whether directly or indirectly, pursuing, participating in the pursuit of, exploiting or acquiring, any Owner Opportunity; or

 

  (ii)

be liable to the Company for any breach of any fiduciary or other duty, whether as a Director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Relevant Person, whether directly or indirectly, acting in good faith, pursues, participates in the pursuit of, exploits or acquires any Owner Opportunity, directs any Owner Opportunity to another person or fails to present any Owner Opportunity, or information regarding any Owner Opportunity, to the Company;

unless such Owner Opportunity is, or has been, expressly offered in writing to the Relevant Person solely in their capacity as Director;

 

  (c)

none of the Carlyle Shareholders nor any of their respective Affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging or investing directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

25.4

Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to reasonable expense reimbursement consistent with the Company’s policies in connection with such Director’s service in his official capacity; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

26

Minutes

 

26.1

The Company shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose in accordance with the Law.

 

45


27

Accounts and audits

Accounting and other records

 

27.1

The Directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Law.

No automatic right of inspection

 

27.2

Except as provided in Article 14.1, the Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors, and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by applicable law or authorised by the Directors.

Sending of accounts and reports

 

27.3

The Company’s accounts and associated Directors’ report and auditor’s report (if any) that are required or permitted to be sent to any person pursuant to any law shall be treated as properly sent to that person if:

 

  (a)

they are sent to that person in accordance with the notice provisions in Article 36;

 

  (b)

they are published on a website providing that person is given separate notice of:

 

  (i)

the fact that the documents have been published on the website;

 

  (ii)

the address of the website;

 

  (iii)

the place on the website where the documents may be accessed; and

 

  (iv)

how they may be accessed; or

 

  (c)

they are filed with the Commission via EDGAR or any successor system.

 

27.4

If, for any reason, a person notifies the Company that he is unable to access the website, the Company must, as soon as practicable, send the documents to that person by any other means permitted by these Articles. This, however, will not affect when that person is taken to have received the documents under Article 27.5.

Time of receipt if documents are published on a website

 

27.5

Documents sent by being published on a website in accordance with the preceding two Articles are only treated as sent at least 14 Clear Days before the date of the meeting at which they are to be laid if:

 

  (a)

the documents are published on the website throughout a period beginning at least 14 Clear Days before the date of the meeting and ending with the conclusion of the meeting; and

 

46


  (b)

the person is given at least 14 Clear Days’ notice of the meeting.

Validity despite accidental error in publication on website

 

27.6

If, for the purpose of a meeting, documents are sent by being published on a website in accordance with the preceding Articles, the proceedings at that meeting are not invalidated merely because by accident:

 

  (a)

those documents are published in a different place on the website to the place notified; or

 

  (b)

they are published for part only of the period from the date of notification until the conclusion of that meeting.

When accounts are to be audited

 

27.7

The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

 

28

Audit

 

28.1

The Directors or, if authorised to do so, the audit committee of the Directors, may appoint an auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

28.2

Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

28.3

Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

29

Record dates

Except to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the Directors may fix any time and date as the record date for declaring or paying a dividend or making or issuing an allotment of Shares. The record date may be before or after the date on which a dividend, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made.

 

47


30

Dividends

Declaration of dividends by Members

 

30.1

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors. Any such declared dividend, subject to it not exceeding the amount recommended by the Directors, shall be a debt owed by the Company due on the date that such dividend is declared to be payable or, if no date is specified, immediately.

Payment of interim dividends by Directors

 

30.2

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Directors may pay interim dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members. Any interim dividend shall not be a debt owed by the Company until such time as payment of the dividend is made.

 

30.3

In relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed rate, the following applies:

 

  (a)

if the Company has different classes of Shares, the Directors may pay dividends on Shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears;

 

  (b)

subject to the provisions of the Law, the Directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment; and

 

  (c)

if the Directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

Apportionment of dividends

 

30.4

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount paid up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid. But if a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

48


Right of set off

 

30.5

The Directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to a Share.

Power to pay other than in cash

 

30.6

If the Directors so determine, any resolution determining a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets or the issue of Shares. If a difficulty arises in relation to the distribution, the Directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate. For example, they may do any one or more of the following:

 

  (a)

issue fractional Shares;

 

  (b)

fix the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and

 

  (c)

vest some assets in trustees.

How payments may be made

 

30.7

A dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following ways:

 

  (a)

if the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account for that purpose, by wire transfer to that bank account; or

 

  (b)

by cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share.

 

30.8

For the purpose of Article 30.7(a), the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purpose of Article 30.7(b), subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

30.9

If two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders), a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:

 

  (a)

to the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the register of members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may be; or

 

49


  (b)

to the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.

 

30.10

Any Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable in respect of that Share.

Dividends or other monies not to bear interest in absence of special rights

 

30.11

Unless provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

 

30.12

If a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was declared or both, the Directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company’s name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.

 

30.13

A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of ten years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.

 

31

Capitalisation of profits

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve

 

31.1

Subject to the Law, the Directors may resolve to capitalise any part of the Company’s reserves not required for paying any preferential dividend.

 

31.2

The amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways:

 

  (a)

by paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member’s Shares;

 

  (b)

by issuing Fully Paid Shares or debentures of the Company to that Member or as that Member directs. The Directors may resolve that any Shares issued to the Member in respect of partly paid Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain partly paid.

Applying an amount for the benefit of members

 

31.3

Subject to the Law, if a fraction of a Share or a debenture is allocated to a Member, the Directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent of the fraction.

 

50


32

Seal

Company seal

 

32.1

The Company may have a seal if the Directors so determine.

Official seal

 

32.2

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may also have:

 

  (a)

an official seal or seals for use in any place or places outside the Island. Each such official seal shall be a facsimile of the original seal of the Company but shall have added on its face the name of the country, territory or place where it is to be used or the words “branch seal”; and

 

  (b)

an official seal for use only in connection with the sealing of securities issued by the Company and such official seal shall be a copy of the common seal of the Company but shall in addition bear the word “securities”.

When and how seal is to be used

 

32.3

A seal may only be used by the authority of the Directors. Unless the Directors otherwise determine, a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:

 

  (a)

by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

  (b)

by a single Director (or his alternate).

If no seal is adopted or used

 

32.4

If the Directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the following manner:

 

  (a)

by a Director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

  (b)

by a single Director (or his alternate); or

 

  (c)

by any other person authorised by the Directors; or

 

  (d)

in any other manner permitted by the Law.

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

 

32.5

The Directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:

 

  (a)

that the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction;

 

51


  (b)

that a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic Signature.

Validity of execution

 

32.6

If a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the Director, or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of the Company.

 

33

Officers

 

33.1

Subject to these Articles, the Directors may from time to time appoint any person, whether or not a Director of the Company, to hold the office of the chairman of the board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents or such other Officers as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit.

 

34

Register of Directors and Officers

The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its office a Register of Directors in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and such other particulars as required by the Law.

 

35

Indemnity

Indemnity

 

35.1

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify every Director and Officer of the Company or any predecessor to the Company (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former Officer of the Company or any predecessor to the Company, and may indemnify any person (other than current and former Directors and Officers) (any such Director or Officer, an Indemnified Person), out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions in connection with the Company other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he or she might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account

 

52


  of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any actual fraud or wilful default which may attach to such Director.

 

35.2

The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.

 

35.3

The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or other Officer of the Company against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.

 

35.4

Neither any amendment nor repeal of these Articles set forth under this heading of Indemnity (the Indemnification Articles), nor the adoption of any provision of these Articles or Memorandum of Association inconsistent with the Indemnification Articles, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of the Indemnification Articles, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for these Indemnification Articles, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

Release

 

35.5

To the extent permitted by law, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person’s own dishonesty.

Insurance

 

35.6

To the extent permitted by law, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the Directors, other than liability arising out of that person’s own dishonesty:

 

  (a)

an existing or former Director (including alternate Director), Secretary or other Officer or auditor of:

 

  (i)

the Company;

 

53


  (ii)

a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;

 

  (iii)

a company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and

 

  (b)

a trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons referred to in Article 35.6(a) is or was interested.

 

36

Notices

Form of notices

 

36.1

Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the person entitled to give notice to any Member either personally, by facsimile or by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter or via a recognised courier service, fees prepaid, addressed to the Member at his address as appearing in the Register of Members or, to the extent permitted by all applicable laws and regulations, by electronic means by transmitting it to any electronic number or address or website supplied by the Member to the Company or by placing it on the Company’s Website, provided that, (i) with respect to notification via electronic means, the Company has obtained the Member’s prior express positive confirmation in writing to receive or otherwise have made available to him notices in such fashion, and (ii) with respect to posting to Company’s Website, notification of such posting is provided to such Member. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register of Members in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

36.2

An affidavit of the mailing or other means of giving any notice of any general meeting, executed by the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or any transfer agent of the Company giving the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such notice.

 

36.3

Any Member present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

Signatures

 

36.4

A written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.

 

36.5

An Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.

 

54


Evidence of transmission

 

36.6

A notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit is received by the giver.

 

36.7

A notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.

Delivery of notices

 

36.8

Any notice or other document, if served by (a) post, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is posted, or (b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon confirmation of successful transmission, or (c) recognised courier service, shall be deemed to have been served when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service and in proving such service it shall be sufficient to provide that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier, or (d) electronic means as provided herein shall be deemed to have been served and delivered on the day on which it is successfully transmitted or at such later time as may be prescribed by any applicable laws or regulations.

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

 

36.9

Any notice or document delivered or sent to any Member in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Member be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Member as sole or Joint Holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register of Members as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.

Saving provisions

 

36.10

A Member present, either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting or at any meeting of the Members holding any class of Shares shall be deemed to have received notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

 

36.11

Every person who becomes entitled to a Share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that Share which, before his name is entered in the register of members, has been duly given to a person from which he derives his title.

 

36.12

None of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of written resolutions of Directors and written resolutions of Members.

 

55


37

Authentication of Electronic Records

Application of Articles

 

37.1

Without limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary, or by a Director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either Article 37.2 or Article 37.4 applies.

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

 

37.2

An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a)

the Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

  (b)

the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

  (c)

Article 37.7 does not apply.

 

37.3

For example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Member unless Article 37.7 applies.

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers by Electronic means

 

37.4

An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a)

the Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers;

 

  (b)

the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

  (c)

Article 37.7 does not apply.

 

56


This Article applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.

 

37.5

For example, where a sole Director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Director unless Article 37.7 applies.

Manner of signing

 

37.6

For the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these Articles.

Saving provision

 

37.7

A notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:

 

  (a)

believes that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original document;

 

  (b)

believes that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or

 

  (c)

otherwise doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document,

and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

 

38

Information

 

38.1

No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or other confidential or proprietary information related to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors would not be in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

38.2

The Directors shall be entitled (but not required, except as provided by law) to release or disclose any information in their possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its Members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

 

57


39

Winding up

Distribution of assets in specie

 

39.1

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator or the Directors, as the case may be, may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction required by the Law, do either or both of the following:

 

  (a)

divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members;

 

  (b)

vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those liable to contribute to the winding up.

No obligation to accept liability

 

39.2

No Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.

 

58

EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 31, 2017 and which shall have retroactive effect from, and including, March 13, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Alpha US Bidco, Inc. with its registered office located at Corporate Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808 (together with any successor thereto, (the “Company”), and Geoffrey Wild, born on                      in                                          (the “Executive”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Parties ”).

RECITALS

 

A.

It is the desire of the Company to assure itself of the services of the Executive to the Company following the Effective Date by entering into this Agreement.

 

B.

Executive and the Company mutually desire that Executive provides services to the Company on the terms herein provided.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Employment.

(a)    General. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall enter the employ of the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1, and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

(b)    Employment Term. The term of employment under this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective date, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3. The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the end of the otherwise applicable Term either party gives written notice of non-renewal or non-extension of the Term to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then applicable Term, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3.

(c)    Position and Duties. During the Term, Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, in the discretion of any subsidiary of the Company or of Atotech UK TopCo Limited (the “Parent”), any such subsidiary of the Company or of Parent and as a member of the board of directors of the Parent (the “Board”) with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority normally associated with such positions in a company the nature and size of the Parent, the Company and their subsidiaries, as applicable (including, where applicable and without limitation, day-to-day responsibility for operating the Company and its and Parent’s subsidiaries, overseeing all operational aspects of the Company’s and its and Parent’s subsidiaries’ businesses, leading to build shareholder value and developing the management capabilities of the other executives) and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board consistent with Executive’s positions and authorities. During the Term, Executive shall


Executive’s working time and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company (which shall include service to its subsidiaries and affiliates) and shall not engage in outside business activities (including serving on outside boards or committees except that Executive may continue to serve on the Boards and committees of Cabot Microelectronics, Materion, and Capital Guidance Corp.) without the consent of the Board, provided that Executive shall be permitted to (i) manage Executive’s personal, financial and legal affairs, (ii) participate in trade associations and entrepreneur groups, and (iii) serve on the board of directors of not-for-profit or tax-exempt charitable organizations, in each case, subject to Sections 5, 6 and 7 and provided that such activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “Policy”). It is agreed that a separate employment contract will be entered into in relation to the Executive’s position with Atotech (Thailand) CO Ltd and that the rights and obligations in respect of the Executive’s mission with Atotech (Thailand) CO Ltd will be governed by this separate employment contract.

 

2.

Compensation and Related Matters.

(a)    Annual Base Salary. During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of $705,000 per annum (such amount, as may be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the next sentence, the “Annual Base Salary”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company. Such Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed (and may be increased) from time to time by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board, provided that it may not be decreased without the consent of the Executive.

(b)    Bonus. During the Term, the Executive will be eligible to receive a bonus compensation, the payment of which shall be dependent on the achievement of criteria set annually by the Board (or an authorized committee of the Board) and with a maximum bonus compensation targeted at 100% of the sum of (i) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary plus (ii) $20,000. The bonus awards payable under this Section 2(b) shall be based on the achievement of performance goals to be determined in good faith by the Board or an authorized committee of the Board, following consultation by the Board or such committee with Executive. The Board will also set in good faith the criteria to measure performance above the targets and the corresponding bonus awards. In case of over performance, the Executive’s total bonus compensation may be up to 200% of the sum of (i) the Executive’s Annual Base Salary plus (ii) $20,000. Any earned annual bonus will be paid in the calendar year following the calendar year to which it relates at the same time annual bonuses are paid to other senior executives of the Company and the subsidiaries of Parent and the Company, subject to continued employment through the last day of the calendar year to which the bonus relates.

(c)    Additional Participation Payment. Executive will be granted an additional bonus determined on the basis of the return achieved by the main shareholders of Parent at an exit as per the terms of Exhibit A.

(d)    Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, as may be amended from time to time, which are generally applicable similarly-situated executives of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than severance plans, programs and arrangements.


(e)    Vacation. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid personal leave in accordance with the Company’s policies and shall be entitled to take a minimum of five weeks of vacation per year. Any vacation shall be taken at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive.

(f)    Business Expenses. During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy. The Company will attempt to structure such reimbursements in a tax efficient manner where tax efficiency is possible. During the Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable home office costs.

(g)    Key Person Insurance. At any time during the Term, the Company shall have the right to insure the life, illness or permanent incapacity of Executive for the Company’s sole benefit. The Company shall have the right to determine the amount of insurance and the type of policy. Executive shall reasonably cooperate with the Company in obtaining such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, by supplying all information reasonably required by any insurance carrier, and by executing all necessary documents reasonably required by any insurance carrier, provided that any information provided to an insurance company or broker shall not be provided to the Company without the prior written authorization of Executive. Executive shall incur no financial obligation by executing any required document, and shall have no interest in any such policy.

(h)    Tax assistance. During the Term, the Company shall provide the Executive with access to tax preparation services for any tax filing that the Executive is required to make under applicable law, provided that the Company’s annual cost of providing such benefit shall not be required to exceed USD 25,000.

(i)    Other employees. The Parties agree that, in the event that, during the Term, the terms and conditions of the employment contract of any employee of the Parent or any entity Controlled by the Parent including the Company (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any employee, director, officer or consultant whose main source of revenues is not deriving from his functions within Parent or any entity Controlled by the Parent including the Company), are, taken as a whole, more favorable than those of this Agreement, the Company shall offer to the Executive to amend the terms of this Agreement so that they are, taken as whole, at least as favorable as those of such employee.


3.

Termination.

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a)     Circumstances.

(i)    Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

(ii)    Disability. If Executive has incurred a Disability, as defined below, the Company may terminate Executive’s employment.

(iii)    Termination for Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for Cause, as defined below.

(iv)    Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment without Cause.

(v)    Resignation from the Company for Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, as defined below.

(vi)    Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason other than Good Reason or for no reason.

(vii)    Non-extension of Term by the Company. The Company may give notice of non-extension to Executive pursuant to Section 1.

(viii)    Non-extension of Term by Executive. Executive may give notice of non-extension to the Company pursuant to Section 1.

(b)    Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto (i) indicating the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, if applicable, and if Executive’s employment is being terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) above, the specific section of the definition of “Cause” and reasons for such termination; no termination of Executive shall be effective until such notice is provided to Executive and any cure period specified in Section 10(a) shall have expired, and (iii) specifying a Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least forty-five (45) days following the date of such notice (a “Notice of Termination”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of


Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause shall not waive any right of the Company hereunder or preclude the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Company’s rights hereunder.

(c)    Company Obligations upon Termination. Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section 3, Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Base Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive, payable within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination; (ii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Sections 2(e) and 2(f); and (iii) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “Company Arrangements’’) but not, for the avoidance of doubt, in respect of any equity incentive plan in which Executive may invest. Except as otherwise expressly required by law (e.g., COBRA) or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, severance, benefits, bonuses and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder.

(d)    Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or Parent any of their affiliates unless otherwise specified in the Company’s Notice of Termination to Executive, in which such case, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until Executive has resigned or been removed from any remaining offices or directorships then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(e)    Retirement. In the event that Executive intends to retire (whether before the applicable legal age or after the applicable legal age qualifying for full retirement benefits), Executive shall notify in writing the Company of Executive’s intent to retire at least 6 months prior to the effectiveness of such retirement.

 

4.

Severance Payments.

(a)    Termination for Cause, Non-extension of Term by the Company or Executive, Resignation from the Company Without Good Reason. If Executive’s employment shall terminate pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) for Cause, pursuant to Section 3(a)(vii) or (viii) due to non-extension of Term by the Company or Executive, or pursuant to Section 3(a)(vi) for Executive’s resignation from the Company without Good Reason, then Executive shall not be entitled to any severance payments or benefits, except as provided in Section 3(c).

(b)    Termination without Cause, Termination Upon Death, Termination Due to Disability, Resignation from the Company for Good Reason. If Executive’s employment shall terminate as a result of Executive’s death pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or Disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii), without Cause pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv), or pursuant to Section 3(a)(v) due to Executive’s resignation for Good Reason, then, subject to Executive signing (except in the event of death in which case the Release (as defined below) shall be deemed to have been accepted by


the Executive) on or following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below) and on or before the 21st day (or 45th day, to the extent required for a valid release of age claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended) following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, a release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit B to this Agreement (the “Release”), and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6, Executive (or his estate) shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), the following:

(A)    a lump sum payment of an amount corresponding to (i) twelve (12) months of continued payment of Annual Base Salary as of the Date of Termination plus $20,000, plus (ii) a Bonus of the same aggregate amount (such lump sum to be, for the avoidance of doubt but without prejudice to Section 3(c), the sole payment to be made to the Executive in relation to his functions within Parent, the Company or the Company’s and Parent’s subsidiaries, irrespective of the achievements of targets by the Executive or the time he has exercised such functions within Parent, the Company or the Company’s and Parent’s subsidiaries or any indemnity or severance payment he might be entitled to pursuant to applicable laws or collective bargaining agreements and Executive agrees that the amount of such lump sum shall be reduced by any amount which is otherwise required to be paid to Executive pursuant to applicable laws or collective bargaining agreements, including in connection with the termination of any mandate or employment agreement Executive may have with any Company’s affiliates); and

(B)    if Executive elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall directly pay the COBRA premiums for Executive and Executive’s covered dependents (but only to the extent the Company subsidized healthcare premiums of the Executive and Executive’s covered dependents during active employment, with the Executive remaining liable for the balance of such COBRA premiums) during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (X) twelve months from the Date of Termination, (Y) the date that Executive and/or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act) or incurring an excise tax under applicable law, the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s and Executive’s covered dependents’ group health coverage in effect on the Date of Termination (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), less the


amount the Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for Executive and his or her covered dependents based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the Date of Termination, which payments shall be made to the extent that Executive would have elected COBRA continuation coverage and shall commence in the month following the month in which the Executive’s Separation from Service occurs and shall end on the earlier of (X) twelve months from the Date of Termination, (Y) the date that Executive and/or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer;

(c)    Termination for Change of Control other than following an IPO. By way of exception to the provisions of clauses 4(a) and 4(b), if the following cumulative conditions are met:

(i)    Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with Sections 3(a)(iv) (Termination without Cause) or 3(a)(v) (Resignation from the Company for Good Reason),

(ii)    the Date of Termination falls within 6 months from completion of any transaction as a result of which a third party acquires the Control of the Company;

(iii)    Executive signing on or following the date of Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below) and on or before the 21st day (or 45th day, to the extent required for a valid release of age claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended) following Executive’s Separation from Service (as defined below), and not revoking, the Release and Executive’s continued compliance with Sections 5 and 6; and

(iv)    no IPO has taken place by the Date of Termination,

Executive shall receive, in addition to payments and benefits set forth in Section 3(c), the following:

(A)    a lump sum payment of an amount corresponding to (i) eighteen (18) months of continued payment of Annual Base Salary as of the Date of Termination plus $30,000, plus (ii) a Bonus of the same aggregate amount (such lump sum to be, for the avoidance of doubt but without prejudice to Section 3(c), the sole payment to be made to the Executive in relation to his functions within Parent, the Company or the Company’s and Parent’s subsidiaries, irrespective of the achievements of targets by the Executive or the time he has exercised such functions within Parent, the Company or the Company’s and Parent’s subsidiaries or any indemnity or severance payment he might be entitled to pursuant to applicable laws or collective bargaining agreements and Executive agrees that the amount of such lump sum shall be reduced by any amount which is otherwise required to be paid to Executive pursuant to applicable laws or collective bargaining agreements, including in connection with the termination of any mandate or employment agreement Executive may have with any Company’s affiliates; and


(B)    if Executive elects to receive continued healthcare coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), the Company shall directly pay the COBRA premiums for Executive and Executive’s covered dependents (but only to the extent the Company subsidized healthcare premiums of the Executive and Executive’s covered dependents during active employment, with the Executive remaining liable for the balance of such COBRA premiums) during the period commencing on Executive’s Separation from Service and ending upon the earliest of (X) eighteen months from the Date of Termination, (Y) the date that Executive and/or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act) or incurring an excise tax under applicable law, the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s and Executive’s covered dependents’ group health coverage in effect on the Date of Termination (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), less the amount the Executive would have had to pay to receive group health coverage for Executive and his or her covered dependents based on the cost sharing levels in effect on the Date of Termination, which payments shall be made to the extent that Executive would have elected COBRA continuation coverage and shall commence in the month following the month in which the Executive’s Separation from Service occurs and shall end on the earlier of (X) eighteen months from the Date of Termination, (Y) the date that Executive and/or Executive’s covered dependents become no longer eligible for COBRA or (Z) the date Executive becomes eligible to receive healthcare coverage from a subsequent employer;

(d)    Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2(h), Sections 5 through 9 and Section 11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

5.

Competition.

(a)    Executive acknowledges that the Company has provided and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will continue to provide Executive with access to its Confidential Information (as defined below), including confidential information of third parties such as customers, suppliers, and business affiliates; specialized training and knowledge regarding the Company’s methodologies and business strategies; and/or support in the


development of goodwill such as introductions and customer relationship information. Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement, the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, specialized training, and/or goodwill support to Executive, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any training, goodwill support and/or the Confidential Information described above, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions against unfair competition, which Executive acknowledges represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment:

(b)    Executive shall not, within the geographic markets currently serviced or targeted by the Company or that the Company has been involved in working towards being serviced, at any time during the Restriction Period (as defined below), directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, interview for a potential employment or consulting relationship with or manage or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that engages in any business that sells or provides products or services that are competitive (any such person, firm, corporation, partnership or business, a “Competitor”) with respect to (1) the products or services sold or provided by the Company (or any products or services to which the Company has taken substantial steps in furtherance thereof) at any time during the period of twelve (12) months on and prior to the Date of Termination, and/or (2) any products or services to which the Company has taken substantial steps in furtherance thereof during any portion of the Term, and such products or services are sold or provided by the Company following the Date of Termination; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding equity interest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such entity.

(c)    Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee, customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company to (i) terminate its employment or arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change its relationship with the Company. Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, (x) solicit any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, (y) employ any such individual during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of twelve months after such individual terminates his or her employment with the Company or (z) solicit any vendor or business affiliate of the Company to cease to do business with the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive will not be deemed to have violated this Agreement if an employee, customer, subscriber or employee of the Company responds directly to a general advertisement of a third party as long as (1) Executive has no involvement or participation in the recruitment, solicitation or inducement of such Person, or, in the case of a former Company employee, if such Person has not been an employee, customer, subscriber or employee of the Company for a period of twelve months at the time of any such contact with such Person, and (2) Executive in the aggregate together with his or her affiliates does not hold more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting securities of such third party and is not serving directly or indirectly as an executive officer or director of such third party.


(d)    In the event the terms of this Section 5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

As used in this Section 5, (i) the term “Company” shall include the Company and its and Parent’s direct parents and direct and indirect subsidiaries; and (ii) the term “Restriction Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is one (1) year following the Date of Termination.

(e)    Each of the Parties (which, in the case of the Company, shall mean its officers and the members of the Board) agrees, during the Term and for a period of three years following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the other Party and its affiliates, including, in the case of the Company, any of its, Parent’s or Parent’s subsidiaries services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude any Party from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means remarks, comments or statements that impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the Person being disparaged.

(f)    Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.

 

6.

Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information.

(a)    Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e), Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company and its affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned,


developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public knowledge prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a). For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

(b)    Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters, notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.

(c)    Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

(d)    As used in this Section 6 and Section 7, the term “Company” shall include the Company and its and Parent’s direct parents and direct and indirect subsidiaries as they exist at the Date of Termination.

(e)    Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iii) disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, (iv) retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations, or (v) using information and documents in the pursuit or defense of his rights or obligations involving the Company.


7.

Inventions.

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements, works of authorship, software, and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of Parent, the Company or Parent’s subsidiaries, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent, conceive, author or originate during the Term, or may have discovered, invented, conceived, authored, or originated prior to the Effective Date since the first date of his employment with the Company or any of Parent, the Company’s and Parent’s subsidiaries (or their predecessors), either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the above listed entities, and any patents, copyrights, trademark rights, trade secrets rights and other intellectual property rights therein (collectively, “Inventions”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company (or any of Parent, Parent’s or Company’s subsidiaries the Company may designate). Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, and hereby assigns and agrees to assign all such Inventions to the Company (or any of Parent, Parent’s or Company’s subsidiaries the Company may designate). Executive shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights (or the rights of any of Parent or Parent’s or Company’s subsidiaries the Company may designate) therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights (or the rights of any of Parent, Parent’s or Company’s subsidiaries the Company may designate) to any Inventions.

 

8.

Injunctive Relief.

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief.

 

9.

Assignment and Successors.

The Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.


10.

Certain Definitions.

(a)    Cause. The Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon:

(i)    Executive’s willful failure to (A) attempt to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from his incapacity due to physical or mental impairment) or (B) comply with, in any material respect, any of the Company’s Policies;

(ii)    Executive’s material failure to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board;

(iii)    Executive’s material breach of a material provision of this Agreement;

(iv)    Executive’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving moral turpitude;

(v)    Executive’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Company’s (or any of its affiliate’s) premises or while performing Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement; or

(vi)    Executive’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its affiliates.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, no “Cause” will have occurred unless and until the Company has provided Executive with written notice of the circumstances setting forth the elements of “Cause” in reasonable detail and an opportunity to cure such finding of “Cause” within 30 days after the receipt of such notice; provided, however, that Executive shall be provided only one cure opportunity per category of “Cause” event in any rolling six (6) month period. If the Executive fails to cure the same within such 30 days, then “Cause” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the expiration of the 30-day cure period.

(b)     Control. “Control” shall mean, as applied to any Person, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management of that Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

(c)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b), whichever is earlier; (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(vii) or Section 3(a)(viii), the expiration of the then-applicable Term.


(d)    Disability. “Disability” shall mean, at any time the Company or any of its affiliates sponsors a long-term disability plan for the Company’s employees, “disability” as defined in such long-term disability plan for the purpose of determining a participant’s eligibility for benefits, provided, however, if the long-term disability plan contains multiple definitions of disability, “Disability” shall refer to that definition of disability which, if Executive qualified for such disability benefits, would provide coverage for the longest period of time. The determination of whether Executive has a Disability shall be made by the person or persons required to make disability determinations under the long-term disability plan. At any time the Company does not sponsor a long-term disability plan for its employees, Disability shall mean Executive’s inability to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, the essential functions of Executive’s position hereunder for a total of three months during any six-month period as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness as determined by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to Executive or Executive’s legal representative, with such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any unreasonable refusal by Executive to submit to a medical examination for the purpose of determining Disability shall be deemed to constitute conclusive evidence of Executive’s Disability.

(e)    Good Reason. For the sole purpose of determining Executive’s right to severance payments as described above, the Executive’s resignation will be for “Good Reason” if the Executive resigns within ninety days after either (i) a decrease in Executive’s annual base salary, other than a reduction in annual base salary of less than 10% that is implemented in connection with a contemporaneous reduction in annual base salaries affecting other senior executives of the Company or the Company’s material failure to pay any compensation due to Executive when due and payable, (ii) a material decrease in the Executive’s title, authority, or areas of responsibility as are commensurate with such Executive’s title or position that occurs prior to the second anniversary of the Effective Date, which material decrease shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a corporate transaction where the Executive continues to hold the position referenced in Section 1(c) above with respect to the Company’s Business (as defined below), substantially as such Business exists prior to the date of consummation of such corporate transaction, but does not hold such position with respect to the successor corporation, or (iii) any other material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement; provided, in each case (i) through (iii), that the Executive has given Company written notice of the change or event constituting “Good Reason” and the Company has failed to remedy such change or event within thirty days of receiving such notice.

(f)    IPO. “IPO” shall mean the admission of the whole of any class of the issued share capital of the Parent or a direct or indirect holding company of the Parent or any of the direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Parent that hold substantially all of the assets of the Parent’s subsidiaries to the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority, and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s market for listed securities, or to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, or on any other recognized investment exchange (as defined in section 285(1) of the FSMA) or overseas equivalent such as, without limitation, New York Stock Exchange, Euronext, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange.


(g)    Person. “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, trust, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

 

11.

Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

(b)    Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c)    Notices. Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

(i)     If to the Company:

Alpha US Bidco, Inc.

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400Wilmington

Delaware 19808

Attention: The Board of directors

With copy to:

Atotech UK Topco Limited

C/O The Carlyle Group Lansdowne House,

57 Berkeley Square, London,

United Kingdom, W1J 6ER

Attention: The Board of directors

(ii)    If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive, or

(iii)    at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(d)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.


(e)    Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

(f)    Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g)    No Inconsistent Actions. The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h)    Construction. This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

(i)    Arbitration. Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS/Endispute in New York or Washington, D.C. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS/Endispute Rules of Practice and Procedure, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS/Endispute; (b) each Party to the arbitration will pay one-half of the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS/Endispute rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess


the prevailing Party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing Party as part of the arbitrator’s award. The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a Court to enforce this arbitration provision or an Award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS/Endispute no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“AAA’) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS/Endispute shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive and the Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by Court action instead of arbitration.

(j)    Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(k)    Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

(l)    Section 409A; 280G.

(i)    General. The intent of the Parties is that the payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith.

(ii)    Separation from Service. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement that is designated under this Agreement as payable upon Executive’s termination of employment shall be payable only upon Executive’s “separation from service” with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A (a “Separation from Service”) and, except as provided below, any such compensation or benefits shall not be paid, or, in the case of installments, shall not commence payment, until the thirtieth (30th) (or sixtieth (60th) day


to the extent required for a valid release of age claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, in connection with a reduction in force) day following Executive’s Separation from Service. Any installment payments that would have been made to Executive during the thirty (30) (or sixtieth (60th) day to the extent required for a valid release of age claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, in connection with a reduction in force) day period immediately following Executive’s Separation from Service but for the preceding sentence shall be paid to Executive on the thirtieth (30th) (or sixtieth (60th) day to the extent required for a valid release of age claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, in connection with a reduction in force) day following Executive’s Separation from Service and the remaining payments shall be made as provided in this Agreement.

(iii)    Specified Employee. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of the benefits to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A, such portion of Executive’s benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company or (ii) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the first business day following the expiration of the applicable Section 409A period, all payments deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries), and any remaining payments due to Executive under this Agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein.

(iv)    Expense Reimbursements. To the extent that any reimbursements under this Agreement are subject to Section 409A, any such reimbursements payable to Executive shall be paid to Executive no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred; provided, that Executive submits Executive’s reimbursement request promptly following the date the expense is incurred, the amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement in any subsequent year, other than medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and Executive’s right to reimbursement under this Agreement will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(v)    Installments. Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement, including without limitation any continuation salary payments that are payable on Company payroll dates, shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each such installment payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment as permitted under Section 409A. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, no payment hereunder shall be accelerated or deferred unless such acceleration or deferral would not result in additional tax or interest pursuant to Section 409A.

(vi)    280G. In the event that (i) the Executive is entitled to receive any payments or benefits, whether payable, distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms


of this Agreement or otherwise, that constitute “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) the net after tax amount of such payments, after the Executive has paid all taxes due thereon (including, without limitation, taxes due under Section 4999 of the Code) is less than the net after-tax amount of all such payments and benefits otherwise due to the Executive in the aggregate, if such aggregate payments and benefits were reduced to an amount equal to 2.99 times the Executive’s “base amount” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code), then the aggregate amount of such payments and benefits payable to Executive shall be reduced to an amount that will equal 2.99 times the Executive’s base amount. To the extent such aggregate parachute payment amounts are required to be so reduced, the parachute payment amounts due to the Executive (but no non-parachute payment amounts) shall be reduced in the following order: (i) payments and benefits due under Section 4 of this Agreement shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero) with amounts that are payable last reduced first; (ii) payments and benefits due in respect of any equity fully valued (or only reduced by a present value factor) for purpose of the calculation to be made under Section 280G of the Code for purposes of this clause (vi) (the “280G Calculation”) in reverse order of when payable; and (iii) payments and benefits due in respect of any options or stock appreciation rights with regard to Common Stock or equity securities valued under the 280G Calculation based on time of vesting shall be reduced in an order that is most beneficial to the Executive. The determinations to be made with respect to this clause (vi) shall be made by a certified public accounting firm designated by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Executive. The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountant. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service or court ultimately makes a determination that the excess parachute payments or the base amount is an amount other than as determined initially, an appropriate adjustment shall be made with regard to the amounts determined above to reflect the final determination and the resulting impact. The provisions of this clause (vi) shall override any 280G provisions in any equity incentive plan in which Executive may invest.

 

12.

Executive Acknowledgement.

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Company other than those contained in writing herein, has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment and represents that the Executive’s entering into this Agreement for the performance of services hereunder will not violate the terms of any agreement or understanding, law or judicial decree to which the Executive is subject.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.


COMPANY
Alpha US Bidco, Inc
By:  

/s/ Gregory Nikodem

  Name:   Gregory Nikodem
  Title:  

Authorized Signatory


EXECUTIVE

By:  

/s/ Geoffrey Wild

Name:   Geoffrey Wild


EXHIBIT A

Additional Participation Payment Bonus Letter

Atotech UK TopCo Limited

c/o The Carlyle Group, Lansdowne House, 57 Berkeley Square

London WIJ 6ER, England

registered with the Companies House under number 10533697

(the Company)

Mr. Geoffrey Wild

31 January 2017

Additional Participation Payment

Dear Mr. Wild,

We hereby inform you that, as part of the global strategy of development of the Group and to promote the development and performance of the Group, the board of directors of the Company (the Board) has decided to implement a bonus scheme for certain beneficiaries of the Group (the Bonus Scheme).

We are pleased to inform you that you have been selected as one of the managers who will benefit from the Bonus Scheme and this letter agreement sets out the terms and conditions of your payment entitlement in relation to the Bonus Scheme (your Individual Right to Bonus). This Individual right to Bonus is separate and apart from any Management Equity Plan investment opportunity.

Unless defined in the main body of this letter agreement, capitalised terms have the meaning ascribed to them in the list of definitions in Exhibit 1 below.

The Board has decided that the criteria for the final payment of this bonus will be dependent on the financial performance of the Group measured on the basis of the return achieved by the main shareholders of the Company upon an Exit as set forth below.

1. Amount of your Individual Right to Bonus

Your Individual Right to Bonus is equal to the result of the following formula:

IP * GA


Where:

 

   

IP shall be equal to your percentage of the global amount (GA) in the Bonus Scheme to be determined by the Board upon Exit.

 

   

GA shall be the global amount to be allocated by the Board to all the participant in the Bonus Scheme (irrespective of when such participant joins the Bonus Scheme) and which will be determined as being:

 

   

If the Financial Investors MoM is (taking into account the Bonus Scheme to be paid to all relevant managers) 2.5x or lower, then GA shall be equal to zero.

 

   

If the Financial Investors MoM is (taking into account the Bonus Scheme to be paid to all relevant managers) 3.5x or higher, then GA shall be equal to the aggregate of the proceeds that would have been paid upon all pre-Exit liquidity events until the Exit and upon the Exit, in each case in respect of those HoldCo Ordinary Shares representing 1% of the total HoldCo Ordinary Shares issued at Closing, less the pro rata amount of any transaction costs paid or payable by the holders of the HoldCo Ordinary Shares (the amount of GA being such amount that would have been paid had the Financial Investors MoM been equal to 3.5x, the Maximum AUPP Amount).

 

   

If the Financial Investors MoM is (taking into account the Bonus Scheme to be paid to all relevant managers) between 2.5x and 3.5x then GA shall be a linear reduction of the Additional Upside Participation Payment (e.g. if the Financial Investors MoM is 3x, then GA shall be equal to 50% of the Maximum AUPP Amount).

All amounts mentioned in this letter agreement are gross amounts. Any payment to you under this letter agreement will be made net of any applicable withholding taxes.

2. Payment date

The payment of the Individual Right to Bonus shall become due no later than 30 days after completion (closing) of the Exit.

You acknowledge that payment of the Individual Right to Bonus may, in the Board’s discretion, be effected through any other entity within the Group (and agree to take all reasonably steps required in this respect).

3. Exclusions

No payment obligation shall arise under this letter agreement should a Leaver Event occur in relation to you. However, a Leaver Event shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Departure Date occurs within 30 days following the Exit as a result of a dismissal or removal decided after the Exit date.

For the avoidance of doubt, you agree that any beneficiary in relation to whom a Leaver Event occurs and who was entitled to a payment of an Individual Right to Bonus will automatically forfeit his right to any such payment. Such forfeited rights shall not be re-allocated to the other managers entitled to an Individual Right to Bonus (thereby reducing GA to the extent necessary for any such Leaver Event to have no relative impact on the other managers unless otherwise determined by the Board, at any time and in its absolute discretion).

4. Undertaking

You acknowledge and agree that any taxes including e.g. wage tax, all social security obligations and/or all other duties (including interest, penalties etc.) which may incur in connection with the


Individual Right to Bonus will be borne by you. You will be responsible for declaring the Individual Right to Bonus vis-à-vis the competent tax authorities (and that appropriate withholding or set-off taxes may be implemented by the Group Companies in connection thereto). Any obligation on our part or on the part of any other Group entity to deduct wage tax or similar obligations shall remain unaffected. You will reimburse any entity of the Group including, as the case may be, us and/or our affiliates for any taxes including e.g. wage tax, social security obligations and/or other duties (including interest, penalties etc.) payable by the relevant entity in connection with the Individual Right to Bonus.

5. Others

A person who is not a party hereto to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any of its terms.

You may not assign any of your rights or transfer any of your rights or obligations under this letter agreement. The Company may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this letter agreement provided that no such transfer gives rise to any obligation of you that would not otherwise have arisen.

This letter agreement is strictly confidential and neither the existence or content of this letter agreement may be disclosed or divulged to any third party, save for any professional adviser who is bound by a professional duty of confidentiality or disclosure by the Group Companies as authorised by the Financial Investors.

This letter agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of, or in connection with, it shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, English law.

The courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction in relation to all disputes in relation to this letter agreement. For these purposes each party hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the English courts and waives any objection to the exercise of that jurisdiction.

Yours sincerely,

 

 

Name:  
Title:  

                     


I hereby agree to the terms of this letter agreement:

 

 

Date and Place

 

Mr. Geoffrey Wild
(signature)


Exhibit 1

Definitions

The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings where used in this Letter:

 

Affiliated Entity    means, in relation to an entity, any entity that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with such entity, it being further understood that for the purposes of this definition, and notwithstanding the definition of Control, an entity is presumed to be Controlled by (a) the general partner or the person that Controls the general partner, (b) the managing company or (c) the entity in charge of the management of such entity in any capacity whatsoever.
Alpha 3    Alpha 3 B.V. means a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) organised under the laws of the Netherlands, with its registered office located at Hoofdweg 52A, 3067 GH Rotterdam, the Netherlands, registered with the Commercial Register of the Netherlands Chamber of Commerce under number 66940532.
Bonus Eligible Manager    means certain managers of the Group Company who have been or shall be offered the opportunity to participate in the Bonus Scheme.
Buyout Transaction    means the acquisition by Alpha 3 of the entire issued, and to be issued, share capital of Atotech B.V. and its subsidiaries pursuant to and / or as contemplated by the SPA.
CAP IV    means Gamma Holding Company Limited, incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands (registered number 316511), whose registered office is at C/o Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9008, Cayman Islands.
CEP IV    means CEP IV Participations S.à r.l., SICAR, incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg (registered number Bl85226, whose registered office is at 4th Floor, 2 Avenue Charles de Gaulle, Luxembourg, L-1653, Luxembourg.
CP VI    means Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P., incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands (registered number WK-73566), whose registered office is at C/o Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-9008, Cayman Islands.
Change of Control    means any transfer or private sale for cash or for securities or a contribution, merger or similar transaction to or with a bona fide third party not being an Affiliated Entity of the Financial Investors resulting in the Financial Investors (together and with their Affiliated Entities) holding less than 25 per cent. of Holdco Securities.


Closing    means the completion of the Buyout Transaction.
Completion Date    means that date upon which the completion of the Buyout Transaction takes place.
Control(led)    means the holding, directly or indirectly, of at least 50 per cent. of the share capital and voting rights of an entity (by transparency by multiplying the shareholding and voting rights percentages).
Departure Date   

means, with respect to the departure of a Bonus Eligible Manager from a given Group Company:

 

•   in case of death, the date of occurrence of such event;

 

•   in case of permanent invalidity, the date as of which the invalidity is recognised by the competent authorities;

 

•   in case of retirement, the date on which (i) the considered Bonus Eligible Manager notifies his retirement in case of voluntary retirement or (ii) the considered Bonus Eligible Manager is notified of his retirement in case of retirement decided by his employer;

 

•   in case of dismissal, removal or resignation and in case of departure other than the ones specifically listed above, the date on which the Bonus Eligible Manager ceases to be actively working (i.e. no longer physically present in the office) for any of the Group Companies; or

 

•   in case of sale of a Group Company division, the Completion Date of the definitive sale agreement.

Exit    means either a Listing or a Change of Control or a voluntary winding-up of the Company.
Financial Investors    means CEP IV, CAP IV, CP VI as advised by their respective managing companies and their respective Affiliated Entities.
Financial Investors MoM    means the ratio of the Financial Investors Receipts over the Financial Investors Payments.
Financial Investors Payments    means any investment made by the Financial Investors in the Group, whether directly or indirectly, at the Completion Date or subsequently (until and including Exit) and any related costs and expenses borne directly by the Financial Investors or any of the Affiliated Entities in connection with the making of such investment (and not borne by the Company or any other Group Companies).
Financial Investors Receipts   

means, without double counting:

 

•   all cash amounts paid by the Company and any of the Group Companies to the Financial Investors (or any of their Affiliated Entities) in payment of principal and interest of any shareholders’ loans or Fixed Rate Instruments;


  

•   all cash amounts paid by any of the Group Companies to the Financial Investors (or any of their Affiliated Entities) relating to their direct or indirect holding in the share capital of the Company (dividends, reduction of capital, etc.);

 

•   all other cash amounts or securities received by the Financial Investors (or any of their Affiliated Entities) in relation to their investment in the Buyout Transaction; and

 

•   any cash amounts, assets or securities received by the Financial Investors (or any of their Affiliated Entities) upon Exit (and if such securities are not admitted for trading on a regulated stock exchange, their cash equivalent as determined pursuant to the Valuation Procedure).

 

For the avoidance of doubt: (a) all amount received shall only be taken into account for their value before tax of any kind and net of any costs or expenses (including transaction costs) incurred in connection with the payment of such amount, (b) any amount reinvested in new securities post Exit (and as part of the Exit transaction) or value of the securities rolled-over shall be taken into account in the Receipts and (c) the Receipts shall exclude any transaction fees or monitoring fees received by the Financial Investors (or any of the Affiliated Entities).

Fixed Rate Instruments    means fixed rate securities in the form of preferred shares bearing interest at 12 per cent. compounded annually as further described in Article 4 of the Articles of Association of the Company.
Group Companies    means the Company and any Company controlled by the Company from time to time.
Holdco Securities    means outstanding Holdco Ordinary Shares, Fixed Rate Instruments and any securities issued by the Company (or any other instrument or securities exchangeable or convertible into securities).
Holdco Ordinary Shares    means outstanding ordinary shares issued by the Company as well as those subsequently issued by the Company from to time.
ISA    means the Investment and Shareholders’ Agreement entered into, among others, by the Company, the Partnership and the Financial Investors on the date hereof.
Leaver Event    means with regard to a Bonus Eligible Manager the occurrence of a Departure Date (provided that the relevant Bonus Eligible Manager has no other employment or managing director contract within the Group) or of a Material Breach.
Listing    means the admission of the whole of any class of the issued share capital of the Company or a direct or indirect holding company of the Company or any of the direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company that hold substantially all of the assets of the Group to the Official List of the Financial Conduct Authority, and to trading on the London Stock Exchange’s market for listed securities, or to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, or on any other recognised investment exchange (as defined in


   section 285(1) of the FSMA) or overseas equivalent (such as without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange, Euronext, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange, or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange).
Material Breach    (i) § 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 7, 8.7, 9 and 10 (to the extent the actions of the relevant Bonus Eligible Manager are contrary to the implementation of the provisions of § 9 and 10), 11 (if the relevant Bonus Eligible Manager does not pay in due time the subscription amount to be committed), 14.5, 15, 16 to 19 (to the extent the relevant Bonus Eligible Manager has no reasonable grounds to validly challenge the provisions of § 18 and § 19, as applicable), § 20 to § 24 of the Pooling Vehicle Partnership Agreement; or (ii) any provision of the Pooling Vehicle Partnership Agreement relating to the Managing Limited Partnership to the extent the relevant Bonus Eligible Manager is a Managing Limited Partner; or (iii) any of the related provisions of the ISA or of the Company’s bylaws, not remedied in each case within 15 days (or such shorter period as required to avoid a material adverse impact on the Financial Investors, the Partnership or any member of the Group Companies) after formal written warning given by either of the Financial Investors or the Company; or (iv) any agreement amending the terms of the Pooling Vehicle Partnership Agreement in relation to Material Breach (as defined therein).

Partnership

   means Ato Beteiligung GmbH & Co. Verwaltungs KG.
Pooling Vehicle    means the partnership agreement entered into, in relation to
Partnership Agreement    the Partnership, among others, Platin 1433. GmbH, Platin 1263. GmbH, Reinhard Schneider and the other Participants (as defined therein) on the date hereof.
SPA    means the share purchase agreement between Alpha 3 and Total Holdings Europe, Total Gestion USA, Total Raffinage Chimie dated 6 October 2016 relating to the acquisition of the entire issued and to be issued share capital in Atotech B.V. by Alpha 3.
Valuation Procedure    has the meaning given to it in Annex 1 of the Articles of Association of the Company.


EXHIBIT B

Form of Release

This Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between Geoffrey Wild (“Employee”) UK TopCo Limited (the “Parent”) and Alpha US Bidco, Inc. (the “Company”) (collectively, referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Employment Agreement (as defined below).

WHEREAS, the Parties have previously entered into that certain Employment Agreement, dated as of March     , 2017 (the “Employment Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Employee’s termination of employment with the Company or a subsidiary or affiliate of the Company effective             , 20    , the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates but, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein will be deemed to release any rights or remedies in connection with Employee’s ownership of vested equity securities of the Company, or Employee’s right to indemnification by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to contract or applicable law (collectively, the “Retained Claims”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Severance Payments described in Section 4 of the Employment Agreement, which, pursuant to the Employment Agreement, are conditioned on the Employee’s execution and non-revocation of this Agreement, and in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

1.    Severance Payments: Salary and Benefits. The Company agrees to provide Employee with the severance payments and benefits described in Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement, payable at the times set forth in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Employment Agreement. In addition, to the extent not already paid, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement, the Company shall pay or provide to the Employee all other payments or benefits described in Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement, subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

2.    Release of Claims. Employee agrees that, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company, Parent, any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries and affiliates (including, without limitation, Parent, and its affiliated entities), and any of their current and former officers, directors, equity holders, managers, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”). Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of any of Employee’s affiliated companies or entities and any of their respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, other than with respect to the Retained Claims, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, or cause of action relating to any matters


of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Effective Date of this Agreement (as defined in Section 7 below), including, without limitation:

(a)    any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates and the termination of that relationship;

(b)    any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of any shares of stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its affiliates, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

(c)    any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

(d)    any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; the Virginia Human Rights Act;

(e)    any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

(f)    any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination; and

(g)    any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the non-withholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

(h)    any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including, but not limited to, Employee’s right to file a charge with or participate in a charge by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that


is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company (with the understanding that Employee’s release of claims herein bars Employee from recovering such monetary relief from the Company or any Releasee), claims for unemployment compensation or any state disability insurance benefits pursuant to the terms of applicable state law, claims to continued participation in certain of the Company’s group benefit plans pursuant to the terms and conditions of COBRA, claims to any benefit entitlements vested as the date of separation of Employee’s employment, pursuant to written terms of any employee benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates and Employee’s right under applicable law and the Company’s D&O policy to seek indemnity for acts committed, or omissions, within the course and scope of the Employee’s employment duties. This release further does not release claims for breach of Section 3(c) or Section 4(b) of the Employment Agreement.

3.    Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA. Employee understands and acknowledges that he is waiving and releasing any rights he may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee understands and agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee understands and acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further understands and acknowledges that he has been advised by this writing that: (a) he should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) he has 21 days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) he has 7 days following his execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21 day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that he has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement.

4.    Severability. In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.

5.    No Oral Modification. This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

6.    Governing Law: Dispute Resolution. This Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 11(a) and 11(i) of the Employment Agreement.

7.    Effective Date. If the Employee has attained or is over the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then each Party has seven days after that Party signs this Agreement to revoke it and this Agreement will become effective on the eighth day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “Effective Date”). If the Employee has not attained the age of 40 as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment, then the “Effective Date” shall be the date on which Employee signs this Agreement.


8.    Voluntary Execution of Agreement. Employee understands and agrees that he executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of his claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that: (a) he has read this Agreement; (b) he has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement; (c) he has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of his own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel; (d) he understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and (e) he is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.


    EXECUTIVE
Dated:                         By:  

 

      Name: Geoffrey Wild


    COMPANY
    Alpha US Bidco, Inc
Dated:                         By:  

 

      Name:
      Title:
EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

Secondment Agreement

This Secondment Agreement (this “Secondment Agreement”), dated as of April 13, 2017 and which shall have retroactive effect from, and include, March 13, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between (i) Alpha US Bidco, Inc. with its registered office located at Corporate Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808 (together with any successor thereto, the “Seconding Company”), Atotech USA, LLC. with its registered office located at The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801 (together with any successor thereto, the “Host Company”) and Geoffrey Wild, born on                      in                                          (the “Executive”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”).

RECITALS

(a)    The Executive is employed by the Seconding Company pursuant to an employment agreement dated March 31, 2017 attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Employment Agreement”).

(b)    It is the desire of the Seconding Company, the Host Company and the Executive that the Executive be seconded by the Seconding Company to the Host Company to serve as Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Host Company. The Seconding Company also wishes to delegate all of its obligations to provide the compensation and benefits under the Employment Agreement to the Host Company, which is its operational subsidiary, and by executing this Secondment Agreement, the Executive will hereby consent to such delegation.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Secondment.

(a)    General. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Seconding Company shall second the Executive to the Host Company, in accordance with the terms and conditions herein provided (the “Secondment”).

(b)    Secondment Term. The term of secondment under this Secondment Agreement (the “Secondment Agreement Term”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending at the end of the Term (as defined in the Employment Agreement and as may be extended or renewed from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement).

(c)    Position and Duties. During the Secondment Agreement Term, Executive shall serve as the Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Host Company.

(d)     Provisions applicable to the Secondment. The provisions of the Employment Agreement shall apply to the Secondment as if all references in the Employment Agreement to “the Company” were references to “the Host Company”. Accordingly, the Parties agree that (i) the Host Company shall be entitled to enforce the terms of the Employment Agreement as if it were a party to it and (ii) the Executive shall be entitled to enforce the terms of the Employment Agreement against the Host Company as if the Host Company were a party to it.

 

1


(e)    Compensation and Benefits. The Host Company shall be responsible for (i) granting to the Executive all remunerations, compensations and benefits whatsoever (including medical or retirement benefits) which are due to be paid or conferred to the Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement or otherwise in connection with the employment of the Executive by the Seconding Company, including as the case may be after the end of Executive’s employment under the Employment Agreement and (ii) handling all payroll-related matters in connection with the employment of Executive by the Seconding Company.

(f)    Consent of the Executive. The Executive hereby consents to the Secondment and the delegation of duties by the Seconding Company to the Host Company as contemplated by this Secondment Agreement.

 

2.

Termination.

(a)    This Secondment Agreement shall terminate:

(i)    on the date when there is no obligation whatsoever owed to the Executive outstanding under this Secondment Agreement or in connection with the employment of the Executive; or

(ii)    upon mutual consent in writing of the Seconding Company and the Host Company and the Executive.

(b)    The Parties agree that the termination of this Secondment Agreement shall not affect the Employment Agreement which shall continue to apply in accordance with its terms.

 

3.

Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Employment Agreement Unaffected. The Parties agree that nothing in this Secondment Agreement shall be deemed to amend or alter in any way the terms of the Employment Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Executive shall remain at all times an employee of the Seconding Company and the Seconding Company shall accordingly remain responsible for the supervision of the Executive (including by carrying out Executive’s performance appraisals and dealing with any disciplinary matters).

(b)    Governing Law. This Secondment Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction, and where applicable, the laws of the United States.

(c)    Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Secondment Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Secondment Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.


(d)    Notices. Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

(i)     If to the Seconding Company:

Alpha US Bidco, Inc.

Corporation Service Company

2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400Wilmington

Delaware 19808

Attention: The Board of directors

With copy to:

Atotech UK Topco Limited

C/O The Carlyle Group Lansdowne House,

57 Berkeley Square, London,

United Kingdom, W1J 6ER

Attention: The Board of directors

(ii)     If to the Host Company:

Atotech USA, LLC

The Corporation Trust Company

Corporation Trust Center

1209 Orange Street, Wilmington

Delaware 19801

With copy to:

Atotech UK Topco Limited

C/O The Carlyle Group Lansdowne House,

57 Berkeley Square, London,

United Kingdom, W1J 6ER

Attention: The Board of directors

(iii)    If to Executive, at the last address that the Seconding Company has in its personnel records for Executive, or

(iv)    at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(e)    Counterparts. This Secondment Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Secondment Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.


(f)    Entire Agreement. The terms of this Secondment Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. The Parties further intend that this Secondment Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Secondment Agreement.

(g)    Amendments; Waivers. This Secondment Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Seconding Company and of the Host Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Seconding Company or the Host Company (as appropriate) may waive compliance by the other Parties with any specifically identified provision of this Secondment Agreement that such other Parties were or are obligated to comply with or perform; provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(h)    No Inconsistent Actions. The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Secondment Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Secondment Agreement.

(i)    Construction. This Secondment Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by all Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Secondment Agreement arc only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Secondment Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Secondment Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

(j)    Arbitration. Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Secondment Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by a binding arbitration process administered by JAMS/Endispute in New York, New York. Such arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then-existing JAMS/Endispute Rules of Practice and Procedure, with the following exceptions if in conflict: (a) one arbitrator who is a retired judge shall be chosen by JAMS/Endispute; (b) each Party to the arbitration will pay an equal portion of the expenses and fees of the arbitrator, together with other expenses of the arbitration incurred or approved by the


arbitrator; and (c) arbitration may proceed in the absence of any Party if written notice (pursuant to the JAMS/Endispute rules and regulations) of the proceedings has been given to such Party. Each Party shall bear its own attorneys fees and expenses; provided that the arbitrator may assess the prevailing Party’s fees and costs against the non-prevailing Party as part of the arbitrator’s award. The Parties agree to abide by all decisions and awards rendered in such proceedings. Such decisions and awards rendered by the arbitrator shall be final and conclusive. All such controversies, claims or disputes shall be settled in this manner in lieu of any action at law or equity; provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as precluding the bringing an action for injunctive relief or specific performance as provided in this Secondment Agreement or in the Employment Agreement. This dispute resolution process and any arbitration hereunder shall be confidential and neither any Party nor the neutral arbitrator shall disclose the existence, contents or results of such process without the prior written consent of all Parties, except where necessary or compelled in a court to enforce this arbitration provision or an award from such arbitration or otherwise in a legal proceeding. If JAMS/Endispute no longer exists or is otherwise unavailable, the Parties agree that the American Arbitration Association (“AAA’) shall administer the arbitration in accordance with its then-existing rules. In such event, all references herein to JAMS/Endispute shall mean AAA. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive, the Seconding Company and the Host Company each have the right to resolve any issue or dispute over intellectual property rights by court action instead of arbitration.

(k)    Enforcement. If any provision of this Secondment Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Secondment Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Secondment Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Secondment Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Secondment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Secondment Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Secondment Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

4.

Executive Acknowledgement.

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Secondment Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by the Seconding Company or Host Company other than those contained in writing herein, has entered into this Secondment Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment and represents that the Executive’s entering into this Secondment Agreement for the performance of services hereunder will not violate the tenns of any agreement or understanding, law or judicial decrce to which the Executive is subject.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Secondment Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

SECONDING COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Romeo Taddei

  Name:   Romeo Taddei
  Title:   CEO
HOST COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Marta Ramirez

  Name:   Marta Ramirez
  Title:   North America HR Director
EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Geoffrey Wild

  Name:   Geoffrey Wild
EX-10.5

Exhibit 10.5

Employment Agreement

This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 31, 2017 and which shall become effective on the same date (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Atotech (Thailand) Co Ltd. with its registered office located at No. 1 TP & T Building, 1 lest Floor, Soi Vibhavadi Rangsit 19, Vibhavadi Rangsit Road, Kwaeng Chatuchak, Khet Chatuchak, Bangkok (together with any successor thereto, (the “Company”), and Geoffrey Wild, born on                      in                                          (the “Executive”) (collectively referred to herein as the “Parties”).

RECITALS

 

A.

It is the desire of the Company to assure itself of the services of the Executive to the Company following the Effective Date by entering into this Agreement.

 

B.

Executive and the Company mutually desire that Executive provides services to the Company in Thailand on the terms herein provided.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

Employment.

(a)    General. Effective as of the Effective Date, the Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall enter the employ of the Company, for the period and in the position set forth in this Section 1, and upon the other terms and conditions herein provided.

(b)    Employment Term. The term of employment under this Agreement (the “Term”) shall be for the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective date, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3. The Term shall automatically renew for additional one (1) year periods unless no later than forty-five (45) days prior to the end of the otherwise applicable Term either party gives written notice of non-renewal or non-extension of the Term to the other, in which case Executive’s employment will terminate at the end of the then applicable Term, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 3.

(c)    Position and Duties. During the Term, Executive shall serve as general manager of the Company with such customary responsibilities, duties and authority normally associated with such positions in a company the nature and size of the Company and its subsidiaries, as applicable (including advising the managing director of the Company). Executive agrees to observe and comply with the rules and policies of the Company as adopted by the Company from time to time, in each case as amended from time to time, as set forth in writing, and as delivered or made available to Executive (each, a “Policy”).


2.

Compensation and Related Matters.

(a)    Annual Salary. During the Term, Executive shall receive a base salary at a rate of $20,000 per annum (such amount, as may be reviewed from time to time in accordance with the next sentence, the “Annual Salary”), which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company.

(b)    Benefits. During the Term, Executive shall be eligible to participate in employee benefit plans, programs and arrangements of the Company, as may be amended from time to time, which are generally applicable similarly-situated executives of the Company and its subsidiaries, other than severance plans, programs and arrangements, except as otherwise expressly required by law.

(c)    Vacation. During the Term, Executive shall be entitled to paid personal leave in accordance with the Company’s policies and shall be entitled to take a minimum of five weeks of vacation per year. Any vacation shall be taken at the same time as vacation to which Executive is entitled under any employment agreement entered into between Executive and any Company’s affiliates, at the reasonable and mutual convenience of the Company and Executive.

(d)    Company Car. During the Term, the Company shall provide the Executive with a company car in Thailand with an expected one-time cost of $55,000 and a monthly lease of $3,500, with accessories and extras to be determined by the Company. The Executive is entitled to use the company car for private trips to a reasonable extent. Any and all costs connected with the use of the company car, such as taxes, cost of insurance, repairs, maintenance and consumables, shall be borne by the Company. This shall not apply to costs of consumables incurred at any time during the vacation of the Executive or in connection with private trips. At the request of the Company, the company car, including any and all accessories and extras, shall be returned at any time, but not later than upon the end of Executive’s employment hereunder. The Executive has no right of retention in respect of the company car. If the Executive returns the company car before the end of Executive’s employment hereunder, he shall not be entitled to financial compensation for the loss of in-kind benefit caused by the return of the company car. The taxes levied on the money value of the benefit of private use shall be borne by the Executive.

(e)    Business Expenses. During the Term, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties to the Company in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement Policy. The Company will attempt to structure such reimbursements in a tax efficient manner where tax efficiency is possible. During the Term, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable home office costs.


3.

Termination.

Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances:

(a)    Circumstances.

 

  (i)

Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon Executive’s death.

 

  (ii)

Termination. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment for cause or without cause.

 

  (iii)

Resignation from the Company. Executive may resign Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

  (iv)

Non-extension of Term by the Company. The Company may give notice of non-extension to Executive pursuant to Section 1.

 

  (v)

Non-extension of Term by Executive. Executive may give notice of non- extension to the Company pursuant to Section 1.

(b)    Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Company or by Executive under this Section 3 (other than termination pursuant to paragraph (a)(i)) shall be communicated by a written notice to the other party hereto indicating the Date of Termination which, if submitted by Executive, shall be at least forty-five (45) days following the date of such notice (a “Notice of Termination”); provided, however, that in the event that Executive delivers a Notice of Termination to the Company, the Company may, in its sole discretion, change the Date of Termination to any date that occurs following the date of Company’s receipt of such Notice of Termination and is prior to the date specified in such Notice of Termination. A Notice of Termination submitted by the Company may provide for a Date of Termination on the date Executive receives the Notice of Termination, or any date thereafter elected by the Company in its sole discretion.

(c)    Company Obligations upon Termination. Upon termination of Executive’s employment pursuant to any of the circumstances listed in Section 3, Executive (or Executive’s estate) shall be entitled to receive the sum of: (i) the portion of Executive’s Annual Salary earned through the Date of Termination, but not yet paid to Executive, payable within thirty (30) days following the Date of Termination; (ii) any expenses owed to Executive pursuant to Sections 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e); and (iii) any amount accrued and arising from Executive’s participation in, or benefits accrued under any employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, which amounts shall be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions of such employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements (collectively, the “Company Arrangements”) but not, for the avoidance of doubt, in respect of any equity incentive plan in which Executive may invest. Except as otherwise expressly required by law or as specifically provided herein, all of Executive’s rights to salary, benefits, and other compensatory amounts hereunder (if any) shall cease upon the termination of Executive’s employment hereunder.


(d)     Deemed Resignation. Upon termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships, if any, then held with the Company or its affiliates unless otherwise specified in the Company’s Notice of Termination to Executive, in which such case, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until Executive has resigned or been removed from any remaining offices or directorships then held with the Company or any of its affiliates.

(e)     Retirement. In the event that Executive intends to retire (whether before the applicable legal age or after the applicable legal age qualifying for full retirement benefits), Executive shall notify in writing the Company of Executive’s intent to retire at least 6 months prior to the effectiveness of such retirement.

 

4.

Survival

(a)     Survival. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the provisions of Sections 5 through 9 and Section 11 will survive the termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration or termination of the Term.

 

5.

Competition.

(a)     Executive acknowledges that the Company has provided and, during the Term, the Company from time to time will continue to provide Executive with access to its Confidential Information (as defined below), including confidential information of third parties such as customers, suppliers, and business affiliates; specialized training and knowledge regarding the Company’s methodologies and business strategies; and/or support in the development of goodwill such as introductions and customer relationship information. Ancillary to the rights provided to Executive as set forth in this Agreement, the Company’s provision of Confidential Information, specialized training, and/or goodwill support to Executive, and Executive’s agreements regarding the use of same, in order to protect the value of any training, goodwill support and/or the Confidential Information described above, the Company and Executive agree to the following provisions against unfair competition, which Executive acknowledges represent a fair balance of the Company’s rights to protect its business and Executive’s right to pursue employment.

(b)     Executive shall not, within the geographic markets currently serviced or targeted by the Company or that the Company has been involved in working towards being serviced, at any time during the Restriction Period (as defined below), directly or indirectly engage in, have any equity interest in, interview for a potential employment or consulting relationship with or manage or operate any person, firm, corporation, partnership or business (whether as director, officer, employee, agent, representative, partner, security holder, consultant or otherwise) that engages in any business that sells or provides products or services that are competitive (any such person, firm, corporation, partnership or business, a “Competitor”) with respect to (1) the products or services sold or provided by the Company (or any products or services to which the Company has taken substantial steps in furtherance thereof) at any time during the period of twelve (12) months on and prior to the Date of Termination, and/or (2) any products or services to which the Company has taken substantial steps in furtherance thereof during any portion of the Term, and such products or services are sold or provided by the Company following the Date


of Termination; provided, however, that nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 2% of the outstanding equity interest in any entity that is publicly traded, so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such entity.

(c)    Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, recruit or otherwise solicit or induce any employee, customer, subscriber or supplier of the Company to (i) terminate its employment or arrangement with the Company, or (ii) to otherwise change its relationship with the Company. Executive shall not, at any time during the Restriction Period, directly or indirectly, either for Executive or for any other person or entity, (x) solicit any employee of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company, (y) employ any such individual during his or her employment with the Company and for a period of twelve months after such individual terminates his or her employment with the Company or (z) solicit any vendor or business affiliate of the Company to cease to do business with the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Executive will not be deemed to have violated this Agreement if an employee, customer, subscriber or employee of the Company responds directly to a general advertisement of a third party as long as(1) Executive has no involvement or participation in the recruitment, solicitation or inducement of such Person, or, in the case of a former Company employee, if such Person has not been an employee, customer, subscriber or employee of the Company for a period of twelve months at the time of any such contact with such Person, and (2) Executive in the aggregate together with his or her affiliates does not hold more than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting securities of such third party and is not serving directly or indirectly as an executive officer or director of such third party.

(d)    In the event the terms of this Section 5 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of its being too extensive in any other respect, it will be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable, over the maximum geographical area as to which it may be enforceable, or to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, all as determined by such court in such action.

As used in this Section 5, (i) the term “Company” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries or affiliates; and (ii) the term “Restriction Period” shall mean the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is one (1) year following the Date of Termination.

(e)    Each of the Parties (which, in the case of the Company, shall mean its officers and the members of the Board) agrees, during the Term and for a period of three years following the Date of Termination, to refrain from Disparaging (as defined below) the other Party and its affiliates, including, in the case of the Company, any of its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ services, technologies or practices, or any of its directors, officers, agents, representatives or stockholders, either orally or in writing. Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude any Party from making truthful statements that are reasonably necessary to comply with applicable law, regulation or legal process, or to defend or enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disparaging” means remarks, comments or statements that impugn the character, integrity, reputation or abilities of the Person being disparaged.


(f)    Executive represents that Executive’s employment by the Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by Executive prior to Executive’s employment by the Company. During Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees that Executive will not violate any non-solicitation agreements Executive entered into with any former employer or improperly make use of, or disclose, any information or trade secrets of any former employer or other third party, nor will Executive bring onto the premises of the Company or use any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or other third party, in violation of any lawful agreements with that former employer or third party.

 

6.

Nondisclosure of Proprietary Information.

(a)    Except in connection with the faithful performance of Executive’s duties hereunder or pursuant to Section 6(c) and (e), Executive shall, in perpetuity, maintain in confidence and shall not directly, indirectly or otherwise, use, disseminate, disclose or publish, or use for Executive’s benefit or the benefit of any person, firm, corporation or other entity (other than the Company and its affiliates) any confidential or proprietary information or trade secrets of or relating to the Company (including, without limitation, business plans, business strategies and methods, acquisition targets, intellectual property in the form of patents, trademarks and copyrights and applications therefor, ideas, inventions, works, discoveries, improvements, information, documents, formulae, practices, processes, methods, developments, source code, modifications, technology, techniques, data, programs, other know-how or materials, owned, developed or possessed by the Company, whether in tangible or intangible form, information with respect to the Company’s operations, processes, products, inventions, business practices, finances, principals, vendors, suppliers, customers, potential customers, marketing methods, costs, prices, contractual relationships, regulatory status, prospects and compensation paid to employees or other terms of employment) (collectively, the “Confidential Information”), or deliver to any person, firm, corporation or other entity any document, record, notebook, computer program or similar repository of or containing any such Confidential Information. The Parties hereby stipulate and agree that, as between them, any item of Confidential Information is important, material and confidential and affects the successful conduct of the businesses of the Company (and any successor or assignee of the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public or is publicly available or has become public knowledge prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information, provided, that such publishing or public availability or knowledge of the Confidential Information shall not have resulted from Executive directly or indirectly breaching Executive’s obligations under this Section 6(a) or any other similar provision by which Executive is bound, or from any third-party breaching a provision similar to that found under this Section 6(a). For the purposes of the previous sentence, Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if material features comprising such information have been published or become publicly available.

(b)    Upon termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will promptly deliver to the Company all correspondence, drawings, manuals, letters,


notes, notebooks, reports, programs, plans, proposals, financial documents, or any other documents or property concerning the Company’s customers, business plans, marketing strategies, products, property or processes.

(c)    Executive may respond to a lawful and valid subpoena or other legal process but shall give the Company the earliest possible notice thereof, shall, as much in advance of the return date as possible, make available to the Company and its counsel the documents and other information sought and shall assist such counsel at Company’s expense in resisting or otherwise responding to such process, in each case to the extent permitted by applicable laws or rules.

(d)    As used in this Section 6 and Section 7, the term “Company” shall include the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries or affiliates as they exist at the Date of Termination.

(e)    Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Executive from (i) disclosing information and documents when required by law, subpoena or court order (subject to the requirements of Section 6(c) above), (ii) disclosing information and documents to Executive’s attorney, financial or tax adviser for the purpose of securing legal, financial or tax advice, (iii) disclosing Executive’s post-employment restrictions in this Agreement in confidence to any potential new employer, (iv) retaining, at any time, Executive’s personal correspondence, Executive’s personal contacts and documents related to Executive’s own personal benefits, entitlements and obligations, or (v) using information and documents in the pursuit or defense of his rights or obligations involving the Company.

 

7.

Inventions.

All rights to discoveries, inventions, improvements, works of authorship, software, and innovations (including all data and records pertaining thereto) related to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, whether or not patentable, copyrightable, registrable as a trademark, or reduced to writing, that Executive may discover, invent, conceive, author or originate during the Term, or may have discovered, invented, conceived, authored, or originated prior to the Effective Date since the first date of his employment with the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates (or their predecessors), either alone or with others and whether or not during working hours or by the use of the facilities of the above listed entities, and any patents, copyrights, trademark rights, trade secrets rights and other intellectual property rights therein (collectively, “Inventions”), shall be the exclusive property of the Company (or any of the Company’s subsidiaries the Company may designate). Executive shall promptly disclose all Inventions to the Company, and hereby assigns and agrees to assign all such Inventions to the Company (or any of the Company’s subsidiaries the Company may designate). Executive shall execute at the request of the Company any assignments or other documents the Company may deem reasonably necessary to protect or perfect its rights therein, and shall assist the Company, upon reasonable request and at the Company’s expense, in obtaining, defending and enforcing the Company’s rights (or the rights of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates the Company may designate) therein. Executive hereby appoints the Company as Executive’s attorney-in-fact to execute on Executive’s behalf any assignments or other documents reasonably deemed necessary by the Company to protect or perfect its rights (or the rights of any of the Company’s subsidiaries or affiliates the Company may designate) to any Inventions.


8.

Injunctive Relief.

It is recognized and acknowledged by Executive that a breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7 will cause irreparable damage to Company and its goodwill, the exact amount of which will be difficult or impossible to ascertain, and that the remedies at law for any such breach will be inadequate. Accordingly, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5, 6 and 7, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company will be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief.

 

9.

Assignment and Successors.

To the maximum extent permissible by law, the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the business or the assets of the Company (by merger or otherwise), and may assign or encumber this Agreement and its rights hereunder as security for indebtedness of the Company and its affiliates. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as applicable. None of Executive’s rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred by Executive, other than Executive’s rights to payments hereunder, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under applicable law and applicable Company Arrangements, to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive compensation hereunder following Executive’s death by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

10.

Certain Definitions.

(a)    Date of Termination. “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive’s death, the date of Executive’s death; (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) – (vi) either the date indicated in the Notice of Termination or the date specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3(b), whichever is earlier; (iii) if Executive’s employment is terminated pursuant to

Section 3(a)(vii) or Section 3(a)(viii), the expiration of the then-applicable Term.

(b)    Person. “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, trust, governmental authority or other entity of any kind.

 

11.

Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with its express terms, and otherwise in accordance with the substantive laws of Thailand without reference to the principles of conflicts of law of Thailand or any other jurisdiction.


(b)    Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(c)    Notices. Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication hereunder to any Party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in writing and delivered personally or sent by facsimile or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

 

  (i)

If to the Company:

Atotech (Thailand) Co Ltd

No. 1 TP & T Building, 11 est Floor, Soi Vibhavadi Rangsit 19, Vibhavadi

Rangsit Road, Kwaeng Chatuchak, Khet Chatuchak, Bangkok

Attention: The Board of directors

With copy to:

Atotech UK Topco Limited

C/O The Carlyle Group Lansdowne House,

57 Berkeley Square, London,

United Kingdom, W1J 6ER

Attention: The Board of directors

 

  (ii)

If to Executive, at the last address that the Company has in its personnel records for Executive, or

 

  (iii)

at any other address as any Party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other Party.

(d)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same Agreement. Signatures delivered by facsimile shall be deemed effective for all purposes.

(e)    Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement are intended by the Parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral. The Parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of their terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

(f)    Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a duly authorized officer of Company. By an instrument in writing similarly executed, Executive or a duly authorized officer of the Company may waive compliance by the other Party with any specifically identified provision of this Agreement that such other Party was or is obligated to comply with or perform;


provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

(g)    No Inconsistent Actions. The Parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any action or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the Parties hereto to act in a fair and reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the provisions of this Agreement.

(h)    Construction. This Agreement shall be deemed drafted equally by both the Parties. Its language shall be construed as a whole and according to its fair meaning. Any presumption or principle that the language is to be construed against any Party shall not apply. The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and are not intended to affect construction or interpretation. Any references to paragraphs, subparagraphs, sections or subsections are to those parts of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Also, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, (a) the plural includes the singular and the singular includes the plural; (b) “and” and “or” are each used both conjunctively and disjunctively; (c) “any,” “all,” “each,” or “every” means “any and all,” and “each and every”; (d) “includes” and “including” are each “without limitation”; (e) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other similar compounds of the word “here” refer to the entire Agreement and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section or subsection; and (f) all pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural as the identity of the entities or persons referred to may require.

(i)    Jurisdiction. Any controversy, claim or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, shall be settled solely and exclusively by the competent Thai courts.

(j)    Enforcement. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision shall be fully severable; this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a portion of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added automatically as part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.

(k)    Withholding. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement any federal, state, local or foreign withholding or other taxes or charges which the Company is required to withhold. The Company shall be entitled to rely on an opinion of counsel if any questions as to the amount or requirement of withholding shall arise.

 

12.

Executive Acknowledgement.

Executive acknowledges that Executive has read and understands this Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, has not acted in reliance upon any representations or promises made by


the Company other than those contained in writing herein, has entered into this Agreement freely based on Executive’s own judgment and represents that the Executive’s entering into this Agreement for the performance of services hereunder will not violate the terms of any agreement or understanding, law or judicial decree to which the Executive is subject.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Daniel John Primett

  Name:   Daniel John Primett
  Title:   Managing Director
Atotech (Thailand) Co.Ltd.

 

EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Geoffrey Wild

  Name: Geoffrey Wild
EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

 

MANAGING DIRECTOR SERVICE AGREEMENT

entered into by and between

Peter Frauenknecht

and

Atotech Deutschland GmbH

Erasmusstrasse 20

10553 Berlin

Germany

- hereinafter referred to as the “Company” -

(the Company and Mr. Frauenknecht together hereinafter referred to as the “Parties”)

Art.1

Appointment / Area of Responsibility

 

1.

With effect as of 10 April 2017, Mr. Frauenknecht will be appointed as a managing director of the Company.

 

2.

Mr. Frauenknecht shall act as CFO of Atotech group and in this function he shall devote his full working capacity to the Company and shall promote its interests to the best of his abilities.

 

3.

Upon the Company’s request, Mr. Frauenknecht shall also assume responsibilities in companies affiliated with the Company in the meaning of sections 15 et seqq. of the German Stock Corporation Act (“Affiliated Company”), e.g. as a managing board member, managing director, supervisory board member or similar executive officer. At the request of the Company, at the latest on the termination of his service relationship, Mr. Frauenknecht shall resign from such offices with immediate effect. Except as otherwise agreed upon by the Parties, the assumption of such responsibilities shall not establish any additional employment contract or service agreement. Any remuneration received in relation to such additional responsibilities shall be offset against the remuneration entitlements under this agreement.

 

4.

Mr. Frauenknecht shall perform his duties and responsibilities in compliance with all statutory provisions and in compliance with the articles of association of the Company, as amended from time to time. Should the Company adopt by-laws for the managing directors, Mr. Frauenknecht shall comply with such by-laws, as amended from time to time, as well.

 

Page 1 of 10


LOGO

 

5.

Mr. Frauenknecht currently has his regular office in Berlin (Germany). The Company is entitled at its reasonable discretion to relocate the regular office. Mr. Frauenknecht shall have to travel nationally and internationally as required by business purposes.

Art.2

Compensation

 

1.

The Company shall pay to Mr. Frauenknecht the following compensation for his services:

 

  a)

an annual fixed base salary in the amount of EUR 375,000 gross (“Fixed Base Salary”), subject to mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions. The Fixed Base Salary shall be paid in twelve equal monthly instalments at the end of the respective calendar month and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Frauenknecht. If the service relationship commences or terminates during an ongoing calendar year, the Fixed Base Salary for this calendar year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

 

  b)

an annual variable performance related bonus of 100% of the Annual Fixed Base Salary (“Annual Bonus”) subject to the full achievement (100%) of economic and performance related objectives to be determined by the Company at its own discretion on an annual basis. In case of overachievement of the objectives the maximal Annual Bonus is capped at 200% of the Annual Fixed Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid by the end of April of the following year at the latest and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Frauenknecht. If the service relationship commences or terminates during an ongoing calendar year, the Annual Bonus for this calendar year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis subject to the achievement of the relevant bonus objectives.

 

2.

The compensation provided for in Art. 2 para. 1 of this agreement shall be deemed full consideration for all services performed by Mr. Frauenknecht, including any services for Affiliated Companies and any services Mr. Frauenknecht may for operational reasons be required to perform outside the Company’s regular business hours.

Art.3

Company Car

Mr. Frauenknecht shall be entitled to a monthly company car allowance up to EUR 966 gross and a company fuel card in accordance with the Company’s policy as amended from time to time.

Art. 4

Expenses; Moving cost; House Allowance; Home Flights; Insurances

 

1.

The Company shall reimburse Mr. Frauenknecht for reasonable expenses incurred in performing the agreed services (e.g. travel and lodging etc.) in accordance with all tax provisions and the Company’s expense policies, as amended from time to time, subject to presentation of appropriate documents in support of those expenses.

 

Page 2 of 10


LOGO

 

2.

The Company shall reimburse Mr. Frauenknecht for moving cost resulting from his move from                      to the Berlin area up to EUR 4,000 gross provided that the move takes place within the first six months of his service relationship with the Company.

 

3.

For the first six months of Mr. Frauenknecht’s service relationship with the Company, the Company shall pay Mr. Frauenknecht a monthly housing allowance for an apartment in the Berlin area of up to EUR 1,800 gross per month.

 

4.

For up to six months as of the commencement of this agreement, the Company shall reimburse Mr. Frauenknecht for the flight cost for four return flights (economy) between Berlin and Munich per month.

 

5.

The Company shall take out accident insurance for Mr. Frauenknecht as per Company’s policy. Such insurance shall provide Mr. Frauenknecht or his heirs with benefits up to the following amounts:

 

   

EUR 210,000 in the event of death

 

   

EUR 420,000 in the event of disability

Any claim to benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy.

 

6.

The Company shall take out whole life insurance for Mr. Frauenknecht as per Company’s policy. Such insurance shall provide Mr. Frauenknecht’s heirs or a person nominated by Mr. Frauenknecht in writing with a lump sum payment amounting up to 200% of the Fixed Base Salary. Any claim to benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy.

 

7.

The Company agrees to obtain D&O insurance (Directors & Officers Liability Insurance) for Mr. Frauenknecht and to maintain it during the entire duration of the employment or to include Mr. Frauenknecht in an existing D&O insurance as an insured person.

Art. 5

Prevention from Work; Continued Payment of Compensation in the Event of Illness or Accident

 

1.

In the event that Mr. Frauenknecht is prevented from the performance of his duties, he shall inform the Company immediately and keep it informed.

 

2.

In the event Mr. Frauenknecht is temporarily prevented from work due to sickness or accident, he shall be entitled to continued payment of compensation as stipulated in Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement for a maximum period of three months in any given calendar year or until the termination of his service relationship, whichever event occurs first. For the same time of such disability Mr. Frauenknecht shall also retain his bonus claim as defined in Art. 2 para. 1 lit. b) of this agreement subject to the achievement of the relevant bonus objectives. After this time, the Annual Bonus shall be reduced by 1/12th for each started month during which he remains absent from work.

 

Page 3 of 10


LOGO

 

3.

Mr. Frauenknecht assigns to the Company all damage claims other than damages for pain and suffering where Mr. Frauenknecht is injured by a third party insofar and to the extent that the Company continues paying Mr. Frauenknecht’s remuneration according to this agreement.

Art. 6

Vacation

Mr. Frauenknecht shall be entitled to a vacation of 30 working days per full calendar year. For the purposes of this provision, “working day” shall mean all business days with the exception of Saturdays. In the event the service relationship does not subsist for full twelve months during one calendar year, the vacation entitlement shall be calculated on a pro-rata basis. The duration and dates of each vacation shall be coordinated with the other managing directors of the Company. The vacation days that have accrued during any one calendar year shall be used by 30 April of the following year; otherwise they shall be forfeited without any compensation.

Art. 7

Private Pension Provision

The Company shall pay Mr. Frauenknecht on an annual basis an amount of EUR 100,000 gross which he may use to set up his own private pension provision (“Private Pension Payment”). The Private Pension Payment shall be subject to mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions and shall be paid by the end of November of a relevant calendar year. If the service relationship commences or terminates during an ongoing calendar year or Mr. Frauenknecht is prevented from work due to sickness or accident for more than three months in a given calendar year, the Private Pension Payment for this calendar year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

Art. 8

Secondary Employment / Non-Compete

 

1.

Any secondary employment, whether compensated or uncompensated, that could affect the interests of the Company or any Affiliated Company shall require the prior approval of the Company, whereby the Company shall grant its approval unless the envisaged secondary employment impairs legitimate interests of the Company (e.g. inter alia confidentiality or non-compete issues, in particular, but not limited to, with view to the restrictions set out in Art. 8 para. 2 of this agreement). The Company may revoke any prior granted approval at any time, if such revocation is justified by legitimate interests of the Company taking into account also Mr. Frauenknecht’s interests.

 

2.

For the duration of the service relationship, Mr. Frauenknecht undertakes to refrain from working in any form – be it as an executive, employee, consultant or on a self-employed or any other basis – for

 

   

an undertaking which competes directly or indirectly with the Company or an Affiliated Company or which is affiliated with such competing undertaking, or

 

Page 4 of 10


LOGO

 

   

an undertaking that is among the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the general metal finishing division or the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the electronics division in the last available consolidated financial results of Atotech Group.

Mr. Frauenknecht shall likewise be prohibited from setting up, acquiring or holding a direct or indirect interest in such an undertaking during his service relationship with the Company.

Furthermore, Mr. Frauenknecht shall be prohibited from advising or supporting, directly or indirectly, customers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their purchasing of products or services of the Company or Affiliated Companies, or suppliers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their sale of products or services to the Company or Affiliated Companies during his service relationship with the Company.

Finally, Mr. Frauenknecht shall also be prohibited from soliciting or enticing away officers, directors or employees of the Company or Affiliated Companies during his service relationship with the Company.

Art. 9

Duty of Confidentiality

 

1.

Mr. Frauenknecht agrees to keep confidential all matters of a confidential nature concerning the Company or Affiliated Companies which he learns about through his services for the Company or Affiliated Companies and have not already become public knowledge in a lawful manner and without any breach of confidentiality. In particular, this duty of confidentiality applies to all trade and business secrets. This duty also applies against employees of the Company and Affiliated Companies unless those employees are authorized or entitled to learn about such confidential matters by reason of their position. Mr. Frauenknecht’s duty of confidentiality shall survive the termination of his service relationship with the Company.

 

2.

The duty of confidentiality shall not apply to the extent that Mr. Frauenknecht is obliged by statutory law to disclose information to third parties. In such a case Mr. Frauenknecht shall inform the Company about any disclosure at least one week in advance if reasonably possible. If this is not reasonably possible, Mr. Frauenknecht shall inform the Company without undue delay.

Art. 10

Return of Property

Following termination of the service relationship or Mr. Frauenknecht’s release from duty to work pursuant to Art. 12 para. 6 of this agreement, he shall, of his own accord, return to the Company all objects due to the Company or any Affiliated Company in his possession, including all documents, notes and instruments as well as other data stored by technical means, including any copies thereof. The right to retain any documents, objects or data defined in this section is hereby expressly excluded.

 

Page 5 of 10


LOGO

 

Art. 11

Exclusive License to Use Work Results; Inventions

 

1.

All work results produced by Mr. Frauenknecht in the performance of his duties and responsibilities shall be the exclusive property of the Company. To the extent that such work results are protected by copyright, Mr. Frauenknecht hereby grants the Company the exclusive and unlimited license to use such work results in all forms conceivable now or at a later date. This exclusive license shall survive termination of this agreement. Mr. Frauenknecht shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the exclusive license granted to the Company hereunder. The compensation stipulated in this agreement shall be deemed full and adequate consideration for the exclusive license granted to the Company hereunder.

 

2.

The Company shall be entitled to exclusive use of any inventions and proposed technical improvements, as well as any patents, utility models and designs, etc., developed by Mr. Frauenknecht in the context of the performance of his duties under this agreement without additional payment. The German Act on Employees’ Inventions (Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz) shall apply, except for the provisions providing for inventor’s claim to compensation.

Art. 12

Term of Service and Termination

 

1.

This service agreement shall enter into force on 10 April 2017.

 

2.

This service agreement shall have an initial term until the expiry of 31 March 2019 which shall automatically be extended by twelve months unless the service agreement has been terminated by one of the Parties by no later than six months prior to the expiry of the relevant term.

 

3.

Furthermore, the service relationship shall end, without notice of termination being required, by the end of the calendar month in which Mr. Frauenknecht attains the ordinary retirement age of the statutory pension insurance.

 

4.

The right to terminate this service agreement for cause with immediate effect according to § 626 BGB shall not be affected.

 

5.

Any notice of termination shall only be valid if made in writing.

 

6.

In case of revocation of Mr. Frauenknecht’s appointment or his resignation from his office as managing director of the Company, the Company shall have the right to release Mr. Frauenknecht from his duty to work (such release being either irrevocable or in a form that it can be revoked), provided that the Company shall continue to pay the compensation pursuant to Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. In the event of an irrevocable release of Mr. Frauenknecht from his duty to work, the time of such release shall be offset against any outstanding vacation claims.

 

7.

For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this agreement shall prevent the Company or limit the Company’s right to revoke Mr. Frauenknecht’s appointment as managing director of the Company.

 

Page 6 of 10


LOGO

 

Art. 13

Post Contractual Non-Compete

 

1.

Mr. Frauenknecht shall be prohibited, for a period of 18 months (the Restricted Period) after the end of his service relationship with the Company, from working in any form – be it as an executive, employee, consultant or on a self-employed or any other basis – for

 

   

an undertaking which competes directly or indirectly with the Company or an Affiliated Company or which is affiliated with such competing undertaking, or

 

   

an undertaking that is among the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the general metal finishing division or the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the electronics division in the last available consolidated financial results of Atotech group, being before the end of Mr. Frauenknecht’s employment.

Mr. Frauenknecht shall likewise be prohibited from setting up, acquiring or holding a direct or indirect interest in such an undertaking during the Restricted Period.

Furthermore, Mr. Frauenknecht shall be prohibited from advising or supporting, directly or indirectly, customers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their purchasing of products or services of the Company or Affiliated Companies, or suppliers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their sale of products or services to the Company or Affiliated Companies during the Restricted Period.

Finally, Mr. Frauenknecht shall also be prohibited from soliciting or enticing away officers, directors or employees of the Company or Affiliated Companies during the Restricted Period.

 

2.

The geographic scope of the post-contractual non-compete obligations shall apply to activities in or in relation to Germany, China and the United States of America or any country in which the Atotech group (taken as a whole) is generating 5 per cent or more of the turnover of the Atotech group (taken as a whole) in the last, i.e. before the end of the employment, available consolidated financial results of the Atotech group.

 

3.

During the Restricted Period, Mr. Frauenknecht shall receive a non-compete compensation which amounts, for every year in which the post-contractual non-compete obligations apply, to 50% of the total remuneration most recently received by him under this agreement (“Non-Compete Compensation”). Any other non-compete compensation paid by another company of Atotech group that relates to the Restricted Period shall also be deemed to be compensation for the post-contractual non-compete obligations under this agreement. Thus, Mr. Frauenknecht’s total non-compete compensation that he receives from the Company and any other company of the Atotech group during the Restricted Period shall in any case not exceed the Non-Compete Compensation. Subject to any mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions, if applicable, the Non-Compete Compensation shall be paid in equal monthly instalments at the end of the respective calendar month and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Frauenknecht. Since the Restricted Period will not last two full years, insofar the Non-Compete Compensation shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

 

4.

Mr. Frauenknecht must allow any other earnings received by him to be deducted from his Non-Compete Compensation pursuant to sect. 74c German Commercial Code. During the Restricted

 

Page 7 of 10


LOGO

 

  Period, Mr. Frauenknecht must, without being asked to do so, submit a written statement to the Company at the end of each quarter on whether he received income from other sources and if so to what amount. If requested by the Company, Mr. Frauenknecht shall be obliged to submit proof of his other earnings.

 

5.

The Company shall be entitled to waive compliance with the post-contractual non-compete obligations prior to the expiration of Mr. Frauenknecht’s service relationship with the Company. In case of such waiver, Mr. Frauenknecht shall be released from the post-contractual non-compete obligations with immediate effect, while the Company’s obligation to pay the Non-Compete Compensation pursuant to this agreement shall end six months after the declaration of such waiver.

 

6.

For each action resulting in a culpable breach of the post-contractual non-compete obligations set out above, Mr. Frauenknecht shall pay a contractual penalty equal to the gross monthly instalment received by him pursuant to Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. Should the breach consist of participating in the capital of a competing undertaking or entering into a contract for the performance of a continuing obligation (e.g. an employment, service, commercial agency or consultancy contract), the contractual penalty shall be imposed anew for each full or partial month in which the capital participation or the contract for the performance of a continuing obligation exists (the Ongoing Breach). Multiple breaches shall each trigger a separate contractual penalty, possibly also more than once within one month. However, if individual breaches occur within the scope of an Ongoing Breach, they shall be covered by the contractual penalty owed for the Ongoing Breach. Where several contractual penalties are imposed during a twelve months period, the total amount of the penalties to be paid shall be limited to six times the gross monthly instalment in the meaning of Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. The Company reserves the right to assert damages over and above the contractual penalty imposed, as well as to assert all other statutory claims and legal consequences arising from a breach (e.g. injunctive relief, forfeiture of the Non-Compete Compensation for the duration of the breach, etc.).

 

7.

The post-contractual non-compete obligations shall also apply in respect of any legal successor of the Company; it shall in particular pass to an acquirer should the Company be sold. Mr. Frauenknecht agrees to the transfer of the rights arising from this article to any legal successor.

 

8.

Unless explicitly otherwise agreed in this agreement, the provisions of sections 74 et seq. German Commercial Code, in particular section 74a para. 1 of the German Commercial Code, shall apply except for section 75 para. 2 German Commercial Code.

Art. 14

Final Provisions

 

1.

This agreement contains all the agreements and arrangements made between the Parties. There are no oral side agreements

 

2.

Modifications of and/or amendments to this agreement shall only be valid if made in writing. This shall also apply to the cancellation or amendment of the requirement of the written form. These restrictions does not apply to individual agreements in the meaning of sec. 305b BGB.

 

Page 8 of 10


LOGO

 

3.

If any provision hereof is or becomes invalid, the validity of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby. In such a case, the invalid provision shall be replaced with a valid provision which is as consistent as possible with the economic purpose of the invalid provision intended by the Parties. This shall also apply if a provision is or becomes invalid on account of the scope or extent of an obligation or a time period. In such case, the legally admissible scope or extent of obligation or time period shall apply.

 

4.

This agreement shall be governed by the laws of Germany.

Atotech Deutschland GmbH

represented by its shareholders’ meeting,

itself represented by

 

Berlin, 7.4.2017
(place, date)

/s/ Reinhard Schneider

Mr. Frauenknecht
            , 4.4.2017
(place, date)

/s/ Peter Frauenknecht

Peter Frauenknecht

 

Page 9 of 10


LOGO

 

Acknowledgement of Receipt

Mr. Frauenknecht confirms the receipt of an original version of this agreement originally signed by both Parties.

 

Date:   10.4.2017
Signature:  

/s/ Peter Frauenknecht

  Peter Frauenknecht

 

Page 10 of 10

EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

 

1st AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO MANAGING DIRECTOR SERVICE AGREEMENT

entered into by and between

Peter Frauenknecht

and

Atotech Deutschland GmbH

Erasmusstrasse 20

10553 Berlin

Germany

- hereinafter referred to as the “Company” -

Art. 1

Moving Cost

Art. 4 para. 2 of the managing director service agreement dated April, 7th, 2017 (“Managing Director Service Agreement”) shall be replaced by the following provision:

The Company shall reimburse Mr. Frauenknecht for moving costs resulting from his move from                  to the Berlin area up to EUR 4,000 gross provided that the move takes place within the first twelve months of his service relationship with the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, sentence one shall also apply if Mr. Frauenknecht decides to split his move into two steps, moving in a preliminary home first and then finalizes the final move within the first twelve months of his service relationship with the Company.

Art. 2

Home Flights

Art. 4 para. 4 of the Managing Director Service Agreement shall be replaced by following provision:

For up to six months as of the commencement of the service relationship with the Company, the Company shall reimburse Mr. Frauenknecht for the flight cost for four return flights (economy) between Berlin and Munich per month. The Company shall also reimburse Mr. Frauenknecht for flights of his partner Gabriele Geissler from Munich to Berlin in case Mr. Frauenknecht decides not to fly back to Munich and to stay in Berlin over the weekend for the defined period of the first six months.

 

   Page 1 of 2


LOGO

 

Art. 3

Private Pension Provision

Art. 7 of the Managing Service Agreement shall be replaced by the following provision:

 

I.

The Company shall grant Mr. Frauenknecht a Company-funded pension commitment in form of a contribution-oriented defined benefit plan by means of a congruently reinsured provident fund (beitragsorientierte Leistungszusage im Durchführungsweg einer kongruent rückgedeckten Unterstützungskassenzusage) with effect as of 1 May 2017. Starting from 1 May 2017, the Company shall therefore contribute a monthly amount of EUR 8,333.33 per full calendar month of service to the congruently reinsured provident fund Alte Leipziger Unterstützungskasse e.V. (“Pension Contribution”). If the service relationship commences or terminates during an ongoing calendar month the Pension Contribution shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis for the relevant calendar month.

 

2.

The further details of the pension commitment, in particular a guaranteed annual increase of the ongoing pension payments (laufende Leistungen) in the meaning of section 16 BetrAVG by 1%, shall be stipulated in a separate benefit plan.

Art. 4

Final Provisions

 

I.

All other provisions of the Managing Director Service Agreement continue to apply without change.

 

2.

Art. 14 of the Managing Director Service Agreement shall apply accordingly to this 1st Amendment Agreement.

 

Atotech Deutschland GmbH    Peter Frauenknecht

represented by its shareholders’ meeting,

itself represented by Dr. Gregor Frank & Dirk

Schepers

  
Berlin, 08.05.2017    Berlin, 08.05.2017

 

/s/ Dr. G. Frank

 

/s/ D. Schepers

  

/s/ Peter Frauenknecht

  
Dr. G. Frank   D. Schepers    Peter Frauenknecht   

 

 

   Page 2 of 2
EX-10.8

Exhibit 10.8

2nd AMENDMENT AGREEMENT TO MANAGING DIRECTOR SERVICE AGREEMENT

entered into by and between

Peter Frauenknecht

and

Atotech Deutschland GmbH

Erasmusstrasse 20

10553 Berlin

Germany

- hereinafter referred to as the Company” -

- Mr. Frauenknecht and the Company together referred to as the Parties” -

The Parties have entered into a Managing Director Service Agreement dated 4 / 7 April 2017 which has been amended by a 1st Amendment Agreement dated May 8, 2017 (together the Managing Director Service Agreement). The Parties hereby enter into a 2nd Amendment Agreement to the Managing Director Service Agreement.

Art. 1

Change of Control

 

1.

In case of a change of control event as defined under para. 2 below below, the Company shall pay to Mr. Frauenknecht

 

   

a severance payment in the amount of two times (2x) Fixed Base Salaries pursuant to Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of the Managing Director Service Agreement, and

 

   

an Annual Bonus calculated on a pro rata basis pursuant to Art. 2 para. 1 lit. b) of the Managing Director Service Agreement, i.e. Mr. Frauenknecht will receive the pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus he would have been entitled to had he completed the full fiscal year,

subject to any mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions, provided the employment relationship is effectively terminated by the Company or by mutual termination agreement within a period of twelve months after the change of control has become effective within the meaning of para. 2 below. For the avoidance of doubt, no severance payment shall be made if Mr Frauenknecht himself terminates the employment relationship due to the change of control.


2.

A change of control event occurs if a third party or several third parties acting together acquire more than 50% of the shares in the Company or one of the Company’s parent companies. The change of control is deemed to be effective once all permits have been obtained and all conditions precedent have been met.

 

3.

The severance payment shall be paid on the last day of the employment relationship set forth in the effective termination or in the mutual termination agreement and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Frauenknecht.

 

4.

Mr. Frauenknecht shall not be entitled to the aforementioned severance payment if the employment relationship would have automatically ended within a period of 12 months after the change of control irrespective of the change of control event anyhow, e.g. because Mr. Frauenknecht reaches his statutory retirement age.

 

5.

For the avoidance of doubt, an automatic extension of the service relationship in accordance with Art. 12 para. 2 of the Managing Director Service Agreement does not trigger the change of control provisions under this Art. 1.

Art. 2

Amendment to Post-Contractual Non-Compete

Art. 13 of the Managing Director Service Agreement shall be supplemented by a new paragraph 1a:

 

1a.

Excluded from the prohibition under Art. 13 para. 1 shall be completely subordinate activities for an undertaking as described in Art. 13 para. 1 which have no relation to Mr. Frauenknecht’s previous activity in the Company.

Art. 3

Final Provisions

 

1.

All other provisions of the Managing Director Service Agreement continue to apply without change.

 

2.

Art. 14 of the Managing Director Service Agreement shall apply accordingly to this 2nd Amendment Agreement.

 

2 | 3


Atotech Deutschland GmbH      Peter Frauenknecht

represented by its shareholders’ meeting,

    

itself represented by Geoff Wild

    
14 January 2020      14 January 2020

/s/ Geoff Wild

    

/s/ Peter Frauenknecht

Geoff Wild

     Peter Frauenknecht

 

3 | 3

EX-10.9

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT    ANSTELLUNGSVERTRAG
entered into by and between    zwischen

 

Atotech Deutschland GmbH

 

Erasmusstraße 20

10553 Berlin

 

– hereinafter referred to as

the “Company” –

  

– nachfolgend

die “Gesellschaft” –

and    und
Harald Ahnert
(the Company and Mr. Ahnert together hereinafter referred to as the “Parties”)    (die Gesellschaft und Herr Ahnert nach-folgend zusammen als die “Parteien”)

 

Page 1


LOGO

 

Art. 1

Area of Responsibility; Working Time;

Place of Work

  

Art. 1

Verantwortungsbereich; Arbeitszeit;

Arbeitsort

1.  Mr. Ahnert shall be employed by the Company as President, Electronics. Mr. Ahnert will report to the CEO. In his function Mr. Ahnert shall devote his full working capacity to the Company and shall promote its interests to the best of his abilities.

  

1.  Herr Ahnert wird von der Gesellschaft als President, Electronics beschäftigt. Mr. Ahnert wird an den CEO berichten. In seiner Funktion wird Herr Ahnert seine volle Arbeitskraft der Gesellschaft widmen und ihre Interessen nach besten Kräften fördern.

2.  Upon the Company’s request, Mr. Ahnert shall also assume responsibilities in companies affiliated with the Company in the meaning of sections 15 et seqq. of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG) (“Affiliated Company”), e.g. as a managing board member, managing director, supervisory board member or similar executive officer. At the request of the Company, at the latest on the termination of his employment relationship, Mr. Ahnert shall resign from such offices with immediate effect. Except as otherwise agreed upon, the assumption of such responsibilities shall not establish any additional employment contract or service agreement. Any remuneration received in relation to such additional responsibilities shall be offset against the remuneration entitlements under this agreement.

  

2.  Herr Ahnert wird auf Aufforderung der Gesellschaft weitere Positionen in Gesellschaften übernehmen, die mit der Gesellschaft i.S.v. §§ 15 ff. AktG verbunden sind (“Verbundene Unternehmen”), z.B. als Vorstandsmitglied, Geschäftsführer, Mitglied des Aufsichtsrats oder in vergleichbar verantwortlicher Position. Auf Verlangen der Gesellschaft, spätestens jedoch bei der Beendigung seines Anstellungsverhältnisses, hat Herr Ahnert diese Ämter mit sofortiger Wirkung niederzulegen. Soweit nicht abweichend vereinbart, wird durch die Übernahme solcher Positionen kein weiterer Arbeits- oder Dienstvertrag begründet. Sämtliche Vergütungen, die im Zusammenhang mit der Übernahme solcher weiterer Positionen gewährt werden, werden auf die Vergütungsansprüche aus diesem Anstellungsvertrag angerechnet.

3.  Mr. Ahnert currently has his regular office in Berlin (Germany). A relocation

  

3.  Herr Ahnert hat seinen Dienstsitz derzeit in Berlin (Deutschland). Eine

 

Page 2


LOGO

 

of Mr. Ahnert’s place of work requires his consent. Mr. Ahnert shall have to travel nationally and internationally as required by business purposes.

  

Verlegung von Herrn Ahnert’s Dienstsitz erfordert seine Zustimmung. Herr Ahnert ist zu nationalen und internationalen Reisen verpflichtet, soweit dies geschäftlich erforderlich ist.

Art. 2

Compensation

  

Art. 2

Vergütung

1.  The Company shall pay to Mr. Ahnert the following compensation for his services:

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft wird Herrn Ahnert für seine Tätigkeit die folgende Vergütung gewähren:

a)  an annual fixed base salary in the amount of EUR 342,090 gross (“Fixed Base Salary”), subject to mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions. The Fixed Base Salary shall be paid in twelve equal monthly instalments at the end of the respective calendar month and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Ahnert. If this employment contract commences or terminates during an ongoing calendar year, the Fixed Base Salary for this calendar year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

  

a)  ein jährliches festes Grundgehalt in Höhe von EUR 342.090 brutto (“Fixed Base Salary”), abzüglich der gesetzlich einzubehaltenden Steuern und Sozialversicherungsbeiträge. Das Fixed Base Salary ist in 12 gleichen monatlichen Raten am Ende eines jeden Kalendermonats auf ein von Herrn Ahnert zu benennendes inländisches Bankkonto zu zahlen. Sofern dieser Anstellungsvertrag unterjährig beginnt oder endet, wird das Fixed Base Salary für das entsprechende Kalenderjahr zeitanteilig berechnet.

b)  an annual variable performance related bonus of 60 % of the Fixed Base Salary (“Annual Bonus”) subject to the full achievement (100 %) of economic and performance related objectives to be determined by the Company, after prior approval of the board of directors of Atotech UK TopCo Limited, on an annual basis using reasonable discretion in the meaning of section 315 German Civil Code

  

b)  einen jährlichen leistungsbezogenen Bonus in Höhe von 60% des Fixed Base Salary (“Annual Bonus”), der von der vollständigen Erreichung (100%) wirtschaftlicher und leistungsbezogener Ziele abhängt, die von der Gesellschaft, nach vorheriger Zustimmung des Board of Directors der Atotech UK TopCo Limited, jährlich nach billigem Ermessen im Sinne des § 315 BGB festgelegt

 

Page 3


LOGO

 

(Bür-gerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB). In case of overachievement of the determined objectives the maximal Annual Bonus is capped at 200 % of the Fixed Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid on or before the later of (i) 30 April of the following calendar year or (ii) within 4 weeks of the approval of the audited accounts for the relevant financial year. The bonus payment will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Ahnert. If this agreement commences during an ongoing fiscal year, the Annual Bonus for the relevant year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis. If the employment terminates prior to the end of the respective fiscal year, the following shall apply:

  

werden. Im Fall einer Übererfüllung der festgelegten Ziele ist der Annual Bonus maximal auf 200 % des Fixed Base Salary begrenzt. Ein etwaiger Annual Bonus ist spätestens zum späteren Zeitpunkt der folgenden Zeitpunkte auf ein von Herrn Ahnert zu benennendes inländisches Bankkonto zu zahlen: (i) 30. April des folgenden Kalenderjahres oder (ii) innerhalb von 4 Wochen nach Feststellung des geprüften Jahresabschlusses für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr. Sofern der Anstellungsvertrag unterjährig beginnt, wird der Annual Bonus für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr zeitanteilig berechnet. Sofern das Anstellungsverhältnis vor dem Ende des jeweiligen Geschäftsjahres endet, gilt Folgendes:

•   If Mr. Ahnert’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause during a fiscal year, the Annual Bonus will be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis, i.e. Mr. Ahnert will receive the pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus, he would have been entitled to had he completed the full fiscal year.

  

•   Falls das Anstellungsverhältnis mit Herrn Ahnert durch die Gesellschaft ohne wichtigen Grund während eines Geschäftsjahres beendet wird, erhält Herr Ahnert für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr einen zeitanteiligen Anteil des Annual Bonus, auf den er Anspruch gehabt hätte, wenn er das ganze Geschäftsjahr gearbeitet hätte.

•   If Mr. Ahnert’s employment is terminated for any other reason (by the Company or by Mr. Ahnert) during a fiscal year, no Annual Bonus will be paid for the respective fiscal year to Mr. Ahnert.

  

•   Falls das Anstellungsverhältnis mit Herrn Ahnert aus einem anderen Grund (durch die Gesellschaft oder durch Herrn Ahnert) während eines Geschäftsjahres beendet wird, hat Herr Ahnert für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr keinen Anspruch auf den Annual Bonus.

 

Page 4


LOGO

 

2.  The compensation provided for in Art. 2 para. 1 above shall be deemed full consideration for all services performed by Mr. Ahnert including any services for Affiliated Companies and any services Mr. Ahnert may for operational reasons be required to perform outside the Company’s regular business hours.

  

2.  Die in Art. 2. Abs. 1 zugesagte Vergütung deckt sämtliche von Herrn Ahnert erbrachten Tätigkeiten ab, inklusive Tätigkeiten für Verbundene Unternehmen und solche Tätigkeiten, die Herr Ahnert aus geschäftlichen Gründen außerhalb der regulären Geschäftszeiten der Gesellschaft erbringt.

Art. 3

Expenses; Company Car

  

Art. 3

Auslagenerstattung; Company Car

1.  The Company shall reimburse Mr. Ahnert for reasonable expenses incurred in performing the agreed services (e.g. travel and lodging etc.) in accordance with all tax provisions and the Company’s expense policies, as amended from time to time, subject to presentation of appropriate documents in support of those expenses.

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft erstattet Herrn Ahnert angemessene Spesen, die bei der Wahrnehmung der dienstlichen Obliegenheiten entstanden sind (z.B. Reisekosten, Übernachtungskosten usw.), im Rahmen der steuerrechtlichen Bestimmungen und der Spesenrichtlinien der Gesellschaft in der jeweils geltenden Fassung gegen Vorlage geeigneter Belege.

2.  Mr. Ahnert shall continue to be entitled to a company car (leased car) for business and private purposes in accordance with the respective regulations of the Company (car policy), as amended from time to time. Any taxes payable on the benefit in kind resulting from private use of the company car are to be borne by Mr. Ahnert.

  

2.  Die Gesellschaft stellt Herrn Ahnert weiterhin einen Dienstwagen (Leasingfahrzeug) zur dienstlichen und privaten Nutzung gemäß der Dienstwagenregelung der Gesellschaft in ihrer jeweils aktuellen Fassung. Die auf die Privatnutzung des Dienstwagens entfallenden Steuern sind von Herrn Ahnert zu tragen.

Art. 4

Insurances

  

Art. 4

Versicherungen

1.  The Company shall take out accident

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft wird zugunsten von

 

Page 5


LOGO

 

insurance for Mr. Ahnert as per the Company’s policy as amended from time to time. Such insurance shall also cover accidents occurring outside the scope of Mr. Ahnert employment and shall provide Mr. Ahnert or his heirs with minimum benefits in the following amounts:

  

Herrn Ahnert eine Unfallversicherung, die auch Unfälle im Privatbereich abdeckt, nach den Richtlinien der Gesellschaft in der jeweils gültigen Fassung abschließen, aus der Herr Ahnert bzw. seine Erben im Versicherungsfall mindestens folgende Leistungen erhält:

•   EUR 600,000 in the event of death

  

•   EUR 600.000,- im Todesfall

•   EUR 1,250,000 in the event of disability.

  

•   EUR 1.250.000,- bei Invalidität.

Any claim to benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy. The premium payments made by the Company shall form part of Mr. Ahnert’s taxable income.

  

Ein Anspruch auf diese Leistungen besteht nur nach Maßgabe der entsprechenden Versicherungsbedingungen. Die von der Gesellschaft gezahlten Prämien werden den steuerpflichtigen Bezügen von Herrn Ahnert hinzugerechnet.

2.  The Company agrees to obtain D&O insurance (Directors & Officers Liability Insurance) for Mr. Ahnert subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy and to maintain it during the entire duration of the employment or to include Mr. Ahnert in an existing D&O insurance as an insured person.

  

2.  Die Gesellschaft verpflichtet sich zugunsten von Herrn Ahnert eine D&O-Versicherung (Directors & Officers Liability Insurance) nach Maßgabe der entsprechenden Versicherungsbedingungen während der gesamten Laufzeit des Anstellungsverhältnisses aufrecht zu erhalten oder Herrn Ahnert in eine bestehende D&O-Versicherung als versicherte Person einzubeziehen.

Art. 5

Prevention from Work;

Continued Payment of Compensation in the Event of Illness or Accident

  

Art. 5

Arbeitsverhinderung;

Entgeltfortzahlung im Krankheitsfall oder bei Unfall

1.  In the event that Mr. Ahnert is prevented from the performance of his duties, he shall inform the Company immediately and keep it informed.

  

1.  Sollte Herr Ahnert an der Erfüllung seiner Pflichten verhindert sein, wird er die Gesellschaft unverzüglich hierüber informieren und fortlaufend informiert halten.

 

Page 6


LOGO

 

2.  If Mr. Ahnert is prevented from performing his work due to illness for more than three calendar days, he shall be required to submit to the Company, no later than the following working day and without being requested to do so, a medical certificate indicating such incapacity for work and its expected duration. If the illness continues for a period exceeding the period indicated in the initial medical certificate, a follow-up certificate shall be submitted not later than at the beginning of the first working day following the expiry of the period indicated in the most recent medical certificate.

  

2.  Falls Herr Ahnert aufgrund von Krankheit länger als drei Kalendertage an seiner Arbeitsleistung gehindert ist, ist er verpflichtet, der Gesellschaft spätestens am darauffolgenden Tag unaufgefordert ein ärztliches Attest über die Arbeitsunfähigkeit und deren voraussichtliche Dauer vorzulegen. Dauert die Arbeitsunfähigkeit länger als in der ärztlichen Bescheinigung angegeben, ist Herr Ahnert verpflichtet, spätestens am ersten Werktag nach Ablauf der vorangegangenen Bescheinigung eine neue Bescheinigung vorzulegen.

3.  If Mr. Ahnert, through no fault of his own, is prevented from performing his work due to illness, payment of his remuneration shall continue pursuant to the statutory provisions.

  

3.  Sollte Herr Ahnert aufgrund einer nicht selbst verschuldeten Krankheit vorübergehend arbeitsunfähig sein, hat er nach den gesetzlichen Bestimmungen Anspruch auf Fortzahlung seiner Vergütung.

4.  Mr. Ahnert hereby assigns to the Company all damage claims other than damages for pain and suffering where Mr. Ahnert is injured by a third party insofar as the Company continues paying Mr. Ahnert’s remuneration according to this agreement.

  

4.  Herr Ahnert tritt hiermit seine Schadensersatzansprüche mit Ausnahme von Schmerzensgeldansprüchen, die ihm aufgrund einer Verletzung gegen Dritte zustehen, in dem Umfang an die Gesellschaft ab, in welchem die Gesellschaft gemäß dieses Anstellungsvertrages Entgeltfortzahlung an ihn leistet.

 

Page 7


LOGO

 

Art. 6

Vacation

  

Art. 6

Urlaub

1.  Mr. Ahnert shall be entitled to 20 working days of vacation per full calendar year based on five working days per week (Monday to Friday) (“Statutory Vacation”). The provisions of the German Federal Vacation Act (Bundesurlaubsgesetz – BUrlG) shall apply to the Statutory Vacation with the exception that untaken vacation accrued in a calendar year can be taken until the 30 April of the following calendar year.

  

1.  Herr Ahnert hat Anspruch auf 20 Werktage Urlaub pro Kalenderjahr, wobei pro Woche fünf Werktage (Montag bis Freitag) zu Grunde gelegt werden (“Gesetzlicher Urlaub”). Die Vorschriften des Bundesurlaubsgesetzes finden auf den Gesetzlichen Urlaub Anwendung, mit der Ausnahme, dass nicht genommener Urlaub eines Kalenderjahres bis zum 30. April des darauffolgenden Kalenderjahres genommen werden kann.

2.  Mr. Ahnert shall be entitled to 10 additional working days of vacation per calendar year (“Additional Vacation”). Any untaken Additional Vacation shall lapse on 30 April of the following calendar year. This also applies if Mr. Ahnert was unable to take vacation for personal reasons not within his responsibility (e.g. because of illness). In the event the employment relationship does not subsist for full twelve months during one calendar year, the Additional Vacation shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis. The Additional Vacation shall only be granted after the Company has fulfilled the Statutory Vacation entitlements of Mr. Ahnert.

  

2.  Herr Ahnert hat Anspruch auf weitere 10 Werktage Urlaub pro Kalenderjahr (“Zusätzlicher Urlaub”). Nicht genommener Zusätzlicher Urlaub eines Kalenderjahres verfällt zum 30. April des darauffolgenden Kalenderjahres. Dies gilt auch, wenn Herr Ahnert den Urlaub aus persönlichen Gründen, die von ihm nicht zu vertreten sind (z.B. infolge Krankheit), nicht nehmen konnte. Für den Fall, dass das Anstellungsverhältnis in einem Kalenderjahr nicht volle zwölf Monate besteht, wird der Anspruch auf Zusätzlichen Urlaub zeitanteilig berechnet. Der Anspruch auf Zusätzlichen Urlaub wird von der Gesellschaft erst erfüllt, nachdem die Gesellschaft den Anspruch auf den Gesetzlichen Urlaub von Herrn Ahnert vollständig erfüllt hat.

3.  The duration and dates of each vacation shall be coordinated with the

  

3.  Die Dauer und die Lage jedes Urlaubs sind mit der Gesellschaft

 

Page 8


LOGO

 

Company taking into account the interests of Mr. Ahnert and the interests of the Company.

  

unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen von Herrn Ahnert und der Gesellschaft abzustimmen.

 

Page 9


LOGO

 

Art. 7

Company Pension

  

Art. 7

Betriebliche Altersversorgung

1.  Mr. Ahnert is entitled to participate in the Company’s pension program (Pensionskasse). The Company’s annual contribution is EUR 1,850.

  

1.  Herr Ahnert ist berechtigt, an der betrieblichen Altersvorsorge der Gesellschaft (Pensionskasse) teilzunehmen. Der jährliche Beitrag der Gesellschaft beträgt 1.850 EUR.

Art. 8

Secondary Employment;

Non-Compete Covenant

  

Art. 8

Nebentätigkeit;

Wettbewerbsverbot

1.  Any secondary employment, whether compensated or uncompensated, that could affect the interests of the Company or any Affiliated Company shall require the prior approval of the Company, whereby the Company shall grant its approval unless the envisaged secondary employment impairs legitimate interests of the Company (e.g. inter alia confidentiality or non-compete issues, in particular but not limited to, with regard to the restrictions set out in Art. 8 para. 2 of this agreement). The Company may revoke any approval at any time, if such revocation is justified by legitimate interests of the Company also taking into account Mr. Ahnert’s interests.

  

1.  Jedwede Nebentätigkeit, ob entgeltlich oder unentgeltlich, welche die Interessen der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens berühren kann, erfordert die vorherige Zustimmung der Gesellschaft, wobei die Gesellschaft ihre Zustimmung erteilen wird, sofern die geplante Nebentätigkeit berechtigte Interessen der Gesellschaft (unter anderem Geheimhaltungs- und Wettbewerbsinteressen, insbesondere im Hinblick auf die in Art. 8 Abs. 2 dieses Anstellungsvertrages genannten Beschränkungen) nicht beeinträchtigt. Die Gesellschaft kann eine erteilte Zustimmung jederzeit widerrufen, wenn dies auch unter Berücksichtigung der Belange von Herrn Ahnert durch berechtigte Interessen der Gesellschaft gerechtfertigt ist.

2.  For the duration of the employment relationship, Mr. Ahnert undertakes to refrain from working in any form – be it as an executive, employee, consultant or on a self-employed or any other basis – for

  

2.  Herr Ahnert verpflichtet sich, während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses davon abzusehen, in irgendeiner Form – sei es als Organ, Arbeitnehmer, Berater, als Selbstständiger oder in sonstiger Art und Weise – tätig zu werden für

 

Page 10


LOGO

 

•   an undertaking which competes directly or indirectly with the Company or an Affiliated Company or which is affiliated with such competing undertaking, or

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das mit der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen in direktem oder indirektem Wettbewerb steht oder das mit einem solchen konkurrierende Unternehmen verbunden ist, oder

•   an undertaking that is among the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the general metal finishing division or the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the electronics division in the last available consolidated financial results of Atotech Group.

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das unter den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der allgemeinen Metallveredelungssparte (General Metal Finishing Division) oder den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der Elektroniksparte (Electronics Division) jeweils auf Basis des letzten verfügbaren konsolidierten Konzernabschlusses der Atotech Gruppe ist.

In addition, Mr. Ahnert shall likewise be prohibited from setting up, acquiring or holding a direct or indirect interest in such a competing undertaking during his employment relationship with the Company.

  

Des Weiteren wird Herr Ahnert während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses nicht ein solches konkurrierendes Unternehmen gründen, erwerben oder eine direkte oder indirekte Beteiligung an einem solchen konkurrierenden Unternehmen erwerben.

Furthermore, Mr. Ahnert shall be prohibited from advising or supporting, directly or indirectly, customers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their purchasing of products or services of the Company or Affiliated

  

Darüber hinaus ist es Herrn Ahnert während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses nicht gestattet, Kunden der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt-oder

 

Page 11


LOGO

 

Companies, or suppliers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their sale of products or services to the Company or Affiliated Companies during his employment.

  

Dienstleistungseinkäufe bei der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen, noch Lieferanten der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt-oder Dienstleistungsverkäufe an die Gesellschaft oder an ein Verbundenes Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen.

3.  Mr. Ahnert shall be prohibited from soliciting or enticing away directors or employees of the Company or Affiliated Companies during his employment relationship with the Company.

  

3.  Herrn Ahnert ist es untersagt, während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses Organmitglieder, Führungskräfte oder Mitarbeiter der Gesellschaft oder Verbundener Unternehmen abzuwerben.

Art. 9

Duty of Confidentiality

  

Art. 9

Verschwiegenheitsverpflichtung

1.  Mr. Ahnert agrees to keep confidential all matters of a confidential nature concerning the Company or Affiliated Companies which he learns about through his services for the Company or Affiliated Companies and which have not already become public knowledge. In particular, this duty of confidentiality applies to all trade and business secrets. This duty also applies in relation to employees of the Company and Affiliated Companies unless those employees are authorized or entitled to learn about such confidential matters by reason of their position. This duty of confidentiality shall survive the termination of the employment.

  

1   Herr Ahnert verpflichtet sich, Stillschweigen hinsichtlich aller vertraulichen Angelegenheiten zu bewahren, die die Gesellschaft oder Verbundene Unternehmen betreffen und die ihm aufgrund seiner Tätigkeit für die Gesellschaft oder Verbundene Unternehmen zur Kenntnis gelangt sind und noch nicht allgemein bekannt sind. Dies gilt insbesondere für alle Geschäfts-und Betriebsgeheimnisse. Diese Verpflichtung gilt auch gegenüber den Beschäftigten der Gesellschaft und Verbundener Unternehmen, soweit diese nicht ermächtigt oder aufgrund ihrer Position berechtigt sind, von der jeweiligen

 

Page 12


LOGO

 

  

Angelegenheit Kenntnis zu erlangen. Diese Geheimhaltungsverpflichtung gilt auch nach der Beendigung des Anstellungsverhältnisses fort.

2.  The duty of confidentiality shall not apply to the extent that Mr. Ahnert is obliged by statutory law to disclose information to third parties. In such a case Mr. Ahnert shall inform the Company about any disclosure at least one week in advance if reasonably possible. If this is not reasonably possible, Mr. Ahnert shall inform the Company without undue delay.

  

2.  Die Geheimhaltungsverpflichtung gilt nicht, soweit Herr Ahnert aufgrund gesetzlicher Vorschriften verpflichtet ist, Information gegenüber Dritten offenzulegen. In diesen Fällen hat Herr Ahnert die Gesellschaft mindestens eine Woche vor der Offenlegung über die geplante Offenlegung zu informieren, sofern dies zumutbar ist. Sollte eine vorherige Information nicht zumutbar sein, wird Herr Ahnert die Gesellschaft unverzüglich informieren.

Art. 10

Return of Property

  

Art. 10

Rückgabepflichten

Following termination of the employment relationship or Mr. Ahnert release from duty to work pursuant to Art. 12 para. 6 of this agreement, Mr. Ahnert shall, of his own accord, return to the Company all objects of the Company or any Affiliated Company which are in his possession, including all documents, notes and instruments as well as other data stored by technical means, including any copies thereof. The same applies to the company car provided by the Company. The right to retain any documents, objects or data defined in this section is hereby expressly excluded.    Bei Beendigung des Anstellungsverhältnisses oder einer Freistellung von Herrn Ahnert gemäß Art. 12 Abs. 6 dieses Anstellungsvertrages ist Herr Ahnert verpflichtet, aus eigener Initiative sämtliche in seinem Besitz befindliche Gegenstände der Gesellschaft oder Verbundener Unternehmen an die Gesellschaft zurückzugeben, einschließlich sämtlicher Dokumente, Papiere und Gerätschaften sowie sonstiger gespeicherter Daten oder Kopien hiervon. Gleiches gilt für den von der Gesellschaft zur Verfügung gestellten Dienstwagen. Ein Zurückbehaltungsrecht an in diesem Artikel beschriebenen Dokumenten, Gegenständen oder Daten wird hiermit ausdrücklich ausgeschlossen.

 

Page 13


LOGO

 

Art. 11

Inventions; Exclusive License to Use Work Results

  

Art. 11

Erfindungen; Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrechte

1.  The Company shall be entitled to exclusive use of any inventions and proposed technical improvements, as well as any patents, utility models and designs, etc., developed by Mr. Ahnert in the context of the performance of his duties under this agreement. The German Act on Employees’ Inventions (Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz – ArbNErfG) shall apply.

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, etwaige Erfindungen und technische Verbesserungsvorschläge sowie von Herrn Ahnert entwickelte Verfahrenstechniken, Patente, Gebrauchs-und Geschmacksmuster etc., die Herr Ahnert im Zusammenhang mit seiner Tätigkeit gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag entwickelt, exklusiv in Anspruch zu nehmen. Es gilt das Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz.

2.  All other work results produced by Mr. Ahnert in the context of the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this agreement that are not subject to the German Act on Employee’s Inventions shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Mr. Ahnert hereby transfers all rights to such work results to the Company. To the extent that such work results are protected by copyright, Mr. Ahnert hereby grants the Company the exclusive and unlimited license to use and exploit such work results in all forms conceivable now or at a later date with no limitation to time, area and content. This exclusive right shall in particular include the right of the Company to grant a license to third parties and to modify, edit, transform and amend the work results provided that the substantial intellectual character of the work result is

  

2.  Sämtliche anderen Arbeitsergebnisse, die Herr Ahnert im Rahmen seiner Tätigkeit gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag erstellt und die nicht in den Anwendungsbereich des Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetzes fallen, stehen exklusiv der Gesellschaft zu. Herr Ahnert überträgt hiermit alle Rechte an solchen Arbeitsergebnissen an die Gesellschaft. Soweit an Arbeitsergebnissen Urheberrechtsschutz besteht, räumt Herr Ahnert der Gesellschaft das ausschließliche und unbeschränkte Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrecht für sämtliche derzeitigen oder zukünftigen Nutzungs-und Verwertungsarten ein, ohne Beschränkung der Zeit, des Orts und des Inhalts. Dieses ausschließliche und unbeschränkte Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrecht umfasst

 

Page 14


LOGO

 

preserved. This exclusive license shall survive the termination of this agreement. Mr. Ahnert hereby waives his right to be named as originator of all work results. Mr. Ahnert shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the exclusive license granted to the Company hereunder. The compensation stipulated in this agreement shall be deemed full and adequate consideration for the exclusive license granted to the Company hereunder. Section 69b of the German Copyright Act (Urheberrechtsgesetz – UrhG) shall apply.

  

insbesondere das Recht der Gesellschaft Dritten eine Lizenz an dem Arbeitsergebnis zu erteilen, das Arbeitsergebnis zu modifizieren, zu bearbeiten, umzugestalten und zu ergänzen, solange der wesentliche geistig-schöpferische Charakter des Arbeitsergebnisses erhalten bleibt. Dieses Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrecht besteht auch über die Dauer des Anstellungsvertrages hinaus fort. Herr Ahnert verzichtet hiermit auf sein Recht als Urheber seiner Arbeitsergebnisse genannt zu werden. Ein Anspruch auf gesonderte Vergütung für die eingeräumten Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrechte steht Herrn Ahnert nicht zu. Die Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrechte sind vielmehr über die Vergütung gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag abgegolten. § 69b Urheberrechtsgesetz findet Anwendung.

3.  Irrespective of the duties of cooperation pursuant to the German Act on Employee’s Inventions, Mr. Ahnert shall upon request assist the Company in obtaining and receiving acceptance of copyrights and other commercial trademark rights for the results of his work in other countries. For this purpose, Mr. Ahnert shall complete and hand over all applications, declarations of assignment and other legal declarations, sign all documents and perform other legal acts which are necessary or requested by the Company in order to transfer all his rights as originator fully to the Company and to enable the Company, its successors

  

3.  Unbeschadet der aus dem Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz resultierenden Kooperationspflichten, wird Herr Ahnert die Gesellschaft auf Verlangen dabei unterstützen, auch in anderen Ländern Urheberrechte und andere wirtschaftliche Schutzrechte für Herrn Ahnerts Arbeitsergebnisse zu erhalten und registrieren zu lassen. Zu diesem Zweck wird Herr Ahnert alle Anmeldungen, Abtretungserklärungen und alle anderen rechtlichen Erklärungen ausfüllen und abgeben, alle notwendigen Dokumente unterzeichnen sowie alle sonstigen rechtlichen Handlungen vornehmen,

 

Page 15


LOGO

 

and recipients of the assignment to secure and exploit the full and exclusive use and advantages of the results of his work. Costs arising from the fulfilment of these duties of cooperation shall be refunded by the Company.

  

die erforderlich sind oder von der Gesellschaft verlangt werden, um sämtliche Rechte als Urheber vollständig auf die Gesellschaft zu übertragen, und um es der Gesellschaft, ihren Rechtsnachfolgern und den Abtretungsempfängern zu ermöglichen, die vollständigen und ausschließlichen Nutzungsrechte und Vorteile an den Arbeitsergebnissen zu sichern und diese zu nutzen. Kosten, die durch die Erfüllung dieser Kooperationspflichten entstehen, werden von der Gesellschaft erstattet.

Art. 12

Commencement Date; Termination;

Release from Duty to Work

  

Art. 12

Vertragsbeginn; Beendigung;

Freistellung

1.  This agreement shall enter into force on 1 January 2020 (“Commencement Date”). The period of employment from 1 June 1997 shall be recognised.

  

1.  Dieser Anstellungsvertrag tritt am 1. Januar 2020 (“Vertragsbeginn”). Die Betriebszugehörigkeit ab dem 1. Juni 1997 wird anerkannt.

2.  Either party may terminate the employment under observance of a notice period of twelve months to the end of a calendar quarter.

  

2.  Jede Partei kann das Anstellungsverhältnis mit Wirkung zum Ende eines Kalenderquartals unter Einhaltung einer Kündigungsfrist von zwölf Monaten kündigen.

3.  Furthermore, the employment shall end, without notice of termination being required, by the end of the calendar month in which Mr. Ahnert attains the ordinary retirement age of the statutory pension insurance.

  

3.  Im Übrigen endet das Anstellungsverhältnis, ohne dass es einer gesonderten Kündigung bedarf, mit dem Ablauf des Monats, in dem Herr Ahnert die Regelaltersgrenze der gesetzlichen Rentenversicherung erreicht.

4.  The right to terminate this service agreement for cause with immediate effect according to § 626 BGB shall not be affected.

  

4.  Das Recht zur außerordentlichen Kündigung aus wichtigem Grund mit sofortiger Wirkung gemäß § 626 BGB bleibt unberührt.

 

Page 16


LOGO

 

5.  The termination of the employment shall only be valid if made in writing.

  

5.  Eine Kündigung des Anstellungsverhältnisses ist nur gültig, wenn sie in schriftlicher Form erfolgt.

6.  The Company shall be entitled to release Mr. Ahnert irrevocably or revocably, from his duty to work at any time, provided there is an objective reason to do so, inter alia in case of termination – regardless by which party – or in case the basis of trust required for performing this agreement is destroyed. In this case any existing claims to vacation and time-off shall be set off against the period of an irrevocable release. Regarding any other income earned during the release period, section 615 sentence 2 BGB shall apply. Mr. Ahnert’s statutory and contractual non-compete obligations shall continue to apply during a release period.

  

6.  Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, Herrn Ahnert jederzeit unwiderruflich oder widerruflich von seiner Arbeitspflicht freizustellen, wenn für eine solche Freistellung ein sachlicher Grund vorliegt, beispielsweise im Fall einer Kündigung – unabhängig von welcher Partei – oder im Fall, dass das für die Durchführung dieses Vertrages erforderliche Vertrauen zerstört ist. In diesem Fall werden sämtliche Urlaubs-oder sonstigen Freizeitausgleichsansprüche auf die Zeit einer unwiderruflichen Freistellung angerechnet. Auf etwaige anderweitige aus der Verwertung seiner Arbeitskraft resultierende Einkommen von Herrn Ahnert während einer Freistellungsphase findet § 615 Satz 2 BGB Anwendung. Das für Herrn Ahnert geltende gesetzliche und vertragliche Wettbewerbsverbot bleibt auch für die Dauer einer Freistellung in Kraft.

Art. 13

Previous Employment Agreements

  

Art. 13

Früherer Arbeitsverträge

This employment agreement replaces all employment agreements and ancillary agreements previously concluded between the Company and Mr. Ahnert.    Dieser Anstellungsvertrag ersetzt alle zwischen der Gesellschaft und Herrn Ahnert zuvor abgeschlossenen Arbeitsverträge und alle zwischen der Gesellschaft und Herrn Ahnert vereinbarten Nebenabreden.

 

Page 17


LOGO

 

Art. 14

Post-Contractual Con-Compete Covenant; Contractual Penalty

  

Art. 14

Nachvertragliches Wettbewerbsverbot; Vertragsstrafe

1.  Mr. Ahnert shall be prohibited, for a period of 18 months (the Restricted Period) after the end of his employment relationship with the Company, from working in any form – be it as an executive, employee, consultant or on a self-employed or any other basis – for

  

1.  Herrn Ahnert ist es für einen Zeitraum von 18 Monaten (Sperrzeit”) nach dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses mit der Gesellschaft untersagt, in irgendeiner Form – sei es als Organmitglied, als Angestellter, Berater oder selbstständig oder auf sonstige Basis – tätig zu werden für

•   an undertaking which competes directly or indirectly with the Company or an Affiliated Company or which is affiliated with such competing undertaking, or

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das direkt oder indirekt mit der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen im Wettbewerb steht oder mit einem solchen konkurrierenden Unternehmen verbunden ist, oder

•   an undertaking that is among the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the general metal finishing division or the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the electronics division in the last available consolidated financial results of Atotech group, being available before the end of Mr. Ahnert’s employment.

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das unter den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der allgemeinen Metallveredelungssparte (General Metal Finishing Division) oder den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der Elektroniksparte (Electronics Division) jeweils auf Basis des letzten vor dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses verfügbaren konsolidierten Konzernabschlusses der Atotech Gruppe ist.

Excluded from this prohibition are, however, completely subordinate activities for such competing undertaking, which have no relation to Mr. Ahnert’s prior work for the Company.

  

Ausgenommen von diesem Verbot sind jedoch gänzlich untergeordnete Tätigkeiten bei einem entsprechenden Konkurrenzunternehmen, die keinerlei Bezug zur vorherigen Tätigkeit von Herrn Ahnert bei der Gesellschaft aufweisen.

 

Page 18


LOGO

 

Mr. Ahnert shall likewise be prohibited from setting up, acquiring or holding a direct or indirect interest in such an undertaking during the Restricted Period.

  

Gleichfalls ist es Herrn Ahnert nicht gestattet, während der Sperrzeit ein derartiges Unternehmen zu gründen, zu erwerben oder eine direkte oder indirekte Beteiligung daran zu halten.

Furthermore, Mr. Ahnert shall be prohibited from advising or supporting, directly or indirectly, customers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their purchasing of products or services of the Company or Affiliated Companies, or suppliers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their sale of products or services to the Company or Affiliated Companies during the Restricted Period.

  

Darüber hinaus ist es Herrn Ahnert während der Sperrzeit nicht gestattet, Kunden der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt-oder Dienstleistungseinkäufe bei der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen, noch Lieferanten der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt- oder Dienstleistungsverkäufe an die Gesellschaft oder an ein Verbundenes Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen.

Finally, Mr. Ahnert shall also be prohibited from soliciting or enticing away officers, directors or employees of the Company or Affiliated Companies during the Restricted Period.

  

Schließlich ist es Herrn Ahnert ebenfalls untersagt, etwaige Organmitglieder, Führungskräfte oder Mitarbeiter der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens während der Sperrzeit abzuwerben.

2.  The geographic scope of the post-contractual non-compete obligations shall apply to activities in or in relation to Germany, China and the United States of America as well as any country in which the Atotech group (taken as a whole) is generating 5 per cent or more of the turnover of the Atotech group

  

2.  Der geographische Anwendungsbereich der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen gilt für Tätigkeiten in oder in Bezug auf Deutschland, China und die

 

Page 19


LOGO

 

(taken as a whole) in the last, i.e. before the end of the employment, available consolidated financial results of the Atotech group.

  

Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und jedes andere Land, in dem die Atotech Gruppe (als Ganzes) 5 % oder mehr des Umsatzes der Atotech Gruppe (als Ganzes) gemäß des zuletzt, d.h. vor dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses, verfügbaren konsolidierten Konzernabschlusses der Atotech Gruppe generiert hat.

3.  During the Restricted Period, Mr. Ahnert shall receive a non-compete compensation which amounts, for every year in which the post contractual non-compete obligations apply, to 50% of the total remuneration most recently received by him under this agreement or, if this results in a higher amount, which shall be calculated in accordance with the collective agreement for academically educated employees in the chemical industry as amended from time to time (“Non-Compete Compensation”). Any other non-compete compensation paid by another company of Atotech group that relates to the Restricted Period shall also be deemed to be compensation for the post contractual non-compete obligations under this agreement. Thus, Mr. Ahnert total non-compete compensation that he receives from the Company and any other company of the Atotech group during the Restricted Period shall in any case not exceed the Non-Compete Compensation. Subject to any mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions, if applicable, the Non-Compete Compensation shall be paid in equal monthly instalments

  

3.  Während der Sperrzeit erhält Herr Ahnert eine Entschädigung, die sich für jedes Jahr der Dauer der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen auf 50 % der zuletzt bezogenen vertragsmäßigen Leistungen beläuft oder, falls sich insoweit ein höherer Betrag ergibt, nach dem Manteltarifvertrag für akademisch gebildete Angestellte in der chemischen Industrie in seiner jeweils gültigen Fassung berechnet (Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung”). Jede Karenzentschädigung, die von einem anderen Unternehmen der Atotech Gruppe gezahlt werden sollte und sich auf die Sperrzeit bezieht, gilt zugleich als anzurechnende Entschädigung für die nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag. Dementsprechend dürfen die Karenzentschädigungen, die Herr Ahnert von der Gesellschaft und von gegebenenfalls anderen Unternehmen der Atotech Gruppe für die Sperrzeit insgesamt erhält, die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung nicht überschreiten. Vorbehaltlich etwaiger gesetzlicher Abzüge

 

Page 20


LOGO

 

at the end of the respective calendar month and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. Ahnert. Since the Restricted Period will not last two full years, insofar the Non-Compete Compensation shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

  

einschließlich Steuern und Sozialversicherungsbeiträgen wird die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung in gleichen monatlichen Raten zum Ende des jeweiligen Kalendermonats gezahlt und auf ein von Herrn Ahnert benanntes inländisches Bankkonto überwiesen. Da die Sperrzeit nicht über zwei volle Jahre läuft, wird die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung entsprechend zeitanteilig berechnet.

4.  Mr. Ahnert must allow any other earnings received by him to be deducted from his Non-Compete Compensation pursuant to section 74c German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB). During the Restricted Period, Mr. Ahnert must, without being asked to do so, submit a written statement to the Company at the end of each quarter on whether he received income from other sources and if so to what amount. If requested by the Company, Mr. Ahnert shall be obliged to submit proof of his other earnings.

  

4.  Etwaige anderweitige Einkünfte von Herrn Ahnert sind gemäß § 74c Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB) auf die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung anzurechnen. Während der Sperrzeit hat Herr Ahnert der Gesellschaft unaufgefordert am Ende eines jeden Quartals eine schriftliche Erklärung darüber vorzulegen, ob er Einkünfte aus anderen Quellen erhalten hat und wenn ja in welchem Umfang. Auf Verlangen der Gesellschaft ist Herr Ahnert verpflichtet, Nachweise über seine sonstigen Einkünfte vorzulegen.

5.  The Company shall be entitled to waive compliance with the post contractual non-compete obligations prior to the expiration of Mr. Ahnert’s employment relationship with the Company. In case of such waiver, Mr. Ahnert shall be released from the post contractual non-compete obligations with immediate effect, while the Company’s obligation to pay the Non-Compete Compensation pursuant to this agreement shall end twelve months after the declaration of such waiver.

  

5.  Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, auf die Einhaltung der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen vor dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses von Herrn Ahnert zu verzichten. Im Falle eines solchen Verzichts wird Herr Ahnert mit sofortiger Wirkung von den nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen frei, während die Verpflichtung der Gesellschaft zur vertragsmäßigen Zahlung der Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung im Anschluss an die Verzichtserklärung noch für zwölf Monate fortbesteht.

 

Page 21


LOGO

 

6.  For each action resulting in a culpable breach of the post-contractual non-compete obligations set out above, Mr. Ahnert shall pay a contractual penalty equal to the gross monthly instalment received by him pursuant to Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. Should the breach consist of participating in the capital of a competing undertaking or entering into a contract for the performance of a continuing obligation (e.g. an employment, service, commercial agency or consultancy contract), the contractual penalty shall be imposed anew for each full or partial month in which the capital participation or the contract for the performance of a continuing obligation exists (“Ongoing Breach”). Multiple breaches shall each trigger a separate contractual penalty, possibly also more than once within one month. However, if individual breaches occur within the scope of an Ongoing Breach, they shall be covered by the contractual penalty owed for the Ongoing Breach. Where several contractual penalties are imposed during a twelve months period, the total amount of the penalties to be paid shall be limited to six times the gross monthly instalment in the meaning of Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. The Company reserves the right to assert damages over and above the contractual penalty imposed, as well as to assert all other statutory claims and legal consequences arising from a breach (e.g. injunctive relief, forfeiture of the

  

6.  Für jede Handlung, die zu einer schuldhaften Verletzung der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen führt, hat Herr Ahnert eine Vertragsstrafe in Höhe einer Bruttomonatsrate im Sinne des Art. 2 Abs. 1 lit. a) dieses Anstellungsvertrages zu zahlen. Sollte es sich bei dem Verstoß um eine Beteiligung an einem konkurrierenden Unternehmen oder um die Eingehung eines Dauerschuldverhältnisses (z.B. Arbeits-, Dienst- Handelsvertreter- oder Beratervertrag) handeln, ist die Vertragsstrafe für jeden vollen oder angefangenen Monat neu verwirkt, in dem die Beteiligung oder das Dauerschuldverhältnis fortbesteht (Dauerverletzung”). Mehrfache Verstöße lösen jeweils eine separate Vertragsstrafe aus, möglicherweise auch mehr als einmal innerhalb eines Monats. Falls einzelne Verstöße im Rahmen einer Dauerverletzung erfolgen, sind sie von der für die Dauerverletzung verwirkten Vertragsstrafe mitumfasst. Werden mehrere Vertragsstrafen innerhalb eines zwölfmonatigen Zeitraums verwirkt, ist die Gesamtsumme der zu zahlenden Vertragsstrafen auf das Sechsfache einer Bruttomonatsrate im Sinne des Art. 2 Abs. 1 lit. a) dieses Anstellungsvertrages begrenzt. Die Gesellschaft behält sich das Recht vor, Schadensersatz über die verhängten Vertragsstrafen hinaus geltend zu machen und alle anderen gesetzlichen Ansprüche und

 

Page 22


LOGO

 

Non-Compete Compensation for the duration of the breach, etc.).

  

Rechtsfolgen durchzusetzen, die sich aus einem Vertragsverstoß ergeben (z.B. Unterlassungsanspruch, Verwirkung der Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung für die Dauer des Verstoßes etc.).

7.  The post contractual non-compete obligations shall also apply in respect of any legal successor of the Company; it shall in particular pass to an acquirer should the Company be sold. Mr. Ahnert agrees to the transfer of the rights arising from this article to any legal successor.

  

7.  Die nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen gelten auch für einen etwaigen Rechtsnachfolger der Gesellschaft, insbesondere gehen sie bei einer Veräußerung auf den Erwerber über. Herr Ahnert stimmt der Übertragung der Rechte, die sich aus diesem Artikel ergeben, auf etwaige Rechtsnachfolger zu.

8.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of sections 74 et seq. HGB, in particular section 74a para. 1 HGB, shall apply.

  

8.  Aus Klarstellungsgründen sei darauf hingewiesen, dass im Übrigen die Bestimmungen der §§ 74 ff. HGB, insbesondere § 74a Abs. 1 HGB, Anwendung finden.

Art. 15

Preclusion Clause

  

Art. 15

Ausschlussklausel

1.  All claims arising from this employment relationship shall be asserted against the other party within three months in text form (Textform). Claims not asserted within this period shall be forfeited. The preclusion period begins when the claim has become due, but at the earliest when the claimant has gained knowledge of the circumstances substantiating the claim and of the person of the debtor or should have gained such knowledge without gross negligence.

  

1.  Sämtliche Ansprüche aus diesem Anstellungsverhältnis müssen innerhalb von drei Monaten in Textform gegenüber der anderen Partei geltend gemacht werden. Ansprüche, die nicht innerhalb dieser Frist geltend gemacht werden, verfallen. Die Ausschlussfrist beginnt mit der Fälligkeit des jeweiligen Anspruchs, frühestens jedoch ab dem Zeitpunkt, zu dem der Anspruchsteller von den den Anspruch begründenden Umständen und der Person des Schuldners Kenntnis erlangt hat oder ohne grobe Fahrlässigkeit Kenntnis hätte erlangen müssen.

 

Page 23


LOGO

 

2.  If the other party rejects the asserted claim in text form or does not comment within two weeks, the asserted claim shall be forfeited if it is not asserted in court within a further period of three months.

  

2.  Sofern die andere Partei dem geltend gemachten Anspruch in Textform widerspricht oder nicht innerhalb von zwei Wochen Stellung nimmt, verfällt der geltend gemachte Anspruch, wenn er nicht innerhalb einer weiteren Frist von drei Monaten gerichtlich geltend gemacht wird.

3.  This preclusion clause shall not apply to claims based on injury to life, body, health or freedom or on an intentional breach of duty as well as to claims which an employee cannot effectively waive by virtue of law, in particular remuneration claims in accordance with statutory minimum wage regulations (Mindestlohnregelungen).

  

3.  Diese Ausschlussklausel gilt nicht für Ansprüche, die auf der Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit oder der Freiheit oder auf einer vorsätzlichen Pflichtverletzung beruhen sowie für Ansprüche, auf die ein Arbeitnehmer kraft Gesetzes nicht wirksam verzichten kann, insbesondere Vergütungsansprüche gemäß gesetzlicher Mindestlohnregelungen.

Art. 16

Final Provisions

  

Art. 16

Schlussbestimmungen

1.  The Labour and Social Regulations (ASO) in their respectively applicable version shall form an integral part of this employment agreement, unless stipulated otherwise in this employment agreement. Insofar as the ASO grants claims for compensation, it shall not apply. The provisions of the collective agreement for academically educated employees in the chemical industry in their respectively applicable version (in the event of termination of the collective agreement the most recent version shall apply) shall form an integral part of this employment

  

1.  Die Arbeits- und Sozialordnung (ASO) in ihrer jeweils geltenden Fassung ist Bestandteil dieses Anstellungsvertrags, soweit dieser Anstellungsvertrag keine von diesen Regeln abweichende Regelungen enthält. Soweit die ASO Ansprüche auf Vergütung gewährt, findet sie keine Anwendung. Die Bestimmungen des Manteltarifvertrags für akademisch gebildete Angestellte in der chemischen Industrie in ihrer jeweils geltenden Fassung (nach einer eventuellen Kündigung des

 

Page 24


LOGO

 

agreement, unless stipulated otherwise in this employment agreement.

  

Manteltarifvertrags ist die zuletzt geltende Fassung maßgeblich) sind Bestandteil dieses Anstellungsvertrags, soweit dieser Anstellungsvertrag keine von diesen Regeln abweichende Regelungen enthält.

2.  This agreement contains all the agreements and arrangements made between the Parties. There are no oral side agreements.

  

2.  Dieser Anstellungsvertrag enthält sämtliche Vereinbarungen und Abreden, die zwischen den Parteien getroffen wurden. Es existieren keine mündlichen Nebenabreden.

3.  Modifications of and/or amendments to this agreement shall only be valid if made in writing. This shall also apply to the cancellation or amendment of this written form requirement These restrictions do not apply to individual agreements within the meaning of section 305b BGB.

  

3.  Änderungen und/oder Ergänzungen dieses Anstellungsvertrages sind nur gültig, wenn sie in schriftlicher Form erfolgen. Dies gilt ebenso für die Beseitigung oder Änderung dieses Schriftformerfordernisses. Diese Beschränkungen gelten nicht für Individualabreden im Sinne des § 305b BGB.

4.  If any provision hereof is or becomes invalid, the validity of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby. In such a case, the Parties shall be obliged to negotiate an effective and reasonable substitute provision which is as consistent as possible with the economic purpose pursued by the Parties with the invalid provision. This shall also apply if a provision is or becomes invalid on account of the scope or extent of an obligation or a time period. In such case, the legally admissible scope or extent of obligation or time period shall apply.

  

4.  Sollte eine der hier getroffenen Regelungen ungültig sein oder werden, wird hiervon die Gültigkeit der übrigen hier getroffenen Regelungen nicht berührt. In solch einem Fall sind die Parteien verpflichtet, über eine wirksame und zumutbare Ersatzregelung zu verhandeln, die dem von den Parteien mit der ungültigen Regelung verfolgten wirtschaftlichen Zweck möglichst nahe kommt. Dies gilt auch, wenn eine Regelung aufgrund ihrer Reichweite oder Ausdehnung oder ihrer zeitlichen Erstreckung ungültig ist oder wird. In solch einem Fall soll die rechtlich zulässige Reichweite oder Ausdehnung oder zeitliche Erstreckung Anwendung finden.

 

Page 25


LOGO

 

5.  In case of discrepancies between the German and the English version of this agreement, the German version shall prevail.

  

5.  Im Fall von Widersprüchen zwischen der deutschen und der englischen Fassung dieses Anstellungsvertrages ist die deutsche Fassung maßgeblich.

6.  This agreement shall be governed by the laws of Germany.

  

6.  Dieser Anstellungsvertrag unterliegt deutschem Recht.

[Signature page to follow / Unterschriftenseite folgt]

 

Page 26


LOGO

 

Atotech Deutschland GmbH
represented by its managing director Geoff Wild

New York, New York, 28 January 2020

(place/Ort, date/Datum)

/s/ Geoff Wild

Geoff Wild
Harald Ahnert

Berlin, 28 January 2020

(place/Ort, date/Datum)

/s/ Harald Ahnert

Harald Ahnert

Confirmation of Receipt/Empfangsbestätigung

 

Mr. Ahnert confirms the receipt of an original duplicate of this agreement signed by both Parties.    Herr Ahnert bestätigt, eine von beiden Parteien unterzeichnete Originalausfertigung dieses Anstellungsvertrages erhalten zu haben.

 

Date/Datum:   28 January 2020
Signature/Unterschrift:  

/s/ Harald Ahnert

  Harald Ahnert

 

Page 27

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT    ANSTELLUNGSVERTRAG
entered into by and between    zwischen

Atotech Deutschland GmbH

 

Erasmusstraße 20

10553 Berlin

 

– hereinafter referred to as

the “Company” –

  

– nachfolgend

die “Gesellschaft” –

and    und
Gertjan Willem van der Wal
(the Company and Mr. van der Wal together hereinafter referred to as the “Parties”)    (die Gesellschaft und Herr van der Wal nachfolgend zusammen als die “Parteien”)

 

Page 1


LOGO

 

Art. 1

Area of Responsibility; Working Time;

Place of Work

  

Art. 1

Verantwortungsbereich; Arbeitszeit;

Arbeitsort

1.  Mr. van der Wal shall be employed by the Company as President, General Metal Finishing. Mr. van der Wal will report to the CEO. In his function Mr. van der Wal shall devote his full working capacity to the Company and shall promote its interests to the best of his abilities.

  

1.  Herr van der Wal wird von der Gesellschaft als President, General Metal Finishing beschäftigt. Mr. van der Wal wird an den CEO berichten. In seiner Funktion wird Herr van der Wal seine volle Arbeitskraft der Gesellschaft widmen und ihre Interessen nach besten Kräften fördern.

2.  Upon the Company’s request, Mr. van der Wal shall also assume responsibilities in companies affiliated with the Company in the meaning of sections 15 et seqq. of the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz – AktG) (“Affiliated Company”), e.g. as a managing board member, managing director, supervisory board member or similar executive officer. At the request of the Company, at the latest on the termination of his employment relationship, Mr. van der Wal shall resign from such offices with immediate effect. Except as otherwise agreed upon, the assumption of such responsibilities shall not establish any additional employment contract or service agreement. Any remuneration received in relation to such additional responsibilities shall be offset against the remuneration entitlements under this agreement.

  

2.  Herr van der Wal wird auf Aufforderung der Gesellschaft weitere Positionen in Gesellschaften übernehmen, die mit der Gesellschaft i.S.v. §§ 15 ff. AktG verbunden sind (“Verbundene Unternehmen”), z.B. als Vorstandsmitglied, Geschäftsführer, Mitglied des Aufsichtsrats oder in vergleichbar verantwortlicher Position. Auf Verlangen der Gesellschaft, spätestens jedoch bei der Beendigung seines Anstellungsverhältnisses, hat Herr van der Wal diese Ämter mit sofortiger Wirkung niederzulegen. Soweit nicht abweichend vereinbart, wird durch die Übernahme solcher Positionen kein weiterer Arbeits- oder Dienstvertrag begründet. Sämtliche Vergütungen, die im Zusammenhang mit der Übernahme solcher weiterer Positionen gewährt werden, werden auf die Vergütungsansprüche aus diesem Anstellungsvertrag angerechnet.

3.  Mr. van der Wal currently has his

  

3.  Herr van der Wal hat seinen

 

Page 2


LOGO

 

regular office in Berlin (Germany). A relocation of Mr. van der Wal’s place of work requires his consent. Mr. van der Wal shall have to travel nationally and internationally as required by business purposes.

  

Dienstsitz derzeit in Berlin (Deutschland). Eine Verlegung von Herrn van der Wal’s Dienstsitz erfordert seine Zustimmung. Herr van der Wal ist zu nationalen und internationalen Reisen verpflichtet, soweit dies geschäftlich erforderlich ist.

Art. 2

Compensation

  

Art. 2

Vergütung

1.  The Company shall pay to Mr. van der Wal the following compensation for his services:

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft wird Herrn van der Wal für seine Tätigkeit die folgende Vergütung gewähren:

a)  an annual fixed base salary in the amount of EUR 326,340 gross (“Fixed Base Salary”), subject to mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions. The Fixed Base Salary shall be paid in twelve equal monthly instalments at the end of the respective calendar month and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. van der Wal. If this employment contract commences or terminates during an ongoing calendar year, the Fixed Base Salary for this calendar year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

  

a)  ein jährliches festes Grundgehalt in Höhe von EUR 326.340 brutto (“Fixed Base Salary”), abzüglich der gesetzlich einzubehaltenden Steuern und Sozialversicherungsbeiträge. Das Fixed Base Salary ist in 12 gleichen monatlichen Raten am Ende eines jeden Kalendermonats auf ein von Herrn van der Wal zu benennendes inländisches Bankkonto zu zahlen. Sofern dieser Anstellungsvertrag unterjährig beginnt oder endet, wird das Fixed Base Salary für das entsprechende Kalenderjahr zeitanteilig berechnet.

b)  an annual variable performance related bonus of 60 % of the Fixed Base Salary (“Annual Bonus”) subject to the full achievement (100 %) of economic and performance related objectives to be determined by the Company, after prior approval of the board of directors of Atotech UK TopCo Limited, on an annual basis using reasonable

  

b)  einen jährlichen leistungsbezogenen Bonus in Höhe von 60 % des Fixed Base Salary (“Annual Bonus”), der von der vollständigen Erreichung (100 %) wirtschaftlicher und leistungsbezogener Ziele abhängt, die von der Gesellschaft, nach vorheriger Zustimmung des Board of Directors der Atotech UK TopCo Limited,

 

Page 3


LOGO

 

discretion in the meaning of section 315 German Civil Code (Bürgerliches Gesetzbuch – BGB). In case of overachievement of the determined objectives the maximal Annual Bonus is capped at 150 % of the Fixed Base Salary. Any Annual Bonus shall be paid on or before the later of (i) 30 April of the following calendar year or (ii) within 4 weeks of the approval of the audited accounts for the relevant financial year. The bonus payment will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. van der Wal. If this agreement commences during an ongoing fiscal year, the Annual Bonus for the relevant year shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis. If the employment terminates prior to the end of the respective fiscal year, the following shall apply:

  

jährlich nach billigem Ermessen im Sinne des § 315 BGB festgelegt werden. Im Fall einer Übererfüllung der festgelegten Ziele ist der Annual Bonus maximal auf 150 % des Fixed Base Salary begrenzt. Ein etwaiger Annual Bonus ist spätestens zum späteren Zeitpunkt der folgenden Zeitpunkte auf ein von Herrn van der Wal zu benennendes inländisches Bankkonto zu zahlen: (i) 30. April des folgenden Kalenderjahres oder (ii) innerhalb von 4 Wochen nach Feststellung des geprüften Jahresabschlusses für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr. Sofern der Anstellungsvertrag unterjährig beginnt, wird der Annual Bonus für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr zeitanteilig berechnet. Sofern das Anstellungsverhältnis vor dem Ende des jeweiligen Geschäftsjahres endet, gilt Folgendes:

•   If Mr. van der Wal’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause during a fiscal year, the Annual Bonus will be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis, i.e. Mr. van der Wal will receive the pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus, he would have been entitled to had he completed the full fiscal year.

  

•   Falls das Anstellungsverhältnis mit Herrn van der Wal durch die Gesellschaft ohne wichtigen Grund während eines Geschäftsjahres beendet wird, erhält Herr van der Wal für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr einen zeitanteiligen Anteil des Annual Bonus, auf den er Anspruch gehabt hätte, wenn er das ganze Geschäftsjahr gearbeitet hätte.

•   If Mr. van der Wal’s employment is terminated for any other reason (by the Company or by Mr. van der Wal) during a fiscal year, no Annual Bonus will be paid for the

  

•   Falls das Anstellungsverhältnis mit Herrn van der Wal aus einem anderen Grund (durch die Gesellschaft oder durch Herrn van der Wal) während eines

 

Page 4


LOGO

 

respective fiscal year to Mr. van der Wal.

  

Geschäftsjahres beendet wird, hat Herr van der Wal für das entsprechende Geschäftsjahr keinen Anspruch auf den Annual Bonus.

2.  The compensation provided for in Art. 2 para. 1 above shall be deemed full consideration for all services performed by Mr. van der Wal including any services for Affiliated Companies and any services Mr. van der Wal may for operational reasons be required to perform outside the Company’s regular business hours.

  

2.  Die in Art. 2. Abs. 1 zugesagte Vergütung deckt sämtliche von Herrn van der Wal erbrachten Tätigkeiten ab, inklusive Tätigkeiten für Verbundene Unternehmen und solche Tätigkeiten, die Herr van der Wal aus geschäftlichen Gründen außerhalb der regulären Geschäftszeiten der Gesellschaft erbringt.

Art. 3

Expenses; Company Car

  

Art. 3

Auslagenerstattung; Company Car

1.  The Company shall reimburse Mr. van der Wal for reasonable expenses incurred in performing the agreed services (e.g. travel and lodging etc.) in accordance with all tax provisions and the Company’s expense policies, as amended from time to time, subject to presentation of appropriate documents in support of those expenses.

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft erstattet Herrn van der Wal angemessene Spesen, die bei der Wahrnehmung der dienstlichen Obliegenheiten entstanden sind (z.B. Reisekosten, Übernachtungskosten usw.), im Rahmen der steuerrechtlichen Bestimmungen und der Spesenrichtlinien der Gesellschaft in der jeweils geltenden Fassung gegen Vorlage geeigneter Belege.

2.  Mr. van der Wal shall continue to be entitled to a company car (leased car) for business and private purposes in accordance with the respective regulations of the Company (car policy), as amended from time to time. Any taxes payable on the benefit in kind resulting from private use of the company car are to be borne by Mr. van der Wal.

  

2.  Die Gesellschaft stellt Herrn van der Wal weiterhin einen Dienstwagen (Leasingfahrzeug) zur dienstlichen und privaten Nutzung gemäß der Dienstwagenregelung der Gesellschaft in ihrer jeweils aktuellen Fassung. Die auf die Privatnutzung des Dienstwagens entfallenden Steuern sind von Herrn van der Wal zu tragen.

 

Page 5


LOGO

 

Art. 4

Insurances

  

Art. 4

Versicherungen

1.  The Company shall take out accident insurance for Mr. van der Wal as per the Company’s policy as amended from time to time. Such insurance shall also cover accidents occurring outside the scope of Mr. van der Wal employment and shall provide Mr. van der Wal or his heirs with minimum benefits in the following amounts:

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft wird zugunsten von Herrn van der Wal eine Unfallversicherung, die auch Unfälle im Privatbereich abdeckt, nach den Richtlinien der Gesellschaft in der jeweils gültigen Fassung abschließen, aus der Herr van der Wal bzw. seine Erben im Versicherungsfall mindistens folgende Leistungen erhält:

•   EUR 600,000 in the event of death

  

•   EUR 600.000,- im Todesfall

•   EUR 1,250,000 in the event of disability.

  

•   EUR 1.250.000,- bei Invalidität.

Any claim to benefits shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy. The premium payments made by the Company shall form part of Mr. van der Wal taxable income.

  

Ein Anspruch auf diese Leistungen besteht nur nach Maßgabe der entsprechenden Versicherungsbedingungen. Die von der Gesellschaft gezahlten Prämien werden den steuerpflichtigen Bezügen von Herrn van der Wal hinzugerechnet.

2.  The Company agrees to obtain D&O insurance (Directors & Officers Liability Insurance) for Mr. van der Wal subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable insurance policy and to maintain it during the entire duration of the employment or to include Mr. van der Wal in an existing D&O insurance as an insured person.

  

2.  Die Gesellschaft verpflichtet sich zugunsten von Herrn van der Wal eine D&O-Versicherung (Directors & Officers Liability Insurance) nach Maßgabe der entsprechenden Versicherungsbedingungen während der gesamten Laufzeit des Anstellungsverhältnisses aufrecht zu erhalten oder Herrn van der Wal in eine bestehende D&O-Versicherung als versicherte Person einzubeziehen.

 

Page 6


LOGO

 

Art. 5

Prevention from Work;

Continued Payment of Compensation in the Event of Illness or Accident

  

Art. 5

Arbeitsverhinderung;

Entgeltfortzahlung im Krankheitsfall oder bei Unfall

1.  In the event that Mr. van der Wal is prevented from the performance of his duties, he shall inform the Company immediately and keep it informed.

  

1.  Sollte Herr van der Wal an der Erfüllung seiner Pflichten verhindert sein, wird er die Gesellschaft unverzüglich hierüber informieren und fortlaufend informiert halten.

2.  If Mr. van der Wal is prevented from performing his work due to illness for more than three calendar days, he shall be required to submit to the Company, no later than the following working day and without being requested to do so, a medical certificate indicating such incapacity for work and its expected duration. If the illness continues for a period exceeding the period indicated in the initial medical certificate, a follow-up certificate shall be submitted not later than at the beginning of the first working day following the expiry of the period indicated in the most recent medical certificate.

  

2.  Falls Herr van der Wal aufgrund von Krankheit länger als drei Kalendertage an seiner Arbeitsleistung gehindert ist, ist er verpflichtet, der Gesellschaft spätestens am darauffolgenden Tag unaufgefordert ein ärztliches Attest über die Arbeitsunfähigkeit und deren voraussichtliche Dauer vorzulegen. Dauert die Arbeitsunfähigkeit länger als in der ärztlichen Bescheinigung angegeben, ist Herr van der Wal verpflichtet, spätestens am ersten Werktag nach Ablauf der vorangegangenen Bescheinigung eine neue Bescheinigung vorzulegen.

3.  If Mr. van der Wal, through no fault of his own, is prevented from performing his work due to illness, payment of his remuneration shall continue pursuant to the statutory provisions.

  

3.  Sollte Herr van der Wal aufgrund einer nicht selbst verschuldeten Krankheit vorübergehend arbeitsunfähig sein, hat er nach den gesetzlichen Bestimmungen Anspruch auf Fortzahlung seiner Vergütung.

4.  Mr. van der Wal hereby assigns to the Company all damage claims other than damages for pain and suffering where Mr. van der Wal is injured by a third party insofar as the Company

  

4.  Herr van der Wal tritt hiermit seine Schadensersatzansprüche mit Ausnahme von Schmerzensgeldansprüchen, die ihm aufgrund einer Verletzung gegen

 

Page 7


LOGO

 

continues paying Mr. van der Wal’s remuneration according to this agreement.

  

Dritte zustehen, in dem Umfang an die Gesellschaft ab, in welchem die Gesellschaft gemäß dieses Anstellungsvertrages Entgeltfortzahlung an ihn leistet.

Art. 6

Vacation

  

Art. 6

Urlaub

1.  Mr. van der Wal shall be entitled to 20 working days of vacation per full calendar year based on five working days per week (Monday to Friday) (“Statutory Vacation”). The provisions of the German Federal Vacation Act (Bundesurlaubsgesetz – BUrlG) shall apply to the Statutory Vacation with the exception that untaken vacation accrued in a calendar year can be taken until the 30 April of the following calendar year.

  

1.  Herr van der Wal hat Anspruch auf 20 Werktage Urlaub pro Kalenderjahr, wobei pro Woche fünf Werktage (Montag bis Freitag) zu Grunde gelegt werden (Gesetzlicher Urlaub”). Die Vorschriften des Bundesurlaubsgesetzes finden auf den Gesetzlichen Urlaub Anwendung, mit der Ausnahme, dass nicht genommener Urlaub eines Kalenderjahres bis zum 30. April des darauffolgenden Kalenderjahres genommen werden kann.

2.  Mr. van der Wal shall be entitled to 10 additional working days of vacation per calendar year (“Additional Vacation”). Any untaken Additional Vacation shall lapse on 30 April of the following calendar year. This also applies if Mr. van der Wal was unable to take vacation for personal reasons not within his responsibility (e.g. because of illness). In the event the employment relationship does not subsist for full twelve months during one calendar year, the Additional Vacation shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis. The Additional Vacation shall only be granted after the Company has fulfilled the Statutory Vacation entitlements of

  

2.  Herr van der Wal hat Anspruch auf weitere 10 Werktage Urlaub pro Kalenderjahr (Zusätzlicher Urlaub”). Nicht genommener Zusätzlicher Urlaub eines Kalenderjahres verfällt zum 30. April des darauffolgenden Kalenderjahres. Dies gilt auch, wenn Herr van der Wal den Urlaub aus persönlichen Gründen, die von ihm nicht zu vertreten sind (z.B. infolge Krankheit), nicht nehmen konnte. Für den Fall, dass das Anstellungsverhältnis in einem Kalenderjahr nicht volle zwölf Monate besteht, wird der Anspruch auf Zusätzlichen Urlaub zeitanteilig berechnet. Der Anspruch auf Zusätzlichen Urlaub wird von der

 

Page 8


LOGO

 

Mr. van der Wal.

  

Gesellschaft erst erfüllt, nachdem die Gesellschaft den Anspruch auf den Gesetzlichen Urlaub von Herrn van der Wal vollständig erfüllt hat.

3.  The duration and dates of each vacation shall be coordinated with the Company taking into account the interests of Mr. van der Wal and the interests of the Company.

  

3.  Die Dauer und die Lage jedes Urlaubs sind mit der Gesellschaft unter Berücksichtigung der Interessen von Herrn van der Wal und der Gesellschaft abzustimmen.

 

Page 9


LOGO

 

Art. 7

Company Pension

  

Art. 7

Betriebliche Altersversorgung

The Company and Mr. van der Wal are in agreement that Clause 7 of the Employment Agreement entered into between them dated 26/30 June 2008 shall continue to apply with the proviso that Mr. van der Wal will participate in a new pension plan of Atotech Nederland B.V. as soon as, and effective as of the date, it is introduced for the employees of Atotech Nederland B.V. From that date his participation in the current pension plan of Atotech Nederland B.V. will not be continued.    Die Gesellschaft und Herr van der Wal vereinbaren, dass Ziffer 7 des zwischen ihnen geschlossenen Arbeitsvertrags vom 26./30. Juni 2008 weiterhin gilt, jedoch mit der Maßgabe, dass Herr van der Wal an einem neuen Pensionsplan der Atotech Nederland B.V. teilnehmen wird, sobald, und zu dem Zeitpunkt zu dem, dieser für die Arbeitnehmer der Atotech Nederland B.V. eingeführt wird. Ab diesem Zeitpunkt wird seine Teilnahme an dem gegenwärtigen Pensionsplan der Atotech Nederland B.V. nicht fortgeführt.

Art. 8

Secondary Employment;

Non-Compete Covenant

  

Art. 8

Nebentätigkeit;

Wettbewerbsverbot

1.  Any secondary employment, whether compensated or uncompensated, that could affect the interests of the Company or any Affiliated Company shall require the prior approval of the Company, whereby the Company shall grant its approval unless the envisaged secondary employment impairs legitimate interests of the Company (e.g. inter alia confidentiality or non-compete issues, in particular but not limited to, with regard to the restrictions set out in Art. 8 para. 2 of this agreement). The Company may revoke any approval at any time, if such revocation is justified by legitimate interests of the Company also taking into account Mr. van der Wal’s interests.

  

1.  Jedwede Nebentätigkeit, ob entgeltlich oder unentgeltlich, welche die Interessen der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens berühren kann, erfordert die vorherige Zustimmung der Gesellschaft, wobei die Gesellschaft ihre Zustimmung erteilen wird, sofern die geplante Nebentätigkeit berechtigte Interessen der Gesellschaft (unter anderem Geheimhaltungs- und Wettbewerbsinteressen, insbesondere im Hinblick auf die in Art. 8 Abs. 2 dieses Anstellungsvertrages genannten Beschränkungen) nicht beeinträchtigt. Die Gesellschaft kann eine erteilte Zustimmung jederzeit widerrufen, wenn dies auch unter Berücksichtigung der Belange von Herrn van der Wal durch berechtigte Interessen der Gesellschaft gerechtfertigt ist.

 

Page 10


LOGO

 

2.  For the duration of the employment relationship, Mr. van der Wal undertakes to refrain from working in any form – be it as an executive, employee, consultant or on a self-employed or any other basis – for

  

2.  Herr van der Wal verpflichtet sich, während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses davon abzusehen, in irgendeiner Form – sei es als Organ, Arbeitnehmer, Berater, als Selbstständiger oder in sonstiger Art und Weise – tätig zu werden für

•   an undertaking which competes directly or indirectly with the Company or an Affiliated Company or which is affiliated with such competing undertaking, or

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das mit der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen in direktem oder indirektem Wettbewerb steht oder das mit einem solchen konkurrierende Unternehmen verbunden ist, oder

•   an undertaking that is among the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the general metal finishing division or the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the electronics division in the last available consolidated financial results of Atotech Group.

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das unter den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der allgemeinen Metallveredelungssparte (General Metal Finishing Division) oder den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der Elektroniksparte (Electronics Division) jeweils auf Basis des letzten verfügbaren konsolidierten Konzernabschlusses der Atotech Gruppe ist.

In addition, Mr. van der Wal shall likewise be prohibited from setting up, acquiring or holding a direct or indirect interest in such a competing undertaking during his employment relationship with the Company.

  

Des Weiteren wird Herr van der Wal während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses nicht ein solches konkurrierendes Unternehmen gründen, erwerben oder eine direkte oder indirekte Beteiligung an einem solchen konkurrierenden Unternehmen erwerben.

 

Page 11


LOGO

 

Furthermore, Mr. van der Wal shall be prohibited from advising or supporting, directly or indirectly, customers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their purchasing of products or services of the Company or Affiliated Companies, or suppliers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their sale of products or services to the Company or Affiliated Companies during his employment.

  

Darüber hinaus ist es Herrn van der Wal während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses nicht gestattet, Kunden der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt- oder Dienstleistungseinkäufe bei der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen, noch Lieferanten der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt- oder Dienstleistungsverkäufe an die Gesellschaft oder an ein Verbundenes Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen.

3.  Mr. van der Wal shall be prohibited from soliciting or enticing away directors or employees of the Company or Affiliated Companies during his employment relationship with the Company.

  

3.  Herrn van der Wal ist es untersagt, während der Dauer seines Anstellungsverhältnisses Organmitglieder, Führungskräfte oder Mitarbeiter der Gesellschaft oder Verbundener Unternehmen abzuwerben.

Art. 9

Duty of Confidentiality

  

Art. 9

Verschwiegenheitsverpflichtung

1.  Mr. van der Wal agrees to keep confidential all matters of a confidential nature concerning the Company or Affiliated Companies which he learns about through his services for the Company or Affiliated Companies and which have not already become public knowledge. In particular, this duty of confidentiality applies to all

  

1.  Herr van der Wal verpflichtet sich, Stillschweigen hinsichtlich aller vertraulichen Angelegenheiten zu bewahren, die die Gesellschaft oder Verbundene Unternehmen betreffen und die ihm aufgrund seiner Tätigkeit für die Gesellschaft oder Verbundene Unternehmen zur Kenntnis gelangt sind und noch nicht allgemein

 

Page 12


LOGO

 

trade and business secrets. This duty also applies in relation to employees of the Company and Affiliated Companies unless those employees are authorized or entitled to learn about such confidential matters by reason of their position. This duty of confidentiality shall survive the termination of the employment.

  

bekannt sind. Dies gilt insbesondere für alle Geschäfts- und Betriebsgeheimnisse. Diese Verpflichtung gilt auch gegenüber den Beschäftigten der Gesellschaft und Verbundener Unternehmen, soweit diese nicht ermächtigt oder aufgrund ihrer Position berechtigt sind, von der jeweiligen Angelegenheit Kenntnis zu erlangen. Diese Geheimhaltungsverpflichtung gilt auch nach der Beendigung des Anstellungsverhältnisses fort.

2.  The duty of confidentiality shall not apply to the extent that Mr. van der Wal is obliged by statutory law to disclose information to third parties. In such a case Mr. van der Wal shall inform the Company about any disclosure at least one week in advance if reasonably possible. If this is not reasonably possible, Mr. van der Wal shall inform the Company without undue delay.

  

2.  Die Geheimhaltungsverpflichtung gilt nicht, soweit Herr van der Wal aufgrund gesetzlicher Vorschriften verpflichtet ist, Information gegenüber Dritten offenzulegen. In diesen Fällen hat Herr van der Wal die Gesellschaft mindestens eine Woche vor der Offenlegung über die geplante Offenlegung zu informieren, sofern dies zumutbar ist. Sollte eine vorherige Information nicht zumutbar sein, wird Herr van der Wal die Gesellschaft unverzüglich informieren.

Art. 10

Return of Property

  

Art. 10

Rückgabepflichten

Following termination of the employment relationship or Mr. van der Wal release from duty to work pursuant to Art. 12 para. 6 of this agreement, Mr. van der Wal shall, of his own accord, return to the Company all objects of the Company or any Affiliated Company which are in his possession, including all documents, notes and instruments as well as other data stored by technical means, including    Bei Beendigung des Anstellungsverhältnisses oder einer Freistellung von Herrn van der Wal gemäß Art. 12 Abs. 6 dieses Anstellungsvertrages ist Herr van der Wal verpflichtet, aus eigener Initiative sämtliche in seinem Besitz befindliche Gegenstände der Gesellschaft oder Verbundener Unternehmen an die Gesellschaft zurückzugeben,

 

Page 13


LOGO

 

any copies thereof. The same applies to the company car provided by the Company. The right to retain any documents, objects or data defined in this section is hereby expressly excluded.    einschließlich sämtlicher Dokumente, Papiere und Gerätschaften sowie sonstiger gespeicherter Daten oder Kopien hiervon. Gleiches gilt für den von der Gesellschaft zur Verfügung gestellten Dienstwagen. Ein Zurückbehaltungsrecht an in diesem Artikel beschriebenen Dokumenten, Gegenständen oder Daten wird hiermit ausdrücklich ausgeschlossen.

Art. 11

Inventions; Exclusive License to Use Work Results

  

Art. 11

Erfindungen; Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrechte

1.  The Company shall be entitled to exclusive use of any inventions and proposed technical improvements, as well as any patents, utility models and designs, etc., developed by Mr. van der Wal in the context of the performance of his duties under this agreement. The German Act on Employees’ Inventions (Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz – ArbNErfG) shall apply.

  

1.  Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, etwaige Erfindungen und technische Verbesserungsvorschläge sowie von Herrn van der Wal entwickelte Verfahrenstechniken, Patente, Gebrauchs-und Geschmacksmuster etc., die Herr van der Wal im Zusammenhang mit seiner Tätigkeit gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag entwickelt, exklusiv in Anspruch zu nehmen. Es gilt das Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz.

2.  All other work results produced by Mr. van der Wal in the context of the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this agreement that are not subject to the German Act on Employee’s Inventions shall be the exclusive property of the Company. Mr. van der Wal hereby transfers all rights to such work results to the Company. To the extent that such work results are protected by copyright, Mr. van der Wal hereby grants the Company the exclusive and unlimited license to use and exploit such

  

2.  Sämtliche anderen Arbeitsergebnisse, die Herr van der Wal im Rahmen seiner Tätigkeit gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag erstellt und die nicht in den Anwendungsbereich des Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetzes fallen, stehen exklusiv der Gesellschaft zu. Herr van der Wal überträgt hiermit alle Rechte an solchen Arbeitsergebnissen an die Gesellschaft. Soweit an Arbeitsergebnissen Urheberrechtsschutz besteht, räumt Herr van der Wal der Gesellschaft das

 

Page 14


LOGO

 

work results in all forms conceivable now or at a later date with no limitation to time, area and content. This exclusive right shall in particular include the right of the Company to grant a license to third parties and to modify, edit, transform and amend the work results provided that the substantial intellectual character of the work result is preserved. This exclusive license shall survive the termination of this agreement. Mr. van der Wal hereby waives his right to be named as originator of all work results. Mr. van der Wal shall not be entitled to any additional compensation for the exclusive license granted to the Company hereunder. The compensation stipulated in this agreement shall be deemed full and adequate consideration for the exclusive license granted to the Company hereunder. Section 69b of the German Copyright Act (Urheberrechtsgesetz – UrhG) shall apply.

  

ausschließliche und unbeschränkte Nutzungs- und Verwertungsrecht für sämtliche derzeitigen oder zukünftigen Nutzungs-und Verwertungsarten ein, ohne Beschränkung der Zeit, des Orts und des Inhalts. Dieses ausschließliche und unbeschränkte Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrecht umfasst insbesondere das Recht der Gesellschaft Dritten eine Lizenz an dem Arbeitsergebnis zu erteilen, das Arbeitsergebnis zu modifizieren, zu bearbeiten, umzugestalten und zu ergänzen, solange der wesentliche geistig-schöpferische Charakter des Arbeitsergebnisses erhalten bleibt. Dieses Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrecht besteht auch über die Dauer des Anstellungsvertrages hinaus fort. Herr van der Wal verzichtet hiermit auf sein Recht als Urheber seiner Arbeitsergebnisse genannt zu werden. Ein Anspruch auf gesonderte Vergütung für die eingeräumten Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrechte steht Herrn van der Wal nicht zu. Die Nutzungs-und Verwertungsrechte sind vielmehr über die Vergütung gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag abgegolten. § 69b Urheberrechtsgesetz findet Anwendung.

3.  Irrespective of the duties of cooperation pursuant to the German Act on Employee’s Inventions, Mr. van der Wal shall upon request assist the Company in obtaining and receiving acceptance of copyrights and other commercial trademark rights for the results of his work in other countries.

  

3.  Unbeschadet der aus dem Arbeitnehmererfindungsgesetz resultierenden Kooperationspflichten, wird Herr van der Wal die Gesellschaft auf Verlangen dabei unterstützen, auch in anderen Ländern Urheberrechte und andere wirtschaftliche Schutzrechte für Herrn

 

Page 15


LOGO

 

For this purpose, Mr. van der Wal shall complete and hand over all applications, declarations of assignment and other legal declarations, sign all documents and perform other legal acts which are necessary or requested by the Company in order to transfer all his rights as originator fully to the Company and to enable the Company, its successors and recipients of the assignment to secure and exploit the full and exclusive use and advantages of the results of his work. Costs arising from the fulfilment of these duties of cooperation shall be refunded by the Company.

  

van der Wals Arbeitsergebnisse zu erhalten und registrieren zu lassen. Zu diesem Zweck wird Herr van der Wal alle Anmeldungen, Abtretungserklärungen und alle anderen rechtlichen Erklärungen ausfüllen und abgeben, alle notwendigen Dokumente unterzeichnen sowie alle sonstigen rechtlichen Handlungen vornehmen, die erforderlich sind oder von der Gesellschaft verlangt werden, um sämtliche Rechte als Urheber vollständig auf die Gesellschaft zu übertragen, und um es der Gesellschaft, ihren Rechtsnachfolgern und den Abtretungsempfängern zu ermöglichen, die vollständigen und ausschließlichen Nutzungsrechte und Vorteile an den Arbeitsergebnissen zu sichern und diese zu nutzen. Kosten, die durch die Erfüllung dieser Kooperationspflichten entstehen, werden von der Gesellschaft erstattet.

Art. 12

Commencement Date; Termination;

Release from Duty to Work

  

Art. 12

Vertragsbeginn; Beendigung;

Freistellung

1.  This agreement shall enter into force on 1 December 2019 (“Commencement Date”). The period of employment from 1 September 1989 shall be recognised.

  

1.  Dieser Anstellungsvertrag tritt am 1. Dezember 2019 (“Vertragsbeginn”). Die Betriebszugehörigkeit ab dem 1. September 1989 wird anerkannt.

2.  Either party may terminate the employment under observance of a notice period of twelve months to the end of a calendar quarter.

  

2.  Jede Partei kann das Anstellungsverhältnis mit Wirkung zum Ende eines Kalenderquartals unter Einhaltung einer Kündigungsfrist von zwölf Monaten kündigen.

 

Page 16


LOGO

 

3.  Furthermore, the employment shall end, without notice of termination being required, by the end of the calendar month in which Mr. van der Wal attains the ordinary retirement age of the statutory pension insurance.

  

3.  Im Übrigen endet das Anstellungsverhältnis, ohne dass es einer gesonderten Kündigung bedarf, mit dem Ablauf des Monats, in dem Herr van der Wal die Regelaltersgrenze der gesetzlichen Rentenversicherung erreicht.

4.  The right to terminate this service agreement for cause with immediate effect according to § 626 BGB shall not be affected.

  

4.  Das Recht zur außerordentlichen Kündigung aus wichtigem Grund mit sofortiger Wirkung gemäß § 626 BGB bleibt unberührt.

5.  The termination of the employment shall only be valid if made in writing.

  

5.  Eine Kündigung des Anstellungsverhältnisses ist nur gültig, wenn sie in schriftlicher Form erfolgt.

6.  The Company shall be entitled to release Mr. van der Wal irrevocably or revocably, from his duty to work at any time, provided there is an objective reason to do so, inter alia in case of termination – regardless by which party – or in case the basis of trust required for performing this agreement is destroyed. In this case any existing claims to vacation and time-off shall be set off against the period of an irrevocable release. Regarding any other income earned during the release period, section 615 sentence 2 BGB shall apply. Mr. van der Wal’s statutory and contractual non-compete obligations shall continue to apply during a release period.

  

6.  Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, Herrn van der Wal jederzeit unwiderruflich oder widerruflich von seiner Arbeitspflicht freizustellen, wenn für eine solche Freistellung ein sachlicher Grund vorliegt, beispielsweise im Fall einer Kündigung – unabhängig von welcher Partei – oder im Fall, dass das für die Durchführung dieses Vertrages erforderliche Vertrauen zerstört ist. In diesem Fall werden sämtliche Urlaubs- oder sonstigen Freizeitausgleichsansprüche auf die Zeit einer unwiderruflichen Freistellung angerechnet. Auf etwaige anderweitige aus der Verwertung seiner Arbeitskraft resultierende Einkommen von Herrn van der Wal während einer Freistellungsphase findet § 615 Satz 2 BGB Anwendung. Das für Herrn van der Wal geltende gesetzliche und vertragliche Wettbewerbsverbot bleibt auch für die Dauer einer Freistellung in Kraft.

 

Page 17


LOGO

 

Art. 13

Previous Employment Agreements

  

Art. 13

Früherer Arbeitsverträge

This employment agreement replaces all employment agreements and ancillary agreements previously concluded between the Company and Mr. van der Wal.    Dieser Anstellungsvertrag ersetzt alle zwischen der Gesellschaft und Herrn van der Wal zuvor abgeschlossenen Arbeitsverträge und alle zwischen der Gesellschaft und Herrn van der Wal vereinbarten Nebenabreden.

Art. 14

Post-Contractual Non-Compete Covenant; Contractual Penalty

  

Art. 14

Nachvertragliches Wettbewerbsverbot; Vertragsstrafe

1.  Mr. van der Wal shall be prohibited, for a period of 18 months (the Restricted Period) after the end of his employment relationship with the Company, from working in any form – be it as an executive, employee, consultant or on a self-employed or any other basis – for

  

1.  Herrn van der Wal ist es für einen Zeitraum von 18 Monaten (“Sperrzeit”) nach dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses mit der Gesellschaft untersagt, in irgendeiner Form – sei es als Organmitglied, als Angestellter, Berater oder selbstständig oder auf sonstige Basis – tätig zu werden für

•   an undertaking which competes directly or indirectly with the Company or an Affiliated Company or which is affiliated with such competing undertaking, or

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das direkt oder indirekt mit der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen im Wettbewerb steht oder mit einem solchen konkurrierenden Unternehmen verbunden ist, oder

•   an undertaking that is among the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the general metal finishing division or the top 10 customers in terms of turnover of the electronics division in the last available consolidated financial results of Atotech group, being available

  

•   ein Unternehmen, das unter den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der allgemeinen Metallveredelungssparte (General Metal Finishing Division) oder den Top-10-Kunden in Bezug auf den Umsatz der Elektroniksparte (Electronics Division) jeweils auf

 

Page 18


LOGO

 

before the end of Mr. van der Wal’s employment.

  

Basis des letzten vor dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses verfügbaren konsolidierten Konzernabschlusses der Atotech Gruppe ist.

Excluded from this prohibition are, however, completely subordinate activities for such competing undertaking, which have no relation to Mr. van der Wal’s prior work for the Company.

  

Ausgenommen von diesem Verbot sind jedoch gänzlich untergeordnete Tätigkeiten bei einem entsprechenden Konkurrenzunternehmen, die keinerlei Bezug zur vorherigen Tätigkeit von Herrn van der Wal bei der Gesellschaft aufweisen.

Mr. van der Wal shall likewise be prohibited from setting up, acquiring or holding a direct or indirect interest in such an undertaking during the Restricted Period.

  

Gleichfalls ist es Herrn van der Wal nicht gestattet, während der Sperrzeit ein derartiges Unternehmen zu gründen, zu erwerben oder eine direkte oder indirekte Beteiligung daran zu halten.

Furthermore, Mr. van der Wal shall be prohibited from advising or supporting, directly or indirectly, customers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their purchasing of products or services of the Company or Affiliated Companies, or suppliers of the Company or Affiliated Companies as regards an optimization of their sale of products or services to the Company or Affiliated Companies during the Restricted Period.

  

Darüber hinaus ist es Herrn van der Wal während der Sperrzeit nicht gestattet, Kunden der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt-oder Dienstleistungseinkäufe bei der Gesellschaft oder einem Verbundenen Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen, noch Lieferanten der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens im Hinblick auf die Optimierung ihrer Produkt-oder Dienstleistungsverkäufe an die Gesellschaft oder an ein Verbundenes Unternehmen direkt oder indirekt zu beraten oder zu unterstützen.

Finally, Mr. van der Wal shall also be prohibited from soliciting or enticing

  

Schließlich ist es Herrn van der Wal ebenfalls untersagt, etwaige

 

Page 19


LOGO

 

away officers, directors or employees of the Company or Affiliated Companies during the Restricted Period.

  

Organmitglieder, Führungskräfte oder Mitarbeiter der Gesellschaft oder eines Verbundenen Unternehmens während der Sperrzeit abzuwerben.

2.  The geographic scope of the post-contractual non-compete obligations shall apply to activities in or in relation to Germany, China and the United States of America as well as any country in which the Atotech group (taken as a whole) is generating 5 per cent or more of the turnover of the Atotech group (taken as a whole) in the last, i.e. before the end of the employment, available consolidated financial results of the Atotech group.

  

2.  Der geographische Anwendungsbereich der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen gilt für Tätigkeiten in oder in Bezug auf Deutschland, China und die Vereinigten Staaten von Amerika und jedes andere Land, in dem die Atotech Gruppe (als Ganzes) 5 % oder mehr des Umsatzes der Atotech Gruppe (als Ganzes) gemäß des zuletzt, d.h. vor dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses, verfügbaren konsolidierten Konzernabschlusses der Atotech Gruppe generiert hat.

3.  During the Restricted Period, Mr. van der Wal shall receive a non-compete compensation which amounts, for every year in which the post contractual non-compete obligations apply, to 50% of the total remuneration most recently received by him under this agreement or, if this results in a higher amount, which shall be calculated in accordance with the collective agreement for academically educated employees in the chemical industry as amended from time to time (“Non-Compete Compensation”). Any other non-compete compensation paid by another company of Atotech group that relates to the Restricted Period shall also be deemed to be compensation for the post contractual non-compete obligations under this agreement. Thus, Mr. van der Wal total

  

3.  Während der Sperrzeit erhält Herr van der Wal eine Entschädigung, die sich für jedes Jahr der Dauer der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen auf 50 % der zuletzt bezogenen vertragsmäßigen Leistungen beläuft oder, falls sich insoweit ein höherer Betrag ergibt, nach dem Manteltarifvertrag für akademisch gebildete Angestellte in der chemischen Industrie in seiner jeweils gültigen Fassung berechnet (“Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung”). Jede Karenzentschädigung, die von einem anderen Unternehmen der Atotech Gruppe gezahlt werden sollte und sich auf die Sperrzeit bezieht, gilt zugleich als anzurechnende Entschädigung für die nachvertraglichen

 

Page 20


LOGO

 

non-compete compensation that he receives from the Company and any other company of the Atotech group during the Restricted Period shall in any case not exceed the Non-Compete Compensation. Subject to any mandatory deductions including tax and national social insurance contributions, if applicable, the Non-Compete Compensation shall be paid in equal monthly instalments at the end of the respective calendar month and will be transferred to a domestic bank account nominated by Mr. van der Wal. Since the Restricted Period will not last two full years, insofar the Non-Compete Compensation shall be calculated on a pro rata temporis basis.

  

Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen gemäß diesem Anstellungsvertrag. Dementsprechend dürfen die Karenzentschädigungen, die Herr van der Wal von der Gesellschaft und von gegebenenfalls anderen Unternehmen der Atotech Gruppe für die Sperrzeit insgesamt erhält, die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung nicht überschreiten. Vorbehaltlich etwaiger gesetzlicher Abzüge einschließlich Steuern und Sozialversicherungsbeiträgen wird die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung in gleichen monatlichen Raten zum Ende des jeweiligen Kalendermonats gezahlt und auf ein von Herrn van der Wal benanntes inländisches Bankkonto überwiesen. Da die Sperrzeit nicht über zwei volle Jahre läuft, wird die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung entsprechend zeitanteilig berechnet.

4.  Mr. van der Wal must allow any other earnings received by him to be deducted from his Non-Compete Compensation pursuant to section 74c German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB). During the Restricted Period, Mr. van der Wal must, without being asked to do so, submit a written statement to the Company at the end of each quarter on whether he received income from other sources and if so to what amount. If requested by the Company, Mr. van der Wal shall be obliged to submit proof of his other earnings.

  

4.  Etwaige anderweitige Einkünfte von Herrn van der Wal sind gemäß § 74c Handelsgesetzbuch (HGB) auf die Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung anzurechnen. Während der Sperrzeit hat Herr van der Wal der Gesellschaft unaufgefordert am Ende eines jeden Quartals eine schriftliche Erklärung darüber vorzulegen, ob er Einkünfte aus anderen Quellen erhalten hat und wenn ja in welchem Umfang. Auf Verlangen der Gesellschaft ist Herr van der Wal verpflichtet, Nachweise über seine sonstigen Einkünfte vorzulegen.

5.  The Company shall be entitled to waive compliance with the post contractual

  

5.  Die Gesellschaft ist berechtigt, auf die Einhaltung der nachvertraglichen

 

Page 21


LOGO

 

non-compete obligations prior to the expiration of Mr. van der Wal’s employment relationship with the Company. In case of such waiver, Mr. van der Wal shall be released from the post contractual non-compete obligations with immediate effect, while the Company’s obligation to pay the Non-Compete Compensation pursuant to this agreement shall end twelve months after the declaration of such waiver.

  

Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen vor dem Ende des Anstellungsverhältnisses von Herrn van der Wal zu verzichten. Im Falle eines solchen Verzichts wird Herr van der Wal mit sofortiger Wirkung von den nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen frei, während die Verpflichtung der Gesellschaft zur vertragsmäßigen Zahlung der Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung im Anschluss an die Verzichtserklärung noch für zwölf Monate fortbesteht.

6.  For each action resulting in a culpable breach of the post-contractual non-compete obligations set out above, Mr. van der Wal shall pay a contractual penalty equal to the gross monthly instalment received by him pursuant to Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. Should the breach consist of participating in the capital of a competing undertaking or entering into a contract for the performance of a continuing obligation (e.g. an employment, service, commercial agency or consultancy contract), the contractual penalty shall be imposed anew for each full or partial month in which the capital participation or the contract for the performance of a continuing obligation exists (“Ongoing Breach”). Multiple breaches shall each trigger a separate contractual penalty, possibly also more than once within one month. However, if individual breaches occur within the scope of an Ongoing Breach, they shall be covered by the contractual penalty owed for the Ongoing Breach. Where several contractual penalties

  

6.  Für jede Handlung, die zu einer schuldhaften Verletzung der nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen führt, hat Herr van der Wal eine Vertragsstrafe in Höhe einer Bruttomonatsrate im Sinne des Art. 2 Abs. 1 lit. a) dieses Anstellungsvertrages zu zahlen. Sollte es sich bei dem Verstoß um eine Beteiligung an einem konkurrierenden Unternehmen oder um die Eingehung eines Dauerschuldverhältnisses (z.B. Arbeits-, Dienst- Handelsvertreter- oder Beratervertrag) handeln, ist die Vertragsstrafe für jeden vollen oder angefangenen Monat neu verwirkt, in dem die Beteiligung oder das Dauerschuldverhältnis fortbesteht (“Dauerverletzung”). Mehrfache Verstöße lösen jeweils eine separate Vertragsstrafe aus, möglicherweise auch mehr als einmal innerhalb eines Monats. Falls einzelne Verstöße im Rahmen einer Dauerverletzung erfolgen, sind sie von der für die Dauerverletzung verwirkten

 

Page 22


LOGO

 

are imposed during a twelve months period, the total amount of the penalties to be paid shall be limited to six times the gross monthly instalment in the meaning of Art. 2 para. 1 lit. a) of this agreement. The Company reserves the right to assert damages over and above the contractual penalty imposed, as well as to assert all other statutory claims and legal consequences arising from a breach (e.g. injunctive relief, forfeiture of the Non-Compete Compensation for the duration of the breach, etc.).

  

Vertragsstrafe mitumfasst. Werden mehrere Vertragsstrafen innerhalb eines zwölfmonatigen Zeitraums verwirkt, ist die Gesamtsumme der zu zahlenden Vertragsstrafen auf das Sechsfache einer Bruttomonatsrate im Sinne des Art. 2 Abs. 1 lit. a) dieses Anstellungsvertrages begrenzt. Die Gesellschaft behält sich das Recht vor, Schadensersatz über die verhängten Vertragsstrafen hinaus geltend zu machen und alle anderen gesetzlichen Ansprüche und Rechtsfolgen durchzusetzen, die sich aus einem Vertragsverstoß ergeben (z.B. Unterlassungsanspruch, Verwirkung der Wettbewerbsverbotsentschädigung für die Dauer des Verstoßes etc.).

7.  The post contractual non-compete obligations shall also apply in respect of any legal successor of the Company; it shall in particular pass to an acquirer should the Company be sold. Mr. van der Wal agrees to the transfer of the rights arising from this article to any legal successor.

  

7.  Die nachvertraglichen Wettbewerbsbeschränkungen gelten auch für einen etwaigen Rechtsnachfolger der Gesellschaft, insbesondere gehen sie bei einer Veräußerung auf den Erwerber über. Herr van der Wal stimmt der Übertragung der Rechte, die sich aus diesem Artikel ergeben, auf etwaige Rechtsnachfolger zu.

8.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of sections 74 et seq. HGB, in particular section 74a para. 1 HGB, shall apply.

  

8.  Aus Klarstellungsgründen sei darauf hingewiesen, dass im Übrigen die Bestimmungen der §§ 74 ff. HGB, insbesondere § 74a Abs. 1 HGB, Anwendung finden.

Art. 15

Preclusion Clause

  

Art. 15

Ausschlussklausel

1.  All claims arising from this employment relationship shall be asserted

  

1.  Sämtliche Ansprüche aus diesem Anstellungsverhältnis müssen

 

Page 23


LOGO

 

against the other party within three months in text form (Textform). Claims not asserted within this period shall be forfeited. The preclusion period begins when the claim has become due, but at the earliest when the claimant has gained knowledge of the circumstances substantiating the claim and of the person of the debtor or should have gained such knowledge without gross negligence.

  

innerhalb von drei Monaten in Textform gegenüber der anderen Partei geltend gemacht werden. Ansprüche, die nicht innerhalb dieser Frist geltend gemacht werden, verfallen. Die Ausschlussfrist beginnt mit der Fälligkeit des jeweiligen Anspruchs, frühestens jedoch ab dem Zeitpunkt, zu dem der Anspruchsteller von den den Anspruch begründenden Umständen und der Person des Schuldners Kenntnis erlangt hat oder ohne grobe Fahrlässigkeit Kenntnis hätte erlangen müssen.

2.  If the other party rejects the asserted claim in text form or does not comment within two weeks, the asserted claim shall be forfeited if it is not asserted in court within a further period of three months.

  

2.  Sofern die andere Partei dem geltend gemachten Anspruch in Textform widerspricht oder nicht innerhalb von zwei Wochen Stellung nimmt, verfällt der geltend gemachte Anspruch, wenn er nicht innerhalb einer weiteren Frist von drei Monaten gerichtlich geltend gemacht wird.

3.  This preclusion clause shall not apply to claims based on injury to life, body, health or freedom or on an intentional breach of duty as well as to claims which an employee cannot effectively waive by virtue of law, in particular remuneration claims in accordance with statutory minimum wage regulations (Mindestlohnregelungen).

  

3.  Diese Ausschlussklausel gilt nicht für Ansprüche, die auf der Verletzung des Lebens, des Körpers, der Gesundheit oder der Freiheit oder auf einer vorsätzlichen Pflichtverletzung beruhen sowie für Ansprüche, auf die ein Arbeitnehmer kraft Gesetzes nicht wirksam verzichten kann, insbesondere Vergütungsansprüche gemäß gesetzlicher Mindestlohnregelungen.

Art. 16

Final Provisions

  

Art. 16

Schlussbestimmungen

1.  The Labour and Social Regulations (ASO) in their respectively applicable

  

1.  Die Arbeits- und Sozialordnung (ASO) in ihrer jeweils geltenden

 

Page 24


LOGO

 

version shall form an integral part of this employment agreement, unless stipulated otherwise in this employment agreement. Insofar as the ASO grants claims for compensation, it shall not apply. The provisions of the collective agreement for academically educated employees in the chemical industry in their respectively applicable version (in the event of termination of the collective agreement the most recent version shall apply) shall form an integral part of this employment agreement, unless stipulated otherwise in this employment agreement.

  

Fassung ist Bestandteil dieses Anstellungsvertrags, soweit dieser Anstellungsvertrag keine von diesen Regeln abweichende Regelungen enthält. Soweit die ASO Ansprüche auf Vergütung gewährt, findet sie keine Anwendung. Die Bestimmungen des Manteltarifvertrags für akademisch gebildete Angestellte in der chemischen Industrie in ihrer jeweils geltenden Fassung (nach einer eventuellen Kündigung des Manteltarifvertrags ist die zuletzt geltende Fassung maßgeblich) sind Bestandteil dieses Anstellungsvertrags, soweit dieser Anstellungsvertrag keine von diesen Regeln abweichende Regelungen enthält.

2.  This agreement contains all the agreements and arrangements made between the Parties. There are no oral side agreements.

  

2.  Dieser Anstellungsvertrag enthält sämtliche Vereinbarungen und Abreden, die zwischen den Parteien getroffen wurden. Es existieren keine mündlichen Nebenabreden.

3.  Modifications of and/or amendments to this agreement shall only be valid if made in writing. This shall also apply to the cancellation or amendment of this written form requirement These restrictions do not apply to individual agreements within the meaning of section 305b BGB.

  

3.  Änderungen und/oder Ergänzungen dieses Anstellungsvertrages sind nur gültig, wenn sie in schriftlicher Form erfolgen. Dies gilt ebenso für die Beseitigung oder Änderung dieses Schriftformerfordernisses. Diese Beschränkungen gelten nicht für Individualabreden im Sinne des § 305b BGB.

4.  If any provision hereof is or becomes invalid, the validity of the other provisions hereof shall not be affected thereby. In such a case, the Parties shall be obliged to negotiate an effective

  

4.  Sollte eine der hier getroffenen Regelungen ungültig sein oder werden, wird hiervon die Gültigkeit der übrigen hier getroffenen Regelungen nicht berührt. In solch

 

Page 25


LOGO

 

and reasonable substitute provision which is as consistent as possible with the economic purpose pursued by the Parties with the invalid provision. This shall also apply if a provision is or becomes invalid on account of the scope or extent of an obligation or a time period. In such case, the legally admissible scope or extent of obligation or time period shall apply.

  

einem Fall sind die Parteien verpflichtet, über eine wirksame und zumutbare Ersatzregelung zu verhandeln, die dem von den Parteien mit der ungültigen Regelung verfolgten wirtschaftlichen Zweck möglichst nahe kommt. Dies gilt auch, wenn eine Regelung aufgrund ihrer Reichweite oder Ausdehnung oder ihrer zeitlichen Erstreckung ungültig ist oder wird. In solch einem Fall soll die rechtlich zulässige Reichweite oder Ausdehnung oder zeitliche Erstreckung Anwendung finden.

5.  In case of discrepancies between the German and the English version of this agreement, the German version shall prevail.

  

5.  Im Fall von Widersprüchen zwischen der deutschen und der englischen Fassung dieses Anstellungsvertrages ist die deutsche Fassung maßgeblich.

6.  This agreement shall be governed by the laws of Germany.

  

6.  Dieser Anstellungsvertrag unterliegt deutschem Recht.

[Signature page to follow / Unterschriftenseite folgt]

 

Page 26


LOGO

 

Atotech Deutschland GmbH
represented by its managing director Geoff Wild

Frankfurt, 27 January 2020

(place/Ort, date/Datum)

/s/ Geoff Wild

Geoff Wild
Gertjan van der Wal

Berlin, 27 January, 2020

(place/Ort, date/Datum)

/s/ Gertjan van der Wal

Gertjan van der Wal

Confirmation of Receipt/Empfangsbestätigung

 

Mr. van der Wal confirms the receipt of an original duplicate of this agreement signed by both Parties.    Herr van der Wal bestätigt, eine von beiden Parteien unterzeichnete Originalausfertigung dieses Anstellungsvertrages erhalten zu haben.

 

Date/Datum:   28 January 2020
Signature/Unterschrift:  

/s/ Gertjan van der Wal

  Gertjan van der Wal

 

Page 27

EX-10.11

Exhibit 10.11

 

ATOTECH LIMITED

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

ARTICLE I.

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI. In connection with the adoption of this Plan, the Company will assume the Assumed Awards granted to Service Providers under the Assumed Award Agreements. In addition to the assuming the Assumed Awards, from and after the Effective Date, the Company intends to use this Plan to grant new Awards to eligible Service Providers from time to time, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions described herein.

From and after the assumption of the Assumed Awards by the Company, the Assumed Awards shall be deemed granted under and governed by this Plan, it being understood that the adoption of this Plan is not intended to modify the terms and conditions of any Assumed Awards. The Assumed Awards are being adjusted as required under the terms of the Assumed Award Agreements, as set forth in a written notice provided or to be provided to each applicable Participant, and the terms and conditions of such Assumed Awards shall otherwise continue to be as set forth in the applicable Assumed Award Agreements covering each of the Assumed Awards.

ARTICLE II.

ELIGIBILITY

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

ARTICLE III.

ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

3.1    Administration. The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

3.2    Appointment of Committees. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.


ARTICLE IV.

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

4.1    Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and the terms of this Article IV, Awards may be made under the Plan covering up to the Overall Share Limit. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Awards shall count against the Overall Share Limit. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.

4.2    Share Recycling. If all or any part of an Award (including an Assumed Award) expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, redeemed, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award (including an Assumed Award) at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award (including an Assumed Award), the unused Shares covered by the Award (including an Assumed Award) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. Further, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award (including an Assumed Award) and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award (including an Assumed Award) being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards (including an Assumed Award) shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.

4.3    Incentive Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than                     Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Options.

4.4    Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or shares, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other share or share-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards (other than the Assumed Awards) will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award (other than the Assumed Awards) be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by shareholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of Shares of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Employees or Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.5    Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time.

 

2


ARTICLE V.

OPTIONS AND SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

5.1    General. The Administrator may grant Options or Share Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Share Appreciation Right, the exercise price of each Option and Share Appreciation Right and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Share Appreciation Right. A Share Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Share Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Share Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Share Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Share Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose and payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the Award Agreement.

5.2    Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Share Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. The exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the original grant date of the Option or Share Appreciation Right.

5.3    Duration. Each Option or Share Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that the term of an Option or Share Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option or Share Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Option) (i) the exercise of the Option or Share Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, or (ii) Shares may not be purchased or sold by the applicable Participant due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, the term of the Option or Share Appreciation Right shall be extended until the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company; provided, however, in no event shall the extension last beyond the ten year term of the applicable Option or Share Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Share Appreciation Right, violates the non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality or other similar restrictive covenant provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Share Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall terminate immediately upon such violation, unless the Company otherwise determines. In addition, if, prior to the end of the term of an Option or Share Appreciation Right, the Participant is given notice by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause, and the effective date of such Termination of Service is subsequent to the date of the delivery of such notice, the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Share Appreciation Right issued to the Participant shall be suspended from the time of the delivery of such notice until the earlier of (i) such time as it is determined or otherwise agreed that the Participant’s service as a Service Provider will not be terminated for Cause as provided in such notice or (ii) the effective date of the Participant’s Termination of Service by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Cause (in which case the right of the Participant and the Participant’s transferees to exercise any Option or Share Appreciation Right issued to the Participant will terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of Service).

 

3


5.4    Exercise. Options and Share Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company a written notice of exercise, in a form the Administrator approves (which may be electronic), signed by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Share Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full (i) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (ii) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Share Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

5.5    Payment Upon Exercise. Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by:

(a)    cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or by check payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;

(b)    if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (B) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

(c)    to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value;

(d)    to the extent permitted by the Administrator, surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

(e)    to the extent permitted by the Administrator, delivery of a promissory note or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or

(f)    to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the above payment forms approved by the Administrator.

ARTICLE VI.

RESTRICTED SHARES; RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

6.1    General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Shares, or the right to purchase Restricted Shares, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase or redeem all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant to Service Providers Restricted Share Units, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Share and Restricted Share Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.

 

4


6.2    Restricted Shares.

(a)    Dividends. Participants holding Restricted Shares will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Shares of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as Restricted Shares with respect to which they were paid.

(b)    Share Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any share certificates issued in respect of Restricted Shares, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

6.3    Restricted Share Units.

(a)    Settlement. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Share Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Share Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

(b)    Shareholder Rights. A Participant will have no rights of a shareholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Share Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Share Unit.

(c)    Dividend Equivalents. If the Administrator provides, a grant of Restricted Share Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Share Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

ARTICLE VII.

OTHER SHARE OR CASH BASED AWARDS

Other Share or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Share or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Share or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, as the Administrator determines. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Share or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

5


ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN SHARES

AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

8.1    Equity Restructuring. In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

8.2    Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change) and either automatically or upon the Participant’s request, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) to facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

(a)    To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

(b)    To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

(c)    To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the shares of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

(d)    To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the vesting terms or grant or exercise price), and the Performance Criteria and other criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

 

6


(e)    To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

(f)    To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

8.3    Administrative Stand Still. In the event of any pending share dividend, share split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to shareholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Shares, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to sixty days before or after such transaction.

8.4    General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 above or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger, consolidation dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (iii) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX.

GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

9.1    Transferability. Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, will be exercisable only by the Participant. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.

9.2    Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

9.3    Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

 

7


9.4    Termination of Status. The Administrator will determine how the disability, death, retirement, authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

9.5    Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the applicable statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Company after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations (i) in cash, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, by check made payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Company may limit the use of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted, (ii) to the extent permitted by the Administrator, in whole or in part by delivery of Shares, including Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value, (iii) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Company otherwise determines, (A) delivery (including telephonically to the extent permitted by the Company) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (B) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Company to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (iv) to the extent permitted by the Company, any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

9.6    Amendment of Award; Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Option to a Non-Qualified Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (i) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (ii) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may not except pursuant to Article VIII, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Share Appreciation Rights or cancel outstanding Options or Share Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Share Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Share Appreciation Rights.

9.7    Conditions on Delivery of Shares. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (i) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (ii) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied,

 

8


including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

9.8    Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time provide that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

9.9    Additional Terms of Incentive Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Options under the Code. If an Incentive Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Shareholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (i) two years from the grant date of the Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Option.

ARTICLE X.

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1    No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company. The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement.

10.2    No Rights as Shareholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or share plan administrator). The Company may place legends on share certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.3    Effective Date and Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the day prior to the Public Trading Date and will remain in effect until the tenth

 

9


anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (ii) the date the Company’s shareholders approved the Plan, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s shareholders, the Plan will not become effective, no Awards will be granted under the Plan and the Assumed Award Agreements will continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

10.4    Amendment of Plan. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no amendment, other than an increase to the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after the Plan’s termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

10.5    Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

10.6    Section 409A.

(a)    General. The Company intends that all Awards be structured to comply with, or be exempt from, Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend this Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (A) exempt this Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (B) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A.

(b)    Separation from Service. If an Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of this Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

(c)    Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately

 

10


following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

10.7    Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

10.8    Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to one hundred eighty days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

10.9    Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. The Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards if the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 10.9. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

 

11


10.10    Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

10.11    Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that a specific provision of the Plan will not apply or that such Award Agreement or other written agreement will control over the terms of the Plan.

10.12    Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice of law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

10.13    Claw-back Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to any Company claw-back policy, including any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.

10.14    Titles and Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

10.15    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

10.16    Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

10.17    Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company or its designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company and its designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company or its designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

 

12


ARTICLE XI.

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

11.1    “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee.

11.2    “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, the applicable laws, rules and regulations of the Bailiwick of Jersey and the applicable laws and rules of any other country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

11.3    “Assumed Awards” means, collectively, all outstanding awards previously granted to employees and other service providers under the Assumed Award Agreements.

11.4    “Assumed Award Agreements” means, collectively, the letter agreements (together with the terms and conditions attached thereto) previously entered into with certain employees and other service providers regarding options to acquire ordinary shares in the capital of Atotech UK Topco Limited.

11.5    “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Share Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Share Units or Other Share or Cash Based Awards.

11.6    “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, Assumed Award Agreements shall constitute Award Agreements for all purposes hereunder.

11.7    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

11.8    “Cause” means (i) if a Participant is a party to a written employment or consulting agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an Award Agreement in which the term “cause” is defined (a “Relevant Agreement”), “Cause” as defined in the Relevant Agreement, and (ii) if no Relevant Agreement exists, (A) the Administrator’s determination that the Participant failed to substantially perform the Participant’s duties (other than a failure resulting from the Participant’s Disability); (B) the Administrator’s determination that the Participant failed to carry out, or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board or the Participant’s immediate supervisor; (C) the occurrence of any act or omission by the Participant that could reasonably be expected to result in (or has resulted in) the Participant’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or indictable offense or crime involving moral turpitude; (D) the Participant’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the premises of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or while performing the Participant’s duties and responsibilities for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (E) the Participant’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

13


11.9    “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following:

(a)    A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Shares to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b)    During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c)    The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i)    which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii)    after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the

 

14


date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

11.10    “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

11.11    “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

11.12     “Company” means Atotech Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey, or any successor.

11.13     “Consultant” means any person, including any adviser, engaged by the Company or its parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity if the consultant or adviser: (i) renders bona fide services to the Company; (ii) renders services not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and does not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (iii) is a natural person.

11.14    “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

11.15    “Director” means a Board member.

11.16    “Disability” means a permanent and total disability under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as amended.

11.17    “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

11.18    “Effective Date” means the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

11.19    “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

11.20    “Equity Restructuring” means a nonreciprocal transaction between the Company and its shareholders, such as a share dividend, share split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other Company securities) or the share price of Shares (or other Company securities) and causes a change in the per share value of the Shares underlying outstanding Awards.

11.21    “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

15


11.22    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Shares, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the pricing date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

11.23    “Greater Than 10% Shareholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of equity securities of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

11.24    “Incentive Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

11.25    “Non-Qualified Option” means an Option not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Option.

11.26    “Option” means an option to purchase Shares.

11.27    “Other Share or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property.

11.28    “Overall Share Limit” means                  Shares.

11.29     “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

11.30    “Performance Criteria” mean the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on shareholders’ equity; total shareholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and

 

16


other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. The Committee may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the Committee determines should appropriately be excluded, including (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual, infrequently occurring or non-recurring charges or events, (b) asset write-downs, (c) litigation or claim judgments or settlements, (d) acquisitions or divestitures, (e) reorganization or change in the corporate structure or capital structure of the Company, (f) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company, Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit or not within the reasonable control of management, (g) foreign exchange gains and losses, (h) a change in the fiscal year of the Company, (i) the refinancing or repurchase of bank loans or debt securities, (j) unbudgeted capital expenditures, (k) the issuance or repurchase of equity securities and other changes in the number of outstanding shares, (l) conversion of some or all of convertible securities to Shares, (m) any business interruption event (n) the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or (o) the effect of changes in other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results.

11.31    “Plan” means this 2020 Incentive Award Plan.

11.32    “Public Trading Date” means the first date upon which the Shares are listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).

11.33    “Restricted Shares” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.34    “Restricted Share Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

11.35    “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

11.36    “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

11.37    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

11.38    “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

11.39    “Shares” means the common shares of the Company.

11.40    “Share Appreciation Right” means a share appreciation right granted under Article V.

 

17


11.41    “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

11.42    “Substitute Awards” shall mean Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

11.43    “Termination of Service” means the date the Participant ceases to be a Service Provider.

* * * * *

 

18

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

 

ATOTECH LIMITED

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2020 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of Atotech Limited (the “Company”).

The Company has granted to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the option described in this Grant Notice (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:   
Grant Date:   
Exercise Price per Share:   
Shares Subject to the Option:   
Final Expiration Date:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Vesting Schedule:    [To be specified in individual award agreements]
Type of Option    [Incentive Option/Non-Qualified Option]

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

ATOTECH LIMITED     PARTICIPANT

By:

 

 

   

 

Name:

 

 

   

[Participant Name]

Title:

 

 

   


Exhibit A

OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1    Grant of Option. The Company has granted to Participant the Option effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”).

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

ARTICLE II.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

2.1    Commencement of Exercisability. The Option will vest and become exercisable according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”) except that any fraction of a Share as to which the Option would be vested or exercisable will be accumulated and will vest and become exercisable only when a whole Share has accumulated. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, the Option will immediately expire and be forfeited as to any portion that is not vested and exercisable as of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason.

2.2    Duration of Exercisability. The Vesting Schedule is cumulative. Any portion of the Option which vests and becomes exercisable will remain vested and exercisable until the Option expires. The Option will be forfeited immediately upon its expiration.

2.3    Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after, and will expire on, the first of the following to occur:

(a)    The final expiration date in the Grant Notice;

(b)    Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of three (3) months from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless Participant’s Termination of Service is for Cause or by reason of Participant’s death or Disability;

(c)    Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; and

(d)    Except as the Administrator may otherwise approve, Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause.


ARTICLE III.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3.1    Person Eligible to Exercise. During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant may exercise the Option. After Participant’s death, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time the Option expires, be exercised by Participant’s Designated Beneficiary as provided in the Plan.

3.2    Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised, in whole or in part, according to the procedures in the Plan at any time prior to the time the Option or portion thereof expires, except that the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares.

3.3    Tax Withholding.

(a)    The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participant’s failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Option as Participant’s election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Option.

(b)    Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Option, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Option. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1    Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

4.2    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal office or the Secretary’s then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant (or, if Participant is then deceased, to the person entitled to exercise the Option) at Participant’s last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Company’s personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.

4.3    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

4.4    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

 

A-2


4.5    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

4.6    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Option will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.7    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.8    Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

4.9    Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

4.10    Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

4.11    Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

4.12    Incentive Options. If the Option is designated as an Incentive Option:

(a)    Participant acknowledges that to the extent the aggregate fair market value of shares (determined as of the time the option with respect to the shares is granted) with respect to which options intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, including the Option, are exercisable for the first time by Participant during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or if for any other reason such options do not qualify or cease to qualify for treatment as “incentive stock options” under Section 422 of the Code, such options (including the Option) will be treated as non-qualified options. Participant further acknowledges that the rule set forth in the preceding sentence will

 

A-3


be applied by taking the Option and other options into account in the order in which they were granted, as determined under Section 422(d) of the Code. Participant acknowledges that amendments or modifications made to the Option pursuant to the Plan that would cause the Option to become a Non-Qualified Option will not materially or adversely affect Participant’s rights under the Option, and that any such amendment or modification shall not require Participant’s consent. Participant also acknowledges that if the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after Participant’s Termination of Service as an Employee, other than by reason of death or disability, the Option will be taxed as a Non-Qualified Option.

(b)    Participant will give prompt written notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares acquired under this Agreement if such disposition or other transfer is made (a) within two (2) years from the Grant Date or (b) within one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to Participant. Such notice will specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

* * * * *

 

A-4

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

 

ATOTECH LIMITED

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED SHARE GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Restricted Share Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2020 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of Atotech Limited (the “Company”).

The Company has granted to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the Restricted Shares described in this Grant Notice (the “Restricted Shares”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Share Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:   
Grant Date:   
Number of Restricted Shares:   
Vesting Commencement Date:   
Vesting Schedule:    [To be specified in individual award agreements]

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

ATOTECH LIMITED     PARTICIPANT

By:

 

                                          

   

                                          

Name:

 

                                          

    [Participant Name]

Title:

 

 

   


Exhibit A

RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1    Issuance of Restricted Shares. The Company will issue the Restricted Shares to the Participant effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice and will cause (a) a share certificate or certificates representing the Restricted Shares to be registered in Participant’s name or (b) the Restricted Shares to be held in book-entry form. If a share certificate representing the Restricted Shares is issued, the certificate will be delivered to, and held in accordance with this Agreement by, the Company or its authorized representatives and will bear the restrictive legends required by this Agreement. If the Restricted Shares are held in book-entry form, then the book-entry will indicate that the Restricted Shares are subject to the restrictions of this Agreement.

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Restricted Shares are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

ARTICLE II.

VESTING, FORFEITURE AND ESCROW

2.1    Vesting. The Restricted Shares will become vested Shares (the “Vested Shares”) according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice except that any fraction of a Share that would otherwise become a Vested Share will be accumulated and will become a Vested Share only when a whole Vested Share has accumulated.

2.2    Forfeiture. In the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, Participant will immediately and automatically forfeit to the Company any Shares that are not Vested Shares (the “Unvested Shares”) at the time of Participant’s Termination of Service, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided in a binding written agreement between Participant and the Company. Upon forfeiture of Unvested Shares, the Company will become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares and all related interests and Participant will have no further rights with respect to the Unvested Shares.

2.3    Escrow.

(a)    Unvested Shares will be held by the Company or its authorized representatives until (i) they are forfeited, (ii) they become Vested Shares or (iii) this Agreement is no longer in effect. By accepting this Award, Participant appoints the Company and its authorized representatives as Participant’s attorney(s)-in-fact to take all actions necessary to effect any transfer of forfeited Unvested Shares (and Retained Distributions (as defined below), if any, paid on such forfeited Unvested Shares) to the Company as may be required pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement and to execute such representations or other documents or assurances as the Company or such representatives deem necessary or advisable in connection with any such transfer. The Company, or its authorized representative, will not be liable for any good faith act or omission with respect to the holding in escrow or transfer of the Restricted Shares.


(b)    All cash dividends and other distributions made or declared with respect to Unvested Shares (“Retained Distributions”) will be held by the Company until the time (if ever) when the Unvested Shares to which such Retained Distributions relate become Vested Shares. The Company will establish a separate Retained Distribution bookkeeping account (“Retained Distribution Account”) for each Unvested Share with respect to which Retained Distributions have been made or declared in cash and credit the Retained Distribution Account (without interest) on the date of payment with the amount of such cash made or declared with respect to the Unvested Share. Retained Distributions (including any Retained Distribution Account balance) will immediately and automatically be forfeited upon forfeiture of the Unvested Share with respect to which the Retained Distributions were paid or declared.

(c)    As soon as reasonably practicable following the date on which an Unvested Share becomes a Vested Share, the Company will (i) cause the certificate (or a new certificate without the legend required by this Agreement, if Participant so requests) representing the Share to be delivered to Participant or, if the Share is held in book-entry form, cause the notations indicating the Share is subject to the restrictions of this Agreement to be removed and (ii) pay to Participant the Retained Distributions relating to the Share.

2.4    Rights as Shareholder. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Plan, upon issuance of the Restricted Shares by the Company, Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote the Restricted Shares and to receive dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Restricted Shares.

ARTICLE III.

TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING

3.1    Representation. Participant represents to the Company that Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the tax consequences of the Restricted Shares and the transactions contemplated by the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.

3.2    Section 83(b) Election. If Participant makes an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the Restricted Shares, Participant will deliver a copy of the election to the Company promptly after filing the election with the Internal Revenue Service.

3.3    Tax Withholding.

(a)    The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participant’s failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the Restricted Shares as Participant’s election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise deliverable under the Award.

(b)    Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Restricted Shares, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Restricted Shares. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the Restricted Shares or the subsequent sale of the Restricted Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure this Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

 

A-2


ARTICLE IV.

RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND TRANSFERABILITY

4.1    Legends. Any certificate representing a Restricted Share will bear the following legend until the Restricted Share becomes a Vested Share:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE SHAREHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

4.2    Transferability. The Restricted Shares and any Retained Distributions are subject to the restrictions on transfer in the Plan and may not be sold, assigned or transferred in any manner unless and until they become Vested Shares. Any attempted transfer or disposition of Unvested Shares or related Retained Distributions prior to the time the Unvested Shares become Vested Shares will be null and void. The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Restricted Share that has been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of this Agreement or (b) treat as owner of such Restricted Share or accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Restricted Share has been so transferred. The Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, or make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

ARTICLE V.

OTHER PROVISIONS

5.1    Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the Restricted Shares are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

5.2    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal office or the Secretary’s then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant at Participant’s last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Company’s personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.

5.3    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

5.4    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

5.5    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement or the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

A-3


5.6    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Restricted Shares will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

5.7    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

5.8    Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

5.9    Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Award.

5.10    Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

5.11    Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

* * * * *

 

A-4

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

 

ATOTECH LIMITED

2020 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANT NOTICE

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Restricted Share Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) have the meanings given to them in the 2020 Incentive Award Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”) of Atotech Limited (the “Company”).

The Company has granted to the participant listed below (“Participant”) the Restricted Share Units described in this Grant Notice (the “RSUs”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Share Unit Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), both of which are incorporated into this Grant Notice by reference.

 

Participant:

  

Grant Date:

  

Number of RSUs:

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

Vesting Schedule:

  

[To be specified in individual award agreements]

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement.

 

ATOTECH LIMITED     PARTICIPANT

By:

 

                                          

   

                                          

Name:

 

 

    [Participant Name]

Title:

 

 

   


Exhibit A

RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1    Award of RSUs and Dividend Equivalents.

(a)    The Company has granted the RSUs to Participant effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”). Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share or, at the option of the Company, an amount of cash, in either case, as set forth in this Agreement. Participant will have no right to the distribution of any Shares or payment of any cash until the time (if ever) the RSUs have vested.

(b)    The Company hereby grants to Participant, with respect to each RSU, a Dividend Equivalent for ordinary cash dividends paid to substantially all holders of outstanding Shares with a record date after the Grant Date and prior to the date the applicable RSU is settled, forfeited or otherwise expires. Each Dividend Equivalent entitles Participant to receive the equivalent value of any such ordinary cash dividends paid on a single Share. The Company will establish a separate Dividend Equivalent bookkeeping account (a “Dividend Equivalent Account”) for each Dividend Equivalent and credit the Dividend Equivalent Account (without interest) on the applicable dividend payment date with the amount of any such cash paid.

1.2    Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

1.3    Unsecured Promise. The RSUs and Dividend Equivalents will at all times prior to settlement represent an unsecured Company obligation payable only from the Company’s general assets.

ARTICLE II.

VESTING; FORFEITURE AND SETTLEMENT

2.1    Vesting; Forfeiture. The RSUs will vest according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice except that any fraction of an RSU that would otherwise be vested will be accumulated and will vest only when a whole RSU has accumulated. In the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, all unvested RSUs will immediately and automatically be cancelled and forfeited, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided in a binding written agreement between Participant and the Company. Dividend Equivalents (including any Dividend Equivalent Account balance) will vest or be forfeited, as applicable, upon the vesting or forfeiture of the RSU with respect to which the Dividend Equivalent (including the Dividend Equivalent Account) relates.

2.2    Settlement.

(a)    RSUs and Dividend Equivalents (including any Dividend Equivalent Account balance) will be paid in Shares or cash at the Company’s option as soon as administratively practicable after the vesting of the applicable RSU, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the RSU’s vesting date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any payment under this Agreement that the Company reasonably determines would violate Applicable Law until the earliest date the Company


reasonably determines the making of the payment will not cause such a violation (in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(ii)), provided the Company reasonably believes the delay will not result in the imposition of excise taxes under Section 409A.

(b)    If an RSU is paid in cash, the amount of cash paid with respect to the RSU will equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day immediately preceding the payment date. If a Dividend Equivalent is paid in Shares, the number of Shares paid with respect to the Dividend Equivalent will equal the quotient, rounded down to the nearest whole Share, of the Dividend Equivalent Account balance divided by the Fair Market Value of a Share on the day immediately preceding the payment date.

ARTICLE III.

TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING

3.1    Representation. Participant represents to the Company that Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the tax consequences of this Award and the transactions contemplated by the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.

3.2    Tax Withholding.

(a)    The Company has the right and option, but not the obligation, to treat Participant’s failure to provide timely payment in accordance with the Plan of any withholding tax arising in connection with the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents as Participant’s election to satisfy all or any portion of the withholding tax by requesting the Company retain Shares otherwise issuable under the Award.

(b)    Participant acknowledges that Participant is ultimately liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the RSUs and the Dividend Equivalents, regardless of any action the Company or any Subsidiary takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary makes any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the awarding, vesting or payment of the RSUs or the Dividend Equivalents or the subsequent sale of Shares. The Company and the Subsidiaries do not commit and are under no obligation to structure the RSUs or Dividend Equivalents to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1    Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the RSUs, the Shares subject to the RSUs and the Dividend Equivalents are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

4.2    Notices. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to the Company must be in writing and addressed to the Company in care of the Company’s Secretary at the Company’s principal office or the Secretary’s then-current email address or facsimile number. Any notice to be given under the terms of this Agreement to Participant must be in writing and addressed to Participant at Participant’s last known mailing address, email address or facsimile number in the Company’s personnel files. By a notice given pursuant to this Section, either party may designate a different address for notices to be given to that party. Any notice will be deemed duly given when actually received, when sent by email, when sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) and deposited with postage prepaid in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service, when delivered by a nationally recognized express shipping company or upon receipt of a facsimile transmission confirmation.

 

A-2


4.3    Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

4.4    Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

4.5    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

4.6    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, the RSUs and the Dividend Equivalents will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

4.7    Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof.

4.8    Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

4.9    Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents, and rights no greater than the right to receive cash or the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the RSUs and Dividend Equivalents, as and when settled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

4.10    Not a Contract of Employment. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or any Subsidiary or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or a Subsidiary and Participant.

4.11    Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

* * * * *

 

A-3

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

 

ATOTECH LIMITED

2020 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

The purposes of this Atotech Limited 2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan (as it may be amended or restated from time to time, the “Plan”) are to assist Eligible Employees of Atotech Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey (the “Company”), and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a share ownership interest in the Company.

The Plan consists of two components: (i) the Section 423 Component and (ii) the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Non-Section 423 Component authorizes the grant of rights which need not qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Rights granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and Designated Subsidiaries but shall not be intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided herein, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.

For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan in which Eligible Employees will participate. The terms of these Offerings need not be identical, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering are identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component (as determined under Section 423 of the Code). Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.

ARTICLE II.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates. Masculine, feminine and neuter pronouns are used interchangeably and each comprehends the others.

2.1    “Administrator” shall mean the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Committee unless the Board has assumed the authority for administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI.

2.2    “Applicable Law” shall mean the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted, the applicable laws, rules and regulations of the Bailiwick of Jersey and the applicable laws and rules of any other country or jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.


2.3    “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4    “Change in Control” shall mean and include each of the following:

(a)    A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Shares to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

(b)    During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(c)    The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or shares of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

(i)    which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and

(ii)    after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto.

2.5    “Code” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

2


2.6     “Company” shall mean Atotech Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Bailiwick of Jersey, or any successor.

2.7    “Compensation” of an Eligible Employee shall mean, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the gross base compensation received by such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, including overtime payments and excluding sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments.

2.8    “Designated Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.3(b), such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Subsidiary may participate in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component, but not both.

2.9    “Effective Date” shall mean the day prior to the Public Trading Date.

2.10    “Eligible Employee” shall mean an Employee who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) shares possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Shares and other securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code). For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of share ownership shall apply in determining the share ownership of an individual, and shares that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as shares owned by the Employee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period under the Section 423 Component if: (i) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; (ii) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two years); (iii) such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty hours per week or less; (iv) such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five months in any calendar year; and/or (v) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, further, that any exclusion in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).

Further notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, the first sentence in this definition shall apply in determining who is an “Eligible Employee,” except (i) the Administrator may limit eligibility further within the Company or a Designated Subsidiary so as to only designate some Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as Eligible Employees, and (ii) to the extent the restrictions in the first sentence in this definition are not consistent with applicable local laws, the applicable local laws shall control.

2.11     “Employee” shall mean any officer or other employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary. For the Section 423 Component of the Plan, “employee” shall not include any director or employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Subsidiary as an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the

 

3


individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period.

2.12    “Enrollment Date” shall mean the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.13    “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.14    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (ii) if the Shares are not traded on a stock exchange but are quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (iii) without an established market for the Shares, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

2.15    “Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.16    “Offering” means an offer under the Plan of a right to purchase Shares that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Article IV hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

2.17    “Offering Document” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.18    “Offering Period” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

2.19    “Parent” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.20    “Participant” shall mean any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Shares pursuant to the Plan.

2.21    “Plan” shall mean this 2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.

 

4


2.22    “Public Trading Date” shall mean the first date upon which the Shares are listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on any securities exchange or designated (or approved for designation) upon notice of issuance as a national market security on an interdealer quotation system, or, if earlier, the date on which the Company becomes a “publicly held corporation” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(c)(1).

2.23    “Purchase Date” shall mean the last Trading Day of each Offering Period.

2.24    “Purchase Price” shall mean the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, shall not be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided, however, that, in the event no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be 85%, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, or 80%, for purposes of the Non-Section 423 Component, of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Purchase Date; provided, further, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article VIII and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

2.25    “Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that are intended to satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.26     “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.27    “Share” shall mean a share of the common shares of the Company.

2.28    “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided, however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary. In addition, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or non-corporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.

2.29    “Trading Day” shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

2.30    “Treas. Reg.” means U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

ARTICLE III.

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1    Number of Shares. Subject to Article VIII, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be                  Shares. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such

 

5


right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of                     Shares, subject to Article VIII.

3.2    Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

ARTICLE IV.

OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

4.1    Offering Periods. The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Shares under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan and shall be attached hereto as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings or Offering Periods under the Plan need not be identical.

4.2    Offering Documents. Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

(a)    the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven months;

(b)    the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 25,000 Shares; and

(c)    such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

ARTICLE V.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

5.1    Eligibility. Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article V and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

5.2    Enrollment in Plan.

(a)    Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Company provides.

(b)    Each subscription agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such

 

6


Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. The percentage of Compensation designated by an Eligible Employee may not be less than 1% and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which percentage shall be 25% in the absence of any such designation) as payroll deductions. The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

(c)    A Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed one change to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). In the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article VII.

(d)    Except as otherwise set forth in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period.

5.3    Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payroll following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payroll in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article VII or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.6, respectively. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited, the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s account under the Plan in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator shall take into consideration any limitations under Section 423 of the Code when applying an alternative method of contribution.

5.4    Effect of Enrollment. A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article VII or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

5.5    Limitation on Purchase of Shares. An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Section 423 Component only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such shares (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

 

7


5.6    Suspension of Payroll Deductions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 (with respect to the Section 423 Component) or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

5.7    Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Except as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, with respect to the Section 423 Component, such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Section 423 Component to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Such special terms may be set forth in an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 11.3(f). Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions.

5.8    Leave of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal payday equal to his or her authorized payroll deduction.

ARTICLE VI.

GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

6.1    Grant of Rights. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole Shares as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

6.2    Exercise of Rights. On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price.

 

8


No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

6.3    Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Shares are to be exercised pursuant to this Article VI on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article IX. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s shareholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date.

6.4    Withholding. At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant.

6.5    Conditions to Issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

(a)    The admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Shares are then listed;

(b)    The completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable;

(c)    The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable;

(d)    The payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and

 

9


(e)    The lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

ARTICLE VII.

WITHDRAWAL; CESSATION OF ELIGIBILITY

7.1    Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company no later than one week prior to the end of the Offering Period. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during an Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the next Offering Period unless the Participant timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

7.2    Future Participation. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in subsequent Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

7.3    Cessation of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 12.4, as soon as reasonably practicable, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated. If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the Offering Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between entities participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

ARTICLE VIII.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN SHARES

8.1    Changes in Capitalization. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), Change in Control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination,

 

10


repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

8.2    Other Adjustments. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate (including without limitation any Change in Control), or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

(a)    To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion;

(b)    To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the shares of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

(c)    To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

(d)    To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Shares prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and

(e)    To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

8.3    No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances. No adjustment or action described in this Article VIII or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Section 423 Component of the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

11


8.4    No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

ARTICLE IX.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

9.1    Amendment, Modification and Termination. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that approval of the Company’s shareholders shall be required to amend the Plan to: (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article VIII) or (b) change the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees may be granted rights under the Plan.

9.2    Certain Changes to Plan. Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected (and, with respect to the Section 423 Component of the Plan, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code), the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

9.3    Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(a)    altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(b)    shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(c)    allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require shareholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

9.4    Payments Upon Termination of Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon, or the Offering Period may be shortened so that the purchase of Shares occurs prior to the termination of the Plan.

 

12


ARTICLE X.

TERM OF PLAN

The Plan shall be effective on the Effective Date. The effectiveness of the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the shareholders of the Company within twelve months following the date the Plan is first approved by the Board. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to such shareholder approval. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

ARTICLE XI.

ADMINISTRATION

11.1    Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan) (such committee, the “Committee”). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan.

11.2    Action by the Administrator. Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Administrator, a majority of the Administrator shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present and, subject to Applicable Law and the Bylaws of the Company, acts approved in writing by a majority of the Administrator in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Administrator. Each member of the Administrator is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

11.3    Authority of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(a)    To determine when and how rights to purchase Shares shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

(b)    To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

(c)    To impose a mandatory holding period pursuant to which Employees may not dispose of or transfer Shares purchased under the Plan for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(d)    To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(e)    To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article IX.

 

13


(f)    Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

(g)    The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

11.4    Designation of Subsidiaries. The Board or Administrator shall designate from time to time the Subsidiaries that shall constitute Designated Subsidiaries, and determine whether such Designated Subsidiaries shall participate in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. The Board or Administrator may designate a Subsidiary, or terminate the designation of a Subsidiary, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

11.5    Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

ARTICLE XII.

MISCELLANEOUS

12.1    Restriction upon Assignment. A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except as provided in Section 12.4 hereof, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

12.2    Rights as a Shareholder. With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company, and the Participant shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder, until such Shares have been issued to the Participant or his or her nominee following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.

12.3    Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

12.4    Designation of Beneficiary.

(a)    A Participant may, in the manner determined by the Administrator, file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and/or cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to a Purchase Date on which the Participant’s rights are exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such Shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse.

 

14


(b)    Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice to the Company. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such Shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

12.5    Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

12.6    Equal Rights and Privileges. Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees will have equal rights and privileges under the Section 423 Component so that the Section 423 Component of this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as other Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component or as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.

12.7    Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

12.8    Reports. Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

12.9    No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

12.10    Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares purchased upon exercise of a right under the Section 423 Component of the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

12.11    Governing Law. The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice of law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

 

15


12.12    Electronic Forms. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

* * * * *

 

16


ATOTECH LIMITED

2020 EMPLOYEE SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

SUB-PLAN FOR INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPANTS

1.    Application. This Sub-Plan for International Participants in the Atotech Limited 2020 Employee Share Purchase Plan (this “Sub-Plan”) sets forth additional terms and conditions applicable to the rights granted to, and the Shares purchased by, Eligible Employees in the countries set forth below.

The Plan and this Sub-Plan are complimentary to each other and shall be deemed as one. In any case of contradiction between the provisions of this Sub-Plan and the Plan, the provisions set out in the Sub-Plan shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used in this Sub-Plan but not defined shall have the meaning given to those terms in the Plan.

2.    Global Provisions.

(a)    Data Protection. It shall be a term and condition for participation in the Plan that a Participant explicitly and unambiguously consent to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of a Participant’s personal “Data” (as defined below) by and among, as applicable, the Company, any Subsidiary and a Participant’s employing entity (the “Employer”), if different, and their affiliates (collectively, the “Company Group”) for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company Group holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, the Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, e-mail address, date of birth, employee identification number, NRIC or passport number or equivalent, salary, nationality, job title, any shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in the Participant’s favor, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”). Data will be transferred to such share plan service providers as may be selected by the Company which are assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. The recipients of the Data may be located in the United States of America or elsewhere (and, if the Participant is a resident of a member state of the European Union, may be outside the European Economic Area) and that the recipient’s country (e.g., the United States of America) may have different data privacy laws and protections than the Participant’s country. The Participant may request a list with the names and addresses of all recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Each Participant hereby authorizes the Company Group and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company may also make the Data available to public authorities where required under locally applicable law. A Participant may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case, without cost, by contacting in writing the Participant’s local human resources representative. A Participant’s refusal to provide consent or withdrawal of consent may affect the Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. This section applies to information held, used or disclosed in any medium.

 

17


(b)    Acknowledgment of Nature of Plan and Rights. In participating in the Plan, each Participant acknowledges that:

(i)    for labor law purposes, the rights granted and the Shares purchased under the Plan are an extraordinary item that do not constitute wages of any kind for services of any kind rendered to the Company or the Employer, and the award of rights is outside the scope of Participant’s service contract, if any;

(ii)    for labor law purposes, the rights granted and the Shares purchased under the Plan are not part of normal or expected wages or salary for any purposes, including, but not limited to, calculation of any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end of service payments, bonuses, holiday pay, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments and in no event should be considered as compensation for, or relating in any way to, past services for the Company, the Employer, its Parent, or any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company;

(iii)    the rights and the Shares purchased under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(iv)    neither the rights nor any provision of Plan or the policies adopted pursuant to the Plan confer upon any Participant any right with respect to service or continuation of current service and shall not be interpreted to form a service contract or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary or affiliate;

(v)    the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty;

(vi)    if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the right may have no value; and

(vii)    if a Participant acquires Shares, the value of the Shares acquired upon purchase may increase or decrease in value, even below the Purchase Price.

* * * * *

 

18

EX-10.16

Exhibit 10.16

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT AGREEMENT

This Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of                     , by and between Atotech Limited, a Bailiwick of Jersey company (the “Company”), and                     , a member of the board of directors of the Company (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering indemnification and advancement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification and advancement of expenses against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Amended & Restated Articles of Association (the “Articles”) of the Company require indemnification of the directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended (the “Law”). The Articles and the Law expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance, to indemnification, and to advancement of expenses may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Articles and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and is not a substitute therefor, nor diminishes or abrogates any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Articles, Law and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a director without adequate additional protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and be advanced expenses.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1.    Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may, at any time and for any reason, resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law). This Agreement does not create any obligation on the Company to continue Indemnitee in such position and is not an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise (as defined herein)) and Indemnitee.

Section 2.    Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a)    “Agent” means any person who is authorized by the Company or an Enterprise to act for or represent the interests of the Company or an Enterprise, respectively.

(b)    A “Change in Control” occurs upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i.    Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii.    Change in Board. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv) of this Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii.    Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv.    Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

-2-


v.    Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined herein), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

vi.    For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

  1

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

  2

“Person” has the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person excludes (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

  3

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner excludes any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was acting as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or Agent of the Company or an Enterprise.

(d)    “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e)    “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or Agent.

(f)    “Expenses” includes all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) of this Agreement only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel will be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, do not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

-3-


(g)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h)    The term “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. A Proceeding also includes a situation the Indemnitee believes in good faith may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding.

(i)    “Sponsor Entities” means (i) the Carlyle Stockholders, as defined in that certain Principal Stockholders Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2020, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, by and among the Company, Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P., CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR, Gamma Holding Company Limited, and any other stockholder from time to time party thereto and (ii) any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with any of the Carlyle Stockholders referenced in the preceding clause (i); provided, however, that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be considered Sponsor Entities hereunder.

Section 3.    Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 4.    Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest

 

-4-


extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses under this Section 4 related to any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding for which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought determines upon application by Indemnitee that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding the extent that Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, will be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6.    Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party but to which Indemnitee is a witness, deponent, interviewee, or otherwise asked to participate.

Section 7.    Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8.    Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5 of this Agreement, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including, but not limited to, the Law and any amendments to or replacements of the Law adopted after the date of this Agreement that expand the Company’s ability to indemnify its directors) if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor).

Section 9.    Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company is not obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment to Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding:

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent provided in Section 15(b) of this Agreement and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b)    for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange

 

-5-


Act or similar provisions of applicable law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

(c)    initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement, of Expenses, including a Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

Section 10.    Advances of Expenses.

(a)    The Company will advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee if (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company or Enterprise, including a proceeding initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement or (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation. The Company will advance the Expenses within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.

(b)    Advances will be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, thus Indemnitee qualifies for advances upon the execution of this Agreement and delivery to the Company. No other form of undertaking is required other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company will make advances without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

Section 11.    Procedure for Notification of Claim for Indemnification or Advancement.

(a)    Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Indemnitee will include in the written notification to the Company a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding and provide such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any obligation it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company will not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any

 

-6-


rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification or advancement, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification or advancement.

(b)    The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

Section 12.    Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a)    Unless a Change of Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made:

i.    by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

ii.    by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

iii.    if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by the Board; or

iv.    if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

(b)    If a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests such selection be made by the Board).

(c)    The party selecting Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection (a)(iii) or (b) of this Section 12 will provide written notice of the selection to the other party. The notified party may, within 10 days after receiving written notice of the selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the selecting party a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court of Chancery has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 30 days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement and the final disposition of the Proceeding, Independent Counsel has not been selected or, if selected, any objection to has not been resolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court of Chancery for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court designates. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel will be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d)    Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company will advance and pay any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making the indemnification determination

 

-7-


irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing of the determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied, and providing a copy of any written opinion provided to the Board by Independent Counsel.

(e)    If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee within 30 days after such determination.

Section 13.    Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)    If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within 60 days after the later of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested Indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional 30 days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; provided that the Determination Period may be extended an additional 15 days if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iv) of this Agreement.

(c)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(d)    For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, or

 

-8-


on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. The provisions of this Section 13(d) is not exclusive and does not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e)    The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    Indemnitee may commence litigation against the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company does not advance Expenses pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within the Determination Period, (iv) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(d) of this Agreement within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3, 4, 7, or 8 of this Agreement within 30 days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at Indemnitee’s option, or the Company, at the Company’s option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, must commence such Proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such Proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause does not apply in respect of a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company will not oppose Indemnitee’s right, and Indemnitee will not oppose the Company’s right, to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 will be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee may not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company will have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and will not introduce evidence of the determination made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

(c)    If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

-9-


(d)    The Company is, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)    It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance to Indemnitee such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action concerning this Agreement, Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company, or concerning any directors’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and will indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses unless the court determines that each of the Indemnitee’s claims in such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous or are prohibited by law.

Section 15.    Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Articles, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement may not be limited or restricted by any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement in any way with respect to any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status occurring prior to any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Articles or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities). The relationship between the Company and such other Persons, other than an Enterprise, with respect to the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses, and insurance is described by this subsection, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section 15 with respect to a Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise.

 

-10-


i.    The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees:

1)    the Company is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses made pursuant to this Agreement concerning any Proceeding;

2)    the Company is primarily liable for all indemnification and indemnification or advancement of Expenses obligations for any Proceeding, whether created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise;

3)    any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities) to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding are secondary to the obligations of the Company’s obligations;

4)    the Company will indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, any Sponsor Entities) or insurer of any such Person; and

ii.    the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (A) any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities) from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and (B) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Person (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities), whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Person (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities), directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

iii.    In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities) or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss for Indemnitee, the payor has a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities) or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance of Expenses to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities).

iv.    Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated (including, without limitation, any Sponsor Entities) is specifically in excess over the Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses or any valid and collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company.

(c)    To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors of the Company, the Company will obtain a policy or policies covering Indemnitee to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director under such policy or policies, including coverage in the event the Company does not or cannot, for any reason, indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee as required by this Agreement. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of

 

-11-


a claim pursuant to this Agreement, the Company has director liability insurance in effect, the Company will give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Indemnitee agrees to assist the Company efforts to cause the insurers to pay such amounts and will comply with the terms of such policies, including selection of approved panel counsel, if required.

(d)    The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee for any Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise will be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. The Company and Indemnitee intend that any such Enterprise (and its insurers) be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee is secondary to the obligations the Enterprise or its insurers owe to Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to take all reasonably necessary and desirable action to obtain from an Enterprise indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise.

(e)    In the event of any payment made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any Enterprise or insurance carrier. Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

Section 16.    Duration of Agreement. This Agreement continues until and terminates upon the later of: (a) 10 years after the date that Indemnitee ceases to have a Corporate Status or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement are binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

Section 17.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

-12-


Section 18.    Interpretation. Any ambiguity in the terms of this Agreement will be resolved in favor of Indemnitee and in a manner to provide the maximum indemnification and advancement of Expenses permitted by law. The Company and Indemnitee intend that this Agreement provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification and advancement in excess of that expressly provided, without limitation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

Section 19.    Enforcement.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)    This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Articles and applicable law, and is not a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 20.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement is binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed or constitutes a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

Section 21.    Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company does not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 22.    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand to the other party, (b) sent by reputable overnight courier to the other party or (c) sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, with receipt of oral confirmation that such communication has been received:

(a)    If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee provides to the Company.

(b)    If to the Company to:

Atotech Limited

William Street, West Bromwich

West Midlands, B70 0BG

United Kingdom

Attention: General Counsel

Telephone: +44 (0) 121 606 7777

 

-13-


with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

The Carlyle Group

1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW

Washington, DC 20004-2505

Attention:

and

Latham & Watkins LLP

555 Eleventh Street, NW

Suite 1000

Washington, DC 20004-1304

Attention: Patrick H. Shannon, Esq.

Telephone: (202) 637-2200

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 23.    Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, will contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

Section 24.    Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or Proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or Proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or Proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 25.    Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together constitutes one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 26.    Third-Party Beneficiaries. The Sponsor Entities are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

-14-


Section 27.    Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction thereof.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

Atotech Limited
By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]


Indemnitee
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Address:

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

EX-10.18

Exhibit 10.18

THIS AGREEMENT is made on 6 March 2020

BETWEEN

 

(1)

Alpha US Bidco, Inc. (“Alpha Bidco”);

 

(2)

Atotech UK Topco Limited (“Old Atotech”);

 

(3)

Atotech Limited (“New Atotech”); and

 

(4)

Carlyle Investment Management L.L.C. (the “Consultant”, together with the Alpha Bidco, Old Atotech and New Atotech the “parties” and each a “party”).

WHEREAS

 

(A)

Alpha Bidco, Old Atotech and the Consultant are party to that certain Consulting Services Agreement dated as of 31 January, 2017 (the “Agreement”).

 

(B)

Pursuant to Section 8 and Section 9 of the Agreement, Alpha Bidco, New Atotech and the Consultant desire to amend the Agreement to replace and substitute Old Atotech with New Atotech as the Company (as such term is defined in the Agreement).

 

(C)

Pursuant to Section 8 of the Agreement, the parties desire to amend Section 5(a) of the Agreement in its entirety as set forth below.

IT IS AGREED THAT

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

Terms used in this amendment agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, bear the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

2.

AMENDMENTS

 

2.1

In consideration for the mutual obligations of the parties as set out in this amendment agreement, each of the parties to this amendment agreement hereby agrees that with effect from the date hereof the Agreement shall be amended in accordance with the changes set forth below:

 

  (a)

As of the date hereof Old Atotech hereby assigns, and New Atotech is hereby vested with and assumes, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of Old Atotech under the Agreement. New Atotech does hereby assume any duties, obligations or liabilities of Old Atotech, and New Atotech shall have any liabilities, duties or obligations in respect of any acts or omissions by Old Atotech for any period on or prior to the date hereof. As of the date hereof all references to “Company” under the agreement shall refer to New Atotech.

 

  (b)

The parties hereby agree that as of the date hereof Section 5(a) of the Agreement is replaced in its entirety as follows:

 

  (i)

This Agreement will continue in full force and effect until the earlier of (i) the date upon which Consultant and its Affiliates collectively and beneficially own less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company, its successor, any parent entity of the Company or such successor; and (ii) the second anniversary of the initial public offering of the Company; provided that (a) this Agreement may be terminated at any time by written notice to the Company from the Consultant and (b) this Agreement shall

 

1


  automatically terminate upon a material breach not remedied with 60 days by the Consultant and its Affiliates. For the avoidance of doubt, termination of this Agreement will not relieve any party from liability for any breach of this Agreement at or prior to such termination. In the event of a termination of this Agreement, on the date of such termination, the Company will pay to the Consultant (or its designee) all unpaid Consulting Fees due to the Consultant with respect to periods ending on the date of termination and will reimburse the Consultant for all Out-of-Pocket Expenses as of such date of termination.

 

  (c)

In furtherance of the foregoing, the undersigned hereby (x) consent to each of the provisions of this amendment agreement, (y) waive any consents or amendments to the Agreement needed to effectuate the foregoing provisions of this amendment agreement, and (z) waive any prior notice requirement or waiting period prior to the effectiveness of each of the provisions of this amendment agreement otherwise provided for in the Agreement.

 

3.

COUNTERPARTS

This amendment agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this amendment agreement but all the counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

4.

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

4.1

This amendment agreement and any non-contractual rights or obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

4.2

The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Disputes, and waive any objection to proceedings before such courts on the grounds of venue or on the grounds that such proceedings have been brought in an inappropriate forum.

 

4.3

For the purposes of this Clause, “Dispute” means any dispute, controversy, claim or difference of whatever nature arising out of, relating to, or having any connection with this amendment agreement, including a dispute regarding the existence, formation, validity, interpretation, performance or termination of this amendment agreement or the consequences of its nullity and also including any dispute relating to any non-contractual rights or obligations arising out of, relating to, or having any connection with this amendment agreement.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this amendment agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers or agents as of the date first referenced above as set forth below.

SIGNED by CARLYLE INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT L.L.C.

 

By:  

/s/ Catherine L. Ziobro

Name:   Catherine L. Ziobro
Title:   Managing Director and Chief Compliance Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment Agreement (Consulting Services Agreement)]


SIGNED by ALPHA US BIDCO, INC.
By:  

/s/ Geoff Wild

Name:   Geoff Wild
Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to Amendment Agreement (Consulting Services Agreement)]


SIGNED by ATOTECH LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Geoff Wild

Name:   Geoff Wild
Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amendment Agreement (Consulting Services Agreement)]


SIGNED by ATOTECH UK TOPCO LIMITED

By:  

/s/ Geoff Wild

Name:   Geoff Wild
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Shaun Mercer

Name:   Shaun Mercer
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Amendment Agreement (Consulting Services Agreement)]

EX-10.19

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

ATOTECH LIMITED

AND

THE CARLYLE STOCKHOLDERS

            , 2020

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION I.

 

DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1

 

Drafting Conventions; No Construction Against Drafter

     1  

1.2

 

Defined Terms

     2  

SECTION II.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     4  

2.1

 

Representations and Warranties of the Initial Carlyle Stockholder

     4  

2.2

 

[Reserved.]

     4  

2.3

 

Representations and Warranties of the Company

     4  

SECTION III.

 

BOARD MATTERS

     5  

3.1

 

Board of Directors

     5  

3.2

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

     6  

3.3

 

Additional Management Provisions

     7  

3.4

 

Company

     7  

SECTION IV.

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     7  

4.1

 

Demand and Piggyback Rights

     7  

4.2

 

Notices, Cutbacks and Other Matters

     9  

4.3

 

Facilitating Registrations and Offerings

     11  

4.4

 

Indemnification

     16  

4.5

 

Rule 144

     19  

SECTION V.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     19  

5.1

 

Information and Access Rights

     19  

5.2

 

Confidentiality

     21  

5.3

 

Reliance

     21  

5.4

 

Access to Agreement; Amendment and Waiver; Actions of the Board

     22  

5.5

 

Notices

     22  

5.6

 

Counterparts

     23  

5.7

 

Remedies; Severability

     23  

5.8

 

Entire Agreement

     23  

5.9

 

Termination

     23  

5.10

 

Governing Law

     23  

5.11

 

Successors and Assigns; Beneficiaries

     23  

5.12

 

Consent to Jurisdiction; Specific Performance; Waiver of Jury Trial

     24  

5.13

 

Further Assurances; Company Logo

     24  

5.14

 

Regulatory Matters

     24  

5.15

 

Inconsistent Agreements

     25  

5.16

 

In-Kind Distributions

     25  

5.17

 

Recapitalization Transactions

     25  

5.18

 

Conflict with Jersey Law

     25  

EXHIBIT

Exhibit A: Form of Joinder Agreement

 

i


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

This Principal Stockholders Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of             , 2020 by and among Atotech Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Jersey (the “Company”), Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P. (“CP-VI”), CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR (“CEP IV”), Gamma Holding Company Limited (“Gamma Holding” and, together with CP-VI and CEP IV, the “Initial Carlyle Stockholders”), and any other stockholder who from time to time becomes party to this Agreement by execution of a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A (a “Joinder Agreement”).

RECITALS

A.    Whereas, the Initial Carlyle Stockholders are party to that certain Share for Share Exchange Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2020 (the “Exchange Agreement”), pursuant to which the Initial Carlyle Stockholders will contribute shares of Atotech UK Topco to the Company, in exchange for shares of the Company.

B.    Whereas, the Company is proposing to consummate an initial public offering of its share capital (the “Initial Public Offering”).

C.    Whereas, the Initial Carlyle Stockholders and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement effective upon the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Initial Public Offering (the “Effective Date”).

D.    Whereas, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) has approved this Agreement.

E.    Whereas, the parties hereto desire to agree upon the respective rights and obligations after the Effective Date with respect to the securities of the Company now or hereafter issued and outstanding and held by the parties to this Agreement and certain matters with respect to their investment in the Company.

AGREEMENT

Now therefore, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual agreements and covenants contained herein, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

SECTION I.    DEFINITIONS

1.1    Drafting Conventions; No Construction Against Drafter.

(a)    The headings in this Agreement are provided for convenience and do not affect its meaning. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” are to be read as if they were followed by the phrase “without limitation.” Unless specified otherwise, any reference to an agreement means that agreement as amended or supplemented, subject to any restrictions on amendment contained in such agreement. Unless specified otherwise, any reference to a statute or regulation means that statute or regulation as amended or supplemented from time to time and any corresponding provisions of successor statutes or regulations. If any date specified in this Agreement as a date for taking action falls on a day that is not a business day, then that action may be taken on the next business day. Unless specified otherwise, the words “party” and “parties” refer only to a party named in this Agreement or one who joins this Agreement as a party pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

1


(b)    The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent. If an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement is to be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and there is to be no presumption or burden of proof or rule of strict construction favoring or disfavoring any party because of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

1.2    Defined Terms. The following capitalized terms, as used in this Agreement, shall have the meanings set forth below.

Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material non-public information that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, upon advice of counsel and as authorized by a resolution of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company, would require premature disclosure of any material financing, material corporate reorganization or other material transaction, obligation, fact or event involving the Company, as the case may be.

Affiliate” means with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the specified Person, including any general partner, partner, officer, director, managing member or member of the specified Person and, if the specified Person is a private equity fund, any investment fund now or hereafter managed by, or that is controlled by or is under common control with, one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the specified Person or any investment fund, managed account vehicle, collective investment scheme or comparable investment vehicle (“Fund”) now or hereafter existing that shares the same management company or registered investment advisor with such Person or any Fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by, under common control with, managed or advised by the same management company or registered investment advisor that controls, is under common control with, manages or advises the Fund that controls such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise.

Articles” means the Company’s Articles of Association in effect as of the Effective Date, as amended from time to time.

Carlyle Stockholders” means (i) the Initial Carlyle Stockholders and (ii) any Permitted Transferee or Affiliate of any Initial Carlyle Stockholder (x) that is issued Common Stock or becomes the beneficial owner of any Common Stock or is Transferred any Common Stock by any other Person and (y) that becomes a party hereto by executing a Joinder Agreement.

Carlyle Majority Interest” means, at any given time, the Carlyle Stockholders holding a majority of the outstanding Shares held at that specified time by all Carlyle Stockholders.

Common Stock” means the common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of the Company.

Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include any successor thereto.

Company’s Secretary” means any company secretary and/or any assistant company secretary in Jersey or elsewhere appointed from time to time.

Director” means a member of the Board of Directors.

 

2


Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

IFRS” means International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

Initial Capital Interest” means the aggregate sums which remain invested by a Stockholder in shares and yield free convertible preferred equity certificates of the Company immediately following the IPO.

IPO” means the underwritten registered public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to which the Common Stock is being listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Jersey Companies Law” means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, as amended.

Jersey Consents” means the consents to the circulation of a prospectus granted by the JFSC to the Company in accordance with the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002, as amended and the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958.

JFSC” means the Jersey Financial Services Commission, including the Jersey Companies Registry.

Memorandum of Association” means the Company’s Memorandum of Association in effect as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

Necessary Action” means, with respect to a specified result, all actions necessary or desirable to cause such result, including (i) attending meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum, (ii) voting or providing a written consent or proxy with respect to Shares, (iii) causing the adoption of resolutions and amendments to the organizational documents of the Company, (iv) executing agreements and instruments, (v) making, or causing to be made, with governmental, administrative or regulatory authorities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result and (vi) ensuring that applicable provisions are included in any proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with the solicitation of proxies for any meeting of shareholders of the Company.

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Carlyle Stockholder, (i) any Affiliate of such Carlyle Stockholder, (ii) any director, officer or employee of any Affiliate of such Carlyle Stockholder, (iii) any direct or indirect member or general or limited partner of such Carlyle Stockholder that is the transferee of Shares pursuant to a pro rata distribution of Shares by such Carlyle Stockholder to its partners or members, as applicable (or any subsequent transfer of such Shares by the transferee to another Permitted Transferee) or (iv) any other Transferee designated as a Permitted Transferee by the Carlyle Majority Interest.

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust, unincorporated organization, government (or agency or political subdivision thereof) or any other entity or group (as defined in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act).

Public Offering” means a public offering and sale of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

3


Shares” means, at any time, (i) Common Stock and (ii) any other equity securities now or hereafter issued by the Company, together with any options thereon and any other shares or other equity securities issued or issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of a share dividend, share split or in exchange for or in replacement or upon conversion of such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization).

Stockholders” means the Carlyle Stockholders and any other shareholders who from time to time become party to this Agreement by execution of a Joinder Agreement.

Transfer” means any direct or indirect transfer, donation, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, grant of a security interest in or other disposal or attempted disposal of all or any portion of a security, any interest or rights in a security, or any rights under this Agreement.

Transferee” means the recipient of a Transfer.

WKSI” means a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in the SEC’s Rule 405.

SECTION II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1    Representations and Warranties of the Initial Carlyle Stockholders. Each of the Initial Carlyle Stockholders hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company as follows: (a) such Initial Carlyle Stockholder has full limited partnership, limited company or other corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Initial Carlyle Stockholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance by such Initial Carlyle Stockholder of this Agreement: (i) does not and will not violate any laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction applicable to such Initial Carlyle Stockholder, or require such Initial Carlyle Stockholder to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made; and (ii) does not constitute a breach of or default under any material agreement to which such Initial Carlyle Stockholder is a party.

2.2    [Reserved.]

2.3    Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Stockholders as follows: (a) the Company has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; (b) this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement: (i) does not and will not violate any laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction applicable to the Company, or require the Company to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made; and (ii) does not and will not result in a breach of, constitute a default under, accelerate any obligation under or give rise to a right of termination of any indenture or loan or credit agreement or any other material agreement, contract, instrument, mortgage, lien, lease, permit, authorization, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or arbitration award to which the Company is a party or by which the property of the Company is bound or affected, or result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance on any of the assets or properties of the Company.

 

4


SECTION III. BOARD MATTERS

3.1    Board of Directors. From and after the first business day after the Effective Date:

(a)    Rights to Designate. Each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all of its Shares, at any annual or general meeting, by written consent, or otherwise, and will take all Necessary Actions within such Stockholder’s control, and the Company will take all Necessary Actions within its control, to cause the authorized number of directors on the Board of Directors to be established and remain at eleven, or such other number approved pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and to elect or appoint or cause to be elected or appointed to the Board of Directors and cause to be continued in office:

(i)    ten designees of the Carlyle Stockholders constituting a Carlyle Majority Interest (the “Investor Designees”); provided, that (A) the number of Investor Designees to be designated by the Carlyle Majority Interest (on behalf of the Carlyle Stockholders) shall be reduced to six Directors at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders in the aggregate hold less than thirty-five percent (35%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, (B) the number of Investor Designees to be designated by the Carlyle Majority Interest (on behalf of the Carlyle Stockholders) shall be reduced to four Directors at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders in the aggregate hold less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, (C) the number of Investor Designees to be designated by the Carlyle Majority Interest (on behalf of the Carlyle Stockholders) shall be reduced to two Directors at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders in the aggregate hold less than fifteen-percent (15%) of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (D) the Carlyle Stockholders shall have no right to designate any members of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 3.1(a)(i) at such time as the Carlyle Stockholders in the aggregate hold less than five percent (5%) of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock;

(ii)    the senior ranking executive officer of the Company and its subsidiaries, who initially, and for so long as he is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, shall be Geoff Wild; and

(iii)    other than as set forth in this Agreement, each additional designee shall be filled as provided in the Articles.

The Company shall take all Necessary Actions within its control to cause the individuals designated in accordance with Section 3.1(a) to be nominated for election to the Board of Directors, shall solicit proxies in favor thereof, and at any meeting of the shareholders of the Company (if any is required) at which directors of the Company are to be elected, shall recommend that the shareholders of the Company elect to the Board of Directors each such individual nominated for election at such meeting.

(b)    Initial Investor Designees. The initial Investor Designees pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1(a)(i) shall be Brian A. Bernasek, Gregor P. Boehm, Herman H. Chang, Friedel Drees, Shaun Mercer, Gregory M. Nikodem, Charles W. Shaver and Martin W. Sumner. Any remaining undesignated Investor Designees shall be designated by the Carlyle Majority Interest at such time as they shall determine.

(c)    Removal and Replacement.

(i)    Any Person or group of Persons entitled to designate a Director may remove such designee by sending a written notice to the Company’s Secretary stating the name of the designee to be removed from the Board of Directors (the “Removal Notice”) and, upon receipt of such notice by the Company’s Secretary, such designee shall be removed from the Board of Directors (and such a designee shall only be removed in such manner), and each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote, at any annual or special meeting, by written consent, or otherwise, all Shares and will take all Necessary Actions within such Stockholder’s control to effect such removal.

 

5


(ii)    If at any time any Director ceases to serve on the Board of Directors (whether due to death, disability, resignation, removal or otherwise), the Person or Persons that designated or nominated such Director pursuant to Section 3.1(a) shall designate or nominate a successor to fill the vacancy created thereby on the terms and subject to the conditions of Section 3.1(a). Each Stockholder hereby agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all of its Shares, and will take all Necessary Actions within such Stockholder’s control, and the Company will take all Necessary Actions within its control, to cause the designated successor to be elected to fill such vacancy. In the event that the Carlyle Stockholders do not, pursuant to Section 3.1(a), have the right to designate an individual to fill such vacancy, then such vacancy shall be filled as provided in the Articles.

(iii)    In the event that the Carlyle Stockholders cease to have the right to designate an individual to serve as a Director pursuant to Section 3.1(a), (i) that number of Directors for which the Carlyle Stockholders cease to have the right to designate to serve as Directors shall resign upon the expiry of such Directors’ term of service on the Board of Directors in order of expiry (each a “Departing Director”), provided that (A) in lieu of the resignation of any such Departing Director (each a “Carlyle Continuing Director”), the Carlyle Stockholders may instead designate any other Director previously designated by the Carlyle Stockholders to resign at the expiration of the original Departing Director’s term, with such Carlyle Continuing Director continuing as a Director, with the Company taking all Necessary Actions to ensure that such Carlyle Continuing Director be nominated for election to the Board of Directors for an additional term and (B) if multiple Directors terms of service on the Board of Directors expire simultaneously, the Carlyle Stockholders may designate which such Director shall resign, and (ii) the vacancy created by such resignation or removal shall be filled as provided in the Articles.

(d)    Expenses. Each Director shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for his or her reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including travel) incurred in attending any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or governing body of any subsidiary of the Company or any committee thereof.

(e)    Indemnification; Insurance. The Company shall not alter, in any manner adverse to the Investor Designees, any rights to indemnification and exculpation from liabilities currently afforded to members of the Board of Directors, provided they are permitted by applicable law, pursuant to the Articles or any indemnification agreement, in each case, as in effect as of the Effective Date. If the Company or any of its respective successors or assigns (i) shall consolidate with or merge into any other corporation or entity and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) shall transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any individual, corporation or other entity, then, and in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Company shall covenant to afford to each of the Investor Designees such rights to indemnification and exculpation from liabilities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall continue to maintain in effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and fiduciary liability insurance with benefits, terms, conditions, retentions and levels of coverage that are at least as favorable, in the aggregate, to the insureds as provided in the Company’s existing policies as of the Effective Date.

3.2    Committees of the Board of Directors. From and after the Effective Date, the Company shall, and each Stockholder shall use its reasonable best efforts to, cause the Board of Directors to establish and maintain the following committees: (a) an Audit Committee, (b) a Compensation Committee, (c) a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, (d) an Executive Committee and (e) any other committee needed to comply with applicable laws and regulations and (d) any other committee as the Board of Directors shall determine in its discretion. Each committee shall include such number of Investor Designees such that the pro rata representation of the Investor Designees on such committee as a proportion

 

6


of the full membership of such committee is not less than the pro rata representation of all of the Investor Designees as a proportion of the full Board of Directors; provided that the right of any such Investor Designee to serve on a committee shall be subject to the Company’s obligation to comply with any applicable independence requirements of a national securities exchange upon which the Company’s Common Stock is listed to which it is then subject.

3.3    Additional Management Provisions.

(a)    Each Stockholder and the Company agrees and acknowledges that, subject to applicable law, the Investor Designees designated by the Carlyle Majority Interest may share confidential, non-public information about the Company and its subsidiaries with the Carlyle Stockholders, their Permitted Transferees and their respective Affiliates, directors and officers.

(b)    The Stockholders and the Company hereby agree, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other agreement or at law or in equity, that, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, when the Carlyle Stockholders take any action under this Agreement to give or withhold its consent, the Carlyle Stockholders shall have no duty (fiduciary or other) to consider the interests of the Company or the other Stockholders and may act exclusively in its own interest; provided, however, that the foregoing shall in no way affect the obligations of the parties hereto to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)    Each of the parties covenants and agrees to take all Necessary Actions within its control to ensure that the Articles and Memorandum of Association do not, at any time, conflict with the provisions of this Agreement.

(d)    For so long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” under the applicable listing standards then in effect, the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of such applicable listing standards, and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. The Company and the Stockholders acknowledge and agree that, as of the date of this Agreement, the Company is a “controlled company.” The Carlyle Stockholders acknowledge that a sufficient number of their designees will be required to qualify as “independent directors” to ensure that the Board complies with such applicable listing standards in the time periods required by the applicable listing standards then in effect, and shall discuss and use commercially reasonable efforts to agree upon appropriate changes to their designees consistent with the foregoing.

3.4    Company. The Company will not give effect to any action by any Stockholder which is in contravention of this Section III.

SECTION IV. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

4.1    Demand and Piggyback Rights.

(a)    Right to Demand a Non-Shelf Registered Offering. Upon the demand of at any time and from time to time after the expiration or waiver of the underwriter lock-up period applicable to the Company’s IPO, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a non-shelf registered offering of the Shares requested by the demanding Carlyle Stockholders to be included in such offering. A demand by Carlyle Stockholders for a non-shelf registered offering that will result in the imposition of a lockup on the Company and the Stockholders may not be made unless the Shares requested to be sold by the demanding Carlyle Stockholders in such offering have an aggregate market value (based on the most recent closing price of the Common Stock at the time of the demand) of at least $50 million or such lesser amount if all Shares held by the demanding Carlyle Stockholders are requested to be sold.

 

7


Subject to Section 4.2(e) below, any demanded non-shelf registered offering may, at the Company’s option, include Shares to be sold by the Company for its own account and will also include Shares to be sold by other holders of Shares with similar rights that exercise their related piggyback rights on a timely basis.

(b)    Right to Piggyback on a Non-Shelf Registered Offering. In connection with any registered offering of Common Stock covered by a non-shelf registration statement, the Carlyle Stockholders may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such offering Shares held by them. The Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement any such non-shelf registered offering.

(c)    Right to Demand and be Included in a Shelf Registration. Upon the demand of any Carlyle Stockholder (any such demand, together with any demand pursuant to Section 4.1(a), a “demand registration”, made at any time and from time to time when the Company is eligible to utilize Form S-3 or a successor form to sell Shares in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a shelf registration of Shares held by the Carlyle Stockholders. Any shelf registration filed by the Company covering Shares (whether pursuant to a Carlyle Stockholder demand or at the initiative of the Company) will cover Shares held by each of the Carlyle Stockholders (regardless of whether they demanded the filing of such shelf or not) up to an equivalent percentage of their original respective holdings as may be agreed upon by the demanding Carlyle Stockholders unless otherwise requested by any such Carlyle Shareholder. If at the time of such request the Company is a WKSI, such shelf registration would, at the request of such Carlyle Stockholders, cover an unspecified number of Shares to be sold by the Company and the Carlyle Stockholders.

(d)    Demand and Piggyback Rights for Underwritten Offerings. Upon the demand of one or more Carlyle Stockholders made at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” of Shares off of an effective shelf registration statement or inclusion in any non-shelf registration statement proposed to be filed by the Company. In connection with any underwritten offering (whether pursuant to the exercise of such demand rights or at the initiative of the Company), the Carlyle Stockholders may exercise piggyback rights (any such registration, a “piggyback registration”) to have included in such registration statement Shares held by them and include any such shares in any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Carlyle Stockholders may not demand a shelf takedown for an offering or inclusion in a non-shelf offering that will result in the imposition of a lockup on the Company and the Stockholders unless the Shares requested to be sold by the demanding Carlyle Stockholders in such takedown have an aggregate market value (based on the most recent closing price of the Common Stock at the time of the demand) of at least $50 million or such lesser amount if all Shares held by the demanding Carlyle Stockholders are requested to be sold.

(e)    Right to Reload a Shelf. Upon the written request of a Carlyle Stockholder, the Company will file and seek the effectiveness of a post-effective amendment to an existing shelf in order to register up to the number of Shares previously taken down off of such shelf and not yet “reloaded” onto such shelf.

(f)    Limitations on Demand and Piggyback Rights.

(i)    Any demand for the filing of a registration statement or for a registered offering or takedown will be subject to the constraints of any applicable lockup arrangements, and such demand must be deferred until such lockup arrangements no longer apply. If a demand has been made for a non-shelf registered offering or for an underwritten takedown, no further demands may be made so long as the related offering is still being pursued. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Carlyle Stockholders will not have piggyback or other registration

 

8


rights with respect to registered primary offerings by the Company (i) covered by a Form S-8 registration statement or a successor form applicable to employee benefit-related offers and sales, (ii) where the Shares are not being sold for cash or (iii) where the offering is a bona fide offering of securities other than Shares, even if such securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares.

(ii)    The Company may postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement for a reasonable “blackout period” not in excess of 90 days if such registration or offering would require the Company to make an Adverse Disclosure; provided that the Company shall not postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement pursuant to this Section 4.1(f)(ii) more than once in any 360 day period. The blackout period will end upon the earlier to occur of, (i) in the case of a bona fide business or financing transaction, a date not later than 90 days from the date such deferral commenced, and (ii) in the case of an Adverse Disclosure, the earlier to occur of (x) the filing by the Company of its next succeeding Form 20-F or quarterly report on Form 6-K, or (y) the date upon which such information is otherwise disclosed.

4.2    Notices, Cutbacks and Other Matters.

(a)    Notifications Regarding Registration Statements. In order for one or more Carlyle Stockholders to exercise their right to demand that a registration statement be filed, they must so notify the Company in writing indicating the number of Shares sought to be registered and the proposed plan of distribution. The Company will keep the Carlyle Stockholders contemporaneously apprised of all pertinent aspects of its pursuit of any registration, whether pursuant to a Carlyle Stockholder demand or otherwise, with respect to which a piggyback opportunity is available. Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain the confidentiality of these discussions.

(b)    Notifications Regarding Registration Piggyback Rights. Any Carlyle Stockholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to a non-shelf registration statement must notify the Company and the other Carlyle Stockholders of the number of Shares it seeks to have included in such registration statement. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 pm, New York City time, on the second trading day prior to (i) if applicable, the date on which the preliminary prospectus intended to be used in connection with pre-effective marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (ii) in any case, the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur.

(c)    Notifications Regarding Underwritten Offerings.

(i)    The Company will keep the Carlyle Stockholders contemporaneously apprised of (including prompt notice of its intention to conduct any offering of securities) all pertinent aspects of any underwritten offering in order that they may have a reasonable opportunity to exercise their related piggyback rights. Without limiting the Company’s obligation as described in the preceding sentence, having a reasonable opportunity requires that the Carlyle Stockholders be notified by the Company of an anticipated underwritten offering no later than 5:00 pm, New York City time, on (i) if applicable, the second trading day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with pre-pricing marketing efforts for such takedown is finalized, and (ii) in all cases, the second trading day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown occurs.

(ii)    Any Carlyle Stockholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to an underwritten offering must notify the Company and the other Carlyle Stockholders of

 

9


the number of Shares it seeks to have included in such offering. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 pm, New York City time, on (i) if applicable, the trading day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (ii) in all cases, the trading day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown occurs.

(iii)    Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain appropriate confidentiality of their discussions regarding a prospective underwritten takedown.

(d)    Plan of Distribution, Underwriters and Counsel. If (1) a majority of the Shares proposed to be sold in an underwritten offering through a non-shelf registration statement or through a shelf takedown are being sold by the Company for its own account and (2) such offering was initiated by the Company and not by any Carlyle Stockholder pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, the Company will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters for such offering. Otherwise, the Carlyle Stockholders will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters, and such Carlyle Stockholders will also be entitled to select counsel for the selling Stockholders (which may be the same as counsel for the Company). In the case of a shelf registration statement, the plan of distribution will provide as much flexibility as is reasonably possible, including with respect to resales by transferee Stockholders.

(e)    Cutbacks. If the managing underwriters advise the Company and the selling Stockholders that, in their opinion, the number of Shares requested to be included in an underwritten offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Shares being offered, such offering will include only the number of Shares that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering.

(i)    In the case of a registered offering upon the demand of one or more Carlyle Stockholders, the selling Stockholders (including those Carlyle Stockholders exercising piggyback rights pursuant to Section 4.1(b)) collectively will have first priority and will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the Initial Capital Interest of each such selling Stockholder (up to the number of Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering). To the extent of any remaining capacity, all other shareholders having similar registration rights will have second priority and will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering. To the extent of any remaining capacity, the Company will have third priority. Except as contemplated by the immediately preceding three sentences, other selling shareholders (other than transferees to whom a Carlyle Stockholder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of Carlyle Stockholders holding a majority of the Shares being sold in such offering.

(ii)    In the case of a registered offering upon the initiative of the Company, the Company will have first priority. To the extent of any remaining capacity, the selling Carlyle Stockholders as a group, on the one hand, and all other shareholders having similar registration rights as a group, on the other hand, will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Shares initially requested by such group to be included in such offering. The selling Carlyle Stockholders will be subject to cutback pro rata, based on the Initial Capital Interest of each such selling Carlyle Stockholder (up to the number of Shares initially requested by them to be included in such offering). Except as contemplated by the second preceding sentence, other shareholders (other than transferees to whom a Carlyle Stockholder has assigned its rights under this Agreement) will be included in an underwritten offering only with the consent of a Carlyle Majority Interest.

 

10


(f)    Withdrawals. Even if Shares held by a Carlyle Stockholder have been part of a registered underwritten offering (pursuant to either demand or piggyback rights), such Carlyle Stockholder may, no later than the time at which the public offering price and underwriters’ discount are determined with the managing underwriter, decline to sell all or any portion of the Shares being offered for its account.

(g)    Lockups. In connection with any underwritten offering of Shares, the Company and each Carlyle Stockholder will agree (in the case of Carlyle Stockholders, with respect to Shares respectively held by them) to be bound by the underwriting agreement’s lockup restrictions (which must apply, and continue to apply, in like manner to all of them) that are agreed to (a) by the Company, if (1) a majority of the Shares being sold in such offering are being sold for its account and (2) such offering was initiated by the Company and not by any Carlyle Stockholder pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, or (b) by Carlyle Stockholders holding a majority of Shares being sold by all Carlyle Stockholders, if a majority of the Shares being sold in such offering are being sold by Carlyle Stockholders, as applicable.

(h)    Expenses. All expenses incurred in connection with any registration statement or registered offering covering Shares held by Carlyle Stockholders, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing (including printing certificates for the Shares in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and printing preliminary, supplemental and final prospectuses) expenses, word processing, duplicating, telephone and facsimile expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, transfer taxes, expenses incurred in connection with promotional efforts or “roadshows”, fees and disbursements of counsel (including the fees and disbursements of outside counsel for Carlyle Stockholders and fees and disbursements of counsel to the underwriters with respect to “blue sky” qualification of such Shares and their determination for eligibility for investment under the laws of the various jurisdictions (up to the cap on such fees included in any applicable underwriting agreement)) and of the independent certified public accountants (including with respect to the preparation of customary financial statements required to be included in any offering document, the provision of any customary comfort letters and any the conduct of special audits required by, or incidental to, such registration), and the expense of qualifying such Shares under state blue sky laws and foreign securities laws, will be borne by the Company. However, underwriters’, brokers’ and dealers’ discounts and commissions applicable to Shares sold for the account of a Carlyle Stockholder will be borne by such Carlyle Stockholder.

4.3    Facilitating Registrations and Offerings.

(a)    General. If the Company becomes obligated under this Agreement to facilitate a registration and offering of Shares on behalf of Carlyle Stockholders, the Company will do so with the same degree of care and dispatch as would reasonably be expected in the case of a registration and offering by the Company of Shares for its own account. Without limiting this general obligation, the Company will fulfill its specific obligations as described in this Section 4.3.

(b)    Registration Statements. In connection with each registration statement that is demanded by Carlyle Stockholders or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(i)    (A) prepare and file (or confidentially submit) with the SEC a registration statement covering the applicable Shares, (B) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten public offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection

 

11


with the sale of Shares by an underwriter or dealer), (C) seek the effectiveness thereof, (D) file with the SEC prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may be required, all in consultation with the Carlyle Stockholders and as reasonably necessary in order to permit the offer and sale of the such Shares in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution, and (E) make any analogous filings with the JFSC as may be required for the purposes of obtaining any Jersey Consents to facilitate the circulation of any prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may be required in accordance with this Section 4.3;

(ii)    (1) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any registration statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a registration statement, amendment or supplement to a prospectus or any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such documents to the selling Carlyle Stockholders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering, if applicable, and to their respective counsel; fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the Carlyle Stockholders or the underwriter or the underwriters may request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Carlyle Stockholders or any underwriter available for discussion of such documents;

(2)    within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a registration statement or a prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Carlyle Stockholders and underwriters; fairly consider such reasonable changes in such document prior to or after the filing thereof as counsel for such Carlyle Stockholders or such underwriter shall request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel available for discussion of such document;

(iii)    cause each registration statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such registration statement, amendment or supplement and during the distribution of the registered Shares (x) to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the JFSC and (y) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(iv)    notify each Carlyle Stockholder promptly, and, if requested by such Carlyle Stockholder, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when a registration statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective if such registration statement or post-effective amendment is not automatically effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462, (B) of the issuance by the SEC or any state or foreign securities authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (C) if, between the effective date of a registration statement and the closing of any sale of securities covered thereby pursuant to any agreement to which the Company is a party, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in such agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (D) of the happening of any event during the period a registration statement is effective as a result of which such registration statement or the related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and, if required by applicable law, prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such registration statement or

 

12


prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Shares registered thereby, such registration statement or prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(v)    furnish counsel for each underwriter, if any, and for the Carlyle Stockholders copies of any correspondence with the SEC, the JFSC or any state securities authority relating to the registration statement or prospectus;

(vi)    otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and JFSC, including making available to its security holders an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar provision then in force);

(vii)    use all reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time;

(c)    Non-Shelf Registered Offerings and Shelf Takedowns. In connection with any non-shelf registered offering or shelf takedown that is demanded by Carlyle Stockholders or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(i)    cooperate with the selling Carlyle Stockholders Shares and the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering Shares, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Shares to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Shares to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as the selling Carlyle Stockholders or the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering of Shares, if any, may reasonably request at least five days prior to any sale of such Shares;

(ii)    subject always to applicable laws, furnish to each Carlyle Stockholder and to each underwriter, if any, participating in the relevant offering, without charge, as many copies of the applicable prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Carlyle Stockholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Shares; the Company hereby consents to the use of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement, by each such Carlyle Stockholder and underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares covered by the prospectus, preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement;

(iii)    (A) use all reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Shares being offered and sold, no later than the time the applicable registration statement becomes effective, under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as each underwriter, if any, or any Carlyle Stockholder holding Shares covered by a registration statement, shall reasonably request; (B) use all reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective; (C) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in the registration statement and (D) do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such underwriter, if any, and Carlyle Stockholder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Shares owned by such Carlyle Stockholder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified

 

13


or to consent to be subject to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such registration or qualification or any sale of Shares in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph (D) or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction;

(iv)    (A) cause all Shares being sold to be qualified for inclusion in or listed on The New York Stock Exchange or any other U.S. securities exchange on which Shares issued by the Company are then so qualified or listed if so requested by the Carlyle Stockholders, or if so requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Shares, if any, and arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to the Shares with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements, (C) use its best efforts to cause Shares covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Shares and (D) use best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Shares to be sold by the Carlyle Stockholders not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(v)    cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter in an underwritten offering;

(vi)    use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the distribution and sale of any Shares to be offered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation by making road show presentations, holding meetings with and making calls to potential investors and taking such other actions as shall be requested by the Carlyle Stockholders or the lead managing underwriter of an underwritten offering;

(vii)    enter into customary agreements (including, in the case of an underwritten offering, underwriting agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form and consistent with the provisions relating to indemnification and contribution contained herein) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Shares in connection therewith, including:

(1)    make such representations and warranties to the selling Stockholders and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings;

(2)    obtain opinions of counsel to the Company in all relevant jurisdictions and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the lead managing underwriter, if any) addressed to the underwriters, if any, covering the matters and jurisdictions customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Stockholders and underwriters;

(3)    obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to the underwriters, if any, which letters shall be customary in form and shall cover matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings;

 

14


(4)    to the extent requested and customary for the relevant transaction, enter into a securities sales agreement with the Carlyle Stockholders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such representative as agent for the selling Carlyle Stockholders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Shares, which agreement shall be customary in form, substance and scope and shall contain customary representations, warranties and covenants.

The above shall be done at such times as customarily occur in similar registered offerings or shelf takedowns.

(viii) take all actions to ensure that any free-writing prospectus utilized in connection with any demand registration or piggyback registration or shelf offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and the laws of Jersey in relation to the circulation of a prospectus, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act and the laws of Jersey to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act and the laws of Jersey to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(ix) permit any Carlyle Stockholder that, in its sole exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registrations statement or comparable statement and to allow such Carlyle Stockholder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Carlyle Stockholder and its counsel should be included;

(x) use best efforts to (A) make Form S-3 available for the sale of Shares and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Shares included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, and in the event any such order is issued, use best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

(xi) if requested by any managing underwriter and reasonably available, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

(xii) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act, provided, however, that to the extent any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(xiii) cooperate with each Carlyle Stockholder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Shares and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq, the JFSC or any other national securities exchange on which the Shares are or are to be listed, and to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

 

15


(xiv) if the Company files an automatic shelf registration statement covering any Shares, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

(xv) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Shares at the time an automatic shelf registration statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Shares are to be sold; and

(xvi) if the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three years, at the end of the third year, refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Shares, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

(d)    Due Diligence. In connection with each registration and offering of Shares to be sold by Carlyle Stockholders, the Company will, in accordance with customary practice, make available for inspection by representatives of the Carlyle Stockholders and underwriters and any counsel or accountant retained by such Carlyle Stockholder or underwriters all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause appropriate officers, managers and employees of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with their due diligence exercise.

(e)    Information from Stockholders. Each Carlyle Stockholder that holds Shares covered by any registration statement will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself as is required to be included in the registration statement, the ownership of Shares by such Carlyle Stockholder and the proposed distribution by such Carlyle Stockholder of such Shares as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

(f)    If the Company files any automatic shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Carlyle Stockholders, and the Carlyle Stockholders do not request that their Shares be included in such shelf registration statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of the Carlyle Majority Interest, it will include in such automatic shelf registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Carlyle Stockholders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any automatic shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Carlyle Stockholders, the Company shall, at the request of the Carlyle Majority Interest, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the Carlyle Stockholders may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.

4.4    Indemnification.

(a)    Indemnification by the Company. In the event of any registration under the Securities Act by any registration statement of Shares held by Carlyle Stockholders, the Company will hold harmless Carlyle Stockholders, any such Carlyle Stockholder’s officers, directors, employees, agents, fiduciaries, shareholders, managers, partners, members, affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each underwriter of such securities and each other person, if any, who controls any Carlyle Stockholder or such underwriter within

 

16


the meaning of the Securities Act (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”), against any losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities or expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”), joint or several, to which Carlyle Stockholders or such underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such Losses arise out of or are based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 4.4, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance; and will reimburse any such Indemnified Person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such Indemnified Person in any such case to the extent that any such Losses arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or free-writing prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(b)    Indemnification by Carlyle Stockholders. Each Carlyle Stockholder will indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 4.4(a)) the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act), with respect to Losses (as determined by a final and unappealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) arising from (i) any statement or omission from such registration statement, or any amendment or supplement to it, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by such Carlyle Stockholder specifically regarding such Carlyle Stockholder for use in the preparation of such registration statement or amendment or supplement, and (ii) compliance by such Carlyle Stockholder with applicable laws in effecting the sale or other disposition of the securities covered by such registration statement.

(c)    Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in Section 4.4(a) and Section 4.4(b), the indemnified party will, if a resulting claim is to be made or may be made against and indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of the action. The failure of any indemnified party to give notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations in this Section 4.4, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by the failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume defense of the action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses incurred by the latter in connection with the action’s defense. An indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any action or proceeding and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at such indemnified party’s expense unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, which authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense

 

17


and employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within 30 days after notice of any such action or proceeding, or (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party), it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to all local counsel which is necessary, in the good faith opinion of both counsel for the indemnifying party and counsel for the indemnified party in order to adequately represent the indemnified parties) for the indemnified party and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred upon written request and presentation of invoices. Whether or not a defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (but such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (i) does not include as an unconditional term the giving by the claimant or plaintiff, to the indemnified party, of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation or (ii) involves the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any non-financial obligations on the indemnified party.

(d)    Contribution. If the indemnification required by this Section 4.4 from the indemnifying party is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any indemnifiable Losses, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefit of the indemnifying and indemnified parties and (ii) if the allocation in clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefit referred to in clause (i) and also the relative fault of the indemnified and indemnifying parties, in connection with the actions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Losses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Company and Carlyle Stockholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the prior provisions of this Section 4.4(d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4(d), no indemnifying party shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds from the sale of the securities which were offered to the public by the indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages which the indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of an untrue statement or omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such a fraudulent misrepresentation.

(e)    Non-Exclusive Remedy. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 4 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Shares and the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

18


4.5    Rule 144. If the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act but is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Carlyle Stockholder, make publicly available such information) and it will take such further action as any Carlyle Stockholder may reasonably request, so as to enable such Carlyle Stockholder to sell Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Carlyle Stockholder, the Company will deliver to such Carlyle Stockholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

SECTION V. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

5.1    Information and Access Rights.

(a)    Available Financial Information. Upon written request, the Company will deliver, or will cause to be delivered, to each Carlyle Stockholder (until such time as such Carlyle Stockholder shall cease to own any Shares):

(i)    as soon as available after the end of each month and in any event within 30 days thereafter, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such month and consolidated statements of operations, income, cash flows, retained earnings and shareholders’ equity of the Company and its subsidiaries, for each month and for the current fiscal year of the Company to date, prepared in accordance with IFRS (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto), together with a comparison of such statements to the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year and to the Company’s business plan then in effect and approved by the Board of Directors;

(ii)    an annual budget, a business plan and financial forecasts for the Company for the fiscal year of the Company (the “Annual Budget”), no later than three business days after the approval thereof by the Board of Directors (but no later than March 31 of such fiscal year), in such manner and form as approved by the Board of Directors, which shall include at least a projection of income and a projected cash flow statement for each fiscal quarter in such fiscal year and a projected balance sheet as of the end of each fiscal quarter in such fiscal year, in each case prepared in reasonable detail, with appropriate presentation and discussion of the principal assumptions upon which such budgets and projections are based, which shall be accompanied by the statement of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer or equivalent officer of the Company to the effect that such budget and projections are based on reasonable and good faith estimates and assumptions made by the management of the Company for the respective periods covered thereby; it being recognized by such holders that such budgets and projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by them may differ from the projected results. Any material changes in such Annual Budget shall be delivered to the Carlyle Stockholders as promptly as practicable after such changes have been approved by the Board of Directors;

(iii)    as soon as available after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, (A) the annual financial statements required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act or (B) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company

 

19


and its subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such year, prepared in accordance with IFRS and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and accompanied by the opinion of independent public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Company, and a Company-prepared comparison to the Company’s Annual Budget for such year as approved by the Board of Directors (the “Annual Financial Statements”); and

(iv)    as soon as available after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 45 days thereafter, (A) the quarterly financial statements required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act or (B) a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of each such quarterly period, and consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with IFRS (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes thereto) and setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year and to the Company’s Annual Budget then in effect as approved by the Board of Directors, all of the information to be provided pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(iv) in reasonable detail and certified by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company.

In addition to the foregoing, the Company covenants and agrees to provide periodic updates to each Carlyle Stockholder during the course of the preparation of the Annual Budget and to keep the Carlyle Stockholders reasonably informed as to its progress, status and the budgeted items set forth therein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1(a), the Company’s obligations thereunder shall be deemed satisfied to the extent that such information is provided by (A) providing the financial statements of any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company to the extent such financial statements reflect the entirety of the operations of the business or (B) in the case of Section 5.1(a)(iii) and Section 5.1(a)(iv), filing such financial statements of the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company whose financial statements satisfy the requirements of clause (A), as applicable, with the Securities and Exchange Commission on EDGAR or in such other manner as makes them publicly available. The Company’s obligation to furnish the materials described in Section 5.1(a)(i), Section 5.1(a)(iii) and Section 5.1(a)(iv), shall be satisfied so long as it transmits such materials to the requesting Carlyle Stockholders within the time periods specified therein, notwithstanding that such materials may actually be received after the expiration of such periods.

(b)    Tax Information. Promptly upon request by any Carlyle Stockholder, the Company will, at the Company’s expense, prepare and deliver to such Carlyle Stockholder any information and certified statement that such Carlyle Stockholder determines to be necessary for such Carlyle Stockholder (or its direct or indirect owners) to comply with obligations for tax reporting or tax withholding with respect to an investment (direct or indirect) in the Company or any of its subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, such a request by any Carlyle Stockholder may require the Company, (i) for purposes of Section 301 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to prepare financial statements pursuant to the principles of “earnings and profits” within the meaning of United States federal income tax law and to determine the amount of any “dividend” within the meaning of Section 316 of the Code, (ii) for purposes of Sections 951 and 951A of the Code, to determine whether the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, to prepare financial statements pursuant to the principles of “earnings and profits” within the meaning of United States federal income tax law, and to determine the amount of any “subpart F income” within the meaning of Section 952 of the Code and any “global intangible low-taxed income” within the meaning of Section 951A of the Code, and (iii) for purposes of Section 1291 of the Code and the election under Section 1295 of the Code, to determine whether the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a “passive foreign investment company” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.

 

20


(c)    Other Information. The Company covenants and agrees to deliver to each Carlyle Stockholder, upon written request, until such time as such Carlyle Stockholder shall cease to own any Shares, with reasonable promptness, such other information and data (including such information and reports made available to any lender of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any credit agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Company and each of its subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by any such Carlyle Stockholder. Each such Carlyle Stockholder, until such time as such Carlyle Stockholder shall cease to own any Shares, shall have access to such other information concerning the Company’s business or financial condition and the Company’s management as may be reasonably requested, including such information as may be necessary to comply with regulatory, tax or other governmental filings.

(d)    Access. The Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, auditors and other agents to (a) afford the Carlyle Stockholders and their officers, employees, auditors and other agents, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, at all reasonable times to the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ officers, employees, auditors, legal counsel, properties, offices, plants and other facilities and to all books and records, and (b) afford the Carlyle Stockholders and their officers, employees, auditors and other agents the opportunity to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries with their respective officers from time to time as each such Carlyle Stockholder may reasonably request, in each case, until such time as such Carlyle Stockholder shall cease to own any Shares.

5.2    Confidentiality. Each Stockholder agrees that it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose, other than to monitor its investment in the Company and its subsidiaries, any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to Section 5.1, unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of any confidentiality obligation by such Stockholder or its affiliates), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Stockholder without use of the Company’s confidential information, (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Stockholder by a third party (other than an Affiliate of such Stockholder) without a breach of any confidentiality obligations such third party may have to the Company that is known to such Stockholder, or (d) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; provided, that, a Stockholder may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, investment advisors and other professional advisors to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Shares from such Stockholder as long as such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 5.2 as if a Stockholder, (iii) to any Affiliate, general partner, partner, member, limited partners, prospective partners or related investment fund of such Stockholder and their respective directors, officers, investment committees, agents, employees, consultants and representatives, (including without limitation, attorneys, accountants, consultants and financial advisors and other professionals) (provided that the recipients of such confidential information are subject to a customary confidentiality and non-disclosure obligation), (iv) as may be reasonably determined by such Stockholder to be necessary in connection with such Stockholder’s enforcement of its rights in connection with this Agreement or its investment in the Company and its subsidiaries, (v) as may otherwise be required by any applicable law or regulation, regulatory body, stock exchange, court or administrative order, or any listing or trading agreement applicable to such Carlyle Stockholder, or (vi) as otherwise agreed by the Company.

5.3    Reliance. Each covenant and agreement made by a party in this Agreement or in any certificate, instrument or other document delivered pursuant to this Agreement is material, shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the other parties and shall remain operative and in full force and effect after the Effective Date regardless of any investigation. This Agreement shall not be construed so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

21


5.4    Access to Agreement; Amendment and Waiver; Actions of the Board. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement shall be made available for inspection by any Stockholder at the principal executive offices of the Company. Any party may waive in writing any provision hereof intended for its benefit, provided, that, in the case of any waiver by the Company, such waiver is consented to in writing by the Carlyle Majority Interest. No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to any party at law or in equity or otherwise. This Agreement may be amended only with the prior written consent of the Carlyle Majority Interest and the Company. Any consent given as provided in the preceding sentence shall be binding on all parties. Further, with the prior written consent of the Carlyle Majority Interest and the Company, at any time hereafter Permitted Transferees may be made parties hereto, with any such additional parties shall be treated as “Stockholders” for all purposes hereunder, by executing a counterpart signature page in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto, which signature page shall be attached to this Agreement and become a part hereof without any further action of any other party hereto.

5.5    Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and mailed (by first class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid), sent by express overnight courier service, or delivered to the applicable party at the respective address indicated below:

If to the Company:

Atotech Limited

William Street, West Bromwich

West Midlands, B70 OB6

United Kingdom

Attn: General Counsel

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attention: Patrick H. Shannon

Facsimile: (202) 637-2201

If to the Carlyle Stockholders:

c/o The Carlyle Group

1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004

Attention: Martin W. Sumner

Facsimile: (202) 347-1818

 

22


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

555 Eleventh Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20004

Attention: Patrick H. Shannon

Facsimile: (202) 637-2201

If to any other Stockholder:

At such Person’s address for notice as set forth in the books and records of the Company, or, as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be designated by a party in a written notice to other parties complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 5.5. All such notices, requests, demands and other communications shall, when mailed, telegraphed or sent, respectively, be effective (i) two days after being deposited in the mail or (ii) one day after being deposited with the express overnight courier service, respectively, addressed as aforesaid.

5.6    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, and delivered via facsimile, .pdf or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.7    Remedies; Severability. It is specifically understood and agreed that any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by any party will result in irreparable injury to the other parties, that the remedy at law alone will be an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which they may have, such other parties may enforce their respective rights by actions for specific performance or injunctive relief (to the extent permitted at law or in equity). If any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein are not to be in any way impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

5.8    Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.9    Termination. This Agreement shall (A) with respect to sections II, III, IV (other than with respect to subsection 4.4) and V (other than with respect to subsections 5.7, 5.8, 5.10, 5.11 and 5.12) terminate on the earlier of (i) the election of the Carlyle Majority Interest or (ii) such date as the Carlyle Stockholders, in the aggregate, cease to hold any Shares and (B) with respect to all other sections, not terminate.

5.10    Governing Law. To the greatest extent permitted by Jersey law, this Agreement is to be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would require or permit the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

5.11    Successors and Assigns; Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and the respective successors and assigns of the parties as contemplated herein. Any successor to the Company by way of merger or otherwise must specifically agree to be bound by the terms hereof as a condition of such succession.

 

23


5.12    Consent to Jurisdiction; Specific Performance; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the sole and exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Wilmington, Delaware to resolve all disputes, claims or controversies arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other agreement executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the negotiation, breach, validity, termination or performance hereof and thereof or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and agrees that it will not bring any such action in any court other than the federal or state courts located in Wilmington, Delaware. Each party further irrevocably waives any objection to proceeding in such courts based upon lack of personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue in such courts and further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to make a claim that such courts are an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be given as provided in Section 5.5. Each of the parties hereto agrees that its or his submission to jurisdiction and its or his consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of the other parties hereto. The choice of forum set forth in this Section shall not be deemed to preclude the enforcement of any judgment of a Delaware federal or state court, or the taking of any action under this Agreement to enforce such a judgment, in any other appropriate jurisdiction.

(b)    The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity.

(c)    TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY JERSEY LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY ANY OF THEM AGAINST THE OTHER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENTS EXECUTED AND DELIVERED PURSUANT TO OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE NEGOTIATION, BREACH, VALIDITY, TERMINATION OR PERFORMANCE HEREOF AND THEREOF OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. FURTHER, (I) NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SEEK A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH ACTION AND (II) NO PARTY WILL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL HAS BEEN WAIVED WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT OR INSTRUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS SET FORTH ABOVE IN THIS SECTION 4.12. NO PARTY HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

5.13    Further Assurances; Company Logo. At any time or from time to time after the Effective Date, the parties hereto agree to cooperate with each other, and at the request of any other party, to execute and deliver any further instruments or documents and to take all such further action as any other party may reasonably request in order to evidence or effectuate the provisions of this Agreement and to otherwise carry out the intent of the parties hereunder. The Company hereby grants the Carlyle Stockholders and their respective Affiliates permission to use the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ name and logo in marketing materials.

5.14    Regulatory Matters. The Company shall and shall cause its subsidiaries to keep the Carlyle Stockholders informed, on a current basis, of any events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any

 

24


criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, so that the Carlyle Stockholders and their respective Affiliates will have the opportunity to take appropriate steps to avoid or mitigate any regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action.

5.15    Inconsistent Agreements. Neither the Company nor any Stockholder shall enter into any agreement or side letter with, or grant any proxy to, any Stockholder, the Company or any other Person (whether or not such proxy, agreements or side letters are with other Stockholders, holders of Common Shares that are not parties to this Agreement or otherwise) that conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement or which would obligate such Person to breach any provision of this Agreement.

5.16    In-Kind Distributions. If any of the Carlyle Stockholders (and/or any of their affiliates) seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Shares to its respective direct or indirect equity holders, the Company will, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing Persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested and consistent with the Company’s obligations under the Securities Act.

5.17    Recapitalization Transactions. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by other means, appropriate adjustments will be made in the provision hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

5.18    Conflict with Jersey Law. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of Jersey law and this Agreement (or any conflict with Delaware law), the parties shall cooperate to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement in accordance with, and take such actions as may be required to satisfy, the requirements of Jersey law (or Delaware law, as applicable), including taking all Necessary Actions to fully effectuate the intents and purposes of this Agreement while satisfying any requirement of Jersey Law (or Delaware law, as applicable). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the extent not inconsistent with the Memorandum of Association, the Articles and Jersey Companies Law (or Delaware law), the Company undertakes to be bound by and comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement insofar as the same relates to the Company and any Subsidiaries of the Company and to act in all respects as contemplated by this Agreement.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties are signing this Principal Stockholders Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
            ATOTECH LIMITED
               By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature page to Principal Stockholders Agreement]


INITIAL CARLYLE STOCKHOLDERS:

CARLYLE PARTNERS VI CAYMAN HOLDINGS, L.P.

    By:

 

                     

  Name:
  Title:

CEP IV PARTICIPATIONS, S.A.R.L. SICAR

    By:

 

                     

  Name:
  Title:

GAMMA HOLDING COMPANY LIMITED

    By:

 

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature page to Principal Stockholders Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

Joinder Agreement

By execution of this signature page, [                    ] hereby agrees to become a Party to, and to be bound by the obligations of, and receive the benefits of, that certain Principal Stockholders Agreement, dated as of                , 2020, by and among Atotech Limited, a Jersey company, Carlyle Partners VI Cayman Holdings, L.P. (“CP-VI”), CEP IV Participations, S.à r.l. SICAR (“CEP IV”), Gamma Holding Company Limited (“Gamma Holding” and, together with CP-VI, Atotech Beteiligungs, Ato Cayman and CEP IV, the “Initial Carlyle Stockholders”), and certain other Parties named therein, as amended from time to time thereafter.

[                    ] hereby represents, warrants and covenants to the Company and the Carlyle Stockholders as follows: (a) such Person has full legal capacity to enter into this Joinder Agreement and the Principal Stockholders Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder; (b) this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Person enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance by such Person of this Agreement does not and will not: (i) violate any laws, rules or regulations of the United States or any state or other jurisdiction applicable to such Person, or require such Person to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any Person that has not been obtained or made; or (ii) constitute a breach of or default under any material agreement to which such Person is a party.

 

[NAME]
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  
Notice Address:

 

 

 

Accepted:
ATOTECH LIMITED
By:  

                                          

Name:  
Title:  
EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Legal Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction

Alpha 2 B.V.    The Netherlands
Alpha 3 B.V.*    The Netherlands
Alpha 4 B.V.    The Netherlands
Alpha 5 B.V.*    The Netherlands
Alpha US Bidco, Inc.    United States
Atotech Argentina S.A.    Argentina
Atotech Asia Pacific Ltd.    Hong Kong
Atotech Australia PTY Ltd.    Australia
Atotech Beteiligungs und Management GmbH & Co KG*    Germany
Atotech Bulgaria EOOD    Bulgaria
Atotech B.V.*    The Netherlands
Atotech Canada Ltd.    Canada
Atotech (China) Chemicals Ltd.*    China
Atotech CZ, a.s.    Czech Republic
Atotech de México S.A. de C.V.*    Mexico
Atotech Deutschland GmbH*    Germany
Atotech Development Center Pte. Ltd.*    India
Atotech do Brasil Galvanotécnica Ltda.    Brazil
Atotech España, S.A.*    Spain
Atotech France S.A.    France
Alpha Germany Bidco GmbH    Germany
Atotech India Pte. Ltd.*    India
Atotech İstanbul Kimya Sanayi Ticaret Limited Şirketi    Turkey
Atotech Italia S.r.l.*    Italy
Atotech Japan K.K.*    Japan
Atotech Korea Ltd.*    Korea
Atotech (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.*    Malaysia


Atotech Österreich GmbH*    Austria
Atotech (Philippines) Chemicals, Inc.    The Philippines
Atotech Poland Sp. z.o.o.    Poland
Atotech Servicios de México S.A. de C.V.*    Mexico
Atotech (Singapore) Chemicals Pte. Ltd. (formerly Atotech S.E.A. Pte. Ltd.)*    Singapore
Atotech SK, s.r.o.    Slovakia
Atotech Skandinavien AB    Sweden
Atotech Slovenija d.d.    Slovenia
Atotech Taiwan Ltd*    Taiwan
Atotech (Thailand) Co., Ltd.*    Thailand
Atotech Vietnam Co., Ltd.    Vietnam
Atotech UK Ltd.    United Kingdom
Atotech USA, LLC*    United States
Atotech (Yangzhou) Chemicals Ltd    China
J-KEM International AB    Sweden
OOO “Atotech-Chemeta”    Russia
Pt. Atotech Indonesia Chemicals    Indonesia
UAB Atotech-Chemeta    Lithuania
Atotech UK Topco Limited    United Kingdom

 

*   Denotes a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.
EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use of our report dated March 9, 2020, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial position of Atotech UK Topco Limited (Successor) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, and for the period from January 1, 2017 to January 31, 2017, of Atotech B.V. (Predecessor), and the related notes, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Berlin, Germany

March 9, 2020

EX-24.2

Exhibit 24.2

Power of Attorney

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Geoff Wild and Peter Frauenknecht, and each of them singly, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Signature

     

Title

     

Date

/s/ Brian A. Bernasek

    Director     March 9, 2020
Brian A. Bernasek        

/s/ Herman H. Chang

    Director     March 9, 2020
Herman H. Chang        

/s/ Shaun Mercer

    Director     March 9, 2020
Shaun Mercer        

/s/ Charles W. Shaver

    Director     March 9, 2020
Charles W. Shaver        
EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of Atotech Limited (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 9th day of March, 2020.

 

/s/ Ronald E. Bruehlman

Ronald E. Bruehlman